NAVAIR 15-01-500

TECHNICAL MANUAL

ORGANIZATIONAL, INTERMEDIATE
AND
DEPOT MAINTENANCE

PRESERVATION OF
NAVAL AIRCRAFT

Includes IRAC 11 and 12.

This publication supersedes NAVAIR 15-01-500, dated 1 September 2013.

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C. Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies only and their
contractors to protect publications required for official use or for administrative or operational purposes only,
determined on 01 September 2018. Other requests for this document shall be referred to Commander, Naval Air
Systems Command (AIR 4.0/GS IPT), 47123 Buse Rd, Bldg 2272, Patuxent River, MD 20670-1547.

DESTRUCTION NOTICE - For unclassified, limited documents, destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure
of contents or reconstruction of the document.

PUBLISHED BY DIRECTION OF COMMANDER, NAVAL AIR SYSTEMS COMMAND

0815LP1186964 01 SEPTEMBER 2018

NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Dates of issue for original and changed pages are:
Original......................... 0........................... 01 Sep 2018 Change......................... 0............................15 Sep 1993
(Includes IRAC 11 and 12) Change..........................x...........................xx XXX 199X

Insert latest changed pages; dispose of superseded pages in accordance with applicable regulations.
NOTE: On a changed page, the portion of the text affected by the latest change is indicated be a vertical line, or
other change symbol in the outer margin of the page. Change in illustrations are indicated by miniature pointing
hands. Changes to wiring diagrams are indicated by shaded areas.
Total number of pages in this manual is 312, consisting of the following:
Page *Change Page *Change Page *Change
No. No. No. No. No. No.

Title.......................................... 0 3-34 Blank............................... 0 5-7 - 5-9................................... 0

A.............................................. 0 3-35 - 3-41............................... 0 5-10 Blank............................... 0
i-viii.......................................... 0 3-42 Blank............................... 0 5-11 - 5-27............................... 0
TPDR-1.................................... 0 3-43 - 3-47............................... 0 5-28 Blank............................... 0
TPDR-2 Blank......................... 0 3-48 Blank............................... 0 5-29 - 5-34............................... 0
HMWS-1 - HMWS-9................ 0 3-49 - 3-59............................... 0 6-1 - 6-3................................... 0
HMWS-10 Blank...................... 0 3-60 Blank............................... 0 6-4 Blank................................. 0
1-1 - 1-7................................... 0 3-61 - 3-73............................... 0 6-5 - 6-13................................. 0
1-8 Blank................................. 0 3-74 Blank............................... 0 6-14 Blank............................... 0
1-9 - 1-11................................. 0 3-75 - 3-77............................... 0 6-15 - 6-22............................... 0
1-12 Blank............................... 0 3-78 Blank............................... 0 7-1 - 7-7................................... 0
1-13 - 1-20............................... 0 3-79 - 3-89............................... 0 7-8 Blank................................. 0
2-1 - 2-15................................. 0 3-90 Blank............................... 0 7-9 - 7-14................................. 0
2-16 Blank............................... 0 4-1........................................... 0 8-1 - 8-9................................... 0
2-17 - 2-18............................... 0 4-2 Blank................................. 0 8-10 Blank............................... 0
3-1 - 3-3................................... 0 4-3 - 4-7................................... 0 8-11 - 8-15............................... 0
3-4 Blank................................. 0 4-8 Blank................................. 0 8-16 Blank............................... 0
3-5 - 3-15................................. 0 4-9 - 4-27................................. 0 8-17 - 8-24............................... 0
3-16 Blank............................... 0 4-28 Blank............................... 0 A-1 - A-2.................................. 0
3-17 - 3-19............................... 0 4-29 - 4-41............................... 0 B-1 - B-2.................................. 0
3-20 Blank............................... 0 4-42 Blank............................... 0 Glossary-1 - Glossary-9.......... 0
3-21 - 3-29............................... 0 4-43 - 4-46............................... 0 Glossary-10 Blank................... 0
3-30 Blank............................... 0 5-1 - 5-5................................... 0 Index-1 - Index-7..................... 0
3-31 - 3-33............................... 0 5-6 Blank................................. 0 Index-8 Blank.......................... 0

*Zero in this column indicates an original page.

A Change X
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chapter Page Chapter Page

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS........................................vii 2 GENERAL PROCEDURES...............................2-1

LIST OF TABLES......................................................viii SECTION I INTRODUCTION.....................2-1

2.1 Introduction........................................2-1
LIST OF TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
2.2 Level I................................................2-1
DEFICIENCY REPORTS
2.3 Level II...............................................2-1
INCORPORATED...............................TPDR-1
2.4 Level III..............................................2‑1
2.5 Level IV..............................................2-1
WARNINGS APPLICABLE TO HAZARDOUS
2.6 Shipment............................................2-1
MATERIALS...................................... HMWS-1
2.7 Component Removal.........................2-1

1 INTRODUCTION................................................1-1 SECTION II LEVEL I PRESERVATION

GUIDELINES.............................................2‑3
SECTION I PROCEDURES AND
DOCUMENTATION...................................1-1 2.8 Description.........................................2-3
2.9 Prepreservation.................................2-3
1.1 General..............................................1-1 2.10 Cleaning.............................................2-3
1.2 Purpose.............................................1-1 2.11 Inspection..........................................2-3
1.3 Compliance........................................1-1 2.12 Corrosion Control...............................2-3
1.4 Scope.................................................1-2 2.13 Protection...........................................2-3
1.5 Procedural Duplication.......................1-2 2.14 Maintenance......................................2-3
1.6 References........................................1-2 2.15 Depreservation..................................2-4
1.7 Records/Logbooks/Work Directives...1-3 2.16 Represervation..................................2-4
1.8 Preservation Check Lists...................1-3
1.9 Depreservation Check Lists...............1-3 SECTION III LEVEL II PRESERVATION
1.10 Engine Preservation..........................1-3 GUIDELINES.............................................2‑7
1.11 Use....................................................1-3
1.12 Requisitoning and Automatic 2.17 Description.........................................2-7
Distribution......................................1-4 2.18 Prepreservation.................................2-7
1.13 Warnings and Cautions Applicable 2.19 Cleaning.............................................2-7
to Hazardous Material.....................1-5 2.20 Inspection..........................................2-7
2.21 Corrosion Control...............................2-7
SECTION II PRESERVATION THEORY......1-9 2.22 Protection...........................................2-7
2.23 Maintenance......................................2-8
1.14 General..............................................1-9 2.24 Depreservation..................................2-8
1.15 Deterioration......................................1-9 2.25 Represervation..................................2-8
1.16 Prevention of Damage.......................1-9
1.17 Environmental Deterioration..............1-9 SECTION IV LEVEL III PRESERVATION
1.18 Standard Procedures.......................1-10 GUIDELINES........................................... 2‑11

SECTION III CHOOSING A 2.26 Description....................................... 2-11

PRESERVATION LEVEL.........................1-13 2.27 Prepreservation............................... 2-11
2.28 Cleaning........................................... 2-11
1.19 General............................................1-13 2.29 Inspection........................................ 2-11
1.20 Preserving Aircraft/Components......1-13 2.30 Corrosion Control............................. 2-11
1.21 Level I Preservation.........................1-13 2.31 Protection......................................... 2-11
1.22 Level II Preservation........................1-13 2.32 Maintenance.................................... 2-11
1.23 Level III Preservation.......................1-14 2.33 Depreservation................................2-12
1.24 Level IV Preservation.......................1-14 2.34 Represervation................................2-12
1.25 Desert Storage.................................1-14
1.26 Selecting a Preservation Level........1-15
1.27 Economics.......................................1-15

i
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

Chapter Page Chapter Page

SECTION V LEVEL IV PRESERVATION SECTION III ARMAMENTS......................3-17

GUIDELINES...........................................2-13
3.17 Ammunition and Pyrotechnics.........3-17
2.35 Description.......................................2-13 3.18 Armament Equipment
2.36 Delayed Induction............................2-13 (Bomb Racks, Pylons,
2.37 Prepreservation...............................2-13 Missile Launchers and
2.38 Fuel System Preservation................2-13 Bomb Release Units)....................3‑17
2.39 Cleaning...........................................2-13 3.19 Cartridge Actuated Devices
2.40 Inspection........................................2-13 (CADS)..........................................3-18
2.41 Corrosion Control.............................2-13 3.20 Gun Systems and Airborne Crew
2.42 Protection.........................................2-13 Served Weapons...........................3-19
2.43 Maintenance....................................2-14 3.21 Turrets.............................................3-19
2.44 Depreservation................................2-14
2.45 Represervation................................2-14 SECTION IV DRIVE AND GEAR BOX......3-21
2.46 Records...........................................2-15
3.22 Drive and Gearbox
(External).......................................3-21
SECTION VI SHIPMENT GUIDELINES....2‑17
3.23 Drive and Gearbox
2.47 Description.......................................2-17 (Internal)........................................3‑21
2.48 Maintenance....................................2-17
2.49 Depreservation................................2-17 SECTION V ELECTRICAL.......................3-23
3.24 Electrical, General...........................3-23
3 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS.......................................3-1
3.25 Batteries, Dry Cell............................3‑24
3.26 Batteries, Wet Cell...........................3-24
SECTION I INTRODUCTION.....................3-1
3.27 Battery Vent System Units...............3-25
3.1 Use of This Chapter...........................3-1 3.28 Connectors......................................3‑25
3.2 General Requirements.......................3-1 3.29 Consoles and Control Panels..........3-27
3.30 Junction Boxes................................3-27
SECTION II AIRFRAMES............................3-5 3.31 Lights...............................................3‑28
3.32 Generators, Motors and Inverters....3-28
3.3 Airframe System................................3-5
3.4 Access and Escape Chute Doors......3-5
SECTION VI ELECTRONICS...................3-31
3.5 Battery Compartments.......................3-6
3.6 Bearings, Rollers and Sprockets.......3-7 3.33 Electronics.......................................3-31
3.7 Bilges, Floats and Sponsons.............3-7 3.34 Antennas..........................................3‑31
3.8 Control Cables...................................3-8 3.35 Desiccant Units................................3-31
3.9 Canopy Frames and Seals................3-9 3.36 Headsets and Microphones.............3‑32
3.10 Cargo Hoists, Rescue Slings, 3.37 Power Supplies................................3-32
and Drums.....................................3-10 3.38 Radomes.........................................3‑32
3.11 Cockpits........................................... 3-11 3.39 Vapor Cycle Units............................3-33
3.12 Control Surfaces.............................. 3-11 3.40 Waveguides.....................................3‑33
3.13 Drain Holes......................................3-13
3.14 Seats (Except Ejection)...................3-13 SECTION VII FUEL SYSTEM....................3-35
3.15 Skin Surfaces (Exterior)...................3-13
3.41 Fuel System.....................................3-35
3.16 Transparancies
3.42 Fuel System, Exterior......................3‑35
(Canopies, Windows)....................3-14
3.43 Preservation Oil, Fuel System.........3-36
3.44 Fuel System, Interior........................3‑38
3.45 Fuel Lines and Fittings.....................3-41
3.46 Reticulated Foam.............................3‑41
3.47 Auxiliary Fuel Tanks.........................3-41

ii
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

Chapter Page Chapter Page

SECTION VIII HYDRAULICS....................3-43 3.79 Gas Turbine Engine Cleaning..........3-62

3.80 Gas Turbine Engine Inspection........3-63
3.48 Hydraulic System.............................3-43
3.81 Gas Turbine Engine
3.49 Hydraulic Lines and Fittings.............3‑46
Corrosion Control..........................3-63
3.50 Pressure Accumulators....................3-46
3.82 Gas Turbine Engine Protection........3-63
3.51 Hydraulic System Filters..................3‑47
3.83 Gas Turbine Engine Maintenance...3-66
3.84 Gas Turbine Engine
SECTION IX INSTRUMENTS...................3-49
Depreservation..............................3-67
3.52 Instruments......................................3-49 3.85 APU Cleaning..................................3-69
3.53 Air Filters..........................................3-49 3.86 APU Inspection................................3-69
3.54 Gyros...............................................3-49 3.87 APU Corrosion Control....................3-69
3.55 Instrument Panels............................3-49 3.88 APU Protection................................3-69
3.56 Pitot Tubes, Angle of Attack (AOA) 3.89 APU Maintenance............................3-70
Probes, and Static Vents...............3-49 3.90 APU Depreservation........................3-70
3.57 Automatic Pilot and
Stabilization Units..........................3-50 SECTION XIV PROPELLERS...................3-71
3.91 Propellers and Propeller
SECTION X LANDING AND
Components..................................3-71
ARRESTING GEAR................................3-51
3.92 Constant Speed Propellers..............3-71
3.58 Landing and Arresting Gear 3.93 Deicers.............................................3-71
System..........................................3-51 3.94 Variable Pitch Propellers..................3-72
3.59 Arresting Gear Hooks......................3-52
3.60 Bearings, Wheel..............................3-52 SECTION XV ROTOR HEAD AND HUB....3-75
3.61 Brakes..............................................3-53
3.95 Rotor Head and Hub System...........3-75
3.62 Brake Hydraulic System..................3-53
3.96 Blades, Main and Tail.......................3-75
3.63 Catapult Hooks/Launch Bars...........3-53
3.97 Controls, Linkages,
3.64 Deceleration Chutes........................3-54
Dampers and Swashplates...........3-76
3.65 Doors, Landing Gear.......................3-54
3.98 Rotor Heads and Hubs....................3-77
3.66 Shock Struts....................................3-54
3.67 Skis..................................................3-54
SECTION XVI SAFETY AND SURVIVAL......3-79
3.68 Tires.................................................3-55
3.69 Wheels.............................................3-56 3.99 Safety and Survival..........................3-79
3.100 Aircrew Escape Propulsion
SECTION XI PHOTOGRAPHIC................3-57 System (AEPs) Devices................3-79
3.101 Cartridge Actuated
3.70 Cameras..........................................3-57
Devices (CADs).............................3-80
3.71 Camera Mounts...............................3-57
3.102 Floatation Gear................................3-80
3.72 Controls...........................................3-58
3.103 Liquid Oxygen Converters...............3-80
3.73 Desiccant Units................................3-58
3.104 Oxygen Cylinders and
3.74 Viewfinders......................................3-58
Regulators.....................................3-81
3.105 Oxygen Rebreathers........................3-82
SECTION XII PNEUMATICS...................3-59
3.106 Parachutes and Harness.................3-82
3.75 Pneumatics......................................3-59 3.107 Perishables and Pilferables.............3-83
3.76 Chemical Air Driers..........................3-59 3.108 Seat Belts, Shoulder Harnesses,
and Inertia Reels...........................3-83
SECTION XIII POWER PLANTS..............3-61
SECTION XVII UTILITY.............................3-85
3.77 Power Plant.....................................3-61
3.78 Gas Turbine and APU Engine 3.109 Utility................................................3-85
Oil System Protection....................3-62 3.110 Air Conditioning...............................3-85

iii
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

Chapter Page Chapter Page

3.111 Cabin Filters, Ducts, 4.21 Fragile or Delicate Components......4-17

and Regulators..............................3-86 4.22 Fuel System Components,
3.112 Deicer Components (Air Type)........3-86 General.........................................4-18
3.113 Galley Facilities................................3-86 4.23 Fuel Cells.........................................4-18
3.114 Lavatory Facilities............................3-87 4.24 Fuel Tanks, External........................4-19
3.115 Relief Tubes.....................................3-87 4.25 Hydraulic System Components.......4-20
3.116 Toilet Facilities.................................3-87 4.26 Instrument System Components.....4-20
3.117 Water Tanks.....................................3-88 4.27 Landing and Arresting Gear
3.118 Windshield Defrosters/Cabin System Components.....................4-20
Heaters (Fluid Type)......................3-88 4.28 Photographic System
3.119 Windshield Wiper Blades Components..................................4-21
and Arms.......................................3-89 4.29 Pneumatic System Components.....4-21
4.30 Propellers (Variable Pitch)
4 REMOVED COMPONENTS..............................4-1 Assembled....................................4-21
4.31 Propellers (Variable Pitch),
SECTION I INTRODUCTION.....................4-1 Disassembled................................4-22
4.32 Rotor Blades....................................4-24
4.1 Purpose.............................................4-1
4.33 Rotor Heads and Hubs....................4-26
4.2 Technical Instructions........................4-1
4.34 Safety and Survival System
Components..................................4-27
SECTION II REMOVED COMPONENT
4.35 Miscellaneous Equipment................4-27
PRESERVATION.......................................4-3
4.3 Purpose.............................................4-3 SECTION IV PACKAGING OF REMOVED
4.4 Component Removal.........................4-3 COMPONENTS.......................................4-29
4.5 Sources..............................................4-3
4.36 Purpose...........................................4-29
4.6 Received Components......................4-3
4.37 General Guidelines..........................4-29
4.7 General..............................................4-4
4.38 Materials..........................................4-29
4.8 Cleaning.............................................4-4
4.39 Packaging........................................4-30
4.9 Lubrication.........................................4-4
4.40 Basic Packaging Methods...............4-30
4.10 Protection...........................................4-4
4.41 Unit Container..................................4-30
4.11 Packaging..........................................4-7
4.42 Marking and Closure........................4-31
SECTION III PRESERVATION OF
SECTION V HANDLING REMOVED
SPECIFIC COMPONENTS.......................4-9
COMPONENTS.......................................4-33
4.12 Purpose.............................................4-9
4.43 Purpose...........................................4-33
4.13 Aircraft Gun Systems and Airborne
4.44 General............................................4-33
Crew Served Weapons and
4.45 Handling Guidelines.........................4-33
Associated Mounts..........................4-9
4.14 Armament Equipment (Bomb
SECTION VI REUSABLE
Racks, Pylons, Bomb Release
CONTAINERS........................................4-35
Units, Missile Launchers).............. 4-11
4.15 Bearings...........................................4-13 4.46 Purpose...........................................4-35
4.16 Composite Components..................4-13 4.47 Component Preparation...................4-35
4.17 Drive and Gearbox System 4.48 Container Preparation......................4-35
Components..................................4-14 4.49 Component Installation
4.18 Electrical/Electronic System Guidelines.....................................4-36
Components..................................4-14 4.50 Final Testing of Nonpressurized
4.19 Engines and Auxiliary Power Containers.....................................4-37
Units (APU), Gas Turbine..............4-14 4.51 Final Testing of Pressurized
4.20 Flight Control Surfaces (Ailerons, Containers.....................................4-39
Stabilizers, Flaps, Wings)..............4-17
iv
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

Chapter Page Chapter Page

4.52 Markings on Containers...................4-40 SECTION V STRIPPABLE COATING......5-19

4.53 Shipment and Storage.....................4-40
5.15 Introduction......................................5-19
4.54 Maintenance of Containerized
5.16 Preparation of Aircraft......................5-20
Components..................................4-41
5.17 Use of Spray Equipment..................5-24
4.55 Component Removal Guidelines.....4-41
5.18 Preparation of Strippable
Coating Compounds.....................5-25
SECTION VII SHIPMENT OF
5.19 Application of Compounds...............5-25
CONTAINERIZED COMPONENTS........4-43
5.20 Aircraft Markings and Placards........5-26
4.56 Purpose...........................................4-43 5.21 Inspection/Maintenance/Repair
4.57 Introduction......................................4-43 of Coatings....................................5-26
4.58 Land Shipment.................................4-43 5.22 Removal of Strippable Coatings......5-27
4.59 Ocean Shipment..............................4-44 5.23 Depreservation................................5-27
4.60 Air Shipment....................................4-44 5.24 Represervation................................5-27

SECTION VIII STORAGE AND SECTION VI TAPE AND BARRIER..........5-29

MAINTENANCE......................................4-45
5.25 Introduction......................................5-29
4.61 Purpose...........................................4-45 5.26 Surface Preparation.........................5-29
4.62 Storage Location..............................4-45 5.27 Tape.................................................5-29
4.63 Maintenance of Stored 5.28 Barrier Material................................5-30
Components..................................4-45
4.64 Log Entries.......................................4-46 SECTION VII SHRINKWRAP..................5-31
5.29 Introduction......................................5-31
5 BARRIER SYSTEMS.........................................5-1
5.30 Aircraft Preparation..........................5-31
5.31 Installation Guidelines......................5-33
SECTION I INTRODUCTION.....................5-1
5.32 Maintenance....................................5-34
5.1 Introduction........................................5-1 5.33 Removal...........................................5-34
5.2 Aircraft Markings and Placards..........5-2 5.34 Depreservation................................5-34
5.35 Represervation................................5-34
SECTION II RIGID SHELTER......................5-3
6 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL.........................6-1
5.3 Introduction........................................5-3
5.4 Tension Fabric Shelters.....................5-3
SECTION I INTRODUCTION.....................6-1
5.5 Pre-Engineered Buildings..................5-4
5.6 Existing Buildings...............................5-5 6.1 Introduction........................................6-1
6.2 Dehumidified Storage........................6-1
SECTION III DROP SHROUDS..................5-7 6.3 Psychrometric Chart .........................6-2
6.4 Psychrometers...................................6-2
5.7 Introduction........................................5-7
5.8 Application and Procedures...............5-7
SECTION II STATIC
DEHUMIDIFICATION................................6-5
SECTION IV FLEXIBLE COVERS............ 5-11
6.5 Static Dehumidification......................6-5
5.9 Introduction...................................... 5-11
6.6 Desiccant...........................................6-5
5.10 Aircraft Preparation.......................... 5-11
6.7 Humidity Indicators............................6-7
5.11 Aircraft Cover Installation
Guidelines.....................................5-13
SECTION III DYNAMIC
5.12 Maintenance....................................5-16
DEHUMIDIFICATION................................6-9
5.13 Cover Removal Guidelines..............5-17
5.14 Depreservation................................5-18 6.8 Introduction........................................6-9
6.9 Dehumidifiers.....................................6-9
6.10 Applications.....................................6-10

v
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)

Chapter Page Chapter Page

SECTION IV DEHUMIDIFICATION 8 GUIDELINES......................................................8-1

EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION.........6-15
SECTION I CLEANING GUIDELINES........8-1
6.11 Dehumidification Equipment............6-15
6.12 DH Material and Equipment.............6-17 8.1 General..............................................8-1
6.13 Installation Procedures....................6-17 8.2 Aircraft Cleaning With Soap and
6.14 Troubleshooting RH Variance..........6-20 Water...............................................8-1
6.15 Maintenance....................................6-20 8.3 Waterless Spot Cleaning...................8-4
8.4 Hand Cleaning Oxygen Systems.......8-4
SECTION V DEHUMIDIFICATION 8.5 Removed Component Cleaning.........8-4
EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE................6-21
SECTION II INSPECTION
6.16 DH Equipment Maintenance ..........6-21
GUIDELINES........................................... 8-11
6.17 Daily General Maintenance ............6-22
8.6 Inspection........................................ 8-11
7 AIRCRAFT SECURING AND SHIPMENT.......7-1
SECTION III CORROSION CONTROL....8-15
SECTION I SECURING AIRCRAFT...........7-1
8.7 Corrosion Control.............................8-15
7.1 Introduction........................................7-1
7.2 Spotting and Securing of Aircraft.......7-1 SECTION IV PRESERVATION
7.3 Tiedown Procedure............................7-1 MATERIALS............................................8-17
7.4 Grounding Procedures.......................7-5
8.8 Preservation Materials.....................8-17
7.5 Storage Site.......................................7-7
7.6 Wheel Chocks....................................7-7
APPENDIX A RELATED PUBLICATIONS,
SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS,
SECTION II AIRCRAFT SHIPMENT.........7-9
AND INSTRUCTIONS............................... A-1
7.7 General Information...........................7-9
7.8 Land Shipment................................. 7-11 APPENDIX B ACRONYMS.................................. B-1
7.9 Ocean Shipment..............................7-12
7.10 Air Shipment ...................................7-12 GLOSSARY..................................................Glossary-1
7.11 Air Lift...............................................7-13
INDEX..............................................................INDEX-1

vi
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure Title Page Figure Title Page

1-1 Preservation/Depreservation Record 5-8 Cushioning Material.......................................5-12

(CNAF 4790/136A).......................................1‑4 5-9 Properly Placed Cushioning Material On
1-2 Preservation Checklist Example Propeller Blades.........................................5-13
(Component)................................................1‑6 5-10 Properly Placed Cushioning Material On
1-3 Preservation Checklist Example (Aircraft).......1-7 Landing Gear Door and Antenna...............5-13
1-4 Galvanic Series.............................................. 1‑11 5-11 F/A-18 Cushion Points...................................5-14
1-5 Storage Cost Comparison.............................1‑19 5-12 Aircraft With Strippable Coating.....................5-19
1-6 Dehumidified Storage Line of Aircraft in 5-13 Strippable Coating Applied to
Flexible Bags..............................................1-20 Selected Areas...........................................5-19
5-14 Methods of Closing Small Openings..............5-22
3-1 Examples of Movable Surface Battens..........3-12 5-15 Methods of Closing Large Openings.............5-23
3-2 Stencilled Explosive Warnings.......................3‑18 5-16 Methods of Covering Sharp Edges................5-23
3-3 Warning Tag for Dry Cell Battery...................3-24 5-17 Masking by Applying a Bead of
3-4 Connector Preservation Wrap.......................3-26 Coating Compound....................................5-24
3‑5 Fuel Vent Extension Tube Installation............3-36 5-18 Installing Ripcord Inserts...............................5-24
3-6 Preservation Oil Tanker Truck........................3-38 5-19 Tape and Barrier (T&B) Applied to
3-7 Warning Tag for Fuel Connections.................3-38 Aircraft Openings.......................................5-29
3-8 Preservation Tag for Fuel System..................3-40 5-20 Shingled Tape................................................5-30
3-9 Contamination Tag for Hydraulic System ......3-45 5-21 Aircraft in Shrinkwrap.....................................5-31
3-10 Pitot Tube Preservation.................................3-50
3-11 Protective Cover for Aircraft Tire....................3-55 6-1 Psychrometric Chart........................................6-3
3-12 Preservation Tag for Engine..........................3-61 6-2 Desiccant Stacked in an Intake Duct...............6-6
3-13 Gas Turbine Engine Fuel System 6-3 Installed Humidity Indicator Card.....................6-7
Schematic..................................................3-63 6-4 Indicator Plug Installed in Barrier Material.......6-8
3-14 Desiccant Warning Tag..................................3-64 6-5 Desiccant Wheel Dehumidifier Schematic.......6-9
3-15 Warning Tag for Oil System...........................3-66 6-6 Cooling Based Dehumidification
3-16 Warning Tag for Fluid System Schematic..................................... 6-11
System Connection....................................3-66 6-7 Operational Dehumidification Hook-Up to
Environmental Control System for
4-1 Gun in Level III Static Preservation...............4-10 Avionics Protection..................................... 6-11
4-2 Launcher in Level III Static Preservation.......4-12 6-8 Operational Dehumidification Hook-Up for
4-3 Typical Engine Container Engine Protection....................................... 6-11
(Level III Static Preservation).....................4-16 6-9 Dehumidification of Bagged Aircraft...............6-13
4-4 Engine in Dehumidified Flexible Bag 6-10 Storage Schematic for a Removed
(Level III Dynamic Preservation)................4-16 Components Storage Warehouse
4-5 Engines Stored in Dehumidified Room (Dehumidified and Air-Conditioned)...........6-13
(Level III Dynamic Preservation)................4-16 6-11 Dehumidifier Label.........................................6-16
4-6 APUs Stored in Dehumidified Room
(Level III Dynamic Preservation)................4-16 7-1 Tiedown Anchors.............................................7-2
4-7 Flight Control Surfaces Stored Upright 7-2 TD-1A or TD-1B Tiedown Assembly................7-3
in Racks.....................................................4-17 7-3 TD-1A Tiedown Assembly Design Hazard.......7-4
7-4 Screw Pin Shackle...........................................7-6
5-1 Proper Stencil Format......................................5-2 7-5 Identification of a Certified Ground Point.........7-6
5-2 Tension Fabric Shelter.....................................5-3 7-6 F/A-18 on Extended Flatbed Truck................ 7-11
5-3 Pre-Engineered Building..................................5-4 7-7 Vehicle Dimensional Limitations.................... 7-11
5-4 Shroud Draped Over a Metal Frame...............5-7 7-8 Ramp and Cargo Space................................7-14
5-5 Aircraft Inside a Shroud...................................5-7
5-6 Aircraft In a Flexible Bag................................ 5-11 8-1 Aircraft Cleaning Procedure.............................8-2
5-7 Aircraft In a Top Cover................................... 5-11 8-2 Automatic Water Spray Nozzle........................8-3

vii
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

LIST OF TABLES

Table Title Page Table Title Page

1-1 Outline of Manual.............................................1-2 4-1 Components Typically Stored in

1-2 Description of CNAF 4790/136A Entries..........1-5 Reusable Containers..................................4-35
1-3 Deterioration of Aircraft Materials..................1-10 4-2 Recommended Torque Values
1-4 Preservation Level Designations...................1-14 (inch-pounds).............................................4-38
1-5 AMARG Preservation Type Designation........1-15 4-3 Initial Pressure Readings for
1-6 Recommended Preservation Level................1-17 Container Leak Check Test........................4-38
1-7 Barrier System Comparison Chart.................1-18 4-4 Container Relief Valve and Operational
Pressure for Pressurized Containers.........4-39
2‑1 Summary of Aircraft System Preservation
for Each Level..............................................2-2 5-1 Materials and Equipment for
2-2 Everyday Inspection - Level I and Level II.......2-4 Application of Strippable Coating...............5-21
2-3 Inspection Elements and Corrective Actions...2-4 5-2 Strippable Coating Drying Times...................5-25
2-4 7 Day Inspection - Level I................................2-5 5-3 Materials and Equipment for
2-5 28 Day Inspection - Level I..............................2-6 Shrinkwrapping..........................................5-32
2-6 Heavy Rain Inspection - Level I and
Level II..........................................................2-6 6‑1 Maximum Allowable Contamination
2-7 Storm Inspection - Level I and Level II............2-6 (Cumulative).................................................6-6
2-8 7 Day Inspection - Level II...............................2-9 6‑2 Requirements for Desiccant Wheel
2-9 28 Day Inspection- Level II............................2-10 Dehumidifiers.............................................6-10
2-10 56 Day Maintenance Actions - Level II..........2-10 6‑3 Material and Equipment for Dynamic
2‑11 Inspections - Level III.....................................2-12 Dehumidification.........................................6-18
2-12 Ocean Shipping Inspections and 6‑4 Dehumidification Equipment
Corrective Actions......................................2-18 Maintenance Guidelines.............................6-21

3-1 Airframe System Summary..............................3-5 7-1 Tiedown Information for the

3-2 Armament System Summary.........................3-17 Parking of Aircraft.........................................7-2
3-3 Drive and Gearbox System Summary...........3-21 7-2 Tiedown Chain Data........................................7-3
3-4 Electrical Systems Summary.........................3-23 7-3 Wire Rope Safe Working Loads......................7-5
3-5 Electronics Systems Summary......................3-31 7-4 Shackle Safe Working Load and NSN.............7-6
3-6 Fuel System Summary..................................3-35 7-5 Main Aircraft Lifting Slings.............................7-10
3-7 Contamination Limits for Preservation Oil.....3-37 7‑6 Transport Aircraft Dimensions........................7-13
3-8 Hydraulic System Summary..........................3-43
3-9 Navy Standard for Particulate 8-1 Cleaner Compatability.....................................8-5
Contamination of Hydraulic Fluid 8-2 Cleaner Removal Effectiveness on
(Particle Count Test)...................................3-45 Corrosion Preventive Compounds...............8-5
3-10 Contamination Limits for Aircraft 8-3 Cleaning Materials and Equipment..................8-6
Hydraulic Fluids..........................................3-45 8-4 Common Aircraft Greases...............................8-9
3-11 Instruments Systems Summary.....................3-49 8-5 Material Defect Indications............................8-12
3-12 Landing and Arresting Gear System 8-6 General Inspection Guidelines.......................8-13
Summary....................................................3-51 8-7 Equipment Used to Aid Inspection.................8-14
3-13 Photographic System Summary....................3-57 8-8 Water Displacing Corrosion
3-14 Pneumatic System Summary........................3-59 Preventive Compounds..............................8-18
3-15 Power Plant Systems Summary....................3-61 8-9 Time Limitations for CPCs.............................8-19
3-16 Contamination Limits for Engine Oil..............3-62 8-10 Non-Water Displacing Corrosion
3-17 Propellers and Propeller Components Preventive Compounds..............................8-19
System Summary.......................................3-71 8-11 Volatile Corrosion Inhibitors (VCI)..................8-20
3-18 Rotor Head and Hub System Summary........3-75 8-12 Materials and Equipment for Preservation.....8-21
3-19 Safety and Survival System Summary..........3-79 8-13 Materials and Equipment for Packaging........8-24
3-20 Utility Systems Summary...............................3-85

viii
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

LIST OF TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS DEFICIENCY REPORTS INCORPORATED

Report Control Number (RCN) Location Report Control Number (RCN) Location

N57082-2015-0086 N65888-2014-1274
MALS-13 Pg 3-49 FRC Southwest San Diego CA Pg 3-54

N63407-2016-0077 N69311-2015-0004
Naval Aviation Warfighting Dev Pg 3-51 AAE TPO-FST Pg 4-12

N65886-2014-8674 R09436-2017-0057
FRC Southeast Jacksonville FL Pg 4-18 VMA-214 Pg 3-37

N65886-2015-8381
FRC Southeast Jacksonville FL Pg 4-38

TPDR-1/(TPDR-2 Blank)
ix
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

WARNINGS APPLICABLE TO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

1. INTRODUCTION. Warnings for hazardous materials Chemical

listed in this manual are designed to warn personnel of
The symbol of a liquid dripping onto a hand
hazards associated with such items when they come in
shows that the material causes burns or
contact with them by actual use. Additional information
irritation to human skin or tissue.
related to hazardous materials is provided in DoD 6050.05,
Hazard Communication Program, OPNAVINST 5100.23,
Safety & Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Cryogenic
and OPNAVINST 5100.19 (SOH) for Forces Afloat, and The symbol of a hand in a block of ice
OPNAVINST 5090.1 Environmental Readiness Manual. shows that the material is extremely cold
For each hazardous material used within the Navy, a and can injure human skin or tissue.
Safety Data Sheet (SDS) must be available for review by
users in the Hazardous Materials Information Resource
Explosion
System (HMIRS). Consult your local safety and health
staff concerning any questions regarding hazardous This rapidly expanding symbol shows that
materials, SDSs, personal protective equipment the material may explode if subjected to
requirements, and appropriate handling and emergency high temperatures, sources of ignition or
procedures and disposal guidance. NAVAIR maintains high pressure.
the Aviation Hazardous Materials List (AHML) to assist
personnel in selecting NSNs for HMs listed in technical
Eye Protection
publications. ALL HMs required for maintenance must
be identified in the AHML. Refer to the AHML module in The symbol of a person wearing goggles
the Ship/Shore/Airborne Aviation Requirements (SSAR) shows a material that can injure your eyes.
website for the current listing.
Fire
2. Under the heading HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
WARNINGS, complete warnings, including related The symbol of a flame shows that a
icon(s) and a numeric identifier, are provided for material can ignite and burn you.
hazardous materials used in this manual. The numeric
identifiers have been assigned to the hazardous material Radiation
in alphabetical order by material nomenclature. Each
hazardous material is assigned only one numerical The symbol of three circular wedges shows
identifier. Repeat use of a specific hazardous material that the material emits radioactive energy
references the numeric identifier assigned at its initial and can injure human tissue or organs.
appearance. The approved icons and their application
are shown below. Highly Toxic

3. In the text of the manual, the caption WARNING is The symbol of a skull and crossbones
not used for hazardous material warnings. Hazards are shows a material that is highly toxic and
cited with appropriate icon(s), the nomenclature of the can be a danger to life and health.
hazardous material and the numeric identifier that relates
to the complete warning. Users of hazardous materials Breathing Hazard
shall refer to the complete warnings, as necessary.
The symbol of a human figure in a cloud
breathing vapors shows that the material
4. EXPLANATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
can present a danger to life and health.
ICONS.
Biological
The abstract symbol shows that a material
may contain bacteria or viruses that pres-
ent a danger to life and health.

HMWS-1
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WARNINGS

INDEX MATERIAL WARNING

1 Alcohol, Isopropyl Isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, is toxic, flammable, and a skin and respiratory
TT-I-735 tract irritant. It may be fatal if swallowed.
DO NOT use near open flame, sparks or heat. DO NOT use synthetic cloths
for wiping with this solvent. DO NOT smoke, eat or drink when using solvent.
Avoid breathing vapor. Use only in well ventilated areas. Metal containers
containing solvent shall be grounded to prevent sparking and fires. Avoid
prolonged breathing of vapor and skin contact, which can cause dermatitis,
irritated nose and throat, and dizziness.
Protection: Wear butyl gloves and chemical goggles; faceshield and protective
clothing required when splashing is possible or expected; half-mask respirator
with organic vapor cartridge required in poorly ventilated areas.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
15 minutes and seek medical attention. If skin contact occurs, wash with soap
and water, remove contaminated clothing and shoes. If ingested, give water to
drink and seek medical attention. Do not induce vomiting. If inhalation occurs,
remove from area to fresh air.

2 Aqueous Window Aqueous window cleaner, AMS 1535, is an eye, skin, and respiratory/digestive
Cleaner tract irritant.
SAE AMS 1535 Frequent or prolonged contact may cause eye or skin irritation. High
concentrations may cause respiratory irritation, headaches, or dizziness.
Ingestion may irritate digestive tract. Store below 120°F, away from oxidizers
and acids.
Protection: Wear safety glasses/goggles. Use fans or other mechanical
ventilation if used in small enclosed areas.
If eye or skin contact occurs, flush with water. If inhaled, remove from area to
fresh air. If ingested, drink plenty of water. Seek medical aid if conditions do
not improve.

3 Cleaner, Non-aqueous cleaner, MIL-PRF-32295 Type I and II, is a skin, eye, and
Non-Aqueous, respiratory tract irritant. It is flammable if exposed to high heat, sparks, or
Low VOC, HAP-Free, flames.
MIL-PRF-32295 DO NOT use near open flame, sparks or heat. Combustion products may be
Type I and II toxic. Avoid contact with strong oxidizing agents. Use only in well ventilated
areas. Metal containers containing cleaner shall be grounded to prevent
sparking and fires. Avoid prolonged breathing of vapor and skin contact, which
can cause dermatitis, irritated nose and throat and dizziness. Ingestion will
cause gastro-intestinal irritation.
Protection: Wear chemical impervious gloves (non-latex) and chemical
goggles; faceshield and protective clothing required when splashing is
possible or expected; respirator with organic vapor cartridge and P- or R-series
particulate filter required in poorly ventilated areas.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
15 minutes and seek medical attention. If skin contact occurs, wash with soap
and water, remove contaminated clothing and shoes. If ingested, seek medical
attention. Do not induce vomiting. If inhalation occurs, remove from area to
fresh air. Seek medical attention if breathing is diffucult and does not improve.

HMWS-2
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WARNINGS (Cont.)

INDEX MATERIAL WARNING

4 Cleaning Compound, Cleaning compound, MIL-PRF-85570 Type II, is an eye, skin, and respiratory
Aircraft, Exterior tract irritant.
MIL-PRF-85570 Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothing. Prolonged contact may cause
Type II dermatitis. Avoid breathing vapors. Avoid contact with strong acids or
oxidizing agents. Use only in well ventilated areas. Wash hands thoroughly
after use. Launder contaminated clothing before re-use. Keep containers
closed when not in use. Store in a cool, dry, well ventilated area.
Protection: Wear chemical goggles, rubber gloves, faceshield, and protective
clothing; half-mask respirator with organic vapor cartridge required in poorly
ventilated areas.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
15 minutes and seek medical attention. If skin contact occurs, wash with
soap and water, remove contaminated clothing and shoes. If inhalation
occurs, remove from area to fresh air.

5 Cleaning Compound, Cleaning compound, MIL-PRF-85704 Type II/II RTU, is toxic, and an eye,
Turbine Engine skin and respiratory tract irritant.
Gas Path Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothing. Prolonged contact may cause
MIL-PRF-85704 dermatitis. Avoid breathing vapors. Use only in well ventilated areas. Wash
Type II/II RTU hands thoroughly after use. Launder contaminated clothing before re-use.
Keep containers closed when not in use. Store in a cool, dry, well ventilated
area.
Protection: Wear chemical goggles, rubber gloves, faceshield, and protective
clothing; half-mask respirator with organic vapor cartridge required in poorly
ventilated areas.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
15 minutes and seek medical attention. If skin contact occurs, wash with
soap and water, remove contaminated clothing and shoes. If ingested,
give water to drink and seek medical attention. Do not induce vomiting. If
inhalation occurs, remove from area to fresh air.

6 Coatings, Sprayable, Strippable coating, MIL-PRF-6799 Class 1 (black), is a minor skin, eye,
Strippable, Protective, and respiratory irritant. It may be harmful if absorbed through the skin or
Water Emulsion swallowed.
MIL-PRF-6799 Use only in well ventilated areas. Store in a cool dry place. Keep container
Type II Class 1 closed when not in use.
Protection: Wear safety glasses, chemical resistant gloves and apron;
respiratory protection is required in poorly ventilated areas.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
20 minutes, lifting upper/lower eyelids occasionally, and seek medical
attention. If skin contact occurs, remove contaminated clothing and shoes,
wash with soap and water for 15 minutes, and seek medical attention if
irritation persists. If ingested, do not induce vomiting unless directed by
medical personnel; seek medical attention immdeidately. If inhalation
occurs, remove from area to fresh air. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen.

HMWS-3
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WARNINGS (Cont.)

INDEX MATERIAL WARNING

7 Coatings, Sprayable, Strippable coating, MIL-PRF-6799 Class 5, 6, and 7 (white), is a moderate

Strippable, Protective, skin, eye, and respiratory irritant. It may be harmful if absorbed through the
Water Emulsion skin or toxic if swallowed. Vapors may be ignited and cause a fire.Vapors
MIL-PRF-6799 may be ignited by heat, sparks, or flames. Vapors are heavier than air and
Type II Class 5, 6, and 7 may travel to an ignition source and flash back.
Use only in well ventilated areas. Store in a cool dry place. Keep container
closed when not in use.
Protection: Wear safety glasses, chemical resistant gloves and apron;
respiratory protection is required in poorly ventilated areas.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
20 minutes, lifting upper/lower eyelids occasionally, and seek medical
attention. If skin contact occurs, remove contaminated clothing and shoes,
wash with soap and water for 15 minutes, and seek medical attention if
irritation persists. If ingested, do not induce vomiting unless directed by
medical personnel; seek medical attention immediately. If inhalation occurs,
remove from area to fresh air. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen.

8 Compound, Corrosion Corrosion preventative compound, MIL-DTL-85054, is toxic, flammable,

Preventive and a respiratory tract irritant.
MIL-DTL-85054 Avoid contact with eyes and skin. DO NOT use near open flame, sparks, or
heat. Use only in well ventilated areas. Wash hands thoroughly with soap
and water after use. Keep container tightly closed when not in use.
Protection: Wear chemical goggles and rubber gloves.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
15 minutes and seek medical attention. If skin contact occurs, wash with
soap and water, remove contaminated clothing and shoes. If ingested, do
not induce vomiting, seek medical attention. If inhalation occurs, remove
from area to fresh air.

9 Compound, Corrosion Corrosion preventative compound, MIL-PRF-16173, is toxic, flammable,

Preventive and a respiratory tract irritant.
MIL-PRF-16173 Avoid contact with eyes and skin. DO NOT use near open flame, sparks,
Grade 1, 2, and 4 or heat.
Use only in well ventilated areas. Wash hands thoroughly with soap and
water after use. Keep container tightly closed when not in use. Avoid contact
with oxidizing agents.
Protection: Wear chemical goggles, laboratory apron, and rubber gloves;
faceshield and laboratory apron required when working with large quantities;
half-mask respirator with acid/organic vapor cartridge and mist prefilter
required during spraying operations or in poorly ventilated areas.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
15 minutes and seek medical attention. If skin contact occurs, wash with
soap and water, remove contaminated clothing and shoes. If ingested, do
not induce vomiting, seek medical attention. If inhalation occurs, remove
from area to fresh air.

HMWS-4
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WARNINGS (Cont.)

INDEX MATERIAL WARNING

10 Compound, Corrosion Corrosion preventive compound, MIL-PRF-81309 Type II and Type III, is
Preventive toxic, flammable, and a respiratory tract irritant.
MIL-PRF-81309 Avoid contact with skin and eyes. DO NOT use near open flame, sparks,
Type II and Type III or heat. Vapor accumulations may explode if ignited. Avoid contact with
oxidizing agents. Use only in well ventilated areas. Wash hands thoroughly
with soap and water after use. Keep container tightly closed when not in
use.
Protection: Wear chemical goggles and rubber gloves; faceshield and
laboratory apron required when working with large quantities; half-mask
respirator with acid/organic vapor cartridge and mist prefilter required during
spraying operations or in poorly ventilated areas.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
15 minutes and seek medical attention. If skin contact occurs, wash with
soap and water, remove contaminated clothing and shoes. If ingested, do
not induce vomiting, seek medical attention. If inhalation occurs, remove
from area to fresh air.

11 Desiccant, Activated Activated desiccant, MIL-D-3464 Type I, is a respiratory tract irritant. Dust
MIL-D-3464 Type I may contain crystalline quartz, a suspected carcinogen.
If unit pack integrity is broken, handle with care and avoid breathing dust.
Protection: None normally required. Use of dust mask is recommended
when excessive dusting may occur.

12 Detergent, General Cleaning compound, MIL-D-16791, is an eye and skin irritant.

Purpose Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothing. Avoid contact with strong oxidizing
(Liquid, Nonionic) or reducing agents. Store away from heat sources. Material is corrosive to
MIL-D-16791 Type I copper and brass over long storage periods.
Protection: Wear chemical goggles and rubber gloves.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
15 minutes and seek medical attention. If skin contact occurs, wash with
soap and water.

13 Fluid, Hydraulic Hydraulic fluid, MIL-PRF-83282, is a skin, eye, and respiratory tract irritant.
MIL-PRF-83282 May contain small quantities of tricresyl-phosphate, a toxic substance. There
is a slight fire/explosive hazard when fluid is exposed to heat and flames.
Use in well ventilated area. Keep container tightly closed when not in use.
Keep away from heat sparks, open flames, and oxidizing agents. Avoid
contact with clothing, eyes and skin. Wash hands thoroughly with soap and
water after use.
Protection: Wear chemical goggles, butyl gloves, and faceshield; half-mask
respirator with organic vapor cartridge may be required in poorly ventilated
areas.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
15 minutes and seek medical attention. If skin contact occurs, wash with
soap and water, remove contaminated clothing and shoes. If inhalation
occurs, remove from area to fresh air.

HMWS-5
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WARNINGS (Cont.)

INDEX MATERIAL WARNING

14 Grease, Aircraft, Wide temperature range, general purpose aircraft grease, MIL-PRF-81322
General Purpose, Wide and MIL‑PRF‑32014, are eye irritants, and upon prolonged exposure, skin
Temperature Range irritants. When heated, greases can emit harmful fumes. Products may
MIL-PRF-81322 contain chromium compounds, which are suspected carcinogens.
MIL‑PRF‑32014 Avoid contact with eyes, skin, and clothing. DO NOT use near open flame,
sparks, heat or oxidizing agents. Wash hands with soap and water after use.
Launder contaminated clothing before re-use. Keep container closed when
not in use. Store in a cool, dry, well ventilated area.
Protection: Wear chemical goggles and rubber gloves.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water. If skin
contact occurs, wash with soap and water. If inhalation occurs, remove from
area to fresh air and seek medical attention.

15 Grease, Instrument Instrument grease, MIL-PRF-23827, is an eye irritant, and upon prolonged
MIL-PRF-23827 exposure, a skin irritant. When heated, grease can emit harmful fumes.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothing. DO NOT use near open flame,
sparks, heat or oxidizing agents. Wash hands with soap and water after use.
Launder contaminated clothing before re-use. Keep container closed when
not in use. Store in a cool, dry, well ventilated area.
Protection: Wear chemical goggles and rubber gloves.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water. If skin
contact occurs, wash with soap and water. If inhalation occurs, remove from
area to fresh air and seek medical attention.

16 Ink, Stencil Stencil Ink, A-A-208 Type III, is toxic and flammable.
A-A-208 Type III Avoid breathing vapors. Do not use near heat, sparks, and flame. Do not
spray in eyes. Do not take internally. Do not puncture or incinerate cans. Do
not store above 120°F. Use only in well ventilated areas.
Protection: Wear butyl gloves and chemical goggles; protective clothing and
half-mask respirator with organic vapor cartridge and paint mist pre-filter are
required during spray operations in poorly ventilated areas.

HMWS-6
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WARNINGS (Cont.)

INDEX MATERIAL WARNING

17 Lubricant, Cleaner and Cleaner and Preservative Lubricant, MIL-PRF-63460, is a skin, eye, and
Preservative respiratory tract irritant. It is harmful if swallowed.
MIL-PRF-63460 Use in a well ventilated area, especially when exposure to mist is possible.
Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Wash hands thoroughly after each use.
Launder contaminated clothing before reuse. Keep away from open flame,
sparks, or heat. Keep away from strong oxidizers. Store in a cool, dry, well
ventilated area.
Protection: Wear chemical goggles and rubber gloves; half-mask respirator
with organic vapor cartridge may be required in poorly ventilated areas,
especially when misting occurs.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
15 minutes and seek medical attention. If skin contact occurs, wash with
soap and water, remove contaminated clothing and shoes. If ingested, do
not induce vomiting, seek medical attention. If inhalation occurs, remove
from area to fresh air.

18 Nitrogen, Gas Nitrogen gas, A-A-59503 Type I, is a nontoxic gas that may cause
A-A-59503 Type I asphyxiation if inhaled in large concentrations. Nitrogen cylinders may
rupture explosively if mishandled.
Use only in well ventilated areas. Close valve after each use and when
empty. Store cylinders in a cool, dry, ventilated area. Protect cylinders from
physical damage.
Protection: Wear chemical goggles. Wear safety shoes and leather gloves
when handling cylinders.
Prompt medical attention is mandatory in cases of overexposure. If inhaled,
remove to fresh air, provide oxygen/CPR if needed.

19 Oil, Lubricating, Aircraft lubricating oil, MIL-PRF-23699, is toxic, and a skin, eye, and
Aircraft respiratory tract irritant. If lubricating oil is decomposed by heat, toxic gases
MIL-PRF-23699 are released.
Keep away from open flame, sparks, or heat. Use in a well ventilated
area, especially when exposure to hot oil or mist is possible. Wash hands
thoroughly after use. Launder contaminated clothing before re-use; discard
contaminated boots or shoes if oil soaked. Keep containers closed when not
in use. Avoid strong oxidizing agents.
Protection: Wear chemical goggles, rubber gloves, and protective clothing;
full-face piece continuous supplied air respirator required in poorly ventilated
areas, especially when misting occurs.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
15 minutes and seek medical attention. If skin contact occurs, wash with
soap and water; remove contaminated clothing and shoes. If ingested, do
not induce vomiting, seek medical attention. If inhalation occurs, remove
from area to fresh air.

HMWS-7
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WARNINGS (Cont.)

INDEX MATERIAL WARNING

20 Oil, Lubricating, Lubricating oil, MIL-PRF-6081 Grade 1010N, is a skin, eye, and respiratory
Jet Engine tract irritant.
MIL-PRF-6081 Use in a well ventilated area, especially when exposure to hot oil or mist is
Grade 1010N possible. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Wash hands thoroughly after
each use. Launder contaminated clothing before reuse. Store in a cool, dry
place, away from heat, flames, and oxidizing agents.
Protection: Wear chemical goggles and rubber gloves; half-mask respirator
with organic vapor cartridge may be required in poorly ventilated areas,
especially when misting occurs.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
15 minutes and seek medical attention. If skin contact occurs, wash with
soap and water, remove contaminated clothing and shoes. If inhalation
occurs, remove from area to fresh air.

21 Oil, Lubricating, Lubricating oil, MIL-PRF-32033, is a skin, eye, and respiratory tract irritant.
Preservative Use in a well ventilated area, especially when exposure to mist is possible.
MIL-PRF-32033 Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Wash hands thoroughly after each use.
Launder contaminated clothing before reuse. Keep away from open flame,
sparks, or heat.
Protection: Wear chemical goggles and rubber gloves; half-mask respirator
with organic vapor cartridge may be required in poorly ventilated areas,
especially when misting occurs.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
15 minutes and seek medical attention. If skin contact occurs, wash with
soap and water, remove contaminated clothing and shoes. If inhalation
occurs, remove from area to fresh air.

22 Potassium Potassium Dichromate Crystals, A-A-59508, are extremely destructive to

Dichromate, Crystals the skin, eyes, and respiratory tract. Reaction with combustible or reducing
A-A-59508 agents may cause fire; smoke emits toxic fumes. Crystals are a known
carcinogen. May be fatal if inhaled/ingested/absorbed through the skin.
DO NOT use if skin is cut. DO NOT generate dust. Use in well ventilated
area. Launder contaminated clothing before re-use. Keep container tightly
closed. Store in a cool, dry place away from reducing agents; avoid storage
on wood floors.
Protection: Wear chemical goggles and full faceshield, and rubber gloves;
appropriate protective clothing to prevent skin contact; half-mask respirator
with dust cartridge required during use in poorly ventilated areas.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
15 minutes, lifting upper/lower eyelids occasionally, and seek medical
attention. If skin contact occurs, remove contaminated clothing and shoes,
wash with soap and water for 15 minutes, seek medical attention. If ingested,
do not induce vomiting, give large amounts of water, and seek medical
attention. If inhalation occurs, remove from area to fresh air. If breathing
is difficult, give oxygen. If not breathing, give CPR. Seek medical attention
immediately.

HMWS-8
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS WARNINGS (Cont.)

INDEX MATERIAL WARNING

23 Sodium Bicarbonate, Sodium bicarbonate, A-A-374, is a mild eye and skin irritant. It is generally
Technical recognized as a safe food ingredient.
A-A-374 Avoid contact with eyes and skin. Store in a dry, cool area away from acids.
Protection: None normally required.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
15 minutes. If irritation persists, seek medical attention. If skin contact occurs,
wash with soap and water. If irritation persists, seek medical attention.

24 Solvent, Cleaning Cleaning solvent, SAE AMS-3167, is combustible, and a skin, eye, and
SAE AMS-3167 respiratory tract irritant.
Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Avoid breathing vapors. Avoid contact
with strong acids, bases, or oxidizing agents. Wash hands thoroughly after
each use. Launder contaminated clothing before re-use. Store in a cool,
dry, well ventilated area, away from heat and other ignition sources. Keep
container tightly sealed when not in use.
Protection: Wear chemical goggles and rubber gloves; half-mask respirator
with organic vapor cartridge required in poorly ventilated areas.

25 Solvent, Degreasing Degreasing solvent, MIL-PRF-680 Type II and III, is flammable, and a skin
MIL-PRF-680 Type II and respiratory tract irritant. Type II has a lower flashpoint (140°F) than
and Type III Type III (200°F).
DO NOT use near open flame, sparks or heat. DO NOT use synthetic cloths
for wiping with this solvent. DO NOT smoke, eat or drink when using solvent.
Avoid contact with strong oxidizing agents. Use only in well ventilated areas.
Metal containers containing solvent shall be grounded to prevent sparking
and fires. Avoid prolonged breathing of vapor and skin contact, which can
cause dermatitis, irritated nose and throat and dizziness. Ingestion will
cause gastro-intestinal irritation.
Protection: Wear butyl gloves and chemical goggles; faceshield and
protective clothing required when splashing is possible or expected; half-
mask respirator with organic vapor cartridge required in poorly ventilated
areas.
If eye contact occurs, flush immediately with large amounts of water for
15 minutes and seek medical attention. If skin contact occurs, wash with
soap and water, remove contaminated clothing and shoes. If ingested,
give water to drink and seek medical attention. Do not induce vomiting. If
inhalation occurs, remove from area to fresh air.

26 Talc, Technical Talc, Technical, A-A-59303 Type T1, is an respiratory tract irritant.
A-A-59303 Type T1 Protection: None normally required. Use of dust mask is recommended
when excessive dusting may occur.

HMWS-9/(HMWS-10 Blank)
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION
This volume was prepared under the technical cognizance of the
Materials Engineering Division, NAVAIR North Island, San Diego, California.

SECTION I. PROCEDURES AND DOCUMENTATION

1.1 GENERAL. Prevention of aircraft deterioration is the will afford this protection. Preservation instructions in this
central theme of COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2 (Naval manual have been demonstrated and proven practical,
Aviation Maintenance Program (NAMP)). Operational necessary and adequate for protecting aircraft against
readiness and reserve stocks of sophisticated fixed deterioration. This manual is a guide to the fleet user.
and rotary wing aircraft can be seriously degraded by It shall be used as the technical base for maintenance
moisture intrusion, corrosion and physical damage. instruction manuals (MIMs) and local instructions. This
manual also offers procedural blueprints for a wide range
1.1.1 Risk. The possibility of significant deterioration of preservation actions. Refer to Table 1‑1 for an outline
is increased when aircraft are inactive, during surface of this manual.
transport, or when poorly protected and maintained.
As a general rule, tactical aircraft spend less than 1.3 COMPLIANCE. Just as environmental dangers
40% of their time in flight. As such, their availability to aircraft are varied and changing, preservation
and sustained performance are a direct result of instructions must be responsive. Direct input from
protective and preventative maintenance measures field users is solicited to ensure policy revisions stay
taken on the flight line/deck or in the hangar. If a in step with new technology, fleet requirements and
sound preservation program is not in place, the work user innovations. In concert with this approach, all
of repairing deterioration damage is added to normal commands, activities and organizations are encouraged
workload and maintenance. to supplement this manual with local instructions within
the following guidelines:
1.1.2 P r e s e r v a t i o n . P r o t e c t i n g a i r c r a f t f r o m
ozone, ultraviolet (UV) light, wind, salt, pollution, 1.3.1 Local instructions shall not waive any personnel
corrosion, oxidation, mold, mildew and animals is the safety or safety of flight precautions.
principal focus of this manual. This list of potential
environmental dangers to naval aircraft is not all 1.3.2 Local instructions shall adhere to the basic
inclusive. It is influenced and continually altered by procedures established but may amplify, clarify or
advances in technology, strategic/tactical threat and tailor to local needs or circumstances. Compliance
geographic location. This manual provides hands-on with requirements and procedures of this manual is
guidance for aircraft and component protection during mandatory at all times, or as mandated by applicable
non-flying periods. In Service Support Center (ISSC), for activities having
reporting custody of aircraft.
1.1.3 Safety. In addition to safety concerns
addressed by the NAVOSH program, OPNAVINST 1.3.3 While preservation instructions included in
5100.23, maintenance personnel need to be aware of this manual have been proven effective in reducing
possible incompatibilities of maintenance chemicals or eliminating aircraft deterioration, new preservation
during use or storage. DoDINST 6050.05 and techniques and products are continually emerging.
individual Safety Data Sheets (SDS) provide specific Identification of new and better means to preserve
important instructions concerning hazardous material. aircraft is encouraged. However, such approaches
Maintenance personnel, if packaging or packing a shall not be incorporated into local instructions
hazardous material for shipment, shall be familiar without prior review and approval by the manual
with the pertinent safety specifications. ISSC. The standard Technical Publication Deficiency
Report (TPDR) may be used to request review and
1.2 PURPOSE. It is the purpose of this manual to approval.
discuss factors which must be considered for the
protection of aircraft during periods of inactivity or 1.3.4 All approved local instructions shall be formally
shipment and to provide preservation procedures that distributed by the cognizant Commanding Officer.

1-1
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 1-1. Outline of Manual

SECTION TITLE BRIEF DESCRIPTION

Introduction to preservation elements, concepts and levels. Instructions for choosing a

Chapter 1 Introduction
preservation level.

Chapter 2 General Procedures Procedures for each preservation level.

Guide for cleaning, inspecting, protecting, maintaining and depreserving on-wing aircraft
Chapter 3 Aircraft Systems
systems and components.
Protection, storage and shipment of removed components and parts in repair, including engine
Chapter 4 Removed Components
canning.

Application, repair and maintenance of barrier systems, including rigid shelter, drop shroud,
Chapter 5 Barrier Systems
flexible bag, top cover, strippable coating, tape and barrier (T&B), and shrinkwrap.

Application, repair and maintenance of environmental systems; static dehumidification and

Chapter 6 Environmental Control
dynamic dehumidification.

Aircraft Securing and

Chapter 7 Securing, and land, ocean, and air shipment of aircraft.
Shipment
Cleaning, inspection, corrosion control, and protection guidelines for aircraft. Includes ordering
Chapter 8 Guidelines
information for commonly used preservation materials.
Related Publications,
Appendix A Specifications, Standards, Listing of related technical data for preservation operations.
and Instructions

Appendix B Acronyms List of acronyms used in this publication.

Glossary Glossary Definition of terms used in this publication.

1.3.5 The provisions of this manual shall be granted, in writing, by the preservation ISSC and the
considered by the aircraft/component ISSC in aircraft ISSC. Procedures are applicable to all levels of
the development of preservation Maintenance maintenance (Organizational, Intermediate and Depot)
Requirement Cards (MRCs) or IETM preservation as well as to special maintenance activities, contracted
procedures. Aircraft reporting custodians shall operations, joint service and multinational operations.
comply with the provisions of this manual for aircraft
not having established preservation MRCs or IETM 1.5 PROCEDURAL DUPLICATION. It is not intended
procedures. that the requirements of this manual cause duplication
or repetition of work. However, when any preservation or
1.3.6 The provisions of this manual shall not be preservation maintenance procedure of this manual has
used as authority for deviating from maintenance been directed by an aircraft MIM, it shall be performed
requirements established by Maintenance Instruction in accordance with the aircraft MIM and be appropriately
Manuals (MlMs), MRCs, or other NAVAIR published documented in the preservation work records. In case of
technical data. Conflicting instructions shall be conflict, contact the aircraft ISSC or preservation ISSC
presented to the aircraft ISSC for evaluation. for clarification.

1.4 SCOPE. This manual establishes the minimum 1.6 REFERENCES. References are supporting
acceptable standards for fixed and rotary wing aircraft technical publications which have a direct bearing on the
preservation, storage, and depreservation to ensure preservation procedures. Whenever appropriate, details
satisfactory protection from deterioration. It establishes from these supporting technical instructions have been
related procedures for aircraft cleaning, inspection, included in the text, but no attempt has been made to
corrosion control, protection and depreservation. It is duplicate all related information. Local conditions may
applicable to all active and reserve Navy and Marine prevent complete compliance with all the details of
Corps organizations and to all Navy/Marine Corps procedures specified in supporting publications. In no
aircraft preserved by other military departments, case, however, shall the intent of such instructions be
government agencies or contracted activities. Any ignored or omitted without approval from the ISSC for
request for a waiver to procedures herein shall be the aircraft or component. See Appendix A for a listing
of related technical instructions.

1-2
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

1.7 RECORDS/LOGBOOKS/WORK DIRECTIVES. continuous process up to and including final external

Complete entries in aircraft processing records or sealing or covering and tying down. In no case shall
logbooks shall include, at the very least, the aircraft in-process time for Level II or III preservation exceed
model and serial number, type of preservation, date 30 calendar days.
and activity. The log is a primary record, and information
contained in it should be considered the most reliable 1.8 PRESERVATION CHECK LISTS. Locally
in case of conflict between records. Proper log entries developed check lists shall be prepared and used by
provide a valuable source of information for use in the all activities when preserving aircraft. Check lists shall
technical evaluation of various preservation procedures. be complete enough to ensure quality conformance to
Appropriate aircraft and engine log entries shall be made the procedures of this manual, and an individual list
upon completion of preservation or depreservation. shall be made a part of the local processing records for
Preservation, represervation, and depreservation entries each preserved aircraft. Sample check lists are shown
shall be made in the Preservation/Depreservation in Figure 1‑2 (Component) and Figure 1‑3 (Aircraft).
Record, form CNAF 4790/136A (see Figure 1-1 and
Table 1-2), in the aircraft and engine logbooks, for aircraft 1.9 DEPRESERVATION CHECK LISTS. Since
with hardcopy logbooks, or in the NALCOMIS OMA Logs detailed preservation procedures will vary somewhat
and Records Subsystem of the NALCOMIS database. with type and configuration of aircraft, it is important that
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2 shall be complied with receiving activities be apprised of any items requiring
when making entries in aircraft and engine logs. If any special attention during depreservation. Each preserving
system or component is not depreserved or is partially activity shall develop a depreservation check list for each
depreserved and affected aircraft are transferred to aircraft model and include a copy of this list with each
another activity, an appropriate log entry shall be made. aircraft preserved for shipment. This depreservation
check list shall be inserted in a suitable waterproof
1.7.1 Immediately upon receipt, all aircraft shall package and placed in the cockpit in a conspicuous
be inspected for preservation discrepancies and location. Refer to Chapters 2 and 3 for depreservation
log entries shall be reviewed. Action shall be taken requirements.
to schedule the initial preservation work and to
arrange for a periodic inspection and preservation 1.10 ENGINE PRESERVATION. Instructions
maintenance requirement. Activities which receive for preservation of power plants are contained in
improperly preserved or damaged aircraft, incorrectly Chapter 3 (on-wing) and Chapter 4 (removed).
or incompletely executed logbooks, or faulty inventory
records shall report discrepancies in accordance with 1.11 USE. The principal users of this manual
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2. are Fleet Maintenance Personnel, Preservation
Engineers, Contractors, Aircraft Program Managers
1.7.2 An organized method of recording preservation and appropriate Navy Schools. This manual shall
inspections and maintenance actions shall be be used as a reference in the development of MIMs,
established by each activity. This record may take the local supplements, directives, standard operating
form of placards, work directives, check sheets, tags, procedures (SOPS), Local Engineering Directives
or other local records. Inspection and preservation (LEDs), and instructions. This manual shall be the
maintenance records shall be kept legible and primary reference for technical or procedural matters
retained for reference until the aircraft is represerved addressing the preservation of naval aircraft, aircraft
for another storage cycle or transferred to another engines and components.
activity.
1.11.1 Supporting Publications. Appendix A lists
1.7.3 Preservation work directives shall be issued publications that supplement this manual and
promptly, and shall specify the type of preservation which shall be fully complied with unless otherwise
required for both the airframe and engine. The specified.
initial preservation or correction of preservation
discrepancies shall be accomplished as soon as 1.11.2 Refer to COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2 for
practical. In all cases, the work shall be initiated within TPDR instructions and procedures. TPDRs are filed
five days after receipt of the aircraft. Application of electronically via the Joint Deficiency Reporting
the preservation methods of this manual shall be a System (JDRS) website (https://jdrs.mil).

1-3
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Figure 1-1. Preservation/Depreservation Record (CNAF 4790/136A)

1.12 R E Q U I S I T I O N I N G A N D A U TO M AT I C must be established on the Automatic Distribution

DISTRIBUTION. Requirements List (ADRL) maintained by the Naval
Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command
1.12.1 Procedures to be used by Naval activities (NATEC). To become established on the ADRL, notify
and other Department of Defense activities requiring your activity central technical publications librarian.
NAVAIR technical manuals are defined in NAVAIR If your activity does not have a library, you may
00‑25‑100. establish your automatic distribution requirements by
contacting the Commanding Officer, NATEC, Naval
1.12.2 Electronic copies of this manual, including Air Station North Island, P.O. Box 357031, Bldg. 90
IRACs and validated TPDRs, are available on the Distribution, San Diego, CA 92135-7031. Annual
NATEC website (https://mynatec.navair.navy.mil/). reconfirmation of these requirements is necessary to
remain on automatic distribution. Use your NATEC
1.12.3 To automatically receive future changes and assigned account number whenever referring to
revisions to NAVAIR technical manuals, an activity automatic distribution requirements.

1-4
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 1-2. Description of CNAF 4790/136A Entries

The CNAF 4790/136A (Figure 1-1) is used to record information on the preservation status of aircraft, engines or related equipment. These
forms are compiled in the aircraft logbook and the Aeronautical Equipment Service Record (AESR). An entry is required anytime preservation,
depreservation, or represervation occurs. For additional information, refer to COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2.

BLOCK DESCRIPTION

Aircraft Model or
1 Enter the aircraft T/M/S or the equipment nomenclature; e.g. "F/A-18D ACFT" or "ACFT Engine".
Equipment Name

2 Type/Model/Series If aircraft leave blank, or if equipment enter Part Number; e.g. "F404-GE-400".

BUN0 or
3 Enter the aircraft BUN0 or the equipment serial number; e.g. "164725" or "310334".
Serial Number

4 Preservation

4a Date Enter the day/month/year the preservation was accomplished; e.g. "5 JUN 17".

4b By (Activity) Enter short title of the activity accomplishing the preservation; e.g. "VFA-25".

4c Type Preservation Enter the level of preservation; e.g. "Level I".

Identify the NAVAIR manual or the major command document directing the preservation; e.g. "NAVAIR
4d Reference
15-01-500".

5 Represerve

Indicate the day/month/year the represervation is due; e.g. "25 AUG 17". When represervation is not
5a Date Due
required (dehumidified storage), leave blank.

6 Depreservation

6a Date Enter the day/month/year the depreservation was accomplished; e.g. "24 AUG 17".

6b By (Activity) Enter the short title of the activity accomplishing the depreservation; e.g. "VFA-25".

1.12.4 If additional or replacement paper copies of this designed to apprise personnel of hazards associated
manual are required with no attendant changes in the with such items when they come in contact with them
ADRL, they may be ordered by submitting requisitions by actual use. Consult your local health and safety
to the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Systems office and the appropriate SDS concerning specific
Command, Naval Logistics Library, 5801 Tabor Avenue, personal protective equipment requirements. Additional
Philadelphia, PA 19120-5099, or via the website information related to hazardous materials is provided
(https://nll.ahf.nmci.navy.mil/). in OPNAVINST 5100.23, Navy Occupational Safety
and Health (NAVOSH) Program Manual, and DoDINST
1.13 WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS APPLICABLE 6050.05, DoD Hazard Communication (HAZCOM)
TO HAZARDOUS MATERIAL. Warnings and cautions Program.
for hazardous materials listed in this manual are

1-5
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

PRESERVATION CHECKSHEET
ROTODOME STORAGE

Part Number: Location:

Serial Number:

Condition: Assembled Rotodome

Disassembled Rotodome, 14 days or less
Disassembled Rotodome, more than 14 days

DATE TIME CERTIFY REMARKS

Initial preservation

L E
MP
X A
E
INSPECTIONS/ACTIONS REQUIRED
Inspect the stored rotodome and record the Date, Time, and Certify the entry. In the Remarks column enter type of inspections
(7 day, 28 day, etc.) and rotodome condition, abnormalities or corrective actions (such as "Preservation intact", "Corrosion
found", "Barrier material repaired").
Every 7 days: Inspect for corrosion, integrity of barrier material and coating. Repair as necessary.
Every 28 days: Remove and replace desiccant, MIL-D-3464 Type I.
Every 84 days: Remove and replace shaft preservative, MIL-PRF-16173 Grade 2.
High wind or rain conditions: Check integrity of barrier material. Repair as necessary.

Figure 1-2. Preservation Checklist Example (Component)

1-6
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Figure 1-3. Preservation Checklist Example (Aircraft)

1-7/(1-8 Blank)
1-7
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION II. PRESERVATION THEORY

1.14 GENERAL. The increasing complexity of of composite structures are specific areas where
aircraft structural design and materials has resulted particular care shall be exercised to preserve
in an increased potential for significant deterioration structural integrity of aircraft. In addition, care shall
when aircraft are idle or inactive. The amount and be taken during line movement of aircraft with tugs;
degree of deterioration depends on the aircraft design, operations during inclement weather (snow, ice, rain,
the climatic and operational conditions, the choice of high winds, electrical storms); the storage of alloy/
materials, the surface protection provided, and the type composite panels, doors and covers; the maintenance
of preventive maintenance. In addition, physical damage handling of aircraft; and the use of tapes, pads, and
during handling, shipping, maintenance, and storage barrier materials. Routine operations, as well as
operations should be recognized and addressed. precautions to be observed during emergencies, are
Appropriate action needs to be taken to properly protect but a few of the situations which shall be regularly
nonoperational aircraft. addressed.

1.15 DETERIORATION. In order to establish effective 1.16.4 Sources of Technical Assistance. Maintenance,
preventative measures against aircraft deterioration, a operational and ground handling personnel shall be
general knowledge of likely problem areas is essential. trained to know where additional information can
Table 1-3 highlights some common causes for the be found. MRCs, technical libraries, SOPs, MIMs,
deterioration of materials used in modem aircraft. directives, local bulletins, previous inspections,
safety announcements, chain of command, and ISSC
1.16 PREVENTION OF DAMAGE. Effective engineering are some sources of information and
protection from physical damage is primarily achieved assistance.
through command education and training programs
which reinforce the common sense use of reasonable 1.16.5 Procedural Rationale. The cost of repair,
care when handling aircraft. This effort is a direct chain personnel injuries, and the operational impact of
of command function. Fleet, civilian and contractor lost flight capability due to physical damage are
personnel shall be knowledgeable in the following areas strong incentives for personnel to follow established
to avoid preventable physical damage: procedures. Aircraft integrity is the product of a sound
understanding of the cause and effect of specific
1.16.1 Job Responsibilities. All operations concerning maintenance actions.
the aircraft or systems shall be accomplished with
clear delineation of responsibilities in accordance with 1.16.6 Skill Improvement. Training need not be
established standard operating procedures (SOPs) complex or elaborate. Training shall be relevant and
and checklists. Maintenance and ground handling specific to the task. The use of hands-on instruction
personnel shall be aware of their duties and how is preferred. Training videos may also be used. The
they interface with the duties of others. Supervisory ISSC (aircraft or preservation) and TYCOMS are
personnel shall be experienced and skilled in the available to assist local supervisors and commanders
tasks of their subordinates. with information and points of contact in support of
command information and training programs. Training
1.16.2 Use of Required Equipment. Detailed shall be continuous and interactive among peers,
instructions on the use of aircraft support equipment subordinates and superiors to reinforce performance.
coupled with hands-on experience in slinging,
tiedown, covering, jury strut placement, use of jack 1.17 E N V I R O N M E N TA L D E T E R I O R AT I O N .
pads, and placement of dunnage will enable support Environmental deterioration may be found in many
personnel to safely service and handle the aircraft and forms (refer to Table 1-3). Materials exposed to moisture,
aircraft systems. Lack of this information and training dirt and sunlight tend to degrade. For a more complete
can directly result in physical damage to aircraft or discussion of environmental effects on aerospace
system components, and injury to personnel. materials, refer to NAVAIR 01-1A-509-1, Cleaning and
Corrosion Control - Corrosion Theory.
1.16.3 Aircraft Care. Surface movement of aircraft,
observance of no-step precautions, proper use 1.17.1 Corrosion. Corrosion is the most common
and care of tools, and the peculiar sensitivities form of environmental deterioration and often is the

1-9
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 1-3. Deterioration of Aircraft Materials

MATERIAL TYPE OF DETERIORATION

Corrosion from stack gases, exhaust from engines, guns, rockets

Metals Corrosion from moisture, dissimilar metal contact
Physical deterioration from age-hardening, cyclic, sustained or extreme stress, and/or temperature

Disbonding, cracking, crazing

Composites Corrosion caused by water or contaminate intrusion
Physical deterioration by ultraviolet light and heat
Physical deterioration due to ultraviolet light, heat, high temperatures
Plastics
Physical deterioration due to exposure to solvent vapors, aircraft fluids, micro-organisms (fungus), and abrasion

Rubber and other Oxidation, drying and vulcanization (hardening) from exposure to micro-organisms, temperature extremes, sustained
Elastomers stress, ultraviolet light and ozone

Rot and decay from micro-organisms (mildew, fungus)

Fabrics
Deterioration due to excessive moisture, heat and/or drying

most damaging. All aerospace metals will corrode distortion, and mechanical failure through cracking
(oxidize), whether the aircraft is idle or operating, can occur. In almost all cases, the deterioration of
when exposed to a corrosive environment. Corrosion a non-metallic material permits moisture intrusion,
is the result of a chemical and/or an electrochemical which can lead to corrosion of metallic components.
reaction of an exposed metal surface. The red rust
on steel, the blue-green tarnish on copper, and the 1.18 STANDARD PROCEDURES. Environmental
white-to-gray oxide on aluminum or magnesium are deterioration of aircraft and aircraft systems is a never
all products of corrosion. The corrosive action may ending problem for maintenance personnel. Preservation
progress uniformly across the surface or it may follow coupled with corrosion control is the method used to slow,
the grain boundaries into the material cross-section, defer or even stop this deterioration. When attempting to
creating pits or internal cracking. The rate of attack define a preservation program, it is necessary to identify
can vary from metal to metal. Corrosion may proceed all of the basic procedures that must be performed on
slowly, virtually unnoticed, or it may initiate and grow aircraft and their systems. The level of preservation
quickly. is a decision that a planner, maintenance officer or
Commanding Officer makes based on the criteria
1.17.1.1 Chemical Attack. The metal can be chemically described in Section III of this chapter. No matter what
broken down and oxidized by a corrosive liquid or gas. level is chosen, the stages are the same. A summary of
Contaminants on the metal surface (dirt, salt, exhaust those stages are as follows:
gases, urine) pick up moisture from the air and can
activate and feed the degradation process. 1.18.1 Cleaning. In order to properly evaluate,
repair and protect an aircraft or aircraft system, it
1.17.1.2 Galvanic Attack. The metal can corrode from shall be thoroughly cleaned. The cleaning operation
the coupling of dissimilar metals, such as aluminum chosen for an aircraft or system must remove soils,
and carbon composite. Refer to Figure 1‑4 for the oils, and corrosive deposits without causing further
rankings of some metals based on their relative deterioration. The surfaces shall be adequately clean
corrosion potential. The couple must be linked by a for all visual and physical examinations, and for the
liquid or vapor medium, usually water or humidity, for subsequent application of the preservation system.
corrosion to occur. Galvanic corrosion is differentiated
from a chemical attack by the presence of corrosion 1.18.2 Inspection. After a thorough cleaning has
buildup at a metal/metal joint. been accomplished, all areas of the aircraft must
be inspected for evidence of corrosion or other
1.17.2 Degradation. The degradation of non-metals deterioration. Detailed inspections shall be made
depends on the chemical makeup of the material and all discrepancies shall be recorded regardless
and the nature of the environment. The use of of the intent to repair. This will allow for an accurate
unauthorized maintenance chemicals and procedures assessment of the preservation process at the end
can accelerate degradation. Physical swelling, of the preservation cycle.

1-10
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

1.18.5 Maintenance. The level of preservation chosen

ANODIC - High Corrosion Potential for a particuIar aircraft or component will be suitable
only if the protection system is properly maintained. A
Magnesium
check list shall be developed for periodic maintenance
Beryllium integrity inspections. Maintenance personnel shall
Aluminum look for torn or missing barriers, depleted CPCs,
Cadmium discolored humidity indicators, evidence of new
Steel corrosion damage, fluid contamination, water
Chrome intrusion and so on. If discrepancies are noted,
corrective action shall be taken immediately.
Copper
Stainless Steel Alloys 1.18.6 Placement. The preserved aircraft shall be
Monel 400 placed in an area where it is afforded the maximum
Titanium amount of protection but is still accessible for
Silver maintenance inspections. If possible, the aircraft
Gold should be stored inside of a hangar or rigid shelter. If
the aircraft must be stored outside, it should be placed
Carbon/Graphite in a wind protected area. Storing aircraft adjacent to
seawalls is not recommended. Accessible electrical
CATHODIC - Low Corrosion Potential power, grounding points and tiedowns are required
Figure 1-4. Galvanic Series for outside storage.

1.18.7 L o g s a n d R e c o r d s . R e c o r d s s h a l l b e
1.18.3 Corrosion Control. After cleaning and maintained in accordance with COMNAVAIRFORINST
inspection, it may be necessary to remove corrosion 4790.2 to document the history of the preserved
damage. Refer to the corrosion control manual, aircraft or aircraft systems. Records shall contain
NAVAIR 01‑1A-509‑2, and aircraft or component the pre-preservation inspection data, the periodic
MIMs for instructions. maintenance inspections, all corrective actions taken,
unusual weather activity and any other event that
1.18.4 Protection. After cleaning, inspecting and violated the preservation integrity (either accidentally
controlling corrosion, the aircraft and aircraft systems or intentionally). This data is vital in evaluating
must be chemically and physically protected. the effectiveness of a preservation cycle. Refer to
Section I of this chapter for more information on
1.18.4.1 Chemical protection involves the use of record keeping.
corrosion preventative compounds (CPCs), lubricants,
vapor corrosion inhibitors (VCIs), and desiccants. 1.18.8 Depreservation. Depreservation is required
These materials are applied directly to surfaces, pivots, upon the completion of a preservation cycle.
unprotected bare metal, gas paths, fuel systems and Depreservation includes the complete removal of
so forth. CPCs or preservatives are used to protect the protective system followed by cleaning, inspection
metal aircraft parts and components from corrosion on and corrosion control operations. All aircraft systems
a temporary basis. Refer to Chapter 8 for additional shall be serviced, checked and made operational in
information. accordance with applicable MIMs and MRCs before
returning to service.
1.18.4.2 Physical protection involves the use of a
variety of materials and techniques as dictated by the 1.18.9 Represervation. When an aircraft has reached
level of preservation chosen. The levels are described its storage time limitation and still requires protection,
in detail in Section III of this chapter. Chapter 5 it shall be represerved. Represervation involves
describes the different types of barrier methods, and depreservation of the aircraft and the application of a
Chapter 6 provides information on dehumidification. new protective system. Represervation is a complete
Chapter 7 contains special requirements for protection renewal of the preservation system and begins a new
during aircraft shipment. preservation cycle.

1-11/(1-12 Blank)
1-11
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION III. CHOOSING A PRESERVATION LEVEL

1.19 GENERAL. Because of the complexity of The following are examples of the procedures required
Naval Aviation assets, a variety of methods have been for Level I preservation.
developed to preserve aircraft. Levels I, II, III, and IV
designate the different types of preservation. Each level 1.21.1 Systems Preservation.
of preservation relates directly to the type of barrier
system used and the degree of protection it affords the a. Airframe. Maintain operational.
aircraft and system or component. Certain minimum
operations are required for each level of preservation. b. Armament. Maintain operational.
Refer to Table 1‑4 for preservation level designation and
time limitations. c. Electrical. Maintain operational.

1.20 PRESERVING AIRCRAFT/COMPONENTS. d. Fuel. Maintain fully fueled in accordance with

An aircraft, aircraft system, or component shall be aircraft MIMs.
preserved in accordance with this manual if, due to
repair, system failure, or parts removal, its nonuse is e. Hydraulic. Inspect for water and contamination
anticipated for an extended period of time. In accordance intrusion.
with COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2, an aircraft may be
preserved at any time, regardless of material condition f. Instruments. Maintain operational.
reporting status, when it is determined to be in the
best interest of the aircraft or activity. In general, it is g. Lubrication. Inspect for water and contamination
recommended that an aircraft, aircraft engine, or aircraft intrusion. Replace accordingly.
component be preserved when nonuse is anticipated to
be longer than 14 days. h. Mechanical. Apply lubrication and CPCs.

1.20.1 All scheduled special inspections shall i. Photographic. Maintain operational.

be performed on aircraft not in preservation. For
aircraft placed in preservation, all scheduled special j. Pneumatic. Inspect for water intrusion and replace
inspections may be deferred. For aircraft placed in nitrogen.
Level III preservation, all corrosion related special
inspections, as identified by the aircraft ISSC, may k. Oxygen. Remove bottles or converters if pressure
be waived. drops below 10 psig.

1.20.2 Because aircraft protection is an ongoing l. Safety. Make safe.

process, regardless of the aircraft status, aircraft
not requiring preservation shall be maintained at all 1.21.2 Barrier System. Barrier material held in place
times in a manner which will prevent deterioration, with tape for protection of selected surfaces and cover
and ensure correction of minor discrepancies before openings. Refer to Chapter 5.
they become major problems. This includes normal
line maintenance of the aircraft, appropriate cleaning 1.21.3 Record Keeping. Maintain required records
and corrosion control in accordance with NAVAIR in accordance with Chapter 3 in addition to recording
01‑1A‑509-2, and protecting/maintaining the aircraft periodic maintenance inspections.
in accordance with the appropriate MRCs. MRCs
include all calendar sensitive maintenance actions 1.22 LEVEL II PRESERVATION. This level removes
required to prevent deterioration of all systems and selected systems from operational condition and
equipment during all periods of inactivity. preserves them for a storage period up to one year.
This level is also used for aircraft shipment. Level II
1.21 LEVEL I PRESERVATION. This preservation preservation requires the static dehumidification of
level is recommended for short term protection (90 days selected systems. Refer to Chapter 3 for specific aircraft
or less) of aircraft and is the baseline for all subsequent system preservation instructions. Refer to Chapter 4
preservation levels. This level is used for local for removed components requirements. The following
maintenance work in process, work awaiting parts, and are examples of the procedures, in addition to those of
any other short term condition for aircraft remaining idle. Level I, required for Level II preservation.
Refer to Chapter 3 for specific preservation instructions.
1-13
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 1-4. Preservation Level Designations 1.22.3 Record Keeping. Maintain required records
BARRIER
in accordance with Chapter 3 or 4 in addition to
LEVEL TIME LIMIT DESIGNATION recording periodic maintenance inspections.
SYSTEM
Level I
1.23 LEVEL III PRESERVATION. This is the highest
I 90 days Tape and Barrier I-T&B
level of aircraft and aircraft system preservation. It
Level II affords the best protection for an indefinite period of
II 1 year Tape and Barrier II - T & B time. Although the initial cost is high, the long term cost
II 1 year Top Cover II - TOP savings are enormous. Once established, this level
allows for short, intermediate and long term storage
Level II (Shipment)
as well as in-work or depot level storage. Level III
II 60 days Shrinkwrap II - SHRK preservation requires the dehumidification of the entire
II 60 days Strippable Coating II - STRP aircraft or removed component.
Level III
1.23.1 Systems Preservation. Dynamically or
III Indefinite Rigid Shelter III - RIG
statically maintain the environment surrounding
III Indefinite Flexible Bag III - BAG a preserved aircraft or removed aircraft system/
III Indefinite Drop Shroud III - SHRD component at a relative humidity between 30-40%
NOTES: (refer to Chapter 6).
Time limits for Level I and II are ± 3 days.
Time limits for Level III are dependent on barrier material life limit. 1.23.2 Barrier System. Refer to Chapter 5 for
detailed information.
1.22.1 Systems Preservation.
a. Rigid Shelter. Sealed, freestanding enclosure or
building.
a. Armament. Remove ordnance in accordance with
MIMs.
b. Drop Shroud. Polymer enclosure freestanding or
suspended inside a hangar or rigid shelter.
b. Fuel. Drain and flush with MIL-PRF-6081 Grade
1010N oil.
c. Flexible Bag. Tough, polymer sheeting fashioned
into a conformable, resealable bag customized for each
c. Power Plants. Clean gas path and statically
aircraft or aircraft system/component.
dehumidify.
1.23.3 Record Keeping. Maintain required records
d. Water. Drain and flush with water, air dry and leave
in accordance with Chapter 3 or 4 in addition to
vents open.
recording periodic maintenance inspections. Maintain
records for dehumidification system as specified in
1.22.2 Barrier System. Several barrier systems are
Chapter 6.
available. Refer to Chapter 5 for detailed information.
1.24 LEVEL IV PRESERVATION. Level IV is an
a. Top Cover. Aircraft/component specific polymer
umbrella preservation status for aircraft undergoing
fabric cover used to protect against rain and direct
depot-level repair. Depot-level repair activities include
ultraviolet light (UV) down to the drip line.
Planned Maintenance Interval (PMI) events, which can
be performed at Fleet Readiness Centers (FRCs) or
b. Tape and Barrier. Barrier material held in place
on-site in squadron facilities. Instead of preserving the
with tape for protection of selected surfaces.
entire aircraft in one level of preservation, systems and
components may be in various levels of preservation
c. Strippable Coating. Spray-on strippable coatings,
dependent on the requirements of the repair cycle. Refer
seal entire aircraft or selected surfaces down to the drip
to Chapter 2 for additional information.
line (for shipment only).
1.25 DESERT STORAGE. When the decision
d. Shrinkwrap. Low density polyethylene film is used
is made to remove an aircraft from active service, it
to loosely enclose the entire aircraft and then shrunk to
may be placed in desert storage with the Aerospace
a tight fit with a propane heat gun (for shipment only).
Maintenance and Regeneration Group (AMARG) located
at Davis Monthan Air Force Base, Arizona. Table 1-5 lists

1-14
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 1-5. AMARG Preservation Type Designation 1.27 ECONOMICS. Each preservation method
is limited in the degree of protection it can provide a
TYPE DESCRIPTION
weapon system. Therefore, the total cost of preservation
1000
Selected areas preserved with strippable coating must include the cost of aircraft or aircraft component
(4 year represervation). deterioration as well as the initial setup costs. In addition,
1500 Type 1000 with 4 year represervation waived. high recurring maintenance costs can eliminate a
preservation method from consideration even though
2000 Selected system/parts preserved, airframe unprotected. initial costs are low. For example, the cost to preserve
an aircraft in Level II preservation is initially low, as
45 day hold in active flying status during which seen in Figure 1-5. However, as a long term means of
3000
preservation process is accomplished. preservation the cost is much higher (due to preservation
Designated to have selected parts/systems removed
maintenance) than that of Level III preservation. Also,
4000 this does not reflect the deterioration cost, which is
before disposal or reclamation.
relatively high for Level II preservation. The efficiency of
a good preservation program for a specific airframe and
the AMARG preservation type designations. This type aircraft system is time dependent. The longer an aircraft
of storage is not recommended for aircraft intended to is in preservation, the more advantageous Level III
be reintroduced back into the fleet. Refer to NAVAIR preservation becomes. Based on deterioration and
15-01-4 for desert storage preservation procedures. maintenance costs, the cost savings from a preservation
program’s reliability and effectiveness can usually justify
1.26 SELECTING A PRESERVATION LEVEL. high initial costs.

1.26.1 Preservation Level Comparison. The cost 1.27.1 Preservation Costs. Elements of the total cost
of preservation can be deceiving. The highest to preserve, maintain and depreserve aircraft systems
costs during storage are those from corrosion are listed below:
(deterioration) and maintenance of preservation.
With this in mind, Levels I and II require relatively a. Equipment. Includes environmental barriers,
low initial costs but offer the least protection for the environmental control equipment, tiedown cables,
aircraft systems. The result is high maintenance and grounding cables, chocks.
depreservation (corrosion repair) costs. In contrast,
these costs are significantly lower for Level III. Level b. Site Preparation. Includes surface preparation,
III is the most cost effective preservation method in and the installation of an electrical supply, pad eyes,
spite of the high initial system cost. The other two security fences.
levels, however, do offer certain advantages when
budget and time restrictions are considerations. c. Preservation. Includes all phases of preservation,
making aircraft safe, inspection, component removal,
1.26.2 When selecting a preservation level, the environmental control system installation, placement
following factors should be considered: of aircraft.

a. Length of time the aircraft is to be inactive. d Maintenance. Includes the upkeep of the barrier
system, environmental systems, preserved aircraft
b. The environment in which the aircraft is to be held systems, security.
or stored.
e. Corrosion Control. Includes removal of all
c. The ultimate disposition of the aircraft. corrosion products initiated or intensified during
the preservation cycle, replacement of corroded
1.26.3 Table 1-6 correlates aircraft status with the components, the application of temporary protection.
recommended preservation level. This table assists
the planner in making a sound decision based on f. Depreservation. Includes the removal of the
economics and the required protection. environmental barrier and preparation of all systems for
flight or represervation.
1.26.4 Table 1-7 provides a comparison of the
advantages and disadvantages of the various barrier g. Represervation. Includes removal and renewal of
systems. all preservation material in place.

1-15
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

1.27.2 Deterioration Costs. COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2, Level III is the

preferred method of preservation. Figure 1-6 shows
1.27.2.1 Levels I and II. Level I protects the least. dehumidified storage of line aircraft.
Level II provides additional protection. Water can easily
be trapped between the barrier material and the aircraft 1.27.2.3 Desert Storage. This method, over time,
skin. These levels require disciplined maintenance, is one of the most costly. Aircraft are exposed to the
inspection, and represervation programs. elements and to the potential for cannibalization of
aircraft parts. Although the initial cost for storing aircraft
1.27.2.2 Level III. This level offers the best protection in the desert is low, the storage deterioration and the
against corrosion and physical damage. Level III cost of post-storage reactivation of the aircraft and
preservation requires the dehumidification of the aircraft systems are both undesirable. This option is
entire aircraft or removed component, reducing only recommended for stricken aircraft or aircraft that
the maintenance and represervation actions are not to be reintroduced into the fleet.
necessary to sustain preservation. According to

1-16
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 1-6. Recommended Preservation Level

AIRCRAFT CATEGORY PRESERVATION LEVELS

I II III

T&B TOP/T & B SHRK/STRP RIG SHRD BAG

OPERATIONAL

Awaiting Disposition For 90 days only

Backup Aircraft/Stand-down   
Cannibalized Preserve selected systems   
Shipment, Ocean/Land/Air Land/Air Ocean/Land/Air Ocean

Shipment of Damaged Aircraft Serious Medium Medium Light

Repair/Hangar Queen 
PIPELINE

Conversion in Lieu of
Waiting During Waiting
Procurement (CILOP)

Modification Waiting During Waiting

Depot Level Waiting Waiting Waiting Waiting

INACTIVE PROGRAM

First Delivery  
Grounded Admin For 90 days only  
Service Life Not Complete Future part removal Aircraft to be modified or used

NONPROGRAM AIRCRAFT

Bailment  
Experimental  
Loan  
Service Life Complete  
Target Drone  
Mobilization Reserve   
STRICKEN AIRCRAFT (AMARG may be considered)

Future Part Removal  

Foreign Military Sales (FMS)  
Immediate Disposal 

1-17
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 1-7. Barrier System Comparison Chart

Rigid Drop Flexible Top Strippable Tape &
CONSIDERATIONS Shrinkwrap
Shelter Shrouds Bags Cover Coating Barrier

Accessible for Part Removal Yes Yes Limited Yes Yes Limited Yes

Application Sensitive No No No No Yes Yes Yes

Circulation Around Aircraft Yes Yes Limited Majority No No Majority

Yes, when Yes, when

Chaffs Aircraft No No Yes Yes Yes
removed removed

Dehumidified Yes Yes Yes No Possible No No

Deterioration During Storage Light Light Light Moderate Moderate Moderate Heavy

Extra Space for Component

Yes Yes No No No No No
Storage

Footprint (1 = aircraft) >1/1 >1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1

Maintenance Reduction
90% 90% 80% 20% 0% 0% 0%
(from Level I)

Material Life 10-20 years 15 years 5-8 years 5-8 years 1 year 3 years 90 days

Portability Limited Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Preservation Procedure Reduction

30% 30% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0%
(from Level I)

Reusable Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No

Secure Yes No Moderate No No Moderate No

Shipping Protection N/A N/A Yes Limited Limited Limited N/A

Time Required to Remove Aircraft

0.3 hour 0.3 hour 12 hours 2 hours 2 hours 16 hours 12 hours
from Preservation

Traps Water No No No No Yes Yes Yes

Type/Model/Series Sensitive No No Yes Yes No No No

1-18
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

$1,800,000 Storage Cost Comparison: Ten Aircraft for One Year

$1,600,000
Shelter/Dehumidifier
$1,400,000 Bag/Cover
Utilities
$1,200,000 Depreservation
Materials
$1,000,000 Labor
$800,000

$600,000

$400,000

$200,000

$0
Tape and Barrier Top Cover Dehumidified Bag Dehumidified Shelter AMARG
Level II Level II Level III Level III Type 1000

Storage Cost Comparison: Ten Aircraft for Five Years

$3,000,000
Shelter/Dehumidifier
Bag/Cover
$2,500,000 Utilities
Depreservation
Materials
$2,000,000 Labor

$1,500,000

$1,000,000

$500,000

$0
Tape and Barrier Top Cover Dehumidified Bag Dehumidified Shelter AMARG
Level II Level II Level III Level III Type 1000

$6,000,000 Storage Cost Comparison: Ten Aircraft for Ten Years

Shelter/Dehumidifier
Bag/Cover
$5,000,000 Utilities
Depreservation
Materials
$4,000,000 Labor

$3,000,000

$2,000,000

$1,000,000

$0
Tape and Barrier Top Cover Dehumidified Bag Dehumidified Shelter AMARG
Level II Level II Level III Level III Type 1000

Figure 1-5. Storage Cost Comparison

1-19
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Figure 1-6. Dehumidified Storage Line of Aircraft in Flexible Bags

1-20
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

CHAPTER 2
GENERAL PROCEDURES

SECTION I. INTRODUCTION

2.1 INTRODUCTION. This chapter contains 2.4 LEVEL III. Level III preservation adds static
summaries of the preservation actions for each level or dynamic dehumidification, of the entire aircraft
of preservation, and discusses the special preservation or component, to Level II requirements. Level III
issues of depot level maintenance and aircraft shipment. barrier systems include portable shelters, drop
Select the level of preservation from Chapter 1, then shrouds, flexible bags, and permanent environmentally
follow the guidelines outlined in the following sections controlled facilities/rigid shelters. Level III preservation
of this chapter. This chapter emphasizes maintenance provides optimum protection for an indefinite period of
of the preservation levels. Detailed aircraft preservation time.
procedures are provided in Chapter 3. Component
preservation procedures are provided in Chapter 4. A 2.5 LEVEL IV. Level IV preservation is used as an
summary of how each aircraft system is preserved at umbrella term to designate the partial preservation of
each level can be found in Table 2‑1. aircraft undergoing depot level maintenance actions.
The aircraft systems and components are preserved to
2.2 LEVEL I. Level I is the most basic preservation. the maximum extent possible; however, systems and
Systems are kept clean and free of water, and fluids components may be in various levels (Level I, II or III)
are maintained full. The barrier system used is tape of preservation.
and barrier (T&B). Short term preservation procedures
are usually found in the MRCs or IETM for each model 2.6 SHIPMENT. Aircraft and removed aircraft
aircraft. The instructions in this section may supplement components to be shipped shall be protected in
but do not replace those in the MRCs. Aircraft may be accordance with the requirements for Level II or
maintained in Level I preservation for a maximum of Level IIl preservation. When components or aircraft
90 days. require shipment, follow the instructions in Chapters 4
and 7, respectively. Shipment barrier systems include
2.3 LEVEL II. Level II is similar to Level I. Aircraft strippable coatings, shrinkwrap, and flexible bags.
systems are kept clean, and hydraulic and engine oil
operational fluid levels are maintained full. In addition, 2.7 C O M P O N E N T R E M O VA L . R e m o v a l o f
selected systems are drained of operational fluid, components from the aircraft during preservation can
protected with a coating of preservation fluid, and cause delays in returning the aircraft to an active status,
statically dehumidified. Of all the selected systems, and damage to the aircraft if lines are not properly
preservation of the fuel system and power plant system sealed. Component removal shall be authorized by
are the most significant. Level II barrier systems include the aircraft custodian, performed by preservation
T&B, top covers, shrinkwrap, and strippable coatings. personnel, and documented in the preservation
Level II preservation provides minimum protection for records.
up to one year.

2-1
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 2-1. Summary of Aircraft System Preservation for Each Level

Preservation Preservation Preservation
Systems Level I Level II Level III

Cover bare metal and Cover bare metal and bare Cover bare metal and bare
Airframe/Metal
bare composites composites composites

CADS Safety pin Remove/Safety pin Remove/Safety pin

Cover with MIL-PRF-131

Composite Maintain operational Maintain operational
DO NOT use Strippable Coating

Electrical Maintain operational Barrier Material/CPC as required Barrier Material/CPC as required

Electronic Maintain operational Maintain dry Maintain dry

Flight Control Surface Maintain operational Batten down & apply CPC Batten down & apply CPC

Replace fuel with Replace fuel with

Fuel Maintain operational
MIL-PRF-6081 Grade 1010N MIL-PRF-6081 Grade 1010N

Hydraulic Maintain clean & full Maintain clean & full Maintain clean & full

Lubrication Maintain clean & full Maintain clean & full Maintain clean & full

Pneumatic Maintain clean Maintain clean Maintain clean

Power Plants Replace fuel with Replace fuel with

Maintain operational
(Engines and APUs) MIL-PRF-6081 Grade 1010N MIL-PRF-6081 Grade 1010N

Water Maintain clean & full Maintain dry & ventilated Maintain dry & ventilated

2-2
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION II. LEVEL I PRESERVATION GUIDELINES

2.8 DESCRIPTION. Level I preservation protects idle/ 2.13 PROTECTION. Apply protection according to
inactive aircraft for a maximum of 90 days. The basic the following instructions:
foundation of Level I protection is to ensure all systems
are kept free of water and fluids are topped off. Spray 2.13.1 Systems. Follow Level I instructions for each
or brush-on thin corrosion preventive compounds are applicable system and component listed in Chapter 3.
applied to bare surfaces to provide a chemical barrier
separating metal from moisture. Water and foreign 2.13.2 Removed Components. For components
object intrusion areas are sealed with tape and barrier that will be removed according to the AIRS or local
(T&B) material and protective covers. instruction, refer to Chapter 4. For storage instructions
for removed components, refer to Chapter 4.
2.9 PREPRESERVATION.
2.13.3 Barrier Systems. Apply barrier (T&B) in
2.9.1 Make the aircraft safe. Install all ground safety accordance with Chapter 5, Section VI.
devices in accordance with NATOPS and aircraft
Maintenance Instruction Manuals (MIMs). 2.13.4 Aircraft Placement. Park aircraft for storage in
accordance with requirements in Chapter 7, Section I.
2.9.2 Perform a preinduction inspection noting
missing panels, leaks and streaks that may indicate 2.13.5 Records. Appropriate aircraft and engine log
problem areas. entries shall be made upon completion of preservation.

2.9.3 If the aircraft is being transferred, received, 2.14 MAINTENANCE. Inspect and treat the following
or placed in temporary custody, inventory aircraft in systems and components at the appropriate interval in
accordance with Aircraft Inventory Record (AIRS). accordance with Chapter 3.

2.10 CLEANING. Thoroughly wash aircraft exterior. 2.14.1 Everyday Inspection. The main purpose of
Refer to MIMs and to Chapter 8, Section I, for cleaning the daily inspection is to quickly look at the aircraft
guidelines. and protection systems. Required inspections are
summarized in Table 2-2. Corrective actions are
2.11 INSPECTION. Perform special inspection summarized in Table 2-3. In addition, inspect the
requirements. If an aircraft is not on a special inspection condition of the fuel system in accordance with
schedule, refer to Chapter 8, Section II, for inspection Chapter 3, Section VII.
guidelines. Assess the state of degradation and identify
corrosion that needs attention. All degradation shall 2.14.2 7 Day Inspection. Combine 7 day inspection
be recorded (regardless of intent to correct) on local requirements with those of the everyday inspection.
preservation forms. Inspect additional components/systems as summarized
in Table 2-4. Corrective actions are summarized in
2.12 CORROSION CONTROL. Before an aircraft Table 2-3.
is preserved, corrosion shall be corrected to prevent
further damage. If an aircraft is not on a special 2.14.3 28 Day Inspection. Combine everyday
inspection schedule, refer to Chapter 8, Section III, inspection requirements and 7 day inspection
for corrosion control guidelines. Areas identified for requirements with those of the 28 day inspection.
repair during inspection shall have corrosion control
performed in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A-509‑2. 2.14.3.1 Inspect additional components/systems
as summarized in Table 2-5. Corrective actions are
summarized in Table 2-3.

2.14.3.2 Lubricate aircraft in accordance with MRC/

ITEM requirements.

2-3
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

2.14.3.3 Inspect exposed airframe flight surfaces 2.15 DEPRESERVATION. Upon the completion of
for dirt, bird droppings, oil, or salt deposits, and spot the preservation cycle (90 days) the aircraft shall be
clean in accordance with aircraft MIMs or Chapter 8 depreserved. Remove T&B material and comply with
instructions. requirements in Chapter 3 and MRC. Appropriate
aircraft and engine log entries shall be made upon
2.14.3.4 Hot run/rotate the engine and APU. completion of depreservation.

2.14.4 Heavy Rain Inspection. Following a heavy rain 2.16 REPRESERVATION. If required, the aircraft
condition, inspect in accordance with Table 2-6. may be represerved at the same level or placed into a
higher level of preservation.
2.14.5 Storm Inspection. Storm conditions include
winds over 35 knots. Perform storm inspections both
prior to and the day after a storm. Storm inspections
are summarized in Table 2-7.

Table 2-2. Everyday Inspection - Level I and Level II Table 2-3. Inspection Elements and Corrective Actions
Inspection Item Check for: Check for: Corrective Action
Breaks, rips, tears, Corrosion Remove
Tape and Barrier Material
lifted tape
Deteriorated CPCs Renew
Drain Holes and Vents Clogged holes
Moisture Intrusion Dry
Hydraulic/Engine Oil/Fuel
Leakage Damaged/Loose Barrier
Systems Repair and reseal
Material or Tape
Open Lines, Fittings, Ensure caps/plugs are
Connectors installed Missing Caps or Plugs Replace
Aircraft Security Humidity Indicator above 40% Check seal, replace
RH desiccant, and reseal
Ensure tiedowns are in
Tiedowns
place Animal & Insect Intrusion Remove, clean & reseal
Ensure ground wires Repair leak/check
Ground Wires are connected to Fluid Leakage
reservoir as required
ground
Clogged Drain Holes Clear obstruction
Safety Devices, Jury Struts Ensure all devices are
and Locks in place
Ensure panels and
Access Panels and Doors
doors are closed
Ensure blades are
Rotor Blades
secured

2-4
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 2-4. 7 Day Inspection - Level I

Inspection Item Check for: Reference Paragraph
APU, Gas Turbine Barrier material condition 3.89
Armament Equipment Barrier material condition, CPC 3.18
Arresting Hooks Corrosion, CPC condition 3.59
Avionics/Electrical Units Desiccant condition 3.35, 3.53, 3.70, 3.73
Batteries Maintain charged 3.26
Bearings Corrosion, Moisture intrusion 3.6
Bilges Moisture intrusion 3.7
Cabin filters, Ducts and Regulators Barrier material 3.111
Cables, exposed Corrosion, CPC condition 3.8
Canopy Frame and Seals Seal and Mating Surface Condition 3.9
Catapult Hook/Launch Bar Corrosion, CPC condition 3.63
Cockpit Dirt, Moisture intrusion 3.11
Consoles and Control Panels Barrier material, Moisture intrusion 3.29
Fuel Sample, Maintain 95% full 3.44, 3.83
Gearbox (helicopter) Desiccant breather (if installed) 3.23
Generators, Motors, Inverters Barrier material condition 3.32
Hydraulic Rods, Shocks, Struts Apply hydraulic fluid 3.48, 3.66
Landing Gear Corrosion, CPC condition 3.58
Liquid Oxygen Converter Pressure MIM, 3.103
Oxygen Bottles and Regulators Pressure 3.104
Power Supplies Barrier material 3.37
Propellers CPC, Barrier material 3.94
Seats Dampness 3.14
Skis Lubricate, CPC condition 3.67
Tires Clean and covered, Inflation 3.68
Transparencies Barrier material condition 3.16
Turrets Barrier material condition, Seals 3.21
Waveguide Barrier tape 3.40
Wheel Bearings Lubrication 3.60
Windshield Wipers and Blades Barrier material 3.119

2-5
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 2-5. 28 Day Inspection - Level I

Inspection Item Check for: Reference Paragraph
Access Doors Lubrication, Seals, Security 3.4
Airframe Lubrication MIM
AEPS Corrosion, Lubrication 3.100
Antennas Security 3.34
Battery Compartment Corrosion, CPC condition 3.5
CADs Caps 3.19
Camera Mounts CPC condition 3.71
Cargo Hoists, Rescue Slings, Drums Barrier material condition, CPC condition 3.10
Control Linkages, Dampers Lubrication 3.12
Deicer Components CPC condition 3.93
Electrical Connectors Barrier tape condition, CPC condition 3.28
Guns and ACSW Grease condition 3.20
Gearboxes Seals, Barrier material condition 3.22
Hydraulics Fluid Level 3.48
Junction Boxes Water, Corrosion 3.30
Lavatories Corrosion 3.114
Lights Clean and free of oil 3.31
Lines, Tubing, and Fittings Corrosion 3.49
Pneumatics Service 3.75
Power Plants Operate 3.83
Pressure Accumulators Service 3.50
Propellers Hydraulic fluid level, Operate 3.94
Radomes Clean/service, Barrier material condition 3.38
Relief Tubes Corrosion 3.115
Rotor Heads and Hubs CPC condition, Barrier material condition 3.98
Swashplates Lubrication, Barrier material condition 3.97
Toilets Corrosion 3.116
Water Tanks Dirt 3.117
Wheels Corrosion, Barrier material condition 3.69

Table 2-6. Heavy Rain Inspection - Level I and Level II Table 2-7 . Storm Inspection - Level I and Level II
Perform heavy rain inspection after a heavy rain: Perform storm inspection both before and after a
storm:
Check for water intrusion and entrapment.
Fold, secure, or remove rotor blades (before).
Check desiccant units to ensure charged condition.
Check aircraft tiedowns and ground safety locks.
Ensure that drain holes are open and clear.
Spread wings and fins as applicable.

Check control surface locks.

Check straps to secure wing slats in a retracted position.

Additional actions as required by aircraft MIMs.

2-6
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION III. LEVEL II PRESERVATION GUIDELINES

2.17 DESCRIPTION. Level II preservation provides 2.21 CORROSION CONTROL. Before an aircraft
the minimum protection for idle/inactive aircraft and is preserved, corrosion shall be corrected to prevent
components stored for a maximum of 1 year. Level II further damage. Areas identified for repair during
protection is based on Level I, with the application inspection shall have corrosion control performed in
of longer lasting protection to selected systems accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509‑2.
and components. The barrier system for Level II
preservation ranges from a broader use of T&B material 2.22 PROTECTION. Apply protection according to
to the application of a top cover, with the option of the following instructions:
shrinkwrap or strippable coating for shipment of aircraft.
2.22.1 Systems. Follow Level II instructions for each
a. When initiating a Level II preservation cycle, applicable system and component listed in Chapter 3.
begin with paragraph 2.17. If Level II instructions are not listed, follow Level I
instructions.
b. When transitioning from Level I to Level II,
depreserve and begin with paragraph 2.18. 2.22.2 Removed Components. For components
that will be removed according to the AIRS or local
c. When transitioning from Level I to Level II within instruction refer to Chapter 4. For storage instructions
30 days of initial preservation, begin with paragraph for removed components, refer to Chapter 4.
2.21 and preserve according to Level II instructions.
2.22.3 Barrier System. Apply barrier selected in
d. When preserving an aircraft for shipment, follow Chapter 1 in accordance with Chapter 5.
paragraphs 2.17 through 2.21, then refer to Section VI
of this chapter and Chapter 7. a. Top Cover. Refer to Section IV.

2.18 PREPRESERVATION. b. Barrier Material (T&B). Refer to Section VI.

a. Make the aircraft safe. Install all ground safety c. Shrinkwrap. Refer to Section VII.
devices in accordance with NATOPS and aircraft MIMs.
d. Strippable Coating. Refer to Section V.
b. Perform a preinduction inspection noting missing
panels, leaks and streaks that may indicate problem 2.22.4 Shipment. Follow Level II guidelines in
areas. Chapter 3 as well as special shipping instructions in
Chapter 4 (components) and Chapter 7, Section II
2.19 CLEANING. Thoroughly wash aircraft exterior. (aircraft).
Refer to MIMs and to Chapter 8, Section I.
2.22.5 Aircraft Placement. Park aircraft for storage
2.20 INSPECTION. After surface dirt has been in accordance with the instructions of Chapter 7,
removed, conduct a thorough examination and Section I.
evaluation of the aircraft. Refer to Chapter 8,
Section II, for inspection guidelines. Assess the state of 2.22.6 Records. Appropriate aircraft and engine log
degradation and identify corrosion that needs attention. entries shall be made upon completion of preservation.
All degradation shall be recorded on local preservation
forms regardless of intent to correct.

2-7
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

2.23 MAINTENANCE. Inspect and treat the following 2.23.3.3 Inspect exposed airframe flight surfaces
systems and components at the appropriate interval in for dirt, bird droppings, oil or salt deposits, and spot
accordance with Chapters 3 and 5. The performance clean in accordance with aircraft MIMs or Chapter 8
of those maintenance actions requiring the removal of instructions.
the top cover, shrinkwrap, or strippable coating to gain
access may be postponed until the 56 day inspection 2.23.3.4 Inspect condition of shrinkwrap (refer
interval. However, if at any time it is suspected that to paragraph 5.32) or strippable coating (refer to
the barrier system has been compromised, immediate paragraph 5.21) if used as the barrier system.
action is required.
2.23.4 56 Day Inspection. Combine the everyday,
2.23.1 Everyday Inspection. The main purpose of 7 day and 28 day inspection requirements with the
the daily inspection is to quickly look at the aircraft actions required in Table 2-10.
and protection systems. Required inspections are
summarized in Table 2-2. Corrective actions are 2.23.5 Heavy Rain Inspection. Following a heavy rain
summarized in Table 2-3. condition, inspect in accordance with Table 2-6.

2.23.2 7 Day Inspection. Combine 7 day inspection 2.23.6 Storm Inspection. Storm conditions include
requirements with those of the everyday inspection. winds over 35 knots Perform storm inspections both
prior to and the day after a storm. Storm inspections
2.23.2.1 Inspect additional components/systems are summarized in Table 2-7.
as summarized in Table 2-8. Corrective actions are
summarized in Table 2-3. 2.24 DEPRESERVATION. Upon the completion of
the preservation cycle (one year) the aircraft shall be
2.23.2.2 Inspect condition of top cover (if installed) in depreserved. Remove barrier system in accordance with
accordance with paragraph 5.12. Chapter 5 and comply with requirements in Chapter 3
and MRC. Appropriate aircraft and engine log entries
2.23.3 28 Day Inspection. Combine the everyday and shall be made upon completion of depreservation.
7 day inspection requirements with the following 28 day
inspection requirements. 2.25 REPRESERVATION. If required, the aircraft
may be represerved at the same level or placed into
2.23.3.1 Inspect additional components/systems another level of preservation.
as summarized in Table 2-9. Corrective actions are
summarized in Table 2-3.

2.23.3.2 Lubricate aircraft in accordance with MRC/

ITEM requirements.

2-8
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 2-8. 7 Day Inspection - Level II

Inspection Item Check for: Reference Paragraph
APU, Gas Turbine Barrier material condition 3.89
Armament Equipment Barrier material condition, CPC 3.18
Arresting Hooks Corrosion, CPC condition 3.59
Avionics/Electrical Units Desiccant condition 3.35, 3.53, 3.73
Battery Vents Barrier tape condition 3.27
Bearings (T&B only) Corrosion, Moisture intrusion 3.6
Bilges Moisture intrusion 3.7
Cabin filters, ducts and regulators Barrier material 3.111
Cables, exposed Corrosion, CPC condition 3.8
Canopy Frame and Seals (T&B only) Seal and Mating Surface Condition 3.9
Cargo Hoists, Rescue Slings Barrier material condition 3.10
Catapult Hook/Launch Bar Corrosion, CPC condition 3.63
Cockpit (T&B only) Dirt, Moisture intrusion 3.11
Consoles and Control Panels (T&B only) Barrier material, Moisture intrusion 3.29
Engine, Gas Turbine Desiccant condition, Barrier material condition 3.83
Gearbox (helicopter) Desiccant breather (if installed) 3.23
Generators, Motors, Inverters (T&B only) Barrier material condition 3.32
Hydraulic Rods, Shocks, Struts Apply hydraulic fluid 3.48, 3.66
Landing Gear Corrosion, CPC condition 3.58
Liquid Oxygen Converter Pressure MIM, 3.103
Oxygen Bottles and Regulators Pressure 3.104
Power Supplies Barrier material condition 3.37
Propellers CPC, Barrier material condition 3.94
Seats (T&B only) Dampness 3.14
Skis Lubricate, CPC condition 3.67
Tires Clean and covered, Inflation 3.68
Transparencies (T&B only) Barrier material condition 3.16
Turrets Barrier material condition, Seals 3.21
Waveguide Desiccant condition 3.40
Wheel Bearings Lubrication 3.60
Windshield Wipers and Blades Barrier material 3.119

2-9
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 2-9. 28 Day Inspection- Level II

Inspection Item Check for: Reference Paragraph
Access Doors Lubrication, Seals, Security 3.4
Airframe Lubrication MIM
Antennas Security 3.34
Battery Compartment (T&B only) Corrosion, CPC condition 3.5
CADs Caps 3.19
Camera Mounts CPC condition 3.71
Cargo Hoists, Rescue Slings, Drums Barrier material condition, CPC condition 3.10
Control Linkages, Dampers (T&B only) Lubrication 3.12
Deicer Components CPC condition 3.93
Electrical Connectors Barrier tape condition, CPC condition 3.28
Guns and ACSW Grease condition 3.20
Gearboxes Seals, Barrier material condition 3.22
Hydraulics Fluid Level 3.48
Junction Boxes Water, Corrosion 3.30
Lavatories Corrosion 3.114
Lights Clean and free of oil 3.31
Lines, Tubing, and Fittings Corrosion 3.49
Pneumatics Service 3.75
Pressure Accumulators Service 3.50
Propellers Hydraulic fluid level, Operate 3.94
Radomes Clean/service, Barrier material condition 3.38
Relief Tubes Corrosion 3.115
Rotor Heads and Hubs CPC condition, Barrier material condition 3.98
Swashplates Lubrication, Barrier material condition 3.97
Toilets Corrosion 3.116
Water Tanks Dirt 3.117
Wheels Corrosion, Barrier material condition 3.69

Table 2-10. 56 Day Maintenance Actions - Level II

Maintenance Action Reference Paragraph

Power Plant Rotation 3.83

Propeller Rotation 3.94

Wash Aircraft (T&B only) Chapter 8/MIM

2-10
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION IV. LEVEL III PRESERVATION GUIDELINES

2.26 DESCRIPTION. Level III preservation provides 2.31 PROTECTION. Apply protection in accordance
the optimum protection for idle/inactive aircraft and with the following:
components. Level III protection requires modified
Level II procedures with the addition of dehumidification. 2.31.1 Systems. Follow Level III instructions for each
The barrier systems for Level III preservation include system and component listed in Chapter 3, if applicable
the flexible bag, the drop shroud, and the rigid to aircraft type. The application of T&B is not required.
shelter. The time limitation of the preservation cycle is
dependent on the barrier system renewal requirement. 2.31.2 Removed Components. Follow the instructions
in Chapter 4.
a. When initiating a Level III preservation cycle
begin with paragraph 2.26. 2.31.3 Barrier System. Apply barrier system selected
in Chapter 1 in accordance with Chapter 5. Setup
b. When transitioning from Level I or II to Level III, instructions for the barrier systems are found in
depreserve in accordance with Chapter 3 and begin Chapter 5 as shown below.
with paragraph 2.27.
a. Rigid Shelter. Refer to Section II.
c. When transitioning from Level I or II to Level III
within 30 days of initial preservation, begin with b. Drop Shroud. Refer to Section III.
paragraph 2.30.
c. Flexible Cover (Bag). Refer to Section IV.
d. For aircraft shipment, follow paragraphs 2.26
through 2.30, then refer to Section VI of this chapter 2.31.4 Environmental Control. Refer to Chapter 6 for
and Chapter 7. dehumidified equipment installation and maintenance
instructions.
2.27 PREPRESERVATION.
2.31.5 Shipment. Follow Level III guidelines in
a. Make the aircraft safe. Install all ground safety Chapter 3 and shipping instructions in Chapter 7,
devices in accordance with NATOPS and aircraft MIMs. Section II.

b. Perform preliminary inspection noting missing 2.31.6 Aircraft Placement. Park aircraft for storage
panels, leaks and streaks that may indicate problem in accordance with the instructions of Chapter 7,
areas. Section I.

2.28 CLEANING. Thoroughly wash aircraft exterior 2.31.7 Records. Appropriate aircraft and engine log
according to MIMs or Chapter 8, Section I. entries shall be made upon completion of preservation.

2.29 INSPECTION. After surface dirt has been 2.32 MAINTENANCE. Inspect and treat the following
removed, conduct a thorough examination and items at the appropriate interval in accordance with
evaluation of the aircraft. Refer to Chapter 8, Chapter 3. Table 2-11 summarizes the required aircraft
Section II, for inspection guidelines. Assess the state of inspection actions.
degradation and identify corrosion that needs attention.
All degradation shall be recorded on local preservation 2.32.1 Everyday Inspection. The main purpose of the
forms regardless of intent to correct. daily inspection is to quickly look at the systems.

2.30 CORROSION CONTROL. Before an aircraft is 2.32.2 7 Day Inspection. Perform the everyday
preserved, any corrosion shall be corrected to prevent inspection requirements as well as the 7 day inspection
further damage. Areas identified for repair during requirements.
inspection shall have corrosion control performed in
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509‑2. 2.32.3 28 Day Inspection. Combine the everyday
and 7 day inspection requirements with the 28 day
inspection requirements.

2-11
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

2.32.4 Heavy Rain/Storm Inspection. Perform the 2.33 DEPRESERVATION. Remove barrier system,
heavy rain/storm inspections prior to and the day after and remove any preservation material in accordance
the arrival of a storm or heavy rain. Storm conditions with Chapter 3. Execute actions described in MRCs.
include winds over 35 knots. Appropriate aircraft and engine log entries shall be
made upon completion of depreservation.
2.32.5 System Inspection. Inspect the dehumidification
system in accordance with Chapter 6 Section V. 2.34 REPRESERVATION. Level III preservation is
considered indefinite; however, the barrier system
shall be refurbished periodically in accordance with
manufacturer’s guidelines.

Table 2-11. Inspections - Level III

Inspection Item Check for: Reference Paragraph
Everyday Inspection
Barrier System Breaks, rips, tears 6.17, 5.12 (bag)
Dehumidifier System Operation, temperature/humidity readings 6.14, 6.17
Tiedowns, Grounding wires Security Chapter 7, Section I
7 Day Inspection
Oxygen Bottles Pressure 3.104, MIM
28 Day Inspection
Radomes Service, Drain open 3.38
Pressure Accumulators Pressure 3.50
Struts Inflation 3.66
Tires Inflation, Cover condtion 3.68
Heavy Rain/Storm Inspections
Check aircraft tiedowns and ground safety locks.
Take precautions directed by aircraft MIMs (aircraft in flexible bags).
Check for water intrusion and entrapment.

2-12
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION V. LEVEL IV PRESERVATION GUIDELINES

2.35 DESCRIPTION. Due to the extensive disassembly 2.38 FUEL SYSTEM PRESERVATION. Internally
required during depot level maintenance, the entire preserve the fuel system in accordance with Chapter
aircraft cannot be maintained in a single preservation 3, Section VII (hot preservation method is preferred).
status. However, systems and components shall be The hot preservation method adequately purges the
protected and preserved during the repair cycle to the system to comply with Gas Free requirements for
maximum extent possible. aircraft inside maintenance hangars/buildings.

2.35.1 Though the following is the recommended 2.39 CLEANING. Thoroughly wash the aircraft
order of operations, some facilities may need to change exterior according to the MIMs or Chapter 8, Section I.
the sequence of the processes. Local engineering Aircraft do not require exterior cleaning if the paint will
specifications based on the following requirements be stripped as part of the repair process.
may be developed to provide detailed preservation
instructions. Local instructions may amplify, clarify, or 2.40 INSPECTION. After cleaning or paint removal,
tailor the requirements to local needs or circumstances; conduct a thorough examination and evaluation of the
however, the instructions shall adhere to the basic aircraft. Refer to Chapter 8, Section II, for inspection
procedures established. guidelines. Assess the state of degradation and identify
corrosion that needs attention. All degradation shall be
2.35.2 Aircraft shall have a log entry for induction recorded, regardless of intent to correct.
preservation, represervation, and final depreservation,
but do not require log entries while undergoing 2.41 CORROSION CONTROL. Corrosion control
depot level maintenance. System and component actions are dictated by the aircraft repair specification(s).
preservation shall be locally documented using Corrosion control shall be performed at any time in the
checklists, tags, work orders, routers, or other approved repair cycle prior to final paint.
documented processes (see Chapter 1, Section I).
2.42 PROTECTION.
2.35.3 Scheduled inspections and MRC requirements
may be deferred during depot level maintenance. 2.42.1 Systems.

2.36 DELAYED INDUCTION. If the aircraft cannot 2.42.1.1 Systems shall be preserved in accordance
be inducted within 14 days due to space or budget with Chapter 3 requirements. Local engineering
considerations, the aircraft shall be preserved in specifications that provide enhanced preservation
accordance with the Level II or Level III instructions procedures may also be used.
(Level III is preferred) in Chapter 3.
2.42.1.2 Hydraulic and oil systems may be drained to
2.37 PREPRESERVATION. facilitate repair and maintenance. Disconnected lines
and tubes shall be capped/plugged with appropriate
a. Make the aircraft safe. Install all ground safety metal closures.
devices in accordance with NATOPS and aircraft MIMs.
2.42.1.3 Disconnected pneumatic lines shall be
b. Perform preliminary inspection noting missing protected with the appropriate caps/plugs/dust covers.
panels, leaks and streaks that may indicate problem
areas. 2.42.1.4 Electrical connectors separated for
maintenance shall be capped with metal or plastic
c. Remove and preserve components (e.g. avionics, caps. If caps are not available, see Chapter 3, Section
gun systems) as required. V, for alternate methods of protection.

d. Ensure that the aircraft is statically grounded in 2.42.1.5 Cover exposed bearings in accordance with
accordance with Chapter 7. Chapter 3, Section II.

2-13
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

2.42.1.6 Transparencies (canopies/windows) shall 2.43.1.3 Ensure that the aircraft is grounded.
be protected in accordance with Level I instructions of
Chapter 3, Section II. 2.43.1.4 Check humidity indicators. Initiate corrective
action if humidity exceeds 40% RH.
2.42.1.7 Installed engines and APUs shall be
protected in accordance with Level II instructions of 2.43.2 7 Day Inspection.
Chapter 3, Section XIII.
2.43.2.1 Wipe down exposed hydraulic rods, shocks,
2.42.1.8 Aircraft doors and covers may be opened and struts with a lint free cloth wet with hydraulic fluid,
and/or removed. Removed doors shall be protected MIL-PRF-83282.
from physical damage.
2.43.2.2 Reapply CPCs as necessary.
2.42.1.9 Ensure that bare composite surfaces are
covered (see Chapter 3, Section II). 2.43.2.3 Inspect tires for proper inflation.

2.42.2 Removed Components. 2.43.3 56 Day Inspection. Rotate powerplants and

propellers in accordance with Chapter 3 (installed) or
2.42.2.1 Removed components shall be preserved Chapter 4 (removed) requirements.
in accordance with Chapter 4 requirements. Local
engineering specifications that provide enhanced 2.44 DEPRESERVATION.
preservation procedures may also be used.
2.44.1 Depreserve components prior to installation
2.42.2.2 Oil, hydraulic, and pneumatic lines removed on aircraft.
for access shall be capped and stored in a manner to
prevent physical damage. 2.44.2 Some components, such as engines, APUs,
and canopies, require continued protection upon
2.42.2.3 Protect removed components from physical aircraft installation. These components shall be
damage by using appropriate containers, fixtures, depreserved prior to final testing of aircraft.
separators, cushioning, or a combination of these
methods. Components shall not be in direct contact 2.44.3 Depreservation is not required when the
with each other. aircraft is changed from a Delayed Induction status
(Level II or Level III) to an In-Process status (Level IV).
2.42.2.4 Removed engines and APUs shall be
protected in accordance with Level II or Level III 2.45 REPRESERVATION.
instructions of Chapter 4, Section III.
2.45.1 Represerve systems as needed in accordance
2.43 MAINTENANCE. Maintain system preservation with Chapter 3.
in accordance with Chapter 3, and component
preservation in accordance with Chapter 4 requirements. 2.45.2 Represerve components as needed in
The following are minimum maintenance requirements accordance with Chapter 4 requirements.
for in-process aircraft.
2.45.3 Represerve systems prior to beginning repairs
2.43.1 Everyday Inspection. The main purpose of the when changing from a Delayed Induction status to
daily inspection is to quickly look at the aircraft and an In-Process status if the estimated in-process time
protection systems. exceeds the remaining time in the preservation cycle.
For example, if the fuel system was preserved with MIL-
2.43.1.1 Inspect the barrier system for breaks, rips, PRF-6081 Grade 1010N oil nine months ago and there
tears, or lifted tape. Repair as necessary. are three months remaining in the preservation cycle,
and the estimated in-process time is eight months, the
2.43.1.2 Ensure that disconnected lines and electrical fuel system should be represerved prior to induction.
connectors are capped or covered.

2-14
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

2.46 RECORDS. 2.46.3 Represervation and final depreservation shall

be entered in the Aircraft Preservation/Depreservation
2.46.1 For Delayed Induction aircraft, enter the Record, CNAF 4790/136A.
appropriate preservation level and date in the
Aircraft Preservation/Depreservation Record, CNAF 2.46.4 Enter the appropriate preservation level and
4790/136A. date in the Engine Preservation Log, CNAF 4790/25A.

2.46.2 Upon induction into the repair cycle, Level 2.46.5 For aircraft or engines without hardcopy
IV shall be entered as the Type Preservation in the logbooks, enter preservation, represervation, and final
Aircraft Preservation/Depreservation Record, CNAF depreservation information into the NALCOMIS OMA
4790/136A. Logs and Records Subsystem.

2-15/(2-16 Blank)
2-15
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION VI. SHIPMENT GUIDELINES

2.47 DESCRIPTION. After choosing the mode of 2.48.2 Inspection Requirements for Truck, Rail, or Air
shipment and level of preservation for the aircraft, Shipment. Check the security of the barrier system, the
follow the guidelines below. tiedowns, and the bucks every day.

2.47.1 General. Aircraft to be shipped shall be 2.48.3 Inspection Requirements for Ocean Shipment.
protected in accordance with Level II or Level III Ship riders usually accompany aircraft that are shipped
preservation requirements outlined in Sections III and by ocean. Inspection of the aircraft is dependent on the
IV of this chapter. Additional requirements are listed in location of the aircraft on the ship or barge. A log of the
Chapter 7, Section II. Component shipment guidelines inspections, noting the date, time, items inspected, and
are provided in Chapter 4. any corrective actions taken, shall be kept. Personnel
safety is the main concern when performing any
2.47.2 Paperwork. In a clear waterproof pouch, inspection.
include the following information with the aircraft
paperwork. 2.48.3.1 Ship. Inspections shall be performed every
day, and before and after a storm or high winds.
a. Location of the tiedown points on the aircraft and Inspect and correct discrepancies in accordance with
tiedown arrangement. Table 2‑12.

b. Instructions on the installation of the aircraft 2.48.3.2 Barge. Inspections shall be performed prior
sling. to departure, upon arrival into a port, and every day in
port. Inspect and correct discrepancies in accordance
c. Gas Free Engineering (GFE) certificate. with Table 2‑12.

d. All applicable Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for 2.49 DEPRESERVATION.

material applied to the aircraft.
2.49.1 Strippable coating or shrinkwrap shall be
2.47.3 Certification. Aircraft inside flexible covers removed within 60 days of application (including time
shall be certified gas free by an Entry Authority before during shipment) or within 5 days of receipt of aircraft,
shipping aircraft, connecting DH equipment, or welding whichever is sooner.
tiedown attach points to the deck around the aircraft.
2.49.2 Flexible bag shall be removed within 5 days
2.47.4 Placement. Refer to Chapter 7, Section II, for of receipt of aircraft.
placement instructions.
2.49.3 Remove barrier system in accordance with
2.48 MAINTENANCE. Before and after shipment, Chapter 5 and manufacturer’s instructions.
follow maintenance guidelines for the chosen level of
preservation as described in Chapter 3. 2.49.4 Depreserve aircraft in accordance with
Chapter 3 and comply with any MRC/IETM requirements.
2.48.1 After aircraft are tied down, secure barrier
system to prevent water intrusion. Aircraft being
shipped by ocean shall meet the heavy weather
tiedown requirements of the aircraft MIMs and
NAVAIR 17‑1‑537.

2-17
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 2-12. Ocean Shipping Inspections and Corrective Actions

Inspect for: Corrective Action

Security of the Aircraft

Tiedowns, loose or missing Notify the ship's Captain or a crewmember

Wheel chocks, loose or missing Notify the ship's Captain or a crewmember

Any movement of the aircraft Notify the ship's Captain or a crewmember

Key/combination lock missing Notify the ship's Captain

Security seals on compartment doors/hatch

Notify the ship's Captain
cover openings missing

Compromise of the Strippable Coating

Wipe area with a clean rag, and seal with preservation tape,
Small areas missing (holes, cuts, separations)
SAE AMS-T-22085.

Seal or cut away loose coating, exercising care not to damage

underlying surface. Wipe area with a clean rag. Cover with barrier
Large areas missing material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, and seal with preservation tape, SAE
AMS-T-22085. Overcoat repaired area with brushable topcoat, MIL-
PRF-6799 Type II Class 7.

Compromise of the Flexible Bag

Wipe area with a clean rag, and seal with preservation tape,
Small areas missing (holes, cuts, separations)
SAE AMS-T-22085.

Wipe area with a clean rag. Cut away any ragged edges. Repair using
material and adhesive provided by the bag manufacturer. If material is
Large areas missing
not available, cover area with barrier material, MIL-PRF-131 Class 1,
and seal with preservation tape, SAE AMS-T-22085.

Compromise of the Shrinkwrap

Small areas missing (holes, cuts, separations) Wipe area with a clean rag, and seal with heat shrinkable tape.

Wipe area with a clean rag. Cut away any ragged edges. Repair
using heat shrinkable film and tape. If heat gun is available, apply
Large areas missing heat to shrink film. If material is not available, cover area with barrier
material, MIL-PRF-131 Class 1, and seal with preservation tape, SAE
AMS-T-22085.

2-18
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

CHAPTER 3
AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS

SECTION I. INTRODUCTION

3.1 USE OF THIS CHAPTER. This chapter shall be 3.2.1.2 Removed composite construction doors
used as a guide to the cleaning, inspection, corrosion and panels are easily damaged during handling and
control, protection, maintenance and depreservation storage, especially at edges and comers. Refer to
of each preservation level (Level I, II, or III). Chapter 4 for information on handling and storage.

3.1.1 In addition to this section, this chapter is divided 3.2.2 Removed Components and Hardware. When
into seventeen sections, arranged alphabetically, each partial disassembly of an aircraft is required during
covering a different aircraft system. Each system preservation, refer to Chapter 4 for information
covered is broken down into components, also on preservation of components. As a general
arranged alphabetically. The components covered in maintenance practice, when inspecting aircraft or upon
each section are listed in a table at the beginning of depreservation, check packaged items for integrity of
each section. The tables follow the basic outline of packaging and water damage. Repair as necessary.
cleaning, inspection, corrosion control, protection,
maintenance and depreservation. 3.2.3 Shipment. Unless otherwise specified, systems
shall be preserved as required for Level II or Level III
3.1.2 All systems shall be cleaned and inspected protection. Refer to Chapters 2 and 7 for aircraft
regardless of the level of preservation. General aircraft shipment, and Chapter 4 for component shipment.
cleaning, inspection, and corrosion control guidelines
are located in Chapter 8. 3.2.4 Cleaning. Aircraft and systems shall be
thoroughly cleaned before preservation and after
3.1.3 Additional aircraft preparation procedures depreservation. Whenever possible, hand cleaning
required for Level II and III preservation are located in methods shall be used, including vacuum cleaners,
Chapter 5 and Chapter 6. to remove accumulated dust and dirt, and hand
wipe‑down methods to remove oils, greases, and
3.1.4 Procedures for securing aircraft and aircraft corrosion preventive compounds (CPCs). Cleaning
shipment are located in Chapter 7. shall be complete enough to do the job and yet use the
mildest materials and procedures that will effectively
3.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. remove the contaminants. Refer to Chapter 8, Section I,
and this chapter for general cleaning procedures. For
3.2.1 Composite Structures. Composite material details on cleaning of aircraft surfaces, refer to NAVAIR
(Graphite/Epoxy and Boron/Epoxy) surfaces are 01‑1A‑509‑2 and the applicable MIM.
extremely susceptible to both surface and subsurface
structural damage. Refer to applicable Structural Repair 3.2.5 Lubrication. Lubrication is an essential part of
Manual (SRM) for location of composite surfaces. preservation and depreservation, since application of
lubricants to clean metal surfaces shields moving joints
3.2.1.1 At all times during preservation, precautions against dirt, water, and other harmful agents. Properly
shall be taken to observe NO STEP areas and to maintained lubrication will, in some cases, provide
prevent collecting or dropping objects on composite adequate protection and eliminate the need for more
surfaces. During maintenance and repair which permanent protective compounds, except as noted in
requires work near or over horizontal composite this manual. When it can definitely be established that
surfaces, protective pads and rigid walkway surfaces an aircraft or system has been completely lubricated
shall be used to prevent damage to these surfaces. during upkeep or repair within the last 30 days or as
required by the applicable MRCs, additional lubrication
is not required.

3-1
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

CAUTION 3.2.7 Maintenance. A given level of preservation will

be effective for the life limitations specified in Chapter 1.
To avoid contaminating lubricated areas with Variables such as deficiencies in preservation materials
abrasive dirt and corrosive agents, always and unusual weather conditions make it necessary
wipe lubricator fittings clean and dry before to establish regular maintenance intervals to ensure
attaching grease guns. that aircraft remain in the "as‑preserved" condition
throughout the storage cycle. Maintenance inspections
3.2.5.1 The application of grease‑type lubricants at regular intervals may also provide information
through pressure lubricator fittings and the use of for improvement of the preservation procedures
water displacing/corrosion inhibiting oil type lubricants and techniques through continuous observation of
applied by aerosol can or squirt can forces out or the material performance. Material and procedure
displaces water and other harmful agents from crevices deficiencies shall be reported to the cognizant
and moveable joints. preservation authority.

3.2.5.2 In addition to the specific recommendations 3.2.7.1 Servicing of systems as necessary in

within this chapter for individual aircraft systems, the accordance with the applicable MIM or MRCs shall
following general lubrication procedures apply when be incorporated in periodic inspections. MIMs or
developing requirements for preservation: MRCs with shorter interval requirements shall take
precedence over the general inspection intervals.
a. Items exposed to the weather when aircraft
are parked shall always be lubricated upon initial 3.2.7.2 Aircraft with failed corrosion preventive
preservation cycle and periodically during storage. Oil or paint coatings shall be scheduled for corrective
lubricated items should be re‑lubricated at least once treatment within 24 hours after condition is discovered.
every 7 days while aboard ship, and at least once every Maintenance of preservation procedures shall always
28 days for other environments. Grease lubricated include a check for corrosion damage and prompt
items shall be lubricated upon the initial preservation action to inhibit further corrosive attack.
cycle and re‑lubricated at 28 day intervals.
3.2.7.3 Level I. Aircraft in short term preservation
b. Initial lubrication and periodic re‑lubrication of status shall be maintained in accordance with the
internal or protected items that are not defined within guidelines in Chapter 2, Section II.
this chapter shall be based on corrosion control history
of each item. 3.2.7.4 Level II. Aircraft in Level II preservation shall
be maintained in accordance with the guidelines in
c. Grease lubricated items shall always be lubricated Chapter 2, Section III.
both before and immediately following exposure to any
cleaning and stripping compounds or procedures. a. Climatic conditions may make it prudent to use
longer or shorter intervals. The assignment of longer
d. During or immediately following installation of or shorter inspection and maintenance intervals shall
replacement assemblies and components, all grease be under strict engineering control and shall be at the
or oil lubricated points shall be re‑lubricated. discretion of the cognizant preservation authority.

e. Piano wire type hinge points shall be lubricated b. The performance of the maintenance actions for
during and immediately after assembly, and after Level II preservation requiring the removal of strippable
aircraft washing. coating or a top cover to gain access may be postponed
until the 56 sday inspection interval. However, if at any
f. Hydraulic actuator piston rods shall always be time it is suspected that the barrier system has been
cleaned before actuating, using a clean wiping cloth, compromised, an immediate inspection of all affected
A‑A‑50129, dampened with the applicable operating systems is required.
hydraulic fluid.
c. Aircraft completely covered with shrinkwrap
3.2.6 Corrosion Control. Before preservation and or strippable coatings for shipment shall have doors
following cleaning, thoroughly inspect the aircraft for or access openings selected and reused for periodic
corrosion in accordance with Chapter 8, and arrest inspections. While the aircraft is undergoing shipment,
corrosion in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.

3-2
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

inspection and maintenance intervals shall be in authorized by the ISSC, and shall be considered when
accordance with Chapters 2 and 7. Upon receipt of the aircraft is to be represerved for another preservation
shipped aircraft protected with a complete strippable level without a test flight or the operation of selected
plastic coating or shrinkwrap, punch holes at low points systems.
and in bulges or sags in the coating immediately to
relieve any accumulation of water. If seawater is found, 3.2.8.2 If aircraft are being depreserved for
immediate action shall be taken to remove coatings return‑to‑flight status, comply with technical directives,
and wash the aircraft. For instructions on removal or aircraft MIMs and inspection requirements of
maintenance of the strippable coating or shrinkwrap, COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2.
refer to Chapter 5.
3.2.8.3 Each preserving activity shall develop a
3.2.7.5 Level III. Aircraft in dehumidified storage shall depreservation checklist for each aircraft model and
be maintained in accordance with the guidelines in include a copy of this list with each aircraft preserved
Chapter 2, Section IV. for shipment. This depreservation checklist shall be
inserted in a suitable waterproof package and placed
3.2.8 Depreservation. Aircraft that have reached in the cockpit in a conspicuous location.
the protection time limit for their level of preservation
and are depreserved shall be immediately inducted 3.2.8.4 Aircraft being depreserved after ocean
for repair, represerved, or returned to service and shipment shall be given special attention to ensure the
maintained in accordance with the applicable aircraft removal of entrapped sea water and salt deposits as
MIMs. Regardless of the status of the aircraft/ soon as possible.
component, depreservation shall always include the
removal of deteriorated lubricants, CPCs, barrier 3.2.9 Represervation. When an aircraft has reached
material, plastic coatings and tapes. its storage time limitation and still requires protection,
it shall be represerved. Represervation involves the
3.2.8.1 Service all systems in accordance with the depreservation of the aircraft and the initiation of a
applicable MIM. Ensure that all corrosion preventive new preservation cycle. Represervation is a complete
compounds, barrier material, locking devices, and plugs renewal of the aircraft protection to another or the same
installed during the preservation phase are removed level of preservation.
before operating affected systems or placing aircraft into
service. If any system or component is depreserved,
not depreserved or is partially depreserved, make an
appropriate log entry. Partial depreservation may be

3-3/(3-4 Blank)
3-3
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION II. AIRFRAMES

Table 3‑1. Airframe System Summary

AIRFRAME SYSTEM
Corrosion
Component Clean Inspect Protection Maintenance Depreservation Reference
Control
Access Doors & Escape Chutes 3.4.1 3.4.2 3.4.3 3.4.4 3.4.5 3.4.6 NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2
Battery Compartments 3.5.1 3.5.2 3.5.3 3.5.4 3.5.5 3.5.6 NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2
Bearings, Rollers & Sprockets 3.6.1 3.6.1 3.6.1 3.6.2 3.6.3 3.6.4 NAVAIR 01‑1A‑503
Bilges, Floats & Sponsons 3.7.1 3.7.2 3.7.3 3.7.4 3.7.5 3.7.6 -----
Cables, Control 3.8.1 3.8.2 3.8.3 3.8.4 3.8.5 3.8.6 -----
Canopy Frames & Seals 3.9.1 3.9.2 3.9.3 3.9.4 3.9.5 3.9.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Cargo Hoists, Rescue Slings & Drums 3.10.1 3.10.2 3.10.2 3.10.3 3.10.4 3.10.5 -----
Cockpits 3.11.1 3.11.2 3.11.3 3.11.4 3.11.5 3.11.6 -----
Control Surfaces 3.12.1 3.12.2 3.12.3 3.12.4 3.12.5 3.12.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Drain Holes 3.13.1 3.13.2 3.13.3 3.13.4 3.13.5 3.13.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Seats (except ejection) 3.14.1 3.14.2 ----- 3.14.3 3.14.4 3.14.5 -----
Skin Surfaces (exterior) 3.15.1 3.15.2 3.15.3 3.15.4 3.15.5 3.15.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Transparencies 3.16.1 3.16.2 ----- 3.16.3 3.16.4 3.16.5 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2

3.3 AIRFRAME SYSTEM. Airframe system is the 3.4.1 Cleaning. Clean mating surfaces to remove
general term for the airframe structure, along with a few oils, greases and corrosion preventive compounds
components that do not belong to any other system. (CPCs) by using a cloth moistened with degreasing
Refer to Table 3‑1 for items covered in this section. solvent, MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II. Clean rubber seals
and mating surfaces to remove greases, oils and
3.4 ACCESS AND ESCAPE CHUTE DOORS. CPCs using a cloth moistened with cleaning solution
(1 oz. MIL‑D‑16791 in 1 gal. water) and rinse with
a cloth wet with fresh water. Dry with a clean cloth.
Carefully clean elastomeric portions and embedded
Solvent, Degreasing 25 or attached conductors of EMI seals with isopropyl
MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III alcohol, TT‑I‑735.

3.4.2 Inspection. Inspect mating surfaces for

corrosion. Pay particular attention to avionics doors and
panels with EMI seals with an embedded or attached
Detergent, General Purpose 12
conductor. Since the conductors and mating surfaces
MlL‑D‑16791 Type I
are often of dissimilar metals, this is a prime location
for corrosion.

3.4.3 Corrosion Control. Disassemble the affected

Alcohol, Isopropyl 1 areas and remove the corrosion using the mildest
TT‑I‑735 method available in accordance with NAVAIR
01‑1A‑509‑2. As required, install replacement seals
in accordance with aircraft MIMs or bulletins.

3-5
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

environment shall be lubricated at hinge and latch

areas in accordance with the applicable MIM. Seals
(except EMI) and mating surfaces shall be maintained
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
free of oils, greases and CPCs.
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II
3.4.5.2 Level II. Maintain in accordance with Level I
requirements. Maintain barrier system in accordance
with Chapter 5. Check doors for water and dirt
Grease, Instrument 15 accumulation. Check drain holes to ensure that they
MIL‑PRF‑23827 are open.

3.4.4 Protection. Level I, II, and III. 3.4.5.3 Level III. No maintenance required.

a. Lubricate hinges, latches and operation 3.4.6 Depreservation. Remove tape and barrier
mechanisms of access doors (including bomb bay materials, and/or strippable coatings around the doors.
and cargo compartment doors) in accordance with Open the doors, and clean the seals and mating
the applicable MIM. Apply MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II surfaces. Refer to Chapter 5 for strippable coating
to release pins, then thoroughly coat with grease, removal procedures.
MIL‑PRF‑23827.
3.5 BATTERY COMPARTMENTS. The battery,
battery cover, battery box and adjacent areas (especially
areas below the battery compartment where battery
Talc, Technical 26 electrolyte may have seeped) are subject to corrosion
A‑A‑59303 Type T1 by battery electrolyte. Two different types of batteries
are found on aviation equipment. Lead‑acid batteries
b. Dust seals with talc, A‑A‑59303 Type T1. have a sulfuric acid electrolyte. Nickel‑cadmium
batteries have a potassium hydroxide electrolyte.
Each type of battery requires a different neutralization
procedure when cleaning electrolyte spills. Consult the
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10 applicable maintenance manuals to determine which
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type III type of battery is installed.

c. Apply a light coating of avionics grade CPC, WARNING

MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type III, to the contacting surfaces of
the EMI seals, followed by lubrication with preservative Nickel‑cadmium batteries shall not be
type lubricating oil. exposed to acid or acid vapors. Use personal
protective clothing, gloves, apron and eye
shields. Battery electrolytes are extremely
corrosive. Spilled electrolyte shall be removed
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8 immediately.
MIL‑DTL‑85054
CAUTION
d. Coat unpainted, nonmoving surfaces with clear
CPC, MIL‑DTL‑85054. Fumes from overheated electrolyte will spread
to adjacent areas, causing rapid corrosion on
3.4.5 Maintenance. unprotected surfaces.

3.4.5.1 Level I. Ensure that access doors which 3.5.1 Cleaning. If spilled electrolyte is suspected,
may allow water to enter are properly secured. Once identify and neutralize in accordance with NAVAIR
every 28 days, access doors exposed to the exterior 01‑1A‑509‑2. Thoroughly clean and dry battery
compartments in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.

3.5.2 Inspection. Inspect for surface corrosion of

adjacent areas.

3-6
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.5.3 Corrosion Control. Remove and treat corrosion NOTE

in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
During maintenance cleaning of aircraft,
exposed surfaces shall be covered or masked.
When activities are unable to provide effective
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8 masking and bearings are capable of being
MIL‑DTL‑85054 lubricated by external means, bearings shall
be lubricated both before and after aircraft
CAUTION cleaning.

Apply preservative compound MIL‑DTL‑85054 3.6.1 Cleaning/Inspection/Corrosion Control. Clean,

only to nonmoving items requiring no inspect and re‑lubricate bearings, rollers and sprockets
lubrication. Mask off adjacent areas to prevent in strict accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑503 and
over spray. applicable MIM.

3.5.4 Protection. Special acid or alkali resistant paint 3.6.2 Protection. Level I, II, and III. Cover or mask
coatings are usually required for battery compartments, exposed bearing, roller, and sprocket assemblies with
boxes and areas. Refer to the applicable aircraft barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, secured with
manuals. When paint coatings are unavailable, battery tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.
compartments may be touched up with clear water
displacing CPC, MIL‑DTL‑85054. 3.6.3 Maintenance.

3.5.5 Maintenance. 3.6.3.1 Level I. Every 7 days, inspect for barrier

material condition, corrosion and water intrusion. If
3.5.5.1 Level I. Every 28 days, inspect for corrosion found, correct in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑503.
damage and treat in accordance with NAVAIR
01‑1A‑509‑2. Check CPC or paint coating; reapply or 3.6.3.2 Level II. Maintain in accordance with Level I
touch‑up if necessary. requirements if protected with a tape and barrier
system.
3.5.5.2 Level II. Maintain in accordance with Level I
requirements if protected with tape and barrier system. 3.6.3.3 Level III. No maintenance required.

3.5.5.3 Level III. No maintenance required. 3.6.4 Depreservation. Remove tape and barrier and
refer to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑503.
3.5.6 Depreservation. Clean, inspect and control
corrosion as specified above. 3.7 BILGES, FLOATS AND SPONSONS. Bilges,
floats and sponsons, being natural repositories for
3.6 BEARINGS, ROLLERS AND SPROCKETS. The water and debris, are particularly susceptible to
protection and maintenance of bearings installed in corrosive attack. Every effort shall be made to rectify
aeronautical applications is extremely important if the any damage detected and to prevent further damage
expected service life of the assembly is to be achieved. from occurring during the storage period.
Protection begins at installation and continues during
the operational life of the bearing assembly. Bearing 3.7.1 Cleaning. Bilges, floats and sponsons may
assemblies shall be protected against harsh handling contain water, salt water, dirt, loose fasteners, drill
as well as dirt and other contaminants. shavings, hydraulic fluid and other debris. Drain
using available drains, vacuum cleaners or pumps
CAUTION as appropriate. Clean with cleaning compound in
accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2 and Chapter 8
Do not mix greases of different specifications. and wipe dry.

Steam guns and pressure sprays or streams

shall never be applied directly to bearings or
sheaves.

3-7
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

WARNING 3.8 CONTROL CABLES.

During inspection and treatment of bilges

and lower fuselage areas, particularly those
that are poorly ventilated, maintain forced Solvent, Degreasing 25
air ventilation and use respirators and other MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III
safety equipment as required.

3.7.2 Inspection. Examine area for corrosion damage

by removing access plates and floor boards as
Cleaner, Non‑Aqueous, 3
necessary. Pay particular attention to areas beneath
Low VOC, HAP Free,
galleys, battery compartments and personnel relief
MIL‑PRF‑32295 Type II
facilities, as these are particularly susceptible to
corrosive attack. Refer to Chapter 8.
CAUTION
3.7.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corroded areas in
Do not use excessive amounts of solvent to
accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
clean installed cables since internal corrosion
preventatives/lubricants may be removed or
destroyed.

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8 3.8.1 Cleaning. Clean accessible sections of cable

MIL‑DTL‑85054 with a cloth moistened with solvent, MIL‑PRF‑680
Type II or MIL‑PRF‑32295 Type II. Pay particular
attention to sections passing through bulkheads,
fairleads and around pulleys and grooved bellcrank
Potassium Dichromate, Crystals 22 arms.
A‑A‑59508
3.8.2 Inspection. Inspect all accessible portions of
3.7.4 Protection. Level I, II and III. Apply CPC, cables for broken strands and other damage by passing
MIL‑DTL‑85054, to corrosion prone areas around a cloth over the area to snag on broken wires. A very
fastener heads, seams and areas with paint damage. careful visual inspection shall be made since a broken
Service or replace potassium dichromate receptacles wire will not always protrude or stick out of the cable.
with potassium dichromate crystals, A‑A‑59508, and Cables that fail inspection shall be identified on the
close off access openings. preservation paperwork and replaced prior to flight of
the aircraft.
3.7.5 Maintenance.
a. Inspect cable for wire kinking. Even though the
3.7.5.1 Level I. Every 7 days, when inspecting aircraft kink may be straightened so that the damage appears
interior, check bilges for accumulations of water and to be slight, the relative adjustment between the
other fluids. Remove fluids and service potassium strands may have been disturbed and the cable shall
dichromate inhibitor receptacles. be replaced. Replace any cable that has a popped core
or loose strands regardless of wear or broken wires.
3.7.5.2 Level II. Maintain in accordance with Level I
requirements if protected with a tape and barrier b. Inspect clean surfaces for evidence of corrosion.
system. If corrosion is found, release tension on the cable,
carefully untwist cable and inspect for corrosion
3.7.5.3 Level III. No maintenance required. on internal strands. Check remainder of cable for
adequacy of corrosion preventive/grease coatings. If
3.7.6 Depreservation. Clean, inspect and control the interior strands are corroded, the cable shall be
corrosion as specified above as necessary. Service replaced.
potassium dichromate inhibitor receptacles in
accordance with applicable MIMs.

3-8
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

c. Inspect nylon jacketed cables. Any cracks or

necking down in diameter in the jacket shall be cause
for cable replacement. Usable cable life is over when
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
these conditions begin to appear in the nylon jacket.
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II
CAUTION
3.8.4.4 Removable cables shall be immersed in CPC,
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II.
Do not use wire brushes or metal wool in an
attempt to remove corrosion from cables.
3.8.5 Maintenance.
3.8.3 Corrosion Control. Light external corrosion
3.8.5.1 Level I and II. Every 7 days, inspect exposed
may be removed with a clean dry cloth or fiber bristle
cables. Reapply CPC as necessary.
brush, H‑B‑178/1. Cables with any internal or external
corrosion which cannot be removed with a dry cloth
3.8.5.2 Level III. No maintenance required.
or fiber bristle brush and cables with broken strands
caused by corrosion shall be replaced before flight of
3.8.6 Depreservation. Replace cables that failed
the aircraft.
inspection. Clean, inspect and control corrosion as
specified above. Reapply CPCs as necessary in
accordance with MIMs.

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10 3.9 CANOPY FRAMES AND SEALS.

MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II
WARNING
3.8.4 Protection. Level I, II and III. Apply water
displacing CPC, MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II. Touch up Disarm ejection seat mechanism before
serviceable cables with grease or CPC as follows: cleaning. Ensure that only authorized
personnel disarm seats and perform cleaning
operation.

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9 Ensure that all electrical power is disconnected

MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 4 from the aircraft and all electrical systems in
the aircraft are deactivated. Injury or death
3.8.4.1 Cables in lower temperature areas (less may otherwise result.
than 248°F (120°C)) shall be coated with CPC,
MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 4. 3.9.1 Cleaning.

a. Clean metal painted frame in accordance with

NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2 and Chapter 8, taking care to
Grease, Aircraft, General Purpose, 14 avoid transparency surface.
Wide Temperature Range
MIL‑PRF‑81322
MIL‑PRF‑32014
Alcohol, Isopropyl 1
3.8.4.2 Cables passing through high temperature TT‑I‑735
areas (248°F‑356°F (120°C‑180°C)) shall be coated
with grease, MIL‑PRF‑81322 or MIL‑PRF‑32014. b. If fungus is noted on rubber parts, clean with
cotton cheesecloth, CCC‑C‑440, moistened with
3.8.4.3 Do not apply compounds so thick that they will isopropyl alcohol, TT‑I‑735, or NAVCLEAN.
interfere with the operation of cables, fairleads, pulleys,
or bellcrank arms. Remove excess CPC by wiping with c. When drains are provided, drain moisture from
a clean dry cloth. pneumatic type canopy seals.

d. Refer to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2 and MIMS for

specific cleaning instructions.

3-9
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.9.2 Inspection. 3.9.5.2 Level II. Maintain in accordance with Level I

requirements if protected with tape and barrier system.
a. Check canopy weather and pressure seals for
deterioration and cuts. 3.9.5.3 Level III. No maintenance required.

b. Check rubber seals for fungus growth which 3.9.6 Depreservation. Clean, inspect, and control
can cause deterioration of the rubber and corrosion corrosion as specified above.
on surrounding metal surfaces.
3.10 CARGO HOISTS, RESCUE SLINGS, AND
c. Inspect canopy frame for cracks, loose or DRUMS.
missing fasteners, and corrosion around fasteners.
3.10.1 Cleaning. Clean in accordance with MIMs and
3.9.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corrosion in accordance NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
with NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2.
3.10.2 Inspection/Corrosion Control. Inspect for
3.9.4 Protection. Level I, II and III. corrosion and treat in accordance with NAVAIR
01‑1A‑509‑2, paying particular attention to hoist cables
and hoist mechanisms located in engine exhaust trail
areas.
Talc, Technical 26
A‑A‑59303 Type T1 3.10.3 Protection.

a. Dust rubber seals with talc, A‑A‑59303, Type T1.

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8

MIL‑DTL‑85054
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8
MIL‑DTL‑85054 3.10.3.1 All Levels. Touch up painted surfaces
of drums with applicable paint finish. If paint is
CAUTION unavailable, use CPC, MIL‑DTL‑85054.

Apply MIL‑DTL‑85054 only to nonmoving

items requiring no lubrication.
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
b. Mask off adjacent areas to prevent overspray on MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II
canopy transparencies. Touch up bare spots on canopy
frame with the applicable paint finish. If applicable 3.10.3.2 Level I. Unwind and preserve cables with
paint finish is not available, spray bare spots with CPC, CPC, MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II. Rewind cables on hoist
MIL‑DTL‑85054. Remove excess CPC with a clean drum and service hoist mechanism in accordance
cloth. with applicable MIMs. Cover mechanism with barrier
material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, secured by tape, SAE
3.9.5 Maintenance. AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.

3.9.5.1 Level I. Every 7 days, open canopies and 3.10.3.3 Level II. Apply CPC and rewind cables as
check rubber seals and mating surfaces to ensure they required for Level I preservation. Completely cover
are free of oils, greases and preservatives. Clean seals hoist cable drum mechanism using VCI packaging
as necessary and dust with talc, A‑A‑59303 Type T1, material, MIL‑PRF‑3420 Class 1, held in place by
before closing. tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. VCI covering shall
be sealed as much as possible in order to retain the
corrosion inhibiting vapors. To weatherproof the VCI
wrapped unit, cover with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131
Class 1, secured by tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.

3-10
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.11.2 Inspection. Inspect for corrosion, paying

particular attention to areas under ejection seats, under
soundproofing materials, behind fairings and similar
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
hidden spaces.
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II
3.11.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corrosion in
3.10.3.4 Level III. Unwind and preserve cables with
accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
CPC, MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II. Rewind cables on hoist
drum and service hoist cable mechanism in accordance
3.11.4 Protection. Level I, II and III. Whenever
with MIMs.
possible, use existing openings in the aircraft structure
for ventilation, such as cockpit flood openings
3.10.4 Maintenance.
and pressure relief valves. For Level II shipment
preservation, place desiccant bags into cockpit area.
3.10.4.1 Level I. Every 28 days, remove barrier
Refer to Chapter 6, Section II, for specific information
material and unwind and represerve cables with hoist
on desiccant amount and application requirements.
mechanism.
3.11.5 Maintenance.
3.10.4.2 Level II. Every 28 days, inspect barrier
material for rips or tears. Repair or replace as
3.11.5.1 Level I. Every 7 days, when inspecting
necessary.
aircraft interior, check cockpit area for accumulations
of dirt, water and foreign objects. Open unvented
3.10.4.3 Level III. No maintenance required.
cockpits on calm, clear days to allow for ventilation.
Close cockpits during rainy or windy weather.
3.10.5 Depreservation. Remove barrier material.
Clean, inspect and control corrosion as specified
3.11.5.2 Level II. Maintain in accordance with Level I
above.
requirements if protected with a tape and barrier
system.
3.11 COCKPITS.
3.11.5.3 Level III. No maintenance required.
WARNING
3.11.6 Depreservation. Clean, inspect and control
Disarm ejection seat mechanism before
corrosion as specified above. Remove desiccant from
cleaning. Ensure that only authorized
shipped aircraft. Remove spare gear and caution/
personnel disarm seats and perform cleaning
warning tags.
operation.
3.12 CONTROL SURFACES. Control surfaces are
preserved in the same manner as painted skin surfaces
(see paragraph 3.15), with the addition of installed
Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4 battens, gust locks, or jury struts, to prevent buffeting.
MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II
3.12.1 Cleaning. Clean in accordance with NAVAIR
01‑1A‑509‑2 and Chapter 8. Check to make sure drains
are open.
Detergent, General Purpose 12
MlL‑D‑16791 Type I 3.12.2 Inspection. Inspect in accordance with NAVAIR
01‑1A‑509‑2 and Chapter 8.
3.11.1 Cleaning. Remove salt deposits, soils, debris
and oils from the cockpit area. Wipe with a cloth 3.12.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corrosion in
wet with cleaning solution of 1 part MIL‑PRF‑85570 accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
Type II, in 9 parts fresh water, or 1 oz. of detergent,
MIL‑D‑16791, in one gallon of fresh water. Wipe and 3.12.4 Protection. Level I, II and III.
rinse with fresh water. Dry excess water with clean
cloth.

3-11
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SIDE VIEW VIEW FROM TOP

Full Span Type Batten Short Key-Type Battens

Figure 3-1. Examples of Movable Surface Battens

CAUTION

Large (>60 inches long) battens of aluminum

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
construction have proved to be unsatisfactory
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II
under heavy buffeting and shall not be used
for Level II preservation.

3.12.4.3 Battens shall be constructed of aluminum

Oil, Lubricating, Preservative 21 alloy or of hardwood and designed with sufficient
MIL‑PRF‑32033 strength to withstand heavy buffeting. Battens shall
be padded on the inside with approximately 1/4 inch
3.12.4.1 Control surface attaching points and thick cushioning material. Battens shall be secured
control mechanisms shall be lubricated according to using two bolts to keep the battens from rotating.
the applicable MIMs. Apply CPC, MIL‑PRF‑81309 Consult the applicable MIMs for information concerning
Type II, to all hinged areas and lubricate with corrosion construction details when local manufacture of battens
preventive lubricating oil, MIL‑PRF‑32033. For Level I is required.
and II preservation using the tape and barrier system,
cover all openings where water might enter and 3.12.5 Maintenance.
accumulate using barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131
Class 1, and preservation tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 3.12.5.1 Level I. Everyday, inspect and repair any
Type II. compromises to the barrier system. Every 28 days,
re‑lubricate in accordance with MRCs or renew
3.12.4.2 Gust locks or battens of padded construction as necessary on critical areas: hinges, actuating
shall be installed on control surfaces of aircraft stored mechanisms, speed brakes and access doors.
outdoors. For examples of movable surface battens
see Figure 3‑1. Before manufacturing battens, 3.12.5.2 Level II. Maintain in accordance with Level I
consideration should be given to the control surface requirements if protected with a tape and barrier
size, material construction, and wind load. Wider system.
battens may be necessary to disperse the load on
honeycomb materials. Double battens shall be installed 3.12.5.3 Level III. No maintenance required.
on the larger surfaces. Install jury struts as required
in accordance with MIMs. When a strippable coating 3.12.6 Depreservation. Remove barrier system
is to be applied, consideration should be given to the and battens. Clean, inspect and control corrosion as
desirability of installing battens after strippable coatings specified above.
are applied, especially where larger surfaces are
involved.

3-12
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.13 DRAIN HOLES. detergent, MIL‑D‑16791, in 16 parts water or 1 part

cleaning compound, MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II, in 4 parts
3.13.1 Cleaning. Make sure that all drain holes are water). Rinse with clean rag or sponge dampened with
clear by inserting a probe, such as a pipe cleaner. Refer clean, fresh water. Dry area with clean cloth.
to aircraft maintenance manuals for the locations of
drain holes and additional cleaning instructions. If spot c. Remove mold or mildew using NAVCLEAN in
cleaning is required, refer to Chapter 8. accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

3.13.2 Inspection. Ensure all drain holes are open, 3.14.2 Inspection. Refer to aircraft MIMs or Chapter 8.
and check for proper function.
3.14.3 Protection. Level I, II and III. Adjusting
3.13.3 Corrosion Control. Remove excessive mechanisms shall be lubricated according to the
corrosion in and around drain holes in accordance applicable MIMs. Seats that may be exposed to direct
with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. sunlight or fluids such as rain water shall be covered
with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, or plastic,
3.13.4 Protection. Level I, II and III. Ensure that all ASTM D4801 Type III.
drain holes in the aircraft are open and effectively
draining the area. 3.14.4 Maintenance.

3.13.5 Maintenance. 3.14.4.1 Level I. Every 7 days, when inspecting

aircraft interior, check seats for dampness. Ventilate
3.13.5.1 Level I. Everyday inspect exterior drain holes aircraft until seats are dry.
to ensure that they are open and effectively draining
the area. 3.14.4.2 Level II. Maintain in accordance with Level I
requirements if protected with tape and barrier system.
3.13.5.2 Level II. Maintain in accordance with Level I
requirements if protected with tape and barrier system. 3.14.4.3 Level III. No maintenance required.
Check drain holes every 7 days for all other barrier
systems. 3.14.5 Depreservation. Remove barrier system.
Clean and inspect as specified above.
3.13.5.3 Level III. No maintenance required.
3.15 SKIN SURFACES (EXTERIOR).
3.13.6 Depreservation. Remove barrier system.
Remove auxiliary drain provisions. Inspect to ensure 3.15.1 Cleaning. Remove dirt, salts, loose paint and
all drain holes are open. Clean, inspect and control other debris according to instructions for cleaning
corrosion as specified above. surfaces in NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. Pay particular
attention to all corrosion prone areas such as wheel
3.14 SEATS (EXCEPT EJECTION). wells, speed brake recesses and wing fold areas.
Ensure that all drain holes are open and functioning
3.14.1 Cleaning. properly. Clean hidden surfaces by removing all
screw‑attached or quick disconnect fastener attached
a. Remove loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner. fairings located in exhaust trail areas. Refer to
Chapter 8.

3.15.2 Inspection. Inspect surfaces for corrosion and

Detergent, General Purpose 12 missing paint. Refer to aircraft MIMs and Chapter 8.
MlL‑D‑16791 Type I
3.15.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corrosion in
accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.

3.15.4 Protection. Level I, II and III.

Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4
MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II

b. Remove greases and oils by scrubbing briskly

with a sponge wet with cleaning solution (1 part

3-13
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.16 T R A N S P A R E N C I E S ( C A N O P I E S ,
WINDOWS). A transparency is any portion of the
airframe that is optically transparent, including the
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8
canopy, windscreen, window, and molded nose. The
MIL‑DTL‑85054
following instructions apply to both jettisonable and
non‑jettisonable canopies, windscreens and other
3.15.4.1 After corrosion is removed, restore paint
plastic surfaces.
finish or apply a complete spray or brush coating of
CPC, MIL‑DTL‑85054, to all bare metal surfaces.
WARNING
CAUTION
Make sure armament switches are in the
off/safe/normal position and install canopy
Repair the paint on bare composite surfaces
jettison safety pins in accordance with aircraft
or cover with tape and barrier material, as
MlMs.
sunlight or fluorescent light will deteriorate
the composite matrix.
3.16.1 Cleaning.
3.15.4.2 To minimize degradation, bare areas on
CAUTION
composite surfaces (where the paint film is broken)
shall be refinished in accordance with the applicable
Do not apply cleaning compounds, solvents,
MIM prior to preservation. At a minimum, an opaque
or polishes to acrylic type plastic unless the
primer layer is required. Cover with barrier material,
plastic is cool and is protected from the heating
MIL‑PRF‑131, secured with preservation tape, SAE
effects of sunlight.
AMS‑T‑22085 Type II or IV, during periods of storage
and before cleaning or preserving aircraft if aircraft
Do not rub dry plastic panels with a dry cloth.
cannot be refinished.
This can scratch the surface or create an
electrostatic charge that will attract dust.
3.15.5 Maintenance.
a. Remove rings, watches and other hard objects
3.15.5.1 Level I.
from hands and wrists before washing transparent
plastics and glass. Personnel shall also take precautions
3.15.5.1.1 Everyday, inspect and repair barrier
to prevent buttons, badges or other hard objects from
material as necessary on composite surfaces.
scratching surfaces. Do not use hard, dirty or gritty
cloths in cleaning and polishing transparent plastics.
3.15.5.1.2 Every 28 days, inspect skin surfaces. If dirt,
Wiping with such cloths can mar and scratch plastics.
bird droppings, oil, or salt deposits are found, spot clean
in accordance with Chapter 8. If bare areas are found,
CAUTION
preserve metal or composite surface as described
above. Renew CPC applications if required.
Consult the MIMs before cleaning
transparencies with anything but water.
3.15.5.2 Level II.
Cleaners may damage coatings applied to
the transparency surface.
3.15.5.2.1 Everyday/28 day. Maintain in accordance
with Level I instructions above.

3.15.5.2.2 Every 56 days, if aircraft is protected with

tape and barrier, wash aircraft in accordance with Aqueous Window Cleaner 2
Chapter 8. Washing is not required for aircraft using SAE AMS 1535
top cover, shrinkwrap, or strippable coating barriers.
b. Clean transparencies by flushing with fresh water
3.15.5.3 Level III. No maintenance required. to remove dirt. Rub gently with bare hands or with a
clean cloth while applying fresh water. Use an aqueous
3.15.6 Depreservation. Remove barrier system and window cleaner, AMS 1535, to remove greases and
CPCs if applicable. Open all drain holes. Touch up paint oils.
or repaint in accordance with MIMs. Clean, inspect and
control corrosion as specified above.

3-14
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.16.2 Inspection. Inspect transparency for cracks, on any one spot. Allow polish to dry and wipe clean
scratches, distortion, crazing and chips. Refer to MIMs with a lint‑free cloth. Cover transparencies with cotton
for inspection criteria. flannel, A‑A‑50129, and cover the flannel with barrier
material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1. Secure the barrier
CAUTION material with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II, to the
canopy frame. The canopy shall open and close without
Never apply sealing tapes directly on disturbing the barrier material.
transparent plastic surfaces. Apply to adjacent
frame or painted surface. 3.16.4 Maintenance.

Do not apply polishing compound, P‑P‑560, 3.16.4.1 Level I. Every 7 days, check condition of
to glass windshields or windows. applicable tape and barrier on transparencies and
repair as necessary.
Do not apply polishing compound, P‑P‑560,
to interior of canopy. Polish may damage 3.16.4.2 Level II. Maintain in accordance with Level I
interior surface coatings. requirements if protected with tape and barrier system.

3.16.3 Protection. Level I, II and III. Apply polishing 3.16.4.3 Level III. No maintenance required.
compound, P‑P‑560, to exterior of plastic transparencies
using flannel, A‑A‑50129, by rubbing with a circular 3.16.5 Depreservation. Clean, inspect and polish as
motion until clean. Avoid rubbing too long or too hard specified above.

3-15/(3-16 Blank)
3-15
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION III. ARMAMENTS

Table 3‑2. Armament System Summary

ARMAMENT SYSTEM
Corrosion
Component Clean Inspect Protection Maintenance Depreservation Reference
Control
Ammunition & Pyrotechnics 3.17.1 3.17.1 3.17.1 3.17.2 3.17.3 3.17.4 NAVAIR 11-100-1.1-CD
Bomb Racks, Pylons, Missile
3.18.1 3.18.1 3.18.1 3.18.2 3.18.3 3.18.4 NAVAIR 01-1A-75
Launchers, Bomb Release Units
Cartridge Actuated Devices 3.19.1 3.19.1 3.19.1 3.19.2 3.19.3 3.19.4 NAVAIR 11-100-1.1-CD
Gun Systems and Airborne Crew
3.20.1 3.20.1 3.20.1 3.20.2 3.20.3 3.20.4 NAVAIR 01-1A-75
Served Weapons
Turrets 3.21.1 3.21.1 3.21.1 3.21.2 3.21.3 3.21.4 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2

3.17 A M M U N I T I O N A N D P Y R O T E C H N I C S . 3.18.2 Protection.

Ammunition consists of projectiles and propellants
for guns. Pyrotechnics today include not only visual
"firework" devices but also precision igniters for large
solid motors, single‑shot actuators, hot‑gas generators Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8
and IR flares giving accurately controlled decoy MIL‑DTL‑85054
wavelength. Refer to Table 3‑2 for additional items
covered in this section.

3.17.1 Cleaning/Inspection/Corrosion Control. Refer

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9
to MIMs and NAVAIR 11‑100‑1.1‑CD for instructions.
MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2
3.17.2 Protection. Level I, II and III. For aircraft
CAUTION
subject to periodic flights, pyrotechnics shall be
maintained in place in accordance with the applicable
MIL‑DTL‑85054 and MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2
MIMs or NATOPS manuals.
CPCs shall not be permitted to contact the
interior of racks, fittings or any electrical
3.17.3 Maintenance. Level I, II and III. When
connections.
inspecting aircraft interior maintain flare pyrotechnics
required for flight, if applicable.
3.18.2.1 Level I and II. Coat unpainted or paint
damaged nonmoving surfaces with clear CPC,
3.17.4 Depreservation. Clean, inspect, and control
MIL‑DTL‑85054. Use soft film CPC, MIL‑PRF‑16173
corrosion as specified above.
Grade 2, on unpainted or paint damaged moving
parts. Protect electrical connectors in accordance
3.18 ARMAMENT EQUIPMENT (BOMB RACKS,
with Section V of this chapter. Cover all cavities that
PYLONS, MISSILE LAUNCHERS, AND BOMB
might entrap water with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131
RELEASE UNITS). Racks and pylons are external
Class 1, and secure with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085
attachments to which bombs are secured. They contain
Type II.
mechanical or EM release, fusing and arming circuits,
and other devices.
3.18.2.2 Level III. Protect in accordance with Level I
requirement, however no barrier material cover is
3.18.1 Cleaning/Inspection/Corrosion Control. Clean,
required.
inspect and control corrosion in accordance with the
specific armament manual and NAVAIR 01‑1A‑75.

3-17
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.18.3 Maintenance.

3.18.3.1 Level I and II. Every 7 days, inspect

warning
preservative CPCs on exposed surfaces for integrity. aircraft contains cartridge
Check water entrapment areas. Ensure that barrier activated personnel escape devices
system is intact. Check to ensure that adequate
drainage is provided.
containing class "c" explosives.
dot sp 6250
3.18.3.2 Level III. No maintenance required.
A. Class C Warning
3.18.4 Depreservation. Remove barrier system.
Clean, inspect and control corrosion in accordance with
above instructions. Service in accordance with aircraft warning
MIMs and NAVAIR 01‑1A‑75.
aircraft contains
WARNING cartridge activated class ‘c’ and
rocket motor assist personnel
Observe the following precautions when
handling cartridge actuated devices (CADS).
escape devices containing
Keep away from live circuits. Do not service class "b" explosives.
or adjust alone. Follow smoking regulations
and know supervisory responsibilities. Only
dot sp 6250
qualified/certified personnel may de‑arm
CADS. Failure to consult authorized personnel B. Class B and C Warning
may lead to serious injury or death.
NOTE
3.19 CARTRIDGE ACTUATED DEVICES (CADS). Markings shall be stenciled and
Safety pins with streamers shall be installed in ejection applied to each side of the aircraft
in the area of the cockpit. Stencils
seat CADS and related emergency equipment in shall be red letters a minimum of
accordance with the applicable MIM and NAVAIR 2 inches high.
11‑100‑1.1‑CD.
Figure 3-2. Stenciled Explosive Warnings
WARNING

Only qualified/certified personnel shall arm/ 3.19.2 Protection. Level I, II and III. Protect CAD
disarm all seat and related emergency systems in accordance with NAVAIR 11‑100‑1.1‑CD.
equipment CADS in accordance with the If CADS are to remain installed in aircraft, the Level II
applicable MIM and NAVAIR 11‑100‑1.1‑CD. or III barrier system shall be appropriately marked
in accordance with NAVAIR 11‑100‑1.1‑CD using
3.19.1 Cleaning/Inspection/Corrosion Control. Refer the applicable wording specified in the warning in
to NAVAIR 11‑100‑1.1‑CD. Figure 3‑2.

WARNING 3.19.2.1 Cartridges and CADS removed from ejection

seats, parachutes and survival equipment shall be
Anticorrosion coatings, oils and greases shall stored in containers with adequate separation, support
not be applied to CADS unless specifically and cushioning to prevent damage during handling and
authorized or called out in MIMs or MRCs. storage. Store CADS in a cool, dry place protected
Application may prevent or restrict CAD from the direct rays of the sun and from temperature
operation. extremes.

Sealed‑type CADS are not to be opened for 3.19.2.2 If CADs are removed, plastic protective
any reason. Refer to specific instructions in caps and plugs, NAS 847, shall be installed to prevent
the descriptive text of the individual device. contamination by moisture or foreign matter. If caps are
not available, cover with MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1 barrier
material and SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II preservation
tape.
3-18
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.19.3 Maintenance. 3.20.4 Depreservation. Reinstall (if applicable),

service and lubricate system in accordance with
3.19.3.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, check applicable MIM and NAVAIR 01‑1A‑75.
protective covers for corrosion and water intrusion.
Clean and treat corrosion in accordance with above 3.21 TURRETS. The hydraulic drive portion shall be
instructions if required. preserved with the main hydraulic system according to
Section VIII. Accomplish the following after preservation
3.19.3.2 Level III. No maintenance required. of the hydraulic system.

3.19.4 D e p r e s e r v a t i o n . R e f e r t o N AVA I R 3.21.1 Cleaning/Inspection/Corrosion Control. Refer

11‑100‑1.1‑CD. to applicable MIMs and NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.

3.20 GUN SYSTEMS AND AIRBORNE CREW 3.21.2 Protection.

SERVED WEAPONS. Guns and airborne crew
served weapons may be stored on aircraft; however,
if possible, remove and preserve in accordance with
Chapter 4, Section III, requirements. Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9
MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2
WARNING
3.21.2.1 Level I and II. Lock turret in position. Cover
Cleaning, lubrication and preservation of guns electric motors of electrically driven turrets using
shall be under the supervision of a qualified plastic sheeting, ASTM D4801, held in place with
ordnanceman. tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. Apply soft film CPC,
MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2, to azimuth and elevation
CAUTION gears. Seal all openings that would allow entry of
water into aircraft using barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131
The applicable NATOPS manual contains Class 1, and tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.
safety precautions to be observed when
maintaining installed guns and airborne crew 3.21.2.2 Level III. Lock turret in position. Apply soft
served weapons. film CPC, MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2, to azimuth and
elevation gears.
3.20.1 Cleaning/Inspection/Corrosion Control. If guns
and airborne crew served weapons are left in place, 3.21.3 Maintenance.
clean, inspect, and control corrosion in accordance
with applicable MIM and NAVAIR 01‑1A‑75. 3.21.3.1 Level I and II. Every 7days, check exterior
seals, barrier materials and preservative coatings on
3.20.2 Protection. Level I, II and III. exposed, unpainted surfaces for integrity. Inspect and
treat exposed portions of azimuth and elevation gears
3.20.2.1 Apply TW‑25B grease to exposed metal and for corrosion damage in accordance with the applicable
inside and outside of gun barrels, or as directed in the MIM.
MIM/MRC.
3.21.3.2 Level III. No maintenance required.
3.20.2.2 I f a p p l i c a b l e , c o m p l y w i t h s e c u r i t y
requirements of OPNAVINST 5530.13. 3.21.4 Depreservation. Remove barrier material
and CPCs. Service hydraulic system accumulators in
3.20.3 Maintenance. accordance with applicable MIM. Clean, inspect and
control corrosion in accordance with above instructions.
3.20.3.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, inspect guns
in accordance with applicable MIM. Reapply TW‑25B
grease as necessary.

3.20.3.2 Level III. No maintenance required.

3-19/(3-20 Blank)
3-19
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION IV. DRIVE AND GEAR BOX

Table 3‑3. Drive and Gearbox System Summary

DRIVE AND GEARBOX SYSTEM
Corrosion
Component Clean Inspect Protection Maintenance Depreservation Reference
Control
Drive & Gearbox (external) 3.22.1 3.22.1 3.22.1 3.22.2 3.22.3 3.22.4 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Drive & Gearbox (internal) 3.23.1 3.23.2 ----- 3.23.3 3.23.4 3.23.5 -----

3.22 D R I V E A N D G E A R B O X ( E X T E R N A L ). 3.23 DRIVE AND GEARBOX (INTERNAL).

External surfaces of transmissions or gearboxes are
particularly vulnerable to corrosion due to salt spray 3.23.1 Cleaning. No cleaning required.
exposure during operation. Magnesium housings are
especially prone to corrosion. Refer to Table 3‑3 for 3.23.2 Inspection. Check for water content in
details of items covered in this section. operating fluid in accordance with the MIM. Drain and
service if necessary.
3.22.1 Cleaning/Inspection/Corrosion Control.
Clean and inspect exterior of transmission systems or 3.23.3 Protection. Lubricating fluid, DOD‑PRF‑85734,
gearboxes in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2 has a tendency to attract water. If preserved in Level I
and MIMs. or II, installation of a desiccant breather in gearboxes
using this fluid is highly recommended. As an alternate,
3.22.2 Protection. if authorized, DOD‑PRF‑85734 fluid may be drained
and replaced with MIL‑PRF‑23699 C/I during the
preservation period.

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8 3.23.3.1 Protection ‑ Operable. Level I, II and III. When
MIL‑DTL‑85054 servicing gearboxes and transmissions prior to runup,
comply with periodic lubricant change requirements of
3.22.2.1 Level I and II. Coat exposed magnesium the applicable MIM. Rotate the gearbox/transmission
housings and nonmoving unpainted metal surfaces for 3‑5 minutes, until lubricant is thoroughly distributed
with CPC, MIL‑DTL‑85054. Seal transmissions and throughout the lubrication system. Leave lubricant in
gearboxes and cover all associated openings into the system in accordance with applicable MIM. Do not
aircraft interior where water and salt spray might enter drain.
using barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1 and tape,
SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. 3.23.3.2 Protection ‑ Non‑Operable. Level I, II and
III. Installed inoperable units or operable units that are
3.22.2.2 Level III. Apply CPC in accordance incapable of being rotated for at least 3‑5 minutes shall
with Level I and II requirements. Aircraft stored in be preserved in accordance with aircraft MIMs. If other
dehumidified enclosures do not require the application instructions are not available, preserve as follows:
of tape and barrier.
a. Fill lubricant reservoir to normal operating level
3.22.3 Maintenance. with operating lubricant. When possible, use auxiliary
equipment to force the lubricant through the pressure
3.22.3.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, check external oil system of the unit. Leave the lubricant in the unit.
seals and barrier materials for integrity. If condition of Do not drain.
barrier materials and seals is such that water leakage
could have occurred, check gearboxes for water b. Replace and secure all access covers and
accumulation and correct as necessary. plugs and seal all external openings using tape,
SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II, and barrier material,
3.22.3.2 Level III. No maintenance required. MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1.

3.22.4 Depreservation. Remove barrier system

and CPC. Clean, inspect and control corrosion in
accordance with the above instructions.
3-21
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.23.4 Maintenance. 3.23.4.2 Level III. No maintenance required.

3.23.4.1 Level I and II. 3.23.5 Depreservation. Remove barrier system and
all covers and plugs. If DOD‑PRF‑85734 was replaced
3.23.4.1.1 Every 7 days, if desiccant breather is with MIL‑PRF‑23699 C/I fluid, drain the MIL‑PRF‑23699
installed, check desiccant condition and replace if C/I fluid and replace with DOD‑PRF‑85734. Service
desiccant has turned pink. with operating lubricant, and conduct ground run in
accordance with applicable MIM. Inspect in accordance
3.23.4.1.2 Every 28 days, check integrity of barrier with above instructions.
material and repair/replace as required. If oil leaks are
observed, check oil levels and service if necessary. If
evidence of water is observed, check the operating
fluid for water content in accordance with the MIM.

3-22
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION V. ELECTRICAL

Table 3‑4. Electrical Systems Summary

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Corrosion
Component Clean Inspect Protection Maintenance Depreservation Reference
Control
Electrical, General 3.24.1 3.24.1 3.24.1 3.24.2 3.24.3 3.24.4 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-3
Batteries, Dry Cell 3.25.1 3.25.1 3.25.1 3.25.2 3.25.3 3.25.4 NAVAIR 17-15BAD-1
Batteries, Wet Cell 3.26.1 3.26.2 ----- 3.26.3 3.26.4 3.26.5 NAVAIR 17-15BAD-1
Battery Vent System Unit 3.27.1 3.27.2 3.27.3 3.27.4 3.27.5 3.27.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-3
NAVAIR 01-1A-509-3
Connectors 3.28.1 3.28.2 3.28.3 3.28.4 3.28.5 3.28.6
NAVAIR 01-1A-505-1
Consoles and Control Panels 3.29.1 3.29.2 3.29.3 3.29.4 3.29.5 3.29.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-3
Junction Boxes 3.30.1 3.30.2 3.30.3 3.30.4 3.30.5 3.30.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-3
Lights 3.31.1 3.31.2 3.31.3 3.31.4 3.31.5 3.31.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-3
Motors and Inverters 3.32.1 3.32.1 ----- 3.32.2 3.32.3 3.32.4 -----

3.24 ELECTRICAL, GENERAL. Almost all corrosion 3.24.1 Cleaning/Inspection/Corrosion Control.

that occurs on avionic equipment is similar to that which Refer to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑3. During inspection
occurs on the basic airframe structure. The difference and treatment for corrosion damage, pay particular
between avionic and airframe corrosion is that minute attention to areas which are cooled with outside source
amounts of corrosion in electrical equipment can air during normal operation. Such areas may become
cause serious degradation or complete failure, while covered with salt deposits during operation in a marine
it may be insignificant on larger structures. Except for atmosphere.
a few special items, preservation of electrical gear
consists primarily of cleaning and removing corrosion, 3.24.2 Protection.
in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑3, and covering
to prevent entrance of dirt and water during storage.
Refer to Table 3‑4 for specific items covered in this
section. Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type III
WARNING
3.24.2.1 Level I and II. Apply MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type III
Before cleaning electrical and avionic to all corrosion prone areas, avoiding relay and circuit
equipment, make sure electrical power is breaker contacts. To prevent damage from water and
disconnected. Injury or death may otherwise accumulated dirt, keep exposed units covered with
result. Open all circuit breakers associated barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1 or ASTM D4801
with battery power (refer to applicable aircraft Type III, held in place with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085
manuals) prior to application of flammable Type II.
solvent cleaners.
3.24.2.2 Level III. Apply CPC in accordance with
CAUTION Level I requirements.

Aircraft electrical systems and coatings 3.24.3 Maintenance.

usually cannot tolerate the application of
grease or oil‑type preservatives or CPCs. 3.24.3.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, check integrity
Exceptions are for ultra thin materials that of barrier material. Renew CPC and repair/replace
have been developed specifically for avionics barrier material as required.
equipment.
3.24.3.2 Level III. No maintenance required.

3.24.4 Depreservation. Remove barrier system. Clean

and inspect in accordance with above instructions.

3-23
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.25 BATTERIES, DRY CELL. The dry cell contains

WARNING
an aqueous electrolyte either as a paste or gel that is
immobilized so that it does not spill when the cell is
inverted. Dry cell batteries may be either primary or
secondary type and there are several kinds of dry cell DRY CELL
construction. The dry type is manufactured in the active
condition ready for immediate use. These cells may be BATTERIES REMOVED
used for radios, tape recorders, precision measuring
instruments, radiation‑detection devices or voltage
recorders. Most aircraft batteries are the dry cell type. FROM
3.25.1 Cleaning/Inspection/Corrosion Control. Refer Figure 3-3. Warning Tag for Dry Cell Battery
to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑3 and NAVAIR 17‑15BAD‑1.
WARNING
3.25.2 Protection.
To avoid electric shock, never use a wire
3.25.2.1 Level I. Leave dry cells installed. brush to clean a battery. Wear rubber gloves,
a rubber apron and protective goggles when
NOTE handling batteries.

When battery removal involves emergency CAUTION

radio beacons and similar equipment required
for flight, install a warning tag on all units Nickel‑cadmium batteries shall not be exposed
involved (see Figure 3‑3). If warning tags to acid or acid vapors. Battery electrolytes
cannot be readily seen when installed directly are extremely corrosive. Spilled electrolyte
on units, install a second tag on engine throttle shall be removed immediately. Avoid dripping
quadrant or other conspicuous location in electrolyte on aircraft structure. Do not allow
the cockpit. contaminated gloves, rags, or sponges to
come in contact with aircraft structure.
3.25.2.2 Level II and III. Remove dry cell batteries
and tag location. Use them in other applications or turn 3.26.1 Cleaning. If spillage and water are detected,
in to supply for disposition. Store in accordance with clean the battery and battery area to remove them.
NAVAIR 17‑15BAD‑1. Refer to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2 for neutralization
procedures.
3.25.3 Maintenance. Level I, II and III. Maintain in
accordance with NAVAIR 17‑15BAD‑1 and aircraft a. Clean the battery terminals with a fiber brush and
MIMs. flush the area with fresh water. Dry with clean wiping
cloths. Keep the cell vents open.
3.25.4 Depreservation. Reinstall batteries if required
for flight. Remove warning tags from units when b. Remove any battery box which contains spilled
reinstalled. Clean and inspect in accordance with above electrolyte from the aircraft prior to cleaning it.
instructions.
c. Place all items contaminated with electrolyte in
3.26 BATTERIES, WET CELL. Wet cell batteries a leakproof plastic container prior to removing them
may be either primary or secondary type. The from the aircraft.
electrolyte used by a cell may be acidic or alkaline,
depending on its construction. Color coding for acid d. Electrolyte spilled on aircraft surfaces shall be
batteries is pink, and for alkaline batteries is blue. cleaned up as soon as possible.
Refer to the applicable aircraft manuals for battery
type. Maintain separate tools and materials, such as e. During the initial flushing procedure, water may
screwdrivers, wrenches, syringes, hydrometers and pick up enough battery electrolyte residue to become
gloves for each type of battery. a strong acid or alkali depending on the type of battery
used. Flushing water shall be vented away from aircraft
structure. Personnel shall avoid contact with cleaning
residue.

3-24
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.26.2 Inspection. Inspect for the presence of 3.27 BATTERY VENT SYSTEM UNITS. In spite
electrolyte and water in accordance with NAVAIR of protective paint systems, CPCs, and venting
17‑15BAD‑1. provisions, the battery vent openings on aircraft skin
are corrosion prone areas.
3.26.3 Protection.
3.27.1 Cleaning. Drain and flush battery vent system
3.26.3.1 Level I. Wet cell batteries shall remain jars, hoses and fittings using generous quantities of
installed; fully charged. fresh tap water. Dry thoroughly after flushing using
flannel cloth, A‑A‑50129.
NOTE
3.27.2 Inspection. Visually inspect in accordance with
Wet cell batteries shall always be maintained Chapter 8 and NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑3.
in a charged condition in accordance with
NAVAIR 17‑15BAD‑1. This is accomplished 3.27.3 Corrosion Control. Correct any corrosion found
by removing batteries and maintaining them in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑3.
in the local battery shop until required for
aircraft turn up or flight. 3.27.4 Protection.

3.26.3.2 Level II and III. Remove wet cell batteries. 3.27.4.1 Level I. When battery is installed, the vent
Cap cleaned and dried terminals with plastic caps as holes shall be kept unobstructed.
directed in NAVAIR 17‑15BAD‑1. Turn battery in to local
battery shop. 3.27.4.2 Level II. Cover holes with preservation tape,
SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.
WARNING
3.27.4.3 Level III. No preservation required.
Do not attempt to recharge primary batteries.
3.27.5 Maintenance.
3.26.3.3 Shipment. Charge serviceable wet cell
batteries to fully normal operating capacity. Disconnect 3.27.5.1 Level I. Everyday, inspect battery vent to
battery terminals and quick disconnects. Secure cables ensure it is unobstructed.
away from battery.
3.27.5.2 Level II. Every 7 days, inspect tape and
3.26.4 Maintenance. replace if lifted.

3.26.4.1 Level I. Every 7 days, check battery to ensure 3.27.5.3 Level III. No maintenance required.
fully charged condition.
3.27.6 Depreservation. Remove barrier material.
3.26.4.2 Level II and III. No maintenance required. Clean and inspect in accordance with above instructions.

3.26.4.3 Shipment. When inspecting aircraft interior, 3.28 CONNECTORS.

check to ensure that terminal and quick disconnect
coverings are secure and that cables are secured away 3.28.1 Cleaning. For detailed treatment of cleaning for
from battery. Check battery for evidence of electrolyte each type of connector, refer to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑3.
spillage. Clean and neutralize electrolyte deposits as
necessary. 3.28.2 Inspection. Visually inspect in accordance with
NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑3.
3.26.5 Depreservation. If required for ground runups or
flight, connect and/or install fully charged battery. Clean 3.28.3 Corrosion Control. Multipin electrical
and inspect in accordance with above instructions. connectors, coaxial connectors, edge connectors
(printed circuit boards) and mating plugs pose particular
corrosion problems. For detailed treatment of corrosion
for each type, refer to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑3.

3-25
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

A. Three Quarter View of Connector B. Side View of Connector Preservation Wrap

Preservation Wrap

Figure 3-4. Connector Preservation Wrap

3.28.4 Protection. 3.28.4.2 Interior Deck Mounted Electrical Connectors.

Level I, II and III. Disconnect all interior deck‑mounted
CAUTION electrical connectors that are vulnerable to water
entrapment. Cap connector with an authorized metal
Do not apply CPC internally to electrical or plastic cap. Threaded metal or plastic covers are
connectors. Presence of CPC may cause mandatory for deck‑mounted receptacles. Secure
electrical failure. connectors as near to the point of removal as possible.

Only electrical insulation tape, A‑A‑59163, 3.28.4.3 External Connectors or Connectors Exposed
is authorized for use directly on electrical to Possible Fluid Intrusion. Level I, II and III. Reconnect
connectors, as it does not leave adhesive and wrap exterior of connector shell with electrical
residue. insulation tape, A‑A‑59163 Type II.

NOTE 3.28.5 Maintenance.

Covering connectors with ESD barrier 3.28.5.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, check
material or bags is no longer authorized. This connectors to ensure that seals are intact. Check
preservation method was found to collect for corrosion products and water/fluid entrapment.
water/aircraft fluids and cause damage to Remove corrosion and reprotect if required. Repair or
the connectors. replace caps/tape as necessary.

3.28.4.1 Disconnected Multipin Electrical Connectors. 3.28.5.2 Level III. No maintenance required.
Level I, II and III. Cap connector with an authorized
metal or plastic cap. If caps are not available, cover 3.28.6 Depreservation. Remove caps or tape. Clean,
and seal connector using electrical insulation tape, inspect and remove any corrosion as specified above.
A‑A‑59163 Type II (see Figure 3‑4). See NAVAIR Reinstall and secure connectors.
01‑1A‑505‑1 for additional application information. If
possible, secure connector cables to adjacent bulkhead
with the open connector end facing upward to prevent
fluid entrapment.

3-26
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.29 CONSOLES AND CONTROL PANELS. 3.29.4.2 Level III. No protection required.

3.29.1 Cleaning. 3.29.5 Maintenance.

a. Remove rings, watches, or other hard objects 3.29.5.1 Level I and II. Every 7 days, when inspecting
from hands and wrists before washing transparent aircraft interior, check barrier materials for security.
plastics. Personnel shall also take precautions to Check consoles for water entrapment and corrosion
prevent buttons, badges, or other hard objects from damage. Treat areas in accordance with NAVAIR
scratching surfaces. Do not use hard, dirty, or gritty 01‑1A‑509‑3.
cloths in cleaning and polishing transparent plastics.
Wiping with such cloths can mar and scratch plastic 3.29.5.2 Level III. No maintenance required.
surfaces. Do not use chemical compounds unless
specifically authorized for cleaning plastic surfaces. 3.29.6 Depreservation. Remove barrier materials.
Clean and inspect in accordance with the above
instructions.

Aqueous Window Cleaner 2 3.30 JUNCTION BOXES.

SAE AMS 1535
WARNING

To avoid electric shock, ensure that all

electrical power is disconnected from the
Detergent, General Purpose 12
aircraft and all electrical systems in the aircraft
MlL‑D‑16791 Type I
are deactivated. Disconnect all batteries.
b. Vacuum consoles using a hand held vacuum
3.30.1 Cleaning. Junction boxes shall be cleaned in
cleaner. Remove dust, soils and salt deposits by wiping
accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑3. For junction
with cloth, A‑A‑50129, wet with cleaning solution (1 oz.
boxes exposed to the weather or cleaning compounds,
MIL‑D‑16791 Type I in 1 gal. water). Remove cleaning
check to ensure that the drain holes are open.
solution with a cloth wet with fresh water and dry with a
clean cloth. If authorized, transparency may be cleaned
3.30.2 Inspection. If drain holes are plugged and
with aqueous window cleaner.
upon unplugging water is found, open junction boxes
to inspect for corrosion damage.
3.29.2 Inspection. Inspect in accordance with
Chapter 8. Pay particular attention to switches, dials,
3.30.3 Corrosion Control. Arrest any corrosion found
knobs and electrical connectors for corrosion and
in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑3.
contaminants.
3.30.4 Protection. Level I, II and III. Preserve electrical
3.29.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corrosion in
connectors as specified in paragraph 3.28.
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509-3.
3.30.5 Maintenance.
3.29.4 Protection.
3.30.5.1 Level I. Every 28 days, check exposed
NOTE
junction boxes for water intrusion and corrosion
damage.
When tape must be applied to soundproofing
and upholstery materials on interior surfaces,
3.30.5.2 Level II. Maintain in accordance with Level I
use preservation tape SAE AMS‑T‑22085
requirements if protected with tape and barrier system.
Type II. Apply tape to seat frames or adjoining
metal surfaces.
3.30.5.3 Level III. No maintenance required.
3.29.4.1 Level I and II. Cover consoles that are subject
3.30.6 Depreservation. Clean, inspect and remove any
to water damage with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131
corrosion in accordance with above instructions. Service
Class 1, or plastic sheet, ASTM D4801 Type III, held
system in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑3.
in place with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.

3-27
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.31 LIGHTS. External formation lights, wing tip lights, 3.31.4 Protection.
rotating beacons and lower fuselage anticollision lights
are highly susceptible to corrosion due to poor seals, 3.31.4.1 Level I and II. Cover plastic light lenses with
exposure to the elements in flight, and water intrusion barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, held in place
(especially lower fuselage lights) during aircraft wash. with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. Glass‑type light
lenses do not require covering.
3.31.1 Cleaning.
3.31.4.2 Level III. No protection required.
a. Remove rings, watches or other hard objects
from hands and wrists before washing transparent 3.31.5 Maintenance.
plastics. Personnel shall also take precautions to
prevent buttons, badges or other hard objects from
scratching surfaces. Do not use hard, dirty or gritty
cloths in cleaning and polishing transparent plastics. Aqueous Window Cleaner 2
Wiping with such cloths can mar and scratch plastic SAE AMS 1535
surfaces. Do not use chemical compounds unless
specifically authorized for cleaning plastics. 3.31.5.1 Level I. Every 28 days, clean light lenses by
applying aqueous window cleaner, AMS 1535, with a
soft, clean, flannel cloth, A‑A‑50129. Dry with a clean
cloth. Apply polishing compound, P‑P‑560, to plastic
Detergent, General Purpose 12 lenses only. Reapply barrier material. Check lights for
MlL‑D‑16791 Type I water accumulation and drain if necessary.

b. Remove dust, soils and salt deposits by wiping 3.31.5.2 Level II. Maintain in accordance with Level I
with cloth, A‑A‑50129, wet with cleaning solution (1 oz. requirements if protected with tape and barrier system.
MIL‑D‑16791 Type I in 1 gal. water). Remove cleaning
solution with a cloth wet with fresh water and dry with 3.31.5.3 Level III. No maintenance required.
a clean cloth.
3.31.6 Depreservation. Remove barrier material.
Clean and inspect in accordance with above instructions.

Aqueous Window Cleaner 2 3.32 GENERATORS, MOTORS AND INVERTERS.

SAE AMS 1535 Activate generators, motors and inverters on all
operable systems during preservation runups to
c. Clean plastic lenses of grease and oil by applying eliminate moisture.
aqueous window cleaner, AMS 1535, with a soft, clean
flannel cloth, A-A-50129. Dry with a clean cloth. Apply 3.32.1 Cleaning/Inspection. Refer to NAVAIR
polishing compound, P‑P‑560. Rub using a circular 01‑1A‑509‑3.
motion until clean, and polish with another soft, clean
cloth. 3.32.2 Protection.

3.31.2 Inspection. Check lights and light cavities 3.32.2.1 Level I and II. If these items will be exposed
for entrapped moisture, especially those located on to water during storage or shipment, cover using
the undersurface of aircraft. Disassemble lights as barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, and tape, SAE
necessary to drain and dry. AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.

3.31.3 Corrosion Control. Arrest any corrosion found 3.32.2.2 Level III. No protection required.
in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑3.

3-28
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.32.3 Maintenance. 3.32.3.3 Level III. No maintenance required.

3.32.3.1 Level I. Every 7 days, when inspecting 3.32.4 Depreservation. Remove barrier material.
aircraft interior, check exposed units for security of Clean and inspect in accordance with NAVAIR
barrier materials. Repair or replace as necessary. 01‑1A‑509‑3. Activate and service system in accordance
with applicable MIM.
3.32.3.2 Level II. Maintain in accordance with Level I
requirements if protected with tape and barrier system.

3-29/(3-30 Blank)
3-29
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION VI. ELECTRONICS

Table 3‑5. Electronics Systems Summary

ELECTRONICS SYSTEM
Corrosion
Component Clean Inspect Protection Maintenance Depreservation Reference
Control
Antennas 3.34.1 3.34.2 3.34.3 3.34.4 3.34.5 3.34.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-3
Desiccant Units ----- 3.35 ----- ----- ----- ----- Applicable MIM
Headsets & Microphones 3.36.1 ----- ----- 3.36.2 3.36.3 3.36.4 -----
Power Supplies ----- ----- ----- 3.37.1 3.37.2 3.37.3 -----
Radomes 3.38.1 3.38.2 ----- 3.38.3 3.38.4 3.38.5 -----
Vapor Cycle Units 3.39.1 3.39.1 3.39.1 3.39.2 3.39.3 3.39.4 Applicable MIM
NAVAIR 01-1A-509-3
Waveguides 3.40.1 3.40.2 3.40.3 3.40.4 3.40.5 3.40.6
NAVAIR 01-1A-505-1

3.33 E L E C T R O N I C S . Instruments, displays, 3.34.4.2 Level II and III. Protect as required for
navigational, electronic counter measures and Level I preservation. External wire‑type antennas that
communications are included in electronic systems. are subject to damage may be removed and stored in
Preservation of electronic systems primarily involves the aircraft. Also, antenna removal may be required
desiccating unit installation and maintenance. Refer to when aircraft are preserved with reusable covers or
Table 3‑5 for items covered in this section. bags. Protect mounting receptacles by covering with
shingled preservation tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II
3.34 ANTENNAS. Antenna systems normally are (see Chapter 5, Section VI).
exposed to a fairly severe environment. Without a
good corrosion preventive procedure, corrosion can 3.34.5 Maintenance.
render the antenna system useless. Deterioration of the
antennas and associated hardware results in shorts, 3.34.5.1 Level I. Every 28 days, check coiled and
open circuits, loss of dielectrics, signal attenuation, or externally fastened antennas for security.
electromagnetic interference. The antennas mounted
on the lower fuselage are particularly corrosion prone. 3.34.5.2 Level II. Maintain in accordance with Level I
The bilge is a natural collection point for oils, water and requirements and replace tape covering on mounting
dirt. receptacles when necessary.

3.34.1 Cleaning. Refer to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑3. 3.34.5.3 Level III. No maintenance required.

3.34.2 Inspection. Visually check the antenna 3.34.6 Depreservation. If antenna was removed,
mounting base metal surface for corrosion attack, the install and secure. Clean, inspect and treat corrosion
most obvious of which is a corrosion deposit. Visible in accordance with above instructions.
corrosion generally can be identified as a white or
grayish white powder. 3.35 DESICCANT UNITS. These are small units that
fit inside individual components to provide a relatively
3.34.3 Corrosion Control. When corrosion is dry atmosphere for moisture sensitive parts. They come
visually apparent, correct in accordance with NAVAIR in various sizes, shapes and colors. Some reactivate
01‑1A‑509‑3. when the equipment is operational. Others require
replacement or reactivation when the color indicator
3.34.4 Protection. changes. Refer to the applicable MIMs for servicing
and maintenance procedures.
3.34.4.1 Level I. Protect in accordance with NAVAIR
01‑1A‑509‑3.

3-31
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.36 HEADSETS AND MICROPHONES. 3.37.2 Maintenance.

3.37.2.1 Level I and II. Every 7 days, when inspecting

aircraft interior, check barrier material for security.
Alcohol, Isopropyl 1
TT‑I‑735 3.37.2.2 Level III. No maintenance required.

3.36.1 Cleaning. Wipe down with isopropyl alcohol, 3.37.3 Depreservation. Remove barrier material.
TT‑I‑735, to remove soil. Allow to air dry. Clean and service in accordance with applicable MIM.

3.36.2 Protection. 3.38 RADOMES. A radome is a protective covering

over radar or other aerial equipment, especially those
3.36.2.1 Level I, II and III. Coil headset and microphone with mechanical scanning. They are made of dielectric
cords and secure coil with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 material selected for operating wavelength and other
Type II. factors.

3.36.2.2 Shipment. Secure cords and units to adjacent

structure to prevent movement and damage during
shipment using preservation tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Solvent, Degreasing 25
Type II, or nylon cord, MIL‑C‑5040 Type I. MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III

3.36.3 Maintenance. WARNING

3.36.3.1 Level I, II and III. No maintenance required. To avoid electric shock, open all circuit
breakers associated with battery power
3.36.3.2 Shipment. When inspecting aircraft interior, (refer to applicable MIM) prior to application
check units to ensure they are securely fastened to of solvent.
prevent movement.
3.38.1 Cleaning. Ensure that radome surfaces are
3.36.4 Depreservation. Remove tape, uncoil and kept free of oil, greases and CPCs by wiping fiberglass
clean in accordance with above instructions. Service with cotton cheesecloth wet with solvent, MIL‑PRF‑680
in accordance with applicable MIMs. Type II or III. Wipe excess solvent with clean cloth.
Refer to Chapter 8.
3.37 POWER SUPPLIES. Warm up or activate
power supplies during engine preservation runups and 3.38.2 Inspection. Check for missing paint and repair
flights. Ensure that the warm‑up period is of sufficient in accordance with applicable aircraft MIMs.
length to dry out all residual moisture.
3.38.3 Protection. Level I, II and III. Service and
3.37.1 Protection. pressurize statically pressurized radomes in accordance
with the applicable MIM. Apply tape and barrier or form
3.37.1.1 Level I and II. Cover power supplies exposed fitted cover for Level II protection.
to water leakage in storage or during shipment, using
barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, or plastic sheet, 3.38.4 Maintenance. Level I, II and III. Every 28 days,
ASTM D4801 Type III, held in place with tape, SAE service statically pressurized radomes as necessary
AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. to maintain positive internal pressure. Check drains
of unpressurized radomes to ensure they are open.
3.37.1.2 Level III. No protection required. Maintain radome surfaces free of oils, greases and
preservatives. Check barrier material and repair or
replace when necessary to maintain protection.

3.38.5 Depreservation. Remove barrier material.

Clean and inspect in accordance with above instructions.
Service system in accordance with applicable MIM.

3-32
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.39 VAPOR CYCLE UNITS. A vapor cycle unit 3.40.4 Protection.

uses a gas in a closed loop system. An example is
closed‑circuit refrigeration unit for air‑conditioning. 3.40.4.1 Level I, II and III. After draining and drying,
retighten waveguides in accordance with the applicable
3.39.1 Cleaning/Inspection/Corrosion Control. Refer MIM.
to applicable MIM.
3.40.4.2 Level I and III. If waveguides are partially
3.39.2 Protection. Level I, II, and III. For systems disassembled, cover waveguide opening with electrical
equipped with vapor cycle units, perform reheat cycle insulation tape, A‑A‑59163 Type II. Shingle tape to
operation to dry out all moisture. If the setup allows ensure complete coverage. See NAVAIR 01‑1A‑505‑1
the units to be isolated from their loads and kept free for additional information.
from moisture during storage, follow specific instruction
manuals to do so.

3.39.3 Maintenance. Desiccant, Activated 11

MIL‑D‑3464 Type I
3.39.3.1 Level I and II. Refer to applicable MIM.
3.40.4.3 Level II. If waveguides are partially
3.39.3.2 Level III. No maintenance required. disassembled, install desiccant bags, MIL‑D‑3464
Type I. If waveguide openings are too small to insert
3.39.4 Depreservation. Service system in accordance the desiccant bags, create a bag using ESD barrier
with applicable MIM. material, MIL‑PRF‑81705, install desiccant and
humidity card and secure bag over the end of the
3.40 WAVEGUIDES. Waveguides are only effective waveguide using tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. Seal
if the internal surfaces are completely clean and dry, edges of bag with tape to prevent moisture intrusion.
undented and not pitted by corrosion. The method
of protecting the internal finish on a waveguide is 3.40.5 Maintenance.
to prevent moisture entry. It is essential that the
waveguide seals be maintained. 3.40.5.1 Level I. Every 7 days, check tape for lifting.
Replace as necessary.
3.40.1 Cleaning. Clean in accordance with NAVAIR
01‑1A‑509‑3. 3.40.5.2 Level II. Every 7 days, check humidity
indicator card. Replace desiccant and reseal if humidity
3.40.2 Inspection. Inspect for corrosion in accordance exceeds 40% RH.
with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑3.
3.40.5.3 Level III. No maintenance required.
3.40.3 Corrosion Control. Correct corrosion in
accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑3. 3.40.6 Depreservation. Clean, inspect and treat
corrosion in accordance with above instructions.
Service system in accordance with applicable MIM.

3-33/(3-34 Blank)
3-33
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION VII. FUEL SYSTEM

Table 3‑6. Fuel System Summary

FUEL SYSTEM
Corrosion
Component Clean Inspect Protection Maintenance Depreservation Reference
Control
NAVAIR 01-1A-35
Exterior 3.42.1 3.42.2 3.42.3 3.42.4 3.42.5 3.42.6
NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Preservation Oil, Fuel System 3.43.1 3.43.2 ----- ----- ----- ----- MIL-PRF-6081
NAVAIR 01-1A-35
Interior 3.44.1 3.44.2 3.44.3 3.44.4 3.44.5 3.44.6
NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Section VIII, Hydraulic
Lines and Fittings ----- 3.45 ----- ----- ----- -----
Lines and Fittings
Applicable MIM
Reticulated Foam ----- 3.46 ----- ----- ----- -----
NAVAIR 01-1A-35
NAVAIR 01-1A-35
Auxiliary Tanks 3.47.1 3.47.2 3.47.3 3.47.4 3.47.5 3.47.5
NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2

3.41 FUEL SYSTEM. Typical fuel systems include 3.42.2 Inspection. Inspect all fuel system vents to
integral fuel cells, auxiliary tanks, lines, fittings, and fuel ensure they are open. For pressurized fuel systems,
metering devices; in essence anything that has to do check pressure gages for evidence of excessive
with storage, allocation or transport of fuel for engine internal pressure buildup and correct venting system
use. Included are fuel systems for main power plants as necessary.
as well as auxiliary power units (APUs). Preservation
of the fuel system should be done simultaneously WARNING
with preservation of the power plant system whenever
possible (refer to Section XIII). Preservation of When work such as repairing leaks and
fuel systems with preservation oil, MIL‑PRF‑6081 corrosion repair is to be accomplished on
Grade 1010N, is a basic requirement for preservation aircraft fuel tanks, adequate safety precautions
of aircraft fuel systems. MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N shall be taken, including inerting or purging in
oil does not absorb water as readily as synthetic oils, accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑35.
and is used to remove service fuel and coat areas that
have been in contact with fuel. During defueling and 3.42.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corroded areas in
preserving of fuel systems, attention shall be given accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2 and aircraft
to contamination control in accordance with NAVAIR MIMs.
00‑80T‑109. Refer to Table 3‑6 for items covered in
this section.

3.42 FUEL SYSTEM, EXTERIOR. Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8

MIL‑DTL‑85054

3.42.4 Protection. Level I, II and III. Coat bare metal

Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4 fittings with preservation compound, MIL‑DTL‑85054.
MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II All openings shall be blanked off with approved metal
closures as necessary to prevent contamination, loss
3.42.1 Cleaning. Wipe area with a sponge dampened of preserving fluids, and drying of elastomeric parts.
with cleaning solution (1 part MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II in Leave fuel system vents open to allow breathing. When
9 parts fresh water). Rinse with fresh water and wipe vents are located in a position to collect water and
dry with a clean cloth. Refer to Chapter 8. airborne dirt, install locally manufactured extension
tubes as shown in Figure 3‑5.

3-35
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.43.1 Preservation of the fuel system with

Tape MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N oil performs the following
Barrier
Material functions:

a. Displaces fuel and eliminates fuel fumes that can

cause corrosion of metal lines.

b. Acts as a lubricant to keep nitrile fuel cells,

gaskets, and o‑rings from drying and cracking during
Fuel storage.
Extension Tube Vent
c. Purges the fuel system and makes the aircraft safe
for hot work or storage inside a building/dehumidified
area.

d. Minimizes gum formation in critical component

passages.

e. Prevents microbiological growth in fuel cells by

eliminating the fuel/air interface.

Aircraft Surface 3.43.2 Cleaning. To prevent particle contamination,

tanker trucks and servicing units used for preserving
fuel systems shall be equipped with a 5 micron nominal
Figure 3-5. Fuel Vent Extension Tube Installation filter on both suction and discharge systems. Oil shall
be kept clean and free of water. Tanker trucks shall be
3.42.5 Maintenance. kept full and be equipped with low point drains. Drains
shall be actuated on a daily basis to drain water and
3.42.5.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, inspect the other contaminants.
condition of CPC and barrier material, if applicable, and
reapply or replace. Inspect helicopter fuel cells under 3.43.3 Inspection. Preservation oil shall be inspected
floor boards for water accumulation in accordance with before use and monitored during service. Contaminated
applicable MIMs. oil shall never be used to preserve aircraft fuel systems.

3.42.5.2 Level III. No maintenance required. 3.43.3.1 New, unused preservation oil (MIL‑PRF‑6081
Grade 1010) shall be tested from the drum/container
3.42.6 Depreservation. Clean, inspect and treat before filling servicing carts or tankers. Oil shall comply
corrosion as specified above. with the limits for New Oil shown in Table 3‑7.

3.43 PRESERVATION OIL, FUEL SYSTEM. The NOTE

preservative used for all types of fuel systems shall be
MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N oil. This is a petroleum The requirement for testing new, unused oil
base oil, free of all additives except oxidation inhibitors may be waived if MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N
and pour point depressants. Small quantities of AVGAS is procured under the NSNs provided
or JP‑4 fuel will produce explosive vapors under a wide in Table 8‑12 and is accompanied by a
range of conditions. Work on the systems generally manufacturer’s certificate of conformance.
cannot be done until purging or inerting is accomplished
(refer to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑35 for instructions). JP‑5 fuels
are safer to handle than other fuels; therefore, it is best
to maintain two oil tanks or bulk storage facilities, one
for systems that have been operating with JP‑5 fuel,
and one for systems that have been operating with
AVGAS, JP‑4, JP‑8 or other low flash point fuels.

3-36
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 3‑7. Contamination Limits for Preservation Oil

Contamination Limits for MIL-PRF-6081 Grade 1010N Oil
Used for Engine/Aircraft Fuel System Preservation

TEST1 NEW OIL LIMITS USED OIL LIMITS TEST METHOD

No cloudiness, haziness, visible No cloudiness, haziness, visible
Visual Inspection Visual
droplets, particles or sludge droplets, particles or sludge
Flash Point 270°F (min.) 206°F (min.) ASTM D92
Water Content 100 ppm 120 ppm ASTM D6304
2 2.0 mg/l 2.0 mg/l FED-STD-791, Method 3010.1
Particulates (Solids)
1 Approximately 1200 ml sample is required to perform all testing.
2 If filtration is not complete within 30 minutes, stop the test and measure the amount of oil filtered.
Report "Filter time greater than 30 minutes" and the amount of oil filtered. Sample fails if filtration cannot be completed.

3.43.3.1.1 Number of Oil Samples Required. 3.43.3.3 Preservation oil may be used until it exceeds
the limits for Used Oil shown in Table 3‑7. Samples
a. The following guidelines apply when the oil has shall be taken from the discharge nozzle, or from a
the same batch number and manufacturer. sampling port that is downstream from the discharge
filter. Equipment shall not be used until the sample has
(1) If 1‑5 drums are received, 1 sample is been analyzed and certified for use by an authorized
required. Materials Engineering Laboratory.

(2) If 6‑15 drums are received, 2 samples are 3.43.3.3.1 Oil shall be sampled after filling or refilling
required. servicing units, tankers, or test stands.

(3) If 16‑30 drums are received, 3 samples are 3.43.3.3.2 Oil in tankers or servicing units shall be
required. sampled after servicing four aircraft.

b. If the drums are from different batch numbers 3.43.3.3.3 Oil in test stands shall be sampled every
or manufacturers, each batch shall be considered 30 days.
separately. For example, if a shipment of 25 drums is
received, and there are 20 drums from one batch and 3.43.3.3.4 Oil in seldom used equipment shall be
5 drums from a different batch, a total of 4 samples (3 sampled prior to use.
from the 20 drum batch plus 1 from the 5 drum batch)
is required. 3.43.3.3.5 Records of used oil test results shall be
maintained for 12 months.
3.43.3.1.2 Records of new oil test results shall be
maintained for six months. 3.43.4 E q u i p m e n t . To p e r f o r m f u e l s y s t e m
preservation, the following equipment may be used.
3.43.3.2 Preservation oil shall be visually inspected
for water and other contaminants before the first use of 3.43.4.1 A tanker truck (see Figure 3‑6) or trailer with
the day. Visual inspection shall consist of discharging sufficient capacity to fill the entire aircraft fuel system.
at least one quart of the preservation oil from the filter The truck/trailer shall have the ability to recirculate the
nozzle into a clear glass or clear plastic container and oil through the filtering system and back to the tank. A
comparing it to a similar sample of new, unused oil modified fuel servicing truck is recommended.
in the same type and size container. If the sample is
hazy, cloudy, or contains any visible water droplets, 3.43.4.2 A five gallon pressurized oil sprayer with
particulate contamination or sludge, the oil shall not various length wands. The sprayer shall be used for
be used. The suspect oil shall then be analyzed and preservation oil only, and MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N
certified for use by an authorized Materials Engineering shall be stenciled on the exterior to identify the
Laboratory. oil. Rustproofing Sprayer, P/N 2205RK‑NAVY, or
equivalent may be used.

3-37
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

WARNING
THIS CONNECTION WAS DISTURBED DURING PRESERVATION.

CHECK FOR LEAKS AT ENGINE RUN-UP.

Figure 3-7. Warning Tag for Fuel Connections

Figure 3-6. Preservation Oil Tanker Truck

3.44 FUEL SYSTEM, INTERIOR. Fuel systems are 3.44.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corroded areas in
in their ideal state when they are used and constantly accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2 and applicable
bathed with fresh, clean fuel. Dry fuel systems MIMs.
deteriorate rapidly. Preservation of the fuel system
protects both metal and polymer components. 3.44.4 Protection.

CAUTION CAUTION

When any fuel metering device is to be dry Fuels deteriorate in storage, collect water
(totally drained of fuel) for longer than 72 and cause corrosion of metals. Therefore, it
hours, or any fuel tank is to be dry for more is necessary to limit the time that an inactive
than 14 days, all parts normally in contact with fuel system may be preserved with service
fuel shall be preserved with MIL‑PRF‑6081 fuel. The entire fuel system, including engine
Grade 1010N oil. system, may be maintained up to 90 days by
keeping metering devices, pumps and lines
3.44.1 Cleaning. Do not preserve a contaminated full of service fuel and fuel tanks serviced to
system. For instructions on cleaning fuel systems at least 95% of capacity (95% full).
that have become contaminated with sea water or
microbiological growth, refer to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑35. 3.44.4.1 Level I. Maintain fuel systems at a minimum
of 95% full of operating fuel. Avoid breaking lines or
3.44.2 Inspection. dismantling fuel systems whenever possible. Always
use normal servicing points for filling and draining of fuel
NOTE systems. If it becomes necessary to break connections,
install warning tags (Figure 3‑7) to call attention to the
When fuel cells are drained and opened need for checking leaks during depreservation and fuel
for examination or repair, the elastomeric system integrity checks.
materials shall only be exposed to ambient air
for a maximum of 72 hours. After 72 hours, fuel 3.44.4.2 Level II and III. Oil flushing of aircraft engine
cells shall be preserved with MIL‑PRF‑6081 fuel systems may be accomplished in one of two ways:
Grade 1010N oil. Hot Preservation or Cold Preservation.

3.44.2.1 Take fuel sample from low point drain 3.44.4.2.1 Hot Preservation. The best method
as directed by applicable MRC. Check for water, of preserving fuel systems consists of thoroughly
particulates, presence of sea water, and microbiological draining the fuel system of fuel, followed by filling with
growth. Test and correct in accordance with NAVAIR preservation oil, MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N, to the
00‑80T‑109 and NAVAIR 01‑1A‑35. maximum permissible level and operating fuel transfer
systems, boost pumps, valves, in such a manner that
3.44.2.2 Check strainers and filters for contamination all systems are thoroughly coated with oil. Flushing
and take appropriate corrective action as required by is followed by complete drainage of tanks with fuel
the applicable MRCs. metering devices, engine driven pumps and lines left
full of oil. Refer to paragraph 3.44.4.3 for process
details.
3-38
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

CAUTION

When preserving fuel system accessories

Oil, Lubricating, Jet Engine 20
separately, never apply oil at pressures higher
MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N
than normal operating pressures. A pressure
range of 5‑15 psig is sufficient for most fuel
b. Preserve fuel tanks by the fill‑and‑drain
system accessories.
procedures: fill fuel tank with oil, MIL‑PRF‑6081
Grade 1010N, and drain leaving one tank with a
3.44.4.2.2 Cold Preservation. Fuel tanks may be
sufficient amount of Grade 1010N oil to displace all
preserved separately by spray coating if all interior
fuel from engine and fuel transfer systems. An alternate
surfaces of the tank can be made accessible either by
procedure is to fill one tank as described above and
opening access covers or by using specially designed
coat the remaining fuel tanks using a 1010N oil spray.
extensions and spray nozzles. Internally mounted
units, such as boost and transfer pumps, fuel level
WARNING
control valves, that cannot be effectively blanked off
with protective closures shall be removed. Refer to
Engine runup shall be in accordance with the
paragraph 3.44.4.4 for process details.
applicable NATOPS procedures and safety
precautions. Fire fighting equipment and
CAUTION
personnel shall be available.
Consult the aircraft MIM for preferred process
Connect all grounding and bonding wires
and additional instructions.
(cables) to clean unpainted conductive
surfaces prior to removing fuel tank filler cap.
3.44.4.3 Hot Preservation ("Hot Pres") consists of
Do not disconnect any grounding or bonding
running the engine, using MlL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N
wire until fuel tank filler cap is reinstalled.
oil as a service fuel, for a short period of time. Hot
preserving protects the entire fuel system and is the
NOTE
preferred method. The ambient air temperature should
be above 40°F to perform this procedure. Hot preserve
Oil used for preserving fuel systems shall
the fuel system in accordance with the following
be controlled and filtered in accordance with
procedure.
paragraph 3.43.2.
WARNING
c. After ensuring that all prestart checks have been
made, open fuel valve and run engine for 2‑5 minutes
Any activity using the hot preservation
according to the applicable MIM. To coat all areas of
procedure for the first time shall use extreme
the engine fuel system with 1010N oil, run at least two
caution until firm procedures have been
afterburner cycles.
established. Start‑up fires may be more
persistent when MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N
d. As soon as engine and afterburner runs are
oil is used for fuel. It is important that no oil
completed, observe cooling cycle requirements
be allowed to collect in the engine exhaust
specified in applicable MIM, shut down engine, and
system or aircraft fuselage, and that no attempt
shut off oil supply.
be made to start the engines without having
sufficient normal service fuel in the engine
e. Place engine throttle in fully closed position.
system to attain ignition and ground idle speed
Leave fuel metering devices (e.g. fuel controls) full of
before the MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N oil
preservation oil. Do not drain.
reaches the fuel nozzles.
f. Perform compressor spray operation in
a. Defuel aircraft and remove residual fuel from all
accordance with engine MIM if applicable.
tanks, including auxiliary tanks, using low point drains
where necessary. Leave the engine fuel system full of
g. Drain excess oil from all fuel tanks.
service fuel to provide for safe and easy starting.

3-39
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

systems in such a manner that entire aircraft fuel

CAUTION system, including lines, are coated with preservation

oil.
UNIT PRESERVED WITH d. Drain excess oil from fuel tanks.
MIL-PRF-6081, GRADE 1010N OIL
e. Tag aircraft cockpit with tag, Figure 3‑8, to

DATE indicate that fuel system has been oil preserved.

DEPRESERVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NAVAIR 15-01-500 BEFORE USE
f. Leave fuel system vents open to allow breathing
and install extension tubes as required (see Figure 3‑5).
Figure 3-8. Preservation Tag for Fuel System
3.44.5 Maintenance.

h. Tag aircraft cockpit with tag, Figure 3‑8, to WARNING

indicate that fuel system has been oil preserved.
When aircraft are to be worked as fueled
i. Leave fuel system vents open to allow breathing aircraft, all personnel concerned shall be
and install extension tubes as required (refer to thoroughly indoctrinated in the hazards and
Figure 3‑5). safety precautions associated with fuel. In
addition, aircraft shall be identified with a large
3.44.4.4 Cold Preservation ("Cold Pres") consists placard with the words "FUELED AIRCRAFT"
of preserving by pumping preservation oil through in at least 6 inch high letters with either red
the aircraft fuel system with an external pressurizing letters on a white background or white letters
device (PON‑6 or equivalent) while rotating the on a red background.
engine with the starter or other turning device. Cold
preservation is performed only when hot preservation 3.44.5.1 Level I. Inactive fuel systems can be
cannot be performed. Cold preserve the fuel system effectively maintained for short periods of time if
in accordance with the following procedure. systems are kept full of fuel and sampled through low
point drains daily to remove water and detect other
a. Defuel aircraft and open all system drains, contaminants.
including low point water drains. Remove as much fuel
as possible from system. Close drains. 3.44.5.1.1 Fuel samples shall be taken from low point
drains and inspected for water and other contaminants
in accordance with NAVAIR 00‑80T‑109 prior to
each engine operational turn‑up and each day until
Oil, Lubricating, Jet Engine 20 satisfactory samples are obtained on three consecutive
MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N days. Once satisfactory samples are obtained the
periodic sampling interval may be extended to 7
b. Preserve fuel tanks by a modified fill‑and‑drain calendar days.
procedure. Fill fuel tanks with MIL‑PRF‑6081
Grade 1010N preservation oil, and drain leaving one 3.44.5.1.2 If microbiological growth is noted at any
tank with a sufficient amount of 1010N oil to displace all sampling interval, immediate action shall be taken to
fuel from engine and fuel transfer systems. An alternate defuel the aircraft and decontaminate the fuel system
procedure is to fill one tank as described above and in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑35.
coat the remaining fuel tanks using a Grade 1010N oil
spray. 3.44.5.1.3 For aircraft such as helicopters where
self‑sealing, bladder‑type and pliocell fuel cells are
c. Ensure overboard drains are open and functioning located under floorboards and aircraft have been
properly and that the attitude of the aircraft is such that subject to internal water leakage, remove floorboards
displaced fuel and oil will not collect in engine exhaust as necessary to check cavities for water accumulation.
system or aircraft fuselage. Operate fuel transfer
3.44.5.2 Level II and III. No maintenance required.

3-40
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.44.6 Depreservation. 3.47.3 Corrosion Control. Arrest corrosion in

accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
a. Fuel system components shall be filled with
service fuel no earlier than eight hours before the 3.47.4 Protection.
depreservation run of the engines. An eight hour
soaking period is necessary to restore flexibility to the 3.47.4.1 Level I. Maintain fuel level at least 95% full
diaphragms in the fuel metering devices. of operating fuel.

b. Remove caution tags, and any extensions from

vents. Drain residual oil and fill system to the maximum
permissible level. Perform a fuel integrity check. Oil, Lubricating, Jet Engine 20
Service system in accordance with applicable MIM. MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N

c. Refer to Section XIII and applicable MIMs for 3.47.4.2 Level II and III.
engine runup procedures.
3.47.4.2.1 If possible, preserve internally concurrently
3.45 FUEL L I N E S A N D F I T T I N G S. Preserve with aircraft fuel system preservation procedures.
the same as hydraulic lines and fittings (refer to
Section VIII). 3.47.4.2.2 If concurrent preservation cannot be
performed, preserve tank separately by fill‑and‑drain
3.46 RETICULATED FOAM. If reticulated foam is procedures or remove tank and spray coat with generous
found in the fuel cells, refer to applicable MIMs and quantities of MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N oil. At a
NAVAIR 01‑1A‑35. minimum, spray valves internally with MIL‑PRF‑6081
Grade 1010N oil to protect elastomeric components.
3.47 AUXILIARY FUEL TANKS. Auxiliary tanks See Chapter 4, Section III, for additional requirements
include the wing, fuselage and external tanks. External for removed tanks.
tanks may be removed and preserved in accordance
with Chapter 4 Section III. 3.47.5 Maintenance/Depreservation. Refer to
instructions of paragraph 3.44.
3.47.1 Cleaning. Clean the exterior, when applicable,
in accordance with Chapter 8.

3.47.2 Inspection. Take fuel sample from low point

drain as directed by applicable MRC. Check for water,
particulates, presence of sea water, and microbiological
growth. Test and correct in accordance with NAVAIR
00‑80T‑109 and NAVAIR 01‑1A‑35.

3-41/(3-42 Blank)
3-41
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION VIII. HYDRAULICS

Table 3‑8. Hydraulic System Summary

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Corrosion
Component Clean Inspect Protection Maintenance Depreservation Reference
Control
Hydraulic System 3.48.1 3.48.2 3.48.3 3.48.4 3.48.5 3.48.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-17
Lines and Fittings 3.49.1 3.49.2 3.49.3 3.49.4 3.49.5 3.49.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Pressure Accumulators 3.50.1 3.50.1 3.50.2 3.50.3 3.50.4 3.50.5 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
System Filters ----- 3.51 ----- ----- ----- ----- Applicable MIM

3.48 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. A complete aircraft individual polyethylene bags for forwarding to the
hydraulic system consists of a power system and intermediate or depot level maintenance activity for
a number of actuating systems. Refer to Table 3‑8 cleaning. Do not attempt to clean cleanable filter
for items covered in this section. The power system elements by washing them in a container and blowing
includes the fluid supply (reservoir), power supply them out with shop air. Cleanable filter elements
(pump) and all other components leading up to but not shall be cleaned and tested in accordance with the
including the selector (directional control) valves. The applicable MIMs.
selector valve is considered part of its related actuating
system. For general information on the testing, usage 3.48.2 Inspection.
and handling of hydraulic fluids, refer to NAVAIR
01‑1A‑17 and COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2. 3.48.2.1 Using the sampling procedures of NAVAIR
01‑1A‑17 and the applicable MIM, take fluid samples
3.48.1 Cleaning. from each separate hydraulic system, including a
sample from each fluid reservoir. Test for particulate
and water contamination in accordance with Table 3‑9
and Table 3‑10. The acceptable hydraulic fluid
Fluid, Hydraulic 13 particulate level is Navy Standard Class 5 or cleaner
MIL‑PRF‑83282 for naval aircraft. Analysis shall be accomplished by
the use of the particle counter (preferred method) or
3.48.1.1 Piston Rods. Clean sand, dirt, salt deposits the Contamination Analysis Kit 57L414 at all levels of
and other foreign particles from exposed surfaces maintenance. Additionally, depot and intermediate levels
with a clean cloth dampened in hydraulic fluid, of maintenance, including commercial rework activities,
MIL‑PRF‑83282. Take care not to scratch the surface. shall analyze samples for water contamination.
Wipe away from seals to preclude collection of soil at
seal junction areas. Make sure piston surface is clean 3.48.2.2 If capability exists, decontaminate the system
and completely lubricated but not dripping. in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑17 if contamination
(including water) is suspected. Ensure that all reservoir
3.48.1.2 Filter Elements. Cleanable filter elements filler caps are tightly closed and that vents and filler
removed from hydraulic systems shall be placed in scupper drains are open.

3-43
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

CAUTION 3.48.5 Maintenance.

Exercise extreme caution when working on 3.48.5.1 Level I and II.

hydraulic equipment in the vicinity of grinding,
blasting, machining or other contaminant 3.48.5.1.1 Everyday check for hydraulic system
generating operation. Much of the grit which leaks. If major leaks are evident, check hydraulic
is harmful cannot be seen with the naked reservoir and refill with the applicable fluid. Repair the
eye. Protect exposed portions of actuating leak. If the leak cannot be readily repaired, or if the
cylinders to avoid particle contamination. condition of the aircraft is such that the system cannot
be maintained full, disconnect the leaking item and
3.48.3 C o r r o s i o n C o n t r o l . R e f e r t o N AVA I R blank off all openings. Appropriately tag when items
01‑1A‑509‑2. are disconnected and blanked off, and make an entry
in aircraft processing records to ensure corrective
3.48.4 Protection. treatment prior to flight.

3.48.4.1 If hydraulic systems are contaminated 3.48.5.1.2 Every 7 days, reapply a thin film of
by particulates in excess of NAVY Class 5 (refer to hydraulic fluid, MIL‑PRF‑83282, on exposed areas of
Table 3‑9) and cannot be decontaminated, tag each reciprocating rods. Check condition of tags and replace
system involved (see Figure 3‑9) and make the following if illegible or missing.
entry in the aircraft processing records and/or logs:
"Hydraulic system (list each system) contamination 3.48.5.1.3 Every 28 days, ensure hydraulic systems
exceeding NAVY Class 5. Decontaminate according are kept at normal operating level with operating fluid.
to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑17 before system operation."
3.48.5.2 Level III. Every 28 days, check fluid operating
3.48.4.2 Hydraulic systems contaminated with water level and inspect for hydraulic system leaks. Repair
shall be decontaminated prior to preservation to leaks in accordance with paragraph 3.48.5.1.1 above.
prevent corrosion.
3.48.6 Depreservation. Check aircraft processing
3.48.4.3 Level I, II and III. records to determine system status.

3.48.6.1 If preserved as a contaminated system and

if the aircraft is being represerved for another storage
Fluid, Hydraulic 13 period without flight, decontamination is not required.
MIL‑PRF‑83282 Using the fluid installed in the system, service in
accordance with the applicable MIM.
3.48.4.3.1 Hydraulic System. Keep hydraulic systems
filled to normal operating level with operating fluid, NOTE
MIL‑PRF‑83282. If condition of aircraft is such that
system cannot be maintained full, it shall be flushed If it is necessary to replace one type of
with hydraulic fluid, MIL‑PRF‑83282. Ensure that all hydraulic fluid with another, refer to the
reservoir filler caps are tightly closed and that vents procedures of the applicable MIM and NAVAIR
and filler scupper drains are open. 01‑1A‑17.

3.48.4.3.2 Piston Rods. Lubricate exposed portions 3.48.6.2 If aircraft is being returned to service, service
of piston rods using a clean low‑lint wiping cloth, with operating fluid. Cycle all systems, including landing
A‑A‑59323, saturated with the operating hydraulic gear, at least 10 times. Perform contamination check
fluid, wiping away from seals. Take care not to scratch and decontaminate as necessary in accordance with
surfaces. NAVAIR 01‑1A‑17 and the applicable MIM. Remove
tagged material. Clean and inspect as specified above.
Service system in accordance with applicable MIM.

3-44
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 3‑9. Navy Standard for Particulate Contamination of Hydraulic Fluid (Particle Count Test)
Particle Contamination Level by Class
MICRON
SIZE ACCEPTABLE UNACCEPTABLE
RANGE
Class 0 Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 Class 4 Class 5 Class 6
5-10 2,700 4,600 9,700 24,000 32,000 87,000 128,000
10-25 670 1,340 2,680 5,360 10,700 21,400 42,000
25-50 93 210 380 780 1,510 3,130 6,500
50-100 16 28 56 110 225 430 1,000
Over 100 1 3 5 11 21 41 92
TOTAL 3,480 6,181 12,821 30,261 44,456 112,001 177,592

NOTE
1. The class of contamination is based upon the total number of particles in any size range per 100 ml. of hydraulic fluid. Exceeding the
allowable particle count in any of one or more size ranges requires that the next higher class level be assigned.
2. Class 5 is the maximum acceptable contamination level for hydraulic systems in naval aircraft.
Fluid delivered by SE to equipment under test or being serviced shall be Class 3 or better.
3. The Class 5 level of acceptability shall be met at the inspection interval specified for the equipment under test.

Table 3‑10. Contamination Limits for Aircraft Hydraulic Fluids

Reference Limits
Test
Specification MIL-PRF-83282 SAE AS1241 Type IV Class 1 (Skydrol)
No detectable water,
Visual N/A fluid cannot be cloudy or milky,
no microbiological growth or dirt particles.
Particulates* NAVAIR 01-1A-17 NAVY Class 5 (see Table 3-9)
Karl-Fischer Aquatest
Water 250 ppm 3000 ppm
(ASTM D1744)
* When testing Skydrol, special o-rings may be required on particle counter and special procedures shall be followed
(see NAVAIR 01-1A-17).

WARNING
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
CONTAMINATED IN EXCESS OF CLASS 5

DATE
DECONTAMINATE IAW NAVAIR 01-1A-17 BEFORE FLIGHT

Figure 3-9. Contamination Tag for Hydraulic System

3-45
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.49 HYDRAULIC LINES AND FITTINGS. Lines 3.49.4 Protection.

and fittings include plumbing lines installed in exposed
locations such as wheel wells, wing fold areas and
speed brake recesses, which are not completely
painted and sealed with a sealant at tubing and fitting Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8
junctions. MIL‑DTL‑85054

3.49.1 Cleaning. Externally clean coupling nuts, 3.49.4.1 Level I and II. For exposed fittings that are
fittings, and tubing immediately adjacent to the nuts. not completely painted or sealed, apply clear water
displacing CPC, MIL‑DTL‑85054, to entire coupling
nut and fitting surfaces, extending compound at least
1/4 inch on adjacent tubing. Apply compound in such
Solvent, Degreasing 25 a manner that all spaces between parts are sealed
MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III from the atmosphere. Apply a second coat of CPC,
MIL‑DTL‑85054, after approximately 30 minutes or
after the first coat has thoroughly dried.

Cleaner, Non‑Aqueous, 3 3.49.4.2 Level III. No protection is required.

Low VOC, HAP Free,
MIL‑PRF‑32295 Type II 3.49.5 Maintenance.

3.49.1.1 Remove oils using solvent, MIL‑PRF‑680 3.49.5.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, check line and
Type II or III or MIL‑PRF‑32295 Type II. Wipe surface tube fittings for corrosion. If found, remove corrosion
using a sponge dampened with cleaning solution (1 and protect in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
part MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II in 9 parts fresh water).
3.49.5.2 Level III. No maintenance is required.

3.49.6 Depreservation. Clean, inspect and remove

corrosion in accordance with above requirements and
Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4
applicable MIMs.
MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II
3.50 PRESSURE ACCUMULATORS.
3.49.1.2 Remove dirt or salt deposits using a
sponge dampened with cleaning solution (1 part
3.50.1 Cleaning/Inspection. Clean and inspect in
MIL‑PRF‑85570, Type II in 9 parts fresh water). Rinse
accordance with applicable aircraft MIMs.
with fresh water and wipe dry with a clean cloth.
3.50.2 Corrosion Control. Arrest corrosion in
3.49.2 Inspection. Inspect for corrosion damage.
accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
Pay particular attention to aluminum end fittings of
fuel hoses constructed with external wire braid. The
aluminum end fittings are subject to stress corrosion
cracking.

3.49.3 Corrosion Control. Arrest corrosion in

accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.

3-46
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.50.3 Protection. 3.50.4.2 Level II and III. Every 28 days, check

accumulators and service as necessary using nitrogen,
A‑A‑59503 Type I, to maintain approximately 10%
normal operating pressure.
Nitrogen, Gas 18
A‑A‑59503 Type I 3.50.4.3 Shipment. At least once and within five days
of shipping date, service accumulators in accordance
CAUTION with the applicable MIM. Before shipment, ensure that
any access provisions used to service accumulators
Use only dry nitrogen, A‑A‑59503 Type I, to are properly sealed.
service accumulators or damage may result.
3.50.5 Depreservation. Clean, inspect and treat
3.50.3.1 Level I. Service accumulators to normal corrosion as specified above and in accordance with
operating pressure with nitrogen gas, A-A-59503 applicable MIMs. Service system to normal operating
Type I. pressure if applicable.

3.50.3.2 Level II and III. Adjust pressure in 3.51 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FILTERS. Hydraulic
accumulators to approximately 10% of normal operating filter elements shall be replaced prior to or after
pressure. preservation on either a periodic or conditional basis
as specified in the applicable MIM or MRC. Periodic
3.50.4 Maintenance. replacement intervals, when specified, shall be
consistent with the established service life. Conditional
replacement of elements shall be authorized only when
it has been determined that the filter assembly has been
provided with a known reliable differential pressure
Nitrogen, Gas 18
indicator.
A‑A‑59503 Type I

3.50.4.1 Level I. Every 28 days, check pressure

accumulators and service as necessary using nitrogen,
A‑A‑59503 Type I, to maintain required preservation
pressure.

3-47/(3-48 Blank)
3-47
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION IX. INSTRUMENTS

Table 3‑11. Instruments Systems Summary

INSTRUMENTS SYSTEMS
Corrosion
Component Clean Inspect Protection Maintenance Depreservation Reference
Control
Air Filters 3.53.1 3.53.2 ----- 3.53.3 3.53.4 3.53.5 Applicable MIM
Gyros ----- ----- ----- 3.54.1 ----- 3.54.2 Applicable MIM
Section V, Electrical
Instrument Panels ----- 3.55 ----- ----- ----- ----- Consoles and Control
Panels
Pitot Tubes & Static Vents 3.56.1 3.56.1 3.56.2 3.56.3 3.56.4 3.56.5 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Automatic Pilot & Stabilization Unit ----- 3.57 ----- ----- ----- ----- Section V, Electrical

3.52 INSTRUMENTS. Initially, instruments and 3.54 GYROS.

instrument systems shall be cleaned to remove
salt deposits, soils, or grease using the methods of 3.54.1 Protection. Level I, II and III. Cage gyros in
NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑3. During maintenance, cleaning, accordance with the applicable MIM. Gyros shall be
preservation and depreservation, make sure that kept caged at all times while inactive. If gyros are
instrument lenses are kept free of CPCs, greases, oils removed, handle and package in accordance with
and solvents. Refer to Table 3‑11 for items covered in NAVSUP P700.
this section.
3.54.2 Depreservation. Uncage and/or install prior to
3.53 AIR FILTERS. flight.

3.53.1 Cleaning. Clean in accordance with applicable 3.55 INSTRUMENT PANELS. Refer to Section V,
MIM and NAVAlR 01‑1A‑509‑3. Electrical, Consoles and Control Panels.

3.53.2 Inspection. Check desiccant units for humidity 3.56 PITOT TUBES, ANGLE OF ATTACK (AOA)
indication and replace if necessary. PROBES, AND STATIC VENTS. (See Figure 3‑10,
View A).
3.53.3 Protection.
3.56.1 Cleaning/Inspection. Ensure that all water is
3.53.3.1 Level I and II. Vent instrument system inlets drained from static vent systems and that any exterior
and outlets with an installation similar to Figure 3‑5. drain holes are fully open. Refer to the applicable MIM
Desiccant units shall be fully charged. Refer to for information on the location of system drains. If
applicable MIMs. the applicable maintenance manual does not contain
specific instructions for the care of these items, the
3.53.3.2 Level III. No protection required. following procedures apply.

3.53.4 Maintenance. 3.56.1.1 Remove Bleeder Vents. Clean and inspect

openings as necessary to remove dirt, grease, insects,
3.53.4.1 Level I and II. Every 7 days, check to ensure and metal polish.
desiccant units are fully charged. Check vents to
ensure that they are open.

3.53.4.2 Level III. No maintenance required. Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4

MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II
3.53.5 Depreservation. Remove vents. Clean, inspect
and service system in accordance with applicable MIM. 3.56.1.2 Clean openings by using a cloth dampened
Fully charge desiccant units. with cleaning solution (1 part MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II
in 9 parts water).

3-49
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.56.1.3 If additional cleaning is required, refer to 3.56.4 Maintenance.

NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
3.56.4.1 Level I and II. Everyday inspect external
3.56.2 C o r r o s i o n C o n t r o l . R e f e r t o N AVA I R drain holes and vents to ensure they are open.
01‑1A‑509‑2.
3.56.4.2 Level III. No maintenance required.
3.56.3 Protection. Level I, II and III. Protect against
foreign material and damage from temperature/ 3.56.5 Depreservation. Remove covers/barrier
pressure changes with special support equipment material. Check for foreign material. Clean, inspect,
covers and guard fixtures. If covers are not available, and treat corrosion as specified above.
wrap with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1,
and secure to painted aircraft surface with tape, SAE 3.57 AUTOMATIC PILOT AND STABILIZATION
AMS‑T‑22085 Type II (see Figure 3‑10, View B). UNITS. Clean, inspect, preserve and maintain in
accordance with instructions in Section V.

Pitot Tube

Aircraft Surface

A. Pitot Tube

B. Example of Protected Pitot Tube

Figure 3-10. Pitot Tube Preservation

3-50
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION X. LANDING AND ARRESTING GEAR

Table 3‑12. Landing and Arresting Gear System Summary

LANDING AND ARRESTING GEAR SYSTEM
Corrosion
Component Clean Inspect Protection Maintenance Depreservation Reference
Control
Landing & Arresting Gear System 3.58.1 3.58.2 3.58.3 3.58.4 3.58.5 3.58.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Arresting Gear Hooks 3.59.1 3.59.2 3.59.2 3.59.3 3.59.4 3.59.5 -----
NAVAIR 04-10-1
Bearings, Wheel ----- ----- ----- 3.60.1 3.60.2 3.60.3
NAVAIR 01-1A-503
Brakes 3.61.1 3.61.2 3.61.3 3.61.4 3.61.5 3.61.6 -----
Brake Hydraulic System ----- 3.62 ----- ----- ----- ----- Section VIII, Hydraulics
Catapult Hooks/Launch Bars 3.63.1 3.63.2 3.63.3 3.63.4 3.63.5 3.63.6 -----
Deceleration Chutes ----- 3.64 ----- ----- ----- ----- NAVAIR 13-1-6.2
Section II, Airframes,
Doors, Landing Gear ----- 3.65 ----- ----- ----- -----
Access Doors
Shock Struts 3.66.1 3.66.2 3.66.3 3.66.4 3.66.5 3.66.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-17
Skis 3.67.1 3.67.2 3.67.3 3.67.4 3.67.5 3.67.6 -----
Tires 3.68.1 3.68.2 ----- 3.68.3 3.68.4 3.68.5 NAVAIR 04-10-506
Wheels 3.69.1 3.69.2 3.69.3 3.69.4 3.69.5 3.69.6 NAVAIR 04-10-1

3.58 LANDING AND ARRESTING GEAR SYSTEM. 3.58.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corroded areas
Wheel well areas probably receive more abuse than in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. Restore
any other area on the aircraft. They are exposed to protective finishes as required. Corrosion treatment
mud, salt, gravel and other flying debris from runways shall include accessible hollow portions of the axis.
during taxiing, takeoff and landing, and they are
exposed to salt water and spray when aircraft are 3.58.4 Protection.
parked aboard ship. Because of the many complicated
shapes, assemblies and fittings in the area, complete
coverage with protective coatings is difficult to maintain.
Refer to applicable MIM for lubrication information. Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
Before preservation procedures begin, safety wire or MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II
lock gear control and ensure gear is in DOWN position
and emergency release is in unreleased position. Refer 3.58.4.1 Level I. Coat all unpainted metal surfaces of
to Table 3‑12 for items covered in detail in this section. landing gear with CPC, MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II. Give
particular attention to moveable joints and internal
3.58.1 Cleaning. Clean in strict accordance with recesses of linkage. Protect exposed reciprocating
NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. portions of the hydraulic actuating cylinders in
accordance with Section VIII.
3.58.2 Inspection. Inspect in accordance with NAVAIR
01‑1A‑509‑2 and Chapter 8. 3.58.4.2 Level II and III. Protect in accordance with
Level I requirements plus safety wire or lock retracting
mechanism controls in normal ground position (landing
gear DOWN and arresting gear UP).

3-51
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.58.5 Maintenance. CAUTION

3.58.5.1 Level I and II. Every 7 days, inspect high Protect adjacent surfaces and, in particular,
strength steel parts for CPC deterioration and reapply tires and braking surfaces, from overspray
when necessary. Maintain hydraulic cylinders in of CPCs.
accordance with Section VIII. Check system for
corrosion. If found, remove corrosion in accordance NOTE
with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2 and represerve.
Arresting gear hooks on crash damaged
3.58.5.2 Level III. No maintenance required. aircraft shall be secured in fixed position
using steel cable or several turns of heavy
3.58.6 Depreservation. Clean (removing CPC), duty safety wire.
inspect and lubricate as specified above and in the
applicable MlM. Remove safety wire or pin from landing 3.59.3 Protection. Level I, II and III. Ensure drains
gear controls. If aircraft is being returned to service, are open and functioning. Arresting gear hooks
perform the following: not incorporating drains shall have potential water
entrapment cavities either filled with soft film CPC,
a. Hydrostatically test emergency system air bottles MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2, or coat the cavity thoroughly
as required by the Department of Transportation (CFR with clear CPC, MIL‑DTL‑85054.
Title 49, Parts 71‑90) regulations.
3.59.4 Maintenance.
b. Service emergency system in accordance with
the applicable MIM. 3.59.4.1 Level I and II. Every 7 days, check potential
water entrapment cavities to ensure they are adequately
c. Functionally check landing and arresting gear protected by protected by CPC. Inspect hooks and
systems including emergency extension systems, in exposed high strength steel parts for corrosion damage
accordance with the applicable MIM. and correct in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.

3.59 ARRESTING GEAR HOOKS. 3.59.4.2 Level III. No maintenance required.

CAUTION 3.59.5 Depreservation. Clean, inspect, and treat any

corrosion as specified above. Open all drain holes.
Do not lubricate arresting gear tracks except
as specified in the applicable MIM. 3.60 B E A R I N G S, W H E E L. Policies for wheel
bearing lubrication and associated maintenance are
3.59.1 Cleaning. Clean and lubricate arresting gear. contained in NAVAIR 04‑10‑1, NAVAIR 01‑1A‑503 or
Clean arresting gear in accordance with NAVAIR applicable aircraft MIM.
01‑1A‑509‑2. Refer to applicable MlM for lubrication
information. NOTE

3.59.2 Inspection/Corrosion Control. Refer to NAVAIR Depot level maintenance activities shall
01‑1A‑509‑2 and Chapter 8. forward removed bearings to an approved
bearing shop for cleaning, inspecting, and
relubricating in accordance with NAVAIR
01‑1A‑503.
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8
MIL‑DTL‑85054 3.60.1 Protection. Level I, II and III. Ensure that
bearings are lubricated in accordance with the
applicable MIM.

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9

MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2

3-52
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.60.2 Maintenance. 3.61.4.4 Level III. No protection required.

3.60.2.1 Level I and II. Every 7 days, inspect for and 3.61.5 Maintenance. No maintenance required.
maintain bearing lubrication.
3.61.6 Depreservation. If applicable, remove all
3.60.2.2 Level III. No maintenance required. sealing closures from openings. Drain components,
reinstall brakes, flush system and refill with operating
3.60.3 Depreservation. Lubricate bearings as required fluid in accordance with applicable MIM before flight.
in accordance with the applicable MIM. Service brake system in accordance with applicable
MIM.
3.61 BRAKES.
3.62 BRAKE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. Refer to the
WARNING applicable MIM and Section VIII.

Dust, corrosion products and other fine 3.63 CATAPULT HOOKS/LAUNCH BARS.
particles generated by beryllium brake
assemblies are toxic when inhaled or
contacted by the skin. Beryllium brake
assemblies shall be cleaned in accordance Solvent, Degreasing 25
with the applicable aircraft MIM. MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III

3.61.1 Cleaning. Remove accumulated dirt from

exterior housings in accordance with NAVAIR
01‑1A‑509‑2. Remove brake piston and clean cavities
Cleaner, Non‑Aqueous, 3
and pistons. Refer to applicable MIM.
Low VOC, HAP Free,
MIL‑PRF‑32295 Type II
3.61.2 Inspection. Refer to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
3.63.1 Cleaning. Clean using solvent, MIL‑PRF‑680
3.61.3 Corrosion Control. Arrest corrosion in
Type II or MIL‑PRF‑32295 Type II. Lubricate in
accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
accordance with the applicable MIM.
3.61.4 Protection.
3.63.2 Inspection. Inspect in accordance with NAVAIR
01‑1A‑509‑2 and Chapter 8.
CAUTION
3.63.3 Corrosion Control. Remove and treat corrosion
Always refer to the applicable MIM before
in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
adding fluids to hydraulic systems. Ensure
that only clean fluids of the proper type are
3.63.4 Protection. Level I, II and III. Lubricate and
used for replenishment or filling.
preserve catapult mechanism in the same manner
as landing gear system. Refer to this section and the
3.61.4.1 If brake hydraulic systems are to be drained
applicable MIM.
or partially drained during storage period, flush all
components with the applicable hydraulic fluid. Cap off
3.63.5 Maintenance.
all openings with the applicable sealing type closures.
3.63.5.1 Level I and II. Every 7 days, inspect exposed
3.61.4.2 Level I. Pistons shall be coated with
high strength steel parts for CPC deterioration and/
operating hydraulic fluid. Reassemble and refill with
or corrosion damage. Reapply CPC or remove
the applicable service fluid to normal operating level
corrosion when necessary in accordance with NAVAIR
in accordance with applicable MIMs. Do not apply oily
01‑1A‑509‑2.
type preservative compounds to any braking surface.
3.63.5.2 Level III. No maintenance required.
3.61.4.3 Level II. Removal of brakes during extended
periods of storage is recommended. If brakes are
3.63.6 Depreservation. Clean, inspect and remove
not removed, protect in accordance with Level I
corrosion as specified above.
procedures.

3-53
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.64 D E C E L E R AT I O N C H U T E S . R e m o v e
deceleration chutes and turn in to parachute shop for
inspection, drying and maintenance in accordance
Fluid, Hydraulic 13
with NAVAIR 13‑1‑6.2. Reinstall upon depreservation
MIL‑PRF‑83282
of system if aircraft is returning to service.
3.66.4.2 Level II and III. After aircraft is parked in the
3.65 D O O R S, L A N D I N G G E A R. Refer to the
storage area, deflate struts to approximately 1 inch
instructions in Section II Airframes, Access Doors, for
above minimum height for Level II protection. For both
guidelines.
Level II and III protection, coat exposed portions of strut
piston with operating hydraulic fluid. Give particular
3.66 SHOCK STRUTS. Exposed reciprocating
attention to movable joints, internal recesses of linkage
portions of hydraulic shock struts are prone to pick up
and exposed reciprocating portions of hydraulic
dirt and salt spray.
actuating cylinders.
CAUTION
3.66.4.3 Shipment. After aircraft are loaded aboard
the transportation vehicle, deflate the struts of fixed
Actuation of struts in a contaminated condition
wing aircraft to 25% of normal height. Do not deflate
can cause pickup of abrasive material in
landing gear shock struts of rotary wing aircraft.
backup rings and seals. Scoring and galling
of the piston rods and glands and eventual
3.66.5 Maintenance.
leakage will result. It is essential that these
parts be kept clean, especially when actuated.
3.66.5.1 Level I and II. Every 7 days, check the
preservative coatings on exposed surfaces of struts
for integrity. If struts are being maintained in a clean,
lubricated condition, wipe clean and lubricate with a
Fluid, Hydraulic 13 lint‑free cloth saturated with the operating hydraulic
MIL‑PRF‑83282 fluid. Inspect struts for proper inflation. If found flat, air
up once. If found flat again on subsequent inspection,
3.66.1 Cleaning. Saturate a clean lint‑free cloth, mark strut casing with red letter "D" and leave deflated.
A‑A‑59323, with operating hydraulic fluid and wipe Repair during depreservation.
away from seal areas to preclude collection of soil at
seal junction areas. Make sure piston surface is clean 3.66.5.2 Level III. Every 28 days, inspect struts for
and completely lubricated but not dripping. If piston proper inflation. If found flat, air up once. If found flat
is dry, the telescoping action of strut will force gritty again upon subsequent inspection, mark strut casing
particles into cylinder causing eventual failure. Do not with red letter "D" and leave deflated. Repair during
use aerosol dispensed fluid on hydraulic systems. depreservation.

3.66.2 Inspection. Inspect and test in accordance with 3.66.6 Depreservation. Before towing aircraft or
aircraft MIM. actuating gear, clean reciprocating portions as specified
above. Repair struts marked with a red letter "D". Inflate
3.66.3 Corrosion Control. Remove corrosion in and service struts in accordance with applicable MIM.
accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. Clean, inspect, and treat corrosion, as specified above.

3.66.4 Protection. 3.67 SKIS.

3.66.4.1 Level I. Service landing gear shock struts to WARNING

operating level with the applicable operating hydraulic
fluid. When servicing struts, refer to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑17 Wire or lock ski control handle in UP or
and the applicable MIMs to ensure that the correct RETRACTED position.
fluids are used.
3.67.1 Cleaning. Clean skis and internal (bilge) areas
in accordance with Chapter 8.

3-54
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.67.2 Inspection. Inspect skis and associated

mechanisms for corrosion in accordance with Chapter 8.

3.67.3 Corrosion Control. Arrest corrosion in

accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.

3.67.4 Protection.

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8

MIL‑DTL‑85054 Figure 3-11. Protective Cover for Aircraft Tire

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9 cylinders by wiping exposed surfaces. Clean and

MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2 lubricate using a cleaning cloth saturated with the
operating hydraulic fluid. If rods are coated with
3.67.4.1 Level I. Lubricate skis in accordance with preservatives, repair or replace coatings as necessary.
the applicable MIMs. Coat moving surfaces with soft
film CPC, MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2. Pay particular 3.67.5.2 Level III. No maintenance required.
attention to moveable joints, internal recesses of
linkage and exposed reciprocating portions of hydraulic 3.67.6 Depreservation. Clean, inspect, and treat
actuating cylinders. Protect bungee cord and ski corrosion as specified above. Service skis and
abrasion resistant coatings from overspray of CPCs. operating mechanisms in accordance with applicable
Coat all unpainted (excluding teflon coated surfaces) MIM. Install new bungee cord. Remove safety wire
nonmoving surfaces of ski support with clear CPC, from control handle.
MIL‑DTL‑85054.
3.68 TIRES. Inflate tires to normal operating pressure
based on minimum aircraft weight. Refer to aircraft
MIMs or NAVAIR 04‑10‑506 for instructions on
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9 maintenance of aircraft tires and technical guidance
MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2 when checking tires for condition.

3.67.4.2 Level II. Protect in accordance with Level I 3.68.1 Cleaning. Clean tires to remove oil, grease
requirements. Remove skis, associated cables, and and CPCs in accordance with Chapter 8.
bungee cord. Preserve unpainted portions of skis with
soft film CPC, MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2, and store 3.68.2 Inspection. Inspect tire condition in accordance
in aircraft. Due to their relatively short storage life, with NAVAIR 04‑10‑506.
removed bungee cords should be diverted to other use.
3.68.3 Protection.
3.67.4.3 Level III. No protection required.
3.68.3.1 Level I. Where tires are exposed to oil,
3.67.5 Maintenance. grease or fuel, cover tires with covers, SAE AS5778.
If covers are not available, they may be manufactured
3.67.5.1 Level I and II. Every 7 days, inspect from barrier paper, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, and secured
preservative coatings on unpainted surfaces for with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II (see Figure 3‑11).
integrity. Treat exposed portions of hydraulic actuating

3-55
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

WARNING 3.69.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corroded areas in

accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
Paint slave tires and wheels red to prevent
inadvertent use for flight. 3.69.4 Protection.

3.68.3.2 Level II and III. Protect in accordance with

Level I requirements. Serviceable or repairable tires
may be removed and replaced with slave tires if the Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8
installed tires are needed. MIL‑DTL‑85054

3.68.4 Maintenance. Slave tires do not require 3.69.4.1 Level I, II and III. Protect tire from overspray.
maintenance. Coat bare metal with CPC, MIL‑DTL‑85054.

3.68.4.1 Level I and II. Every 7 days, check tire 3.69.4.2 Shipment. After aircraft is loaded and
inflation and maintain at normal operating pressure. spotted aboard transport vessel, install wheel covers,
Clean tires of oils, greases and preservatives. Maintain SAE AS5778, in such a way that free drainage is
covers on wheels. provided. If wheel covers are not provided in special
support equipment, fabricate cover using barrier
3.68.4.2 Level III. Every 28 days, check tire inflation material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1.
and maintain at normal operating pressure. Clean tires
of oils, greases and preservatives. Maintain covers on 3.69.5 Maintenance.
wheels.
3.69.5.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, inspect wheels
3.68.5 Depreservation. Remove covers or reinstall for corrosion damage and correct. Pay particular
serviceable tires as applicable. Inflate to normal attention to brake cavity areas and dissimilar metal
operating pressures in accordance with applicable contacts. If brakes have been left installed, inspect
MIM. Clean and inspect as specified above. wheel covers for security and proper drainage.

3.69 WHEELS. 3.69.5.2 Level III. No maintenance required.

3.69.1 Cleaning. Clean wheels in accordance with 3.69.6 Depreservation. Remove covers or barrier
Chapter 8 and NAVAIR 04‑10‑1. material if applicable. Check for foreign material. Clean,
inspect, treat corrosion, and service as specified above
CAUTION and in accordance with applicable MIM.

If wheels are removed for any reason, ensure

that bearings are properly lubricated with
grease and free of contaminants before
reinstalling wheels. Refer to paragraph 3.60.

3.69.2 Inspection. Refer to Chapter 8 and NAVAIR

04‑10‑1.

3-56
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION XI. PHOTOGRAPHIC

Table 3‑13. Photographic System Summary

PHOTOGRAPHIC SYSTEM
Corrosion
Component Clean Inspect Protection Maintenance Depreservation Reference
Control
Cameras 3.70.1 3.70.2 ----- 3.70.3 3.70.4 3.70.5 -----
Camera Mounts 3.71.1 3.71.2 3.71.3 3.71.4 3.71.5 3.71.6 -----
Controls, Photo ----- 3.72 ----- ----- ----- ----- Section V, Electrical
Dessicant Units ----- 3.73 ----- ----- ----- ----- Applicable MIM
View Finders 3.74.1 3.74.2 ----- 3.74.3 3.74.4 3.74.5 -----

3.70 CAMERAS. The camera is the main component packaged cameras into supply storage or handle in
of the photographic system. Refer to Table 3‑13 for accordance with local instructions.
other items covered in this section.
3.70.4 Maintenance.
CAUTION
3.70.4.1 Level I. Every 7 days, check camera window
Camera lenses and camera compartment covers for security. When inspecting aircraft interior,
windows are delicate optical elements. They check system dehydrator units to ensure fully activated
are covered with vacuum deposited coatings condition and check camera for water damage.
which are easily scratched. These elements
should be cleaned only as specified in the 3.70.4.2 Level II and III. No maintenance required.
applicable MIM.
3.70.5 Depreservation. If aircraft is being returned to
3.70.1 Cleaning. Clean in accordance with applicable service and being made mission ready, remove cover
MIMs. or barrier material, or reinstall camera. Service systems
in accordance with applicable MIM. Vacuum clean to
3.70.2 Inspection. Inspect in accordance with remove accumulated dust and debris. If necessary,
Chapter 8. If cameras are left installed, check for clean and inspect as specified above.
water damage. When inspecting aircraft interior,
check indicating‑type desiccant units and service in 3.71 CAMERA MOUNTS. Preserve camera mounts
accordance with the applicable MIM. Check barrier only if cameras are removed.
materials for security.

3.70.3 Protection.
Solvent, Degreasing 25
3.70.3.1 Level I. The camera shall be removed or MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III
covered with a special support equipment cover or
with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1. Refer to
applicable MIMs.
Cleaner, Non‑Aqueous, 3
NOTE
Low VOC, HAP Free,
MIL‑PRF‑32295 Type II
Camera removal is at the option of the local
custodian in cases of aircraft shipment.
3.71.1 Cleaning. Remove corrosion preventive
coatings, and dust or dirt using solvent, MIL‑PRF‑680
3.70.3.2 Level II and III. Remove, preserve and
Type II or III or MIL‑PRF‑32295 Type II.
package camera units in accordance with NAVSUP
P700. If instructions are not available in the NAVSUP
3.71.2 Inspection. Inspect for corrosion in accordance
publications, package in accordance with the guidelines
with Chapter 8.
of MIL‑STD‑2073‑1 using Level A criteria. Turn

3-57
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.71.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corroded areas in 3.74 VIEWFINDERS.

accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2.
3.74.1 Cleaning. Use a vacuum cleaner to clear view
finder of dust and debris.

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9 3.74.2 Inspection. Check view finders for moisture
MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2 as indicated by fogging of optical elements or high
humidity indicator readings. If moisture is found,
3.71.4 Protection. Level I, II and III. Coat unpainted treatment usually consists of servicing desiccant
portions of mounts with soft film CPC, MIL‑PRF‑16173 cartridge, operating the system and repeating charging
Grade 2. and operating procedures until system is completely
dry (refer to applicable MIM). The desiccant cartridge
3.71.5 Maintenance. shall be serviced and a new humidity indicator installed
after completion of the drying operation.
3.71.5.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, check
preservative coatings on unpainted portions of mounts 3.74.3 Protection. Level I, II and III. View finders shall
for integrity. Reapply CPC as required. be covered with special support equipment covers or
with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1. Desiccant
3.71.5.2 Level III. No maintenance required. units shall be in an activated condition.

3.71.6 Depreservation. Remove CPC, clean and 3.74.4 Maintenance.

inspect as specified above.
3.74.4.1 Level I and II. Every 7 days, remove special
3.72 CONTROLS. Refer to Section V, Electrical. support equipment covers or barrier materials. Inspect
for moisture and service in accordance with the
3.73 DESICCANT UNITS. These are small units that applicable MIM. Treatment usually consists of servicing
fit inside individual components to provide a relatively desiccant cartridge, operating system and repeating
dry atmosphere for moisture sensitive parts. They come charging and operating procedures until system is
in various sizes, shapes and colors. Some reactivate completely dry.
when the equipment is operational. Others require
replacement or reactivation when the color indicator 3.74.4.2 Level III. No maintenance required.
changes. Refer to the applicable MIMs for servicing
and maintenance procedures. 3.74.5 Depreservation. Remove special support
equipment covers or barrier material. Service in
accordance with applicable MIM. Clean and inspect
as specified above.

3-58
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION XII. PNEUMATICS

Table 3‑14. Pneumatic System Summary

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Corrosion
Component Clean Inspect Protection Maintenance Depreservation Reference
Control
Pneumatics 3.75.1 3.75.1 ----- 3.75.2 3.75.3 3.75.4 -----
Chemical Air Driers 3.76.1 3.76.1 ----- 3.76.2 3.76.3 3.76.4 -----

3.75 PNEUMATICS. Refer to Table 3‑14 for items 3.75.3.2 Level III. No maintenance required.
covered in this section.
WARNING
3.75.1 Cleaning/lnspection. Check for water in the
system by bleeding a small amount of air from bleed All air bottles more than 5 years past the last
air ports and observing the condition of color indicators test date shall be removed and hydrostatically
or desiccant units. If no water is found on inspection, tested before flight.
the system shall be considered dry and suitable for
storage. If water is found, completely bleed the system 3.75.4 Depreservation. Remove barrier material
of all air, service chemical air driers, fill system with or closures. Clean and inspect as specified above.
dry nitrogen, A‑A‑59503 Type I, and recheck for water. Service system to normal operating pressure in
Repeat draining and refilling as necessary to ensure accordance with applicable MIM.
a dry system. After drying operations are complete,
reservice chemical air driers. 3.76 CHEMICAL AIR DRIERS.

3.75.2 Protection. Level I, II and III. Service all 3.76.1 Cleaning/lnspection. Refer to Chapter 8.
pneumatic systems, including landing gear and other
emergency operation systems, to normal operating 3.76.2 Protection. Level I, II and III. Service chemical
pressure. When pneumatic systems are partially air driers in accordance with the applicable MIM. When
disassembled during maintenance or storage, blank pneumatic systems are partially disassembled during
off all openings, including chemical air driers using storage, blank off all openings using non‑shedding
non‑shedding threaded type caps and plugs, NAS 847, threaded type caps and plugs, NAS 847, or barrier
or barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, and tape, material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, and tape, SAE
SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. Adjust system pressure to
normal operating pressure.
3.75.3 Maintenance.
3.76.3 Maintenance. Level I, II and III. Every 28 days,
3.75.3.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, check to check to ensure pressurization is maintained. Check
ensure pressurization is maintained. If required, service chemical air driers to ensure they are charged.
pneumatic systems to normal operating pressure in
accordance with the applicable MlM. Ensure that any 3.76.4 Depreservation. Remove barrier material
access ports used for servicing are properly sealed. or plugs as applicable. Service system to normal
operating pressure in accordance with applicable MIM.
Clean and inspect as specified above.

3-59/(3-60 Blank)
3-59
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION XIII. POWER PLANTS

Table 3‑15. Power Plant Systems Summary

POWER PLANT SYSTEM
Corrosion
Component Clean Inspect Protection Maintenance Depreservation Reference
Control
Oil System ----- 3.78.2 ----- ----- ----- ----- NAVAIRINST 10350.4
Gas Turbine Engines 3.79 3.80 3.81 3.82 3.83 3.84 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Gas Turbine APUs 3.85 3.86 3.87 3.88 3.89 3.90 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2

3.77 POWER PLANT. This section addresses the a. When engine is being represerved after having
cleaning, inspection, protection, maintenance and reached the end of its authorized storage time
depreservation of operational or nonoperational limitations.
auxiliary power units (APUs) and gas turbine engines
installed on the aircraft. APUs covered are airborne, b. When an engine is converted from one level of
self‑contained internal combustion gas turbine power preservation to another.
units. Refer to Table 3‑15 for items covered in this section.
See Chapter 4 for information on procedures applicable 3.77.2 Installation of Preservation Tags. After
to removed engines/APUs. Level I preservation of completion of all preservation operations, a preservation
engines requires the fuel system to be kept 95% full tag, form NAVAIR 4835/8 (see Figure 3‑12), shall be
of fuel for no longer than 90 days. Engine fuel systems filled out. The tag shall be placed near the main fuel
which are to be drained of fuel for longer than 3 days control where it can be easily seen through engine
or remain inactive for longer than 90 days shall be access doors. The tag shall indicate the level of
preserved with oil, MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N, and preservation, the internal preservatives used, the
statically or dynamically dehumidified. Engine control name of the preserving activity, and the date of
cables shall be preserved in accordance with Section II. preservation. Whenever a change is made in the level
of preservation, the preservation tag shall be updated
3.77.1 Log Entries. Only Level II and III engine to reflect that change. Additional tags are required to
preservation requires a log book entry. Verification indicate the use of preservation oil and placement of
of preservation cannot be adequately done by desiccant packs.
external examination of the engine. It is important
that preservation entries in engine logs be complete
and accurate. Incomplete or missing log entries
cause unnecessary expenditures of man‑hours and
materials, since discrepancies resulting from the lack
of proper preservation will usually not be evident until
THIS ENGINE HAS BEEN MONITORED FOR PROPER
PRESERVED IN ACCORDANCE PRESERVATION MAINTENANCE AND COMPLIANCE
WITH NAVAIR 15-01-500 REQUIREMENTS.
WITH NAVAIR 15-01-500
after failure has occurred or disassembly of the engine TYPE OF PRESERVATION
LEVEL II PRESERVATION - 56 DAY TURN

has been accomplished. All activities shall ensure DATE CERTIFIER QUALITY VERIF
DO NOT REMOVE

PRESERVATIVE USED

that engine logs and records under their cognizance ACTIVITY

are processed and maintained in accordance with DATE

COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2. All preservation,

THIS TAG

ENGINE MODEL

represervation, and depreservation actions shall ENGINE SERIAL NO.

be entered in Preservation Depreservation Section,

CONVERTED FROM
CNAF Form 4790/136(AESR) for engines (refer to
LEVEL TO LEVEL
Chapter 1, Section I) or in NALCOMIS OMA Logs DATE:
and Records Subsystem. Special log entries are LEVEL TO LEVEL LEVEL I PRESERVATION - 28 DAY TURN

not required for routine preservation maintenance DATE: DATE CERTIFIER QUALITY VERIF

LEVEL TO LEVEL
on engines, such as treatment of minor corrosion or DATE:
replacement of desiccant. Log entries are mandatory LEVEL TO LEVEL
when maintenance is accomplished as follows: DATE:
PRESERVATION TAG, ENGINE (BACK)

Figure 3-12. Preservation Tag for Engine

3-61
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 3‑16. Contamination Limits for Engine Oil

Test Reference Specification Limits
No detectable water; fluid cannot be cloudy or hazy; no
microbiological growth; no particulate matter that can be seen
Visual NAVAIRINST 10350.4
without magnification. Color may vary and shall not be used as a
basis for rejecting oil.
Metal Particles NAVAIR 17-15-50.2 Varies for each engine type
Karl-Fischer Aquatest
Water 1000 ppm
(ASTM D1744)

3.78 GAS TURBINE AND APU ENGINE OIL masked to prevent exposure to cleaning solutions.
S Y S T E M P R O T E C T I O N . Before conducting Keep unused openings blanked off with non‑shedding
preservation runs, check lubricating oil supply from the metal closures or with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II,
engine, APU, VEN, and gearboxes for contamination. and plastic sheet, ASTM D4801 Type III.
Drain and refill the oil reservoir with MIL‑PRF‑23699
C/I engine oil prior to the preservation or exercising CAUTION
run.
Do not steam or water emulsion clean, or
3.78.1 Inspection. Test engine oil in accordance with douse engine with water.
Table 3‑16. If oil fails any test, correct in accordance
with applicable MIM. Check oil filters for evidence of 3.79.1.2 Before engine runups, ducts such as inlets
clogging or microbiological growth. If found, replace and outlets, and cooling air ducts shall be cleaned as
or clean in accordance with applicable MIM. When necessary to remove dirt, salt deposits, and foreign
inspecting and servicing oil tanks, make sure that tank objects.
filler scupper drains are open and that tiller caps are
reinstalled and secured. 3.79.1.3 Clean engine inlets and gas path in
accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. Care shall be
3.78.2 If an engine is rejected due to oil system taken to prevent the entrapment of water in recesses
contamination and is sent to another activity for analysis, or in the engine interior.
do not clean or otherwise remove contaminants from
filters, as this evidence is useful in isolating the cause NOTE
of the possible system failures. If particle contamination
of the lubrication system is involved, comply with the Engine runup shall be in accordance with
requirements of the applicable MIMs. applicable NATOPS procedures and safety
precautions.
3.78.3 Servicing. If a change of the oil is required
due to contamination or accumulated operating time, 3.79.1.4 If water is accidentally introduced into the
the oil reservoir shall be drained and refilled to normal engine from rain or while cleaning, or if a compressor
operating level with operating lubricant which has been liquid cleaning procedure is used, perform a 5 minute
filtered through a 3 micron filter (refer to NAVAIRINST engine runup to dry out any entrapped water or cleaning
10350.4). The oil shall be filtered before being added solution. Engine runup is not required if aircraft will
to the engine oil reservoirs to prevent contamination undergo an initial preservation runup to preserve the
from sealants, rust particles, and metal slivers resulting fuel systems within four hours of wash.
from the opening of the metal containers.
3.79.1.5 Collect runoff and dispose of according
3.79 G A S T U R B I N E E N G I N E C L E A N I N G . to local regulations. Except where water displacing
Cleaning is necessary prior to protection at any level compounds are to be used, all surfaces should be clean
of preservation. and dry before application of any preservative coating.

3.79.1 External. 3.79.2 Internal. Clean engines in accordance with

applicable aircraft MIMs.
3.79.1.1 Before cleaning, all engine openings shall
be sealed, and exposed wiring and bearings shall be

3-62
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Engine Fuel Filter Main Fuel

Main Fuel Control Nozzles
Engine Fuel Pump AB Fuel
Nozzles

Fuel
Cell AB Fuel Pump
Fuel AB Fuel Filter
Shutoff
Valves

AB Fuel Control

Afterburner System Combustion

(When Applicable) Chamber Drains

Figure 3-13. Gas Turbine Engine Fuel System Schematic

3.80 G A S T U R B I N E E N G I N E I N S P E C T I O N. for turboprop engines) using the normal service fuel

Ensure that fuel has been inspected in accordance with in the fuel system. Starting and operating procedures
paragraph 3.44.2 and engine oil has been inspected in shall be in accordance with the applicable NATOPS or
accordance with paragraph 3.78.1 prior to preservation MIM for each engine model.
procedures.
b. If the engine is equipped with an afterburner or
3.81 G A S T U R B I N E E N G I N E C O R R O S I O N emergency fuel system, perform at least two (2) cycles
CONTROL. Treat and remove corrosion in accordance of each of these systems during the initial preservation
with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2 and applicable MIMs. runup.

3.82 GAS TURBINE ENGINE PROTECTION. c. Shut down the engine in accordance with
The following instructions are for the protection of procedures contained in the applicable MIM or
gas turbine engines and related components. Before NATOPS manual.
performing preservation procedures, ensure that the
engine oil reservoir has been serviced and that it is d. Oil filters shall be removed, inspected, and
filled to the normal operating level with the applicable cleaned following the initial preservation runup. If
operating lubricant. contamination is found during oil filter check, refer
to paragraph 3.78 and applicable MlM for corrective
3.82.1 Operational Engine. For installed engines, the action.
entire aircraft fuel system, including tanks, pumps, and
lines are preserved concurrently with the power plant 3.82.1.2 Level I. Keep fuel systems at least 95% full of
system. See Figure 3‑13 for a schematic of the gas fuel. Seal engine inlet, outlet and other large openings
turbine engine fuel system. either with a fitted dust cover or barrier material,
MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, held in place with tape, SAE
3.82.1.1 Initial Preservation Runup. All operational AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.
engines preserved at any of the three levels of
preservation shall be given a preservation runup at the
beginning of the preservation cycle using the following
procedure.

a. Start and operate the engine for a minimum of 5

minutes at 75% normal rated speed (ground idle speed

3-63
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

c. Cover and seal engine inlet and exhaust outlet,

WARNING
compressor bleed valves, and other similar openings,
using waterproof barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131
Class 1, held in place with preservation tape, SAE
REMOVE DESSICANT BAGS AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. Close all engine overboard
QUANTITY
drains (except combustion chamber drains) and vents
BEFORE ROTATING ENGINE with plastic caps.

DATE INSTALLED: d. Ensure that engine compartments (exterior

of engine) are equipped with adequate drainage to
remove accumulated liquids in low point areas. Ensure
Figure 3-14. Dessicant Warning Tag that the combustion chamber drains are functioning
and are not obstructed in any way. When strippable
CAUTION coatings or shrinkwrap are applied, add exterior drain
provisions as specified in Chapter 5.
Serious damage can occur to elastomeric
parts and engine in‑flight failures may result
if fuel systems are left drained of fuel and
unprotected for longer than 72 hours. Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9
MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2
3.82.1.3 Level II Internal. For engines inactive for a
period greater than 90 days or those to be drained of e. For turboprop engines, if propeller is removed,
fuel (dry) for longer than 72 hours, the engine and the apply CPC, MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2, to propeller shaft
entire fuel system shall be preserved with Grade 1010N and wrap with barrier material, MIL-PRF-131 Class 1,
lubricating oil using the "hot pres" method described in secured with tape, SAE AMS-T-22085 Type II.
Section VII. The main power plant and auxiliary power
plant fuel system are preserved concurrently with the 3.82.1.5 Level III. Protect engine fuel system as
aircraft fuel system. It is important that fuel controls specified for Level II Internal preservation. Install dust
be thoroughly purged of all service fuel during the covers or barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1,
preservation procedure. loosely held in place with preservation tape, SAE
AMS‑T‑22085 Type II, on engine inlet and exhaust
3.82.1.4 Level II External. outlet.
a. After completion of the hot preservation run, 3.82.1.6 Install engine preservation tag (Figure 3‑12)
completely seal all engine openings to the interior and and make log entries in accordance with paragraph
nacelle/fuselage using barrier material, MIL-PRF-131 3.77.1.
Class 1, held in place with tape, SAE AMS-T-22085
Type II. Seal seams and small openings with tape, 3.82.2 Nonoperational Engine. Nonoperational
SAE AMS-T-22085 Type II. engines shall be protected with MIL‑PRF‑6081
Grade 1010N preservation oil in accordance with
Level II requirements. After preservation, removal of
engine and shipment to a repair facility is recommended.
Desiccant, Activated 11
MIL‑D‑3464 Type I CAUTION

b. Statically dehumidify the engine cavities using To prevent damage due to operating an
desiccant, MIL‑D‑3464 Type I. Install desiccant in all engine in the "dry" condition, ensure that all
engine inlet and outlet openings (see Figure 6‑2). installed accessories are supplied with fluids/
Place barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, under lubricants during rotation. If fluid/lubricants
each batch of desiccant. Install humidity cards, cannot be supplied, disconnect or deactivate
MIL‑I‑8835, in inlet and outlet covers. Install warning accessories as necessary to prevent actuation
tags, Figure 3‑14, to indicate number of desiccant or rotation.
bags installed in each cavity (see Figure 6‑3). Refer
to Chapter 6, Section II, for detailed instructions on 3.82.2.1 Level II General. For nonoperational installed
desiccant installation. engines, the entire aircraft fuel system, including tanks,

3-64
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

pumps, and lines shall be preserved concurrently d. Preservation oil shall not be drained from the
with the engine system. If a powered runup cannot engine.
be performed due to missing or incomplete aircraft
components or lack of aircraft tiedown provisions, e. To prevent accidental draining of fuel systems
the engine shall be protected by the "cold pres" during maintenance starter turnover operations, safety
method. It is important that fuel controls be thoroughly wire throttle levers in the "CLOSED" position after
purged of all service fuel during the preservation preservation. If fuel system design is such that drainage
procedure. The entire fuel system shall be preserved cannot occur when throttle or power lever is in "OPEN"
with MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N preservation oil. position during engine rotation (up to maximum starter
Preservation oil shall be controlled and filtered in speed), safety wiring of control in "CLOSED" position
accordance with Section VII. For additional information, is not required.
refer to applicable MIM.
f. If required, spray the compressor section in
NOTE accordance with applicable engine MIM.

The "cold pres" method affords protection 3.82.2.3 Level II Internal (Shaft Cannot Be Rotated).
to only selected areas of the fuel and power
plant systems. It is not recommended if "hot a. Cold preserve fuel system (refer to Section VII).
pres" can be performed.

3.82.2.2 Level II Internal (Shaft Can Be Rotated).

Perform the following procedures to internally protect Oil, Lubricating, Aircraft 19
nonoperational installed engines by the "cold pres" MIL‑PRF‑23699
method.
b. Disconnect the necessary oil lines, remove
NOTE pressure oil system plugs and inject generous
quantities of MIL‑PRF‑23699 lubricating oil into the
The engine fuel system shall be preserved bearings. If thorough coating of the bearings cannot
concurrently with the rotation. be accomplished by pressure flushing or fill and drain
procedures, remove external covers and accessories
a. Cold preserve fuel system (refer to Section VII). as necessary to permit spray covering of these areas.

c. If required, spray the compressor section.

Oil, Lubricating, Jet Engine 20 d. Engine driven fuel system accessories require
MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N some degree of rotation for adequate preservative
oil flushing. Remove these accessories from their
b. Connect an external source of oil, MIL‑PRF‑6081 mounting pads and either rotate by hand while
Grade 1010N, to the main fuel inlet, and pump at pumping MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N oil through the
2‑5 psi. fuel passages, or place on accessory test benches for
preservation. If oil flushing through the fuel nozzle will
c. Using a suitable turning device, rotate the flood the combustion chamber and proper drainage
compressor and turbine rotor for a minimum of 3 cannot be accomplished, disconnect the fuel line at a
minutes. If the engine starter can be used, the engine point nearest the fuel nozzle, and supply a drain line
shall be rotated through two 30 second starter cycles. or container to catch the displaced fuel and oil. Ensure
Existing starter limitations shall be strictly observed. fuel nozzle and adjacent lines are adequately coated
If maximum cranking speed cannot be obtained due with preservation oil.
to engine or starter deficiency, fuel controls (main
and afterburner) shall be removed and preserved
separately.

3-65
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

WARNING WARNING
THIS CONNECTION DISTURBED
OIL RESERVOIR DURING PRESERVATION.
CHECK FOR LEAKS AT SYSTEMS
DRAINED INTEGRITY CHECK.

Figure 3-15. Warning Tag for Oil System Figure 3-16. Warning Tag for Fluid System Connection

NOTE WARNING

Prohibitions against getting oil into fuel Failure to tag may result in fuel loss, fire,
nozzles may be ignored if care is taken damage or injury to personnel.
to ensure combustion chamber drains are
functioning properly and upon depreservation, i. Tag aircraft cockpit to indicate that fuel systems
the fuel nozzles are to be flushed with fuel have been oil preserved (see Figure 3‑8).
prior to starting.
3.82.2.4 Level II External. Preserve the engine
e. Leave fuel metering devices full of MIL‑PRF‑6081 exterior as specified for operational engines. Leave
Grade 1010N preservation oil. Engine fuel systems fuel system vents open to allow breathing. When vents
shall not be drained but shall also be left full of are located in a position to collect water and airborne
preservation oil after fuel has been purged. Make sure dirt, install extension tubes as shown in Figure 3‑5.
that combustion chamber drains are functioning and
are not obstructed. 3.82.2.5 Level III. Internally, preserve the engine in
accordance with the above requirements for Level II.
WARNING Install dust covers or barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131
Class 1, loosely held in place with preservation tape,
To prevent loss of preservation oil, pressure SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II, on engine inlet and exhaust
seal type closures shall be used on all fuel outlet.
system openings. Use appropriate metal
fittings on threaded openings and gasketed 3.82.2.6 Engine Fire Extinguishers. Level II and III.
metal plates on flanged fittings. Deactivate engine fire extinguishers in accordance with
the MIM. Retain or dispose of charges in accordance
f. Fuel controls shall be rotated at approximately with NAVAIR 11-100-1.1-CD.
1/4 maximum bench test speed and have throttle lever
and solenoids cycled during rotation for adequate 3.82.2.7 Install engine preservation tag (Figure 3‑12)
flushing and coating of all components. and make log entries in accordance with paragraph
3.77.1.
g. Drain excess preservation oil from fuel tanks if
applicable. Lubricating oil reservoir shall be drained 3.83 GAS TURBINE ENGINE MAINTENANCE.
and appropriately tagged (see Figure 3‑15).
3.83.1 Level I.
h. When internal surfaces of the engine fuel system
have been thoroughly purged of fuel and coated with 3.83.1.1 7 Day. Check fuel level, maintain 95% full.
preservation oil, reinstall and secure all lines, fittings Check barrier material and replace when necessary.
and plugs. Each fuel system connection plug or fitting
disturbed during preservation shall be identified with 3.83.1.2 28 Day. Hot run the engine, and cycle
a warning tag, Figure 3‑16. systems, including afterburner, twice. Inspect and

3-66
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

renew the external coating of CPC as required. If check lubricating oil for contamination in accordance
engine cannot be run, rotate the engine as described with applicable MIM. Service the engine with a short
for Level II 56 Day Maintenance (see paragraph depreservation runup. Depreservation runup shall be
3.83.2.3). performed as follows:

3.83.2 Level II. a. After preoiling and performing all prestarting

inspections in accordance with the applicable MIM
3.83.2.1 7 Day. Maintain all closures in place and or NATOPS manual, start and operate engine for 3‑5
keep desiccant in engine cavities in a fully activated minutes at 75% normal rated speed and cycle through
condition. Replace desiccant if an indication is found all engine systems, including afterburner.
that the humidity exceeded 40 percent. In addition,
reinspect barrier material or closures for compromises. b. Shut down the engine using procedures outlined
Check combustion chamber drains to ensure they in the applicable MIM or NATOPS manual and inspect
are open. Check extensions of vents and other for fuel and oil leaks.
engine openings for integrity, and repair or replace as
necessary. c. Remove, inspect, clean or replace fuel and
oil filters in accordance with paragraph 3.78 and
3.83.2.2 28 Day. Renew external CPC protection, if Section VII. Inspect fuel and oil screens for O‑ring and
required by the applicable MIMs. seal deterioration.

3.83.2.3 56 Day (Operational Engines). Rotate d. Remove all warning or caution tags after fuel
the engine using the starter or an external turning and oil integrity has been established.
device (such as a pneumatic wrench, speed handle,
or ratchet). Shaft rotation will tend to wipe incipient e. Enter required depreservation/represervation
corrosion from parts having relative movement and information into the engine logs (refer to paragraph
redistribute the lubricating oil to the bearings which are 3.77.1).
vulnerable to corrosive attack when left in the dry state.
Engine shall be given a starter turnover for a minute 3.84.2 Level II and III. Gas turbine engines shall be
duration. If starter cannot be used for the rotation, depreserved in accordance with the applicable MIM.
manually turn the engine through the starter pad using When no special instructions are contained in the
an external device. Ensure lubrication is redistributed engine MIM, perform the procedures outlined below.
throughout the engine during rotation. If a compressor
oil spray is specified and if the compressor is dry, it a. For installed engines where the lubricant has
shall be resprayed while the engine is being rotated. not been drained, check for accumulated water and
debris in oil reservoirs or sumps by temporarily opening
3.83.3 Level III. No maintenance required. available drain valves or drain plugs. If water or other
contamination is found on this check or if engine has
3.84 GAS TURBINE ENGINE DEPRESERVATION. been in storage for one year or more, completely
The following are procedures to depreserve a gas drain lube oil system and service in accordance
turbine engine for flight. with paragraph 3.78. Otherwise, service oil reservoir
with normal operating lubricant. Check compressor
3.84.1 Level I. and turbine housings for accumulation of oil and
drain as necessary. Install fully charged engine fire
3.84.1.1 External. Remove barrier material or covers. extinguishers and arm in accordance with the MIM.
Check to ensure drains of the combustion chambers
are open. b. Remove safety wire from throttle or power lever.

3.84.1.2 Internal. If compressor has accumulated c. Ensure that combustion chamber drains are
significant amounts of soil, clean in accordance with functioning normally.
applicable engine MIM. Inspect and clean air passages
of coolers and heat exchangers as necessary. Inspect d. For turboprop engines, clean propeller shaft, and
and clean engine filters in accordance with applicable install propeller.
MIMs. Check hoses, lines and fittings to ensure
that items disconnected during depreservation are e. Drain excess preservation oil from fuel tanks,
reconnected and secured. Service all systems and flush, and service with operating fuel. Depreserve fuel

3-67
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

systems using the guidelines of Section VII, and supply j. Perform the preoil procedures in accordance
fuel to the fuel inlet. Flush fuel nozzle with fuel. Supply with the applicable MIM or as follows:
fuel at normal boost or fuel inlet pressure.
(1) If engine is equipped with drains in oil lines,
CAUTION open the drains briefly to bleed off any entrapped air.
Engines with air and oil lubricated bearings shall be
Do not initiate steps f-j until immediately preoiled immediately prior to starting using an external
prior to engine runup. Observe preoiling pressure pump until all bearing lines are filled with oil
requirements. and bled of all entrapped air.

f. Remove covers/barrier material/tape, and check (2) After all bearing lines are full of lubricating
openings for foreign material. oil, perform a non‑ignition start cycle. If oil pressure
is not observed on the oil pressure gauge, perform
NOTE a second non‑ignition start. If the oil pressure is
not observed on the second attempt, perform the
All openings of the engines shall be kept necessary inspections and repairs to correct, using
covered until it becomes necessary to install the applicable MIM.
accessories or other equipment over these
openings, or until the engine is ready to be CAUTION
placed in service.
Leave all cockpit utility systems, operating
g. Ensure that all engine and accessory vent from compressor bleed air, shut off during
openings are free of tape and foreign material. initial starts in order to prevent contamination
of the cabin air systems with accumulated oil.
h. Remove bagged desiccant from all ducts, vents
and other engine openings. k. After preoiling and performing all prestarting
inspections in accordance with the applicable MIM
i. Where fire and safety regulations permit, fittings or NATOPS manual, start and operate engine for 3‑5
and lines to fuel nozzles may be left connected and the minutes at 75% normal rated speed and cycle through
following purging procedures used: all engine systems, including afterburner.

(1) Remove compressor inlet and turbine outlet l. Shut down the engine using procedures outlined
seals. Place receptacles under combustion chamber in the applicable MIM or NATOPS manual and inspect
drains to catch purged oil and fuel. for fuel and oil leaks.

(2) After depreserving the fuel controls and with m. Remove, inspect, clean or replace fuel and
ignition deactivated, rotate the engine using the starter. oil filters in accordance with paragraph 3.78 and
Section VII.
(3) While the engine is being rotated, actuate
main and afterburner fuel shutoff valves in accordance n. Refill oil tank to normal operating level with
with applicable MIM and supply fuel to the fuel system. specified operating lubricant if applicable.
Actuate the throttle or power lever through its full travel
range several times so that the fuel system, including o. Remove all warning or caution tags after fuel
nozzles, is purged of oil. and oil integrity has been established.

(4) Repeat step (3) as many times as required p. Start the engine and perform a standard
(observing starter limitations) until oil free fuel flows ground runup in accordance with applicable MIM or
from combustion chamber drains. the NATOPS manual. During the ground run perform
operational checks of all engine systems.
(5) Visually inspect the engine for fuel and oil
leaks, paying particular attention to fittings marked with q. After shutdown, clean engine sufficiently to
warning tags. Do not remove tags at this time. remove excess oil and preservative compounds.

(6) Allow engine combustion chambers to drain r. If the engine is equipped with an operating time
and dry thoroughly before attempting any starts. meter, record the operating time.

3-68
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

s. Make a depreservation log entry on CNAF Form 3.88.2.1 Level II Internal (Shaft Can Be Rotated).
4790/25A (AESR) or in NALCOMIS OMA in accordance
with paragraph 3.77.1. a. Cold preserve fuel system (refer to Section VII).

3.85 APU CLEANING. Clean in accordance with

applicable MIM and NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
Oil, Lubricating, Jet Engine 20
3.86 APU INSPECTION. Refer to paragraph 3.80. MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N

3.87 APU CORROSION CONTROL. Treat and b. Connect an external source of oil, MIL‑PRF‑6081
remove corrosion in accordance with NAVAIR Grade 1010N, to the main fuel inlet, and pump at
01‑1A‑509‑2 and applicable MIM. 2‑5 psi.

3.88 A P U P R O T E C T I O N. Installed APUs are c. Using a suitable turning device, rotate the
protected concurrently with the aircraft fuel system and compressor and turbine rotor for a minimum of
engine. 3 minutes at 300 rpm. If the APU starter can be used,
the APU shall be rotated through two 30 second
3.88.1 Operational APUs. starter cycles. Existing starter limitations shall be
strictly observed. If maximum cranking speed cannot
3.88.1.1 Before performing preservation procedures, be obtained due to engine or starter deficiency, fuel
ensure that the APU oil reservoir has been services control shall be removed and preserved separately.
and that it is filled to the normal operating level with
the applicable operating lubricant. d. Preservation oil shall not be drained from the
APU.
3.88.1.2 Perform initial preservation runup (refer to
paragraph 3.82.1.1). 3.88.2.2 Level II Internal (Shaft Cannot Be Rotated).

3.88.1.3 Level I. Keep fuel system at least 95% full of a. Cold preserve fuel system (refer to Section VII).
fuel. Seal APU inlet, outlet, and other openings using
barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, secured in
place with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.
Oil, Lubricating, Aircraft 19
3.88.1.4 Level II Internal. Refer to paragraph 3.82.1.3.
MIL‑PRF‑23699
3.88.1.5 Level II External. For APUs that can be
b. Disconnect the necessary oil lines, remove
completely sealed, refer to paragraph 3.82.1.4. Due
pressure oil system plugs and inject generous
to the configuration of some APUs, complete sealing
quantities of MIL‑PRF‑23699 lubricating oil into the
of the openings may not be possible. In this case,
bearings. If thorough coating of the bearings cannot
preserve APU in Level I or Level III, or remove APU
be accomplished by pressure flushing or fill and drain
and preserve separately in accordance with Chapter 4,
procedures, remove external covers and accessories
Section III.
as necessary to permit spray covering of these areas.
3.88.1.6 Level III. Protect APU fuel system as
c. Leave fuel metering devices full of MIL‑PRF‑6081
specified for Level II Internal preservation. Install dust
Grade 1010N preservation oil. APU fuel systems shall
covers or barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1,
not be drained but shall also be left full of preservation
loosely held in place with preservation tape, SAE
oil after fuel has been purged. Make sure that
AMS‑T‑22085 Type II, on APU inlet and exhaust outlet.
combustion chamber drains are functioning and are
not obstructed.
3.88.2 Nonoperational APUs. Nonoperational APUs
shall be protected with MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N
preservation oil in accordance with Level II requirements.
After preservation, removal of APU and shipment to a
repair facility is recommended.

3-69
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

WARNING 3.89 APU MAINTENANCE.

To prevent loss of preservation oil and potential 3.89.1 Level I.

fire hazard, pressure seal type closures
shall be used on all fuel system openings. 3.89.1.1 7 Day. Check fuel level, maintain 95% full.
Use appropriate metal fittings on threaded Check barrier material and replace when necessary.
openings and gasketed metal plates on
flanged fittings. 3.89.1.2 28 Day. Hot run the APU in conjunction with
the engine run. If engine cannot be run, rotate the APU
d. Fuel controls shall be rotated at approximately at 300 rpm for 3 minutes.
1/4 maximum bench test speed and have throttle lever
and solenoids cycled during rotation for adequate 3.89.2 Level II.
flushing and coating of all components.
3.89.2.1 7 Day. Maintain all closures in place and keep
e. Drain excess oil from fuel tanks if applicable. desiccant in APU cavities in a fully activated condition.
Lubricating oil reservoir shall be drained and Replace desiccant if an indication is found that the
appropriately tagged (see Figure 3‑14). humidity exceeded 40 percent. In addition, reinspect
barrier material or closures for compromises. Check
f. When internal surfaces of the APU fuel system combustion chamber drains to ensure they are open.
have been thoroughly purged of fuel and coated with Check extensions of vents and other APU openings
preservation oil, reinstall and secure all lines, fittings, for integrity, and repair or replace as necessary.
and plugs. Each fuel system connections plug or fitting
disturbed during preservation shall be identified with a 3.89.2.2 56 Day (Operational APUs). Rotate the APU
warning tag, Figure 3‑15. using the starter or an external turning device (such
as a pneumatic wrench, speed handle, or ratchet).
3.88.2.3 Level II External. Refer to paragraph Shaft rotation will tend to wipe incipient corrosion from
3.82.2.4. parts having relative movement and redistribute the
lubricating oil to the bearings which are vulnerable to
3.88.2.4 Level III. Refer to paragraph 3.82.2.5. corrosive attack when left in the dry state. APU shall
be given a starter turnover for a minute duration. If
starter cannot be used for the rotation, manually turn
the engine through the starter pad using an external
device. Ensure lubrication is redistributed throughout
the engine during rotation.

3.89.3 Level III. No maintenance required.

3.90 A P U D E P R E S E RVAT I O N. Depreserve in

conjunction with the main engine. Refer to paragraph 3.84.

3-70
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION XIV. PROPELLERS

Table 3‑17. Propellers and Propeller Components System Summary

PROPELLERS AND PROPELLER COMPONENTS SYSTEM
Corrosion
Component Clean Inspect Protection Maintenance Depreservation Reference
Control
Constant Speed Propellers 3.92.1 3.92.2 3.92.3 3.92.4 3.92.5 3.92.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Deicers 3.93.1 3.93.2 3.93.2 3.93.3 3.93.4 3.93.5 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Variable Pitch Propellers 3.94.1 3.94.2 3.94.3 3.94.4 3.94.5 3.94.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2

3.91 P R O P E L L E R S A N D P R O P E L L E R 3.92.2 Inspection. Refer to Chapter 8.

COMPONENTS. Internal working parts of variable pitch
propellers are preserved during engine preservation 3.92.3 C o r r o s i o n C o n t r o l . R e f e r t o N AVA I R
by cycling the propeller through its operational range 01‑1A‑509‑2.
(refer to the applicable MIMs). Each type of propeller
requires supplementary treatment as specified in the
following paragraphs. Refer to Table 3‑17 for items
covered in this section. Refer to Section XIII for engine Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9
preservation procedures. MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2

3.91.1 See Chapter 4, Section III, for procedures 3.92.4 Protection. Level I, II and III. Exercise
applicable to removed or disassembled propellers. constant speed mechanism during preservation and
represervation runs. Cover pitch change mechanism
3.91.2 Logs. Appropriate propeller log entries with soft film preservative, MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2.
shall be made upon completion of preservation and
depreservation. 3.92.5 Maintenance.

3.92 CONSTANT SPEED PROPELLERS. 3.92.5.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, inspect
preservative and reapply when necessary for full
coverage.

Solvent, Degreasing 25 3.92.5.2 Level III. No maintenance required.

MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III
3.92.6 Depreservation. Clean and inspect as specified
above, ensuring the removal of CPC from the pitch
change mechanism.
Cleaner, Non‑Aqueous, 3
Low VOC, HAP Free, 3.93 DEICERS.
MIL‑PRF‑32295 Type II
3.93.1 Cleaning. Clean deicers to remove greases,
3.92.1 Cleaning. During initial treatment and at CPCs and oils using procedures in Chapter 8. Cleaning
each engine runup, clean and lubricate constant of deicers should be repeated after each engine runup.
speed propellers in accordance with the applicable
MIM. Clean CPCs from pitch change mechanism with 3.93.2 Inspection/Corrosion Control. Refer to
solvent, MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III or MIL‑PRF‑32295 applicable MIMs or NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
Type II and a clean cloth.
3.93.3 Protection. Level I, II and III. Drain fluid tanks
and flush with CPC (soluble oil), MIL‑C‑4339.

3-71
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.93.4 Maintenance. CAUTION

3.93.4.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, inspect the Exercise care to prevent contaminating deicer
condition of CPC application and renew as necessary. portions of blades with CPCs. If necessary,
The deicers shall be cleaned after each engine runup. cover deicer boots with barrier material,
MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, prior to application
3.93.4.2 Level III. No maintenance required. of CPCs.

3.93.5 Depreservation. Flush tank to remove CPCs,

and service with operating fluid. Inspect as specified
above. Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II
3.94 VARIABLE PITCH PROPELLERS.
b. Apply a coating of CPC, MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II,
to all metal areas of the blade, hub, and dome. Remove
excess using a clean, lint‑free cloth.
Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4
MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II c. Wrap propeller assembly with barrier material,
MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, and secure with tape, SAE
3.94.1 Cleaning. Depending on the extent of AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.
disassembly, clean all accessible areas of the propeller
blades (including blade taper bores as applicable), 3.94.4.2 Level II.
hubs, and dome to remove grease, grime and oil
using cleaning solution (1 part cleaning compound a. Whenever possible, preserve variable pitch
MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II, in 9 parts water), refer to propellers in conjunction with engine preservation (see
Chapter 8. Apply cleaning solution, agitate, and rinse Section XIII). Operate feathering pumps and cycle
with fresh water. Wipe propeller blades, hub and dome propeller through its full range of operation during the
dry using a clean, dry, lint free cloth. Ensure that all preservation run.
water is completely removed. Particular attention shall
be given to areas that may trap water. b. Service propeller control in accordance with
applicable MIMs.
3.94.2 Inspection. Refer to applicable MIMs for
inspection criteria. Check hydraulic system for CAUTION
contamination in accordance with Section VIII. Service
aeroprop reservoir with operating hydraulic fluid. Exercise care to prevent contaminating deicer
portions of blades with CPCs. If necessary,
NOTE cover deicer boots with barrier material,
MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, prior to application
Propeller blades have critical balance of CPCs.
requirements. Refer to the appropriate
propeller manual for evaluation and repair
limits of corrosion and abrasion damage.
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
3.94.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corroded areas in MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II
accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. Refer to the
applicable propeller MIM for evaluation and repair limits
for corrosion and abrasion damage.
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9
3.94.4 Protection.
MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2
3.94.4.1 Level I.
c. Apply a coating of CPC, MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II,
to all metal areas of the blade, hub, and dome. Remove
a. Service propeller control in accordance with
excess using a clean, lint‑free cloth. Follow with a
applicable MIMs.
coating of CPC, MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2.

3-72
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

d. Wrap propeller assembly with barrier material, 3.94.5.2.2 56 Day.

MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, and secure with tape, SAE
AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.

3.94.4.3 Level III. Fluid, Hydraulic 13

MIL‑PRF‑83282
a. Whenever possible, preserve variable pitch
propellers in conjunction with engine preservation (see a. Check hydraulic fluid reservoir. Ensure hydraulic
Section XIII). Operate feathering pumps and cycle fluid is maintained at proper level in accordance with
propeller through its full range of operation during the the applicable MIM.
preservation run.
CAUTION
b. Service propeller control in accordance with
applicable MIMs. Ensure engine desiccant bags are removed
prior to performing propeller rotation.
3.94.5 Maintenance.
b. If engine is operational, note number of blade
3.94.5.1 Level I. located at the 12 o’clock position. Rotate propeller
concurrently with the 56 day engine rotation (see
3.94.5.1.1 7 Day. Inspect the barrier material for Section XIII). Position propeller to ensure most recent
tears, water intrusion, or damage. If barrier material is blade number is not returned to the 12 o’clock position.
damaged, inspect for corrosion and visibly deteriorated
corrosion preventive compound. Treat corroded areas c. If engine is non‑operational, note number of
as necessary in accordance with paragraph 3.94.3. blade located at the 12 o’clock position. Manually rotate
Reapply CPC as necessary. Replace barrier material propeller through at least three revolutions. Position
as necessary. propeller to ensure most recent blade number is not
returned to the 12 o’clock position.
3.94.5.1.2 28 Day.
3.94.5.3 Level III. No maintenance required.

3.94.5.4 Shipment. When blades are preserved in

Fluid, Hydraulic 13 place, check covers and blocking and bracing devices
MIL‑PRF‑83282 for security.

a. Check hydraulic fluid reservoir. Ensure hydraulic 3.94.6 Depreservation. Remove barrier material and
fluid is maintained at proper level in accordance with CPCs. Inspect system and treat corrosion as specified
the applicable MIM. above. Operate propeller pitch change mechanisms
and governors through their full range during engine
b. Note number of blade located at the 12 o’clock depreservation runs.
position. Rotate propeller concurrently with the 28
day engine run (see Section XIII). Position propeller
to ensure most recent blade number is not returned to
the 12 o’clock position.

3.94.5.2 Level II.

3.94.5.2.1 7 Day. Inspect the barrier material for

tears, water intrusion, or damage. If barrier material is
damaged, inspect for corrosion and visibly deteriorated
corrosion preventive compound. Treat corroded areas
as necessary in accordance with paragraph 3.94.3.
Reapply CPCs as necessary. Replace barrier material
as necessary.

3-73/(3-74 Blank)
3-73
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION XV. ROTOR HEAD AND HUB

Table 3‑18. Rotor Head and Hub System Summary

ROTOR HEAD AND HUB SYSTEM
Corrosion
Component Clean Inspect Protection Maintenance Depreservation Reference
Control
Blades, Main & Tail 3.96.1 3.96.2 3.96.3 3.96.4 3.96.5 3.96.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Controls, Dampers, Linkages &
3.97.1 3.97.2 3.97.3 3.97.4 3.97.5 3.97.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Swashplates
Rotor Heads & Hubs 3.98.1 3.98.2 3.98.3 3.98.4 3.98.5 3.98.6 -----

3.95 ROTOR HEAD AND HUB SYSTEM. Helicopter 3.96.4.1 Level I. Secure blades in accordance with
rotors, hubs and associated components shall be applicable MIM.
preserved in accordance with the detailed requirements
of the following paragraphs. Refer to Table 3‑18 for CAUTION
items covered in this section.
Synthetic type oils, such as MIL‑PRF‑23699,
3.96 BLADES, MAIN AND TAIL. Rotor blades are and some solvents may attack nonmetallic
critical items which can be easily damaged during materials used in rotor blades. Maintain
preservation, storage, loading and shipping. blades free of synthetic type lubricants and
use only the cleaning materials specified by
this manual, NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2, or the
applicable MIM.
Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4
MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II Rotor blades are critical items which shall be
handled with care at all times. Use only the
3.96.1 Cleaning. Remove grime, oils, greases and equipment and procedures specified by the
exhaust stains from helicopter rotor blades using a applicable MIM when removing and handling
cloth wet with cleaning solution (1 part MIL‑PRF‑85570 blades.
Type II in 9 parts fresh water). Rinse with fresh water.
3.96.4.2 Level II. Rotor blades may be removed or
3.96.2 Inspection. Examine rotor blades for fretting left installed. Removing the blades provides better
and surface corrosion. Inspect corrosion prone areas protection and is the preferred method.
such as erosion strips, tip caps, aft spar areas and
attach points.

3.96.3 Corrosion Control. Arrest and remove corrosion Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9
in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2

3.96.4 Protection. 3.96.4.2.1 If blades are removed, protect blade

attaching points and unpainted metallic portions
CAUTION of the blades with soft film CPC, MIL‑PRF‑16173
Grade 2. Wrap and package blades in reusable
Folding and stowing provisions for main containers, MIL‑PRF‑5806, and store (inside aircraft
rotor blades are sometimes not suitable for if manageable) in accordance with the NAVSUP P700
high velocity winds. Most tail rotor designs and the applicable MIM. Refer to Chapter 4, Section III,
are such that blades "cone" (move freely in for additional information on removed components.
their mountings when the aircraft is on the
ground). If this movement is not prevented, 3.96.4.2.2 If blades are left installed, protect blades
wind damage may result. in accordance with Level I requirements.

3.96.4.3 Level III. Protect blades in accordance with

Level I requirements.

3-75
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.96.5 Maintenance.

3.96.5.1 Level I and Level II Installed Blades.

Fluid, Hydraulic 13
Everyday check for security in accordance with the
MIL‑PRF‑83282
applicable MIM.
3.97.1.2 Clean grime, oils and greases from exposed
3.96.5.2 Level II Removed Blades. When blades
surfaces on hydraulic pistons with a lint‑free cloth
are stored outdoors in reusable containers, open
soaked in hydraulic fluid, MIL‑PRF‑83282. Take care
container at 6 month intervals and check the integrity
not to scratch the piston surface and always wipe away
of desiccant packs (where applicable) and inspect for
from the seals.
corrosion damage. Repair or replace as necessary.
Treat corroded areas in accordance with NAVAIR
3.97.2 Inspection. Inspect any bare metal along
01‑1A‑509‑2. Remove blades from containers for
linkage for corrosion. Check hydraulic system for
engine/gearbox turnovers.
contamination using the sampling procedures of
NAVAIR 01‑1A‑17 and the applicable MIM (refer to
3.96.5.3 Level III. No maintenance required.
Section VIII). Take fluid samples from each separate
hydraulic system, including a sample from each
3.96.6 Depreservation. Remove blades from
fluid reservoir. Determine chemical and particulate
containers if applicable. Clean, inspect and treat
contamination amounts and record results in aircraft
corrosion as specified above. Install, check, and secure
preservation records.
blades in accordance with applicable MIM.
3.97.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corroded areas in
3.97 CONTROLS, LINKAGES, DAMPERS AND
accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
SWASHPLATES.
3.97.4 Protection. Level I, II and III. Controls and
3.97.1 Cleaning.
linkages shall be lubricated in accordance with the
applicable MIM. Cover controls with barrier material,
MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1.

Solvent, Degreasing 25 3.97.5 Maintenance.

MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III
3.97.5.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, check fluid
system. Check for deterioration of lubrication and
protective barrier material. Repair or replace as
Cleaner, Non‑Aqueous, 3 necessary.
Low VOC, HAP Free,
MIL‑PRF‑32295 Type II 3.97.5.2 Level III. No maintenance required.

3.97.6 Depreservation. Remove barrier material.

Clean, inspect and treat corrosion as specified above.
Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4
MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II

3.97.1.1 Controls and linkages shall be cleaned of

grime, oil and grease using a cloth wet with cleaning
solution (1 part MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II in 9 parts fresh
water). Rinse with fresh water. For persistent greases
and oils, wipe with a cloth wet with degreasing solvent,
MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III or MIL‑PRF‑32295 Type II.
Refer to Chapter 8 for cleaning procedures.

3-76
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.98 ROTOR HEADS AND HUBS. A complete hub 3.98.4 Protection.

of a helicopter rotor includes the flight control linkage
and all auxiliary components (nitrogen pressure signal,
anti‑icing connection, lights). In practice, hubs also
include all central portions, including pitch and other Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9
mechanisms, deicing and instrumentation, but not the MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2
spinner or other fairing.
3.98.4.1 Level I, II and III. Lubricate in accordance
with the applicable MIM. Coat exposed metal surfaces
with soft film CPC, MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2. Cover
Solvent, Degreasing 25 heads with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, held
MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III in place with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. Preserve
deicing components in accordance with instructions in
paragraph 3.93.

Cleaner, Non‑Aqueous, 3
Low VOC, HAP Free,
MIL‑PRF‑32295 Type II Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9
MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2

3.98.4.2 Shipment. Coat exposed metal surfaces with

Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4 soft film CPC, MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2. Cover heads
MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II with special support equipment covers, SAE AS5778,
or cover with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1,
CAUTION held in place with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.

Some rotor heads have teflon‑lined bearings in 3.98.5 Maintenance.

the control system linkage. To prevent possible
damage to teflon inserts from accumulations 3.98.5.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, check for
of abrasive materials and cleaning solvents, deterioration of covering system; repair and replace
avoid applying CPCs, lubricants and solvents as necessary. Check for deterioration in CPC and
to these items. protective material. If barrier system is compromised,
inspect rotor heads for water entrapment and corrosion,
3.98.1 Cleaning. Remove grime, oils, greases and and correct in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
exhaust stains from rotor heads and rotor hubs using a
cloth wet with cleaning solution (1 part MIL‑PRF‑85570 3.98.5.2 Level III. No maintenance required.
Type II in 9 parts fresh water). Rinse with fresh
water. For persistent grime or CPCs, follow with a 3.98.6 Depreservation. Remove cover or barrier
cloth wet with solvent, MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III or material. Clean, inspect and treat corrosion as specified
MIL‑PRF‑32295 Type II. Clean deicer components in above. Service and lubricate rotor heads and hubs in
accordance with instructions in paragraph 3.93. accordance with applicable MIM.

3.98.2 Inspection. Make sure that drain holes in water

entrapment areas are open and functioning properly.

3.98.3 Corrosion Control. Arrest and remove corrosion

in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.

3-77/(3-78 Blank)
3-77
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION XVI. SAFETY AND SURVIVAL

Table 3‑19. Safety and Survival System Summary

SAFETY AND SURVIVAL SYSTEMS
Corrosion
Component Clean Inspect Protection Maintenance Depreservation Reference
Control
Aircrew Escape Propulsion System NAVAIR11-100-1.1-CD
3.100.1 3.100.2 3.100.3 3.100.4 3.100.5 3.100.6
(AEPS) NAVAIR 11-85M-2
Section III,
Armaments,
Cartridge Actuated Devices ----- 3.101 ----- ----- ----- -----
Cartridge Actuated
Devices
Floation Gear 3.102.1 3.102.2 ----- 3.102.3 3.102.4 3.102.5 NAVAIR 11-100-1.1-CD
Liquid Oxygen Converters 3.103.1 3.103.2 3.103.3 3.103.4 3.103.5 3.103.6 NAVAIR 13-1-6.4-4
Oxygen Cylinders & Regulators 3.104.1 3.104.2 ----- 3.104.3 3.104.4 3.104.5 NAVAIR 13-1-6.4-2
3.105.4
Oxygen Rebreathers (OBOGS) 3.105.1 3.105.2 ----- 3.105.3 3.105.3 NAVAIR 13-1-6.4-3
3.105.5
Parachute and Harness 3.106.1 3.106.1 ----- 3.106.2 3.106.3 3.106.4 NAVAIR 13-1-6.2
Perishables & Pilferables 3.107.1 3.107.1 ----- 3.107.2 3.107.3 3.107.4 NAVAIR 13-1-6.5
Seat Belts, Shoulder Harnesses &
3.108.1 3.108.2 3.108.3 3.108.4 3.108.5 3.108.6 NAVAIR 13-1-6.5
Inertia Reels

3.99 SAFETY AND SURVIVAL. In this manual, to any preservation activities, all cartridge actuated
safety and survival systems include all those devices (CAD) in ejection seat mechanisms shall be
components listed under "Aviators Equipment" in made safe by authorized personnel in accordance with
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2. Special care and NAVAIR 11‑100‑1.1‑CD. All AEPS devices shall be
maintenance instructions for survival equipment made safe by authorized personnel by using NAVAIR
may generally be found in applicable NAVAIR 13‑1‑6 11‑85M‑2 instructions.
series technical manuals. Refer to Table 3‑19 for items
covered in this section. 3.100.1 Cleaning. Clean and service ejection seats in
accordance with the specific ejection seat MIMs.
WARNING
3.100.2 Inspection. Inspect seat and seat mechanisms
If rocket motor is dropped, shows evidence of for corrosion. Address corrosion prone areas such as
rough handling or has visible defects (except rod assemblies, link assemblies, pistons, locking nuts
minor surface corrosion), dispose of unit. and rings.
Removal and disposal of AEPS devices found
in hazardous condition is the responsibility WARNING
of Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD)
personnel. Failure to comply could result Application of CPCs or paints to certain
in death or serious injury to aircrew during areas could prevent or restrict ejection seat
ejection. operation. Specific ejection seat instructions
shall be followed carefully.
CAUTION
Removal of minor surface corrosion shall be
All expended (fired) AEPS material which accomplished in a spark free environment
functioned normally may have residual without the use of power tools. No smoking
unburned propellant and shall be considered is permitted. Gas inlet port shall be capped
hazardous. at all times.

3.100 A I R C R E W E S C A P E P R O P U L S I O N 3.100.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corrosion on ejection

SYSTEM (AEPS) DEVICES. Some ejection seats seats in accordance with the applicable MIM and
use rocket motors to separate from the aircraft. Prior MRCs. Corrosion on AEPSs shall be treated in
accordance with NAVAIR 11‑85M‑2.

3-79
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.100.4 Protection. 3.102.3 Protection.

3.100.4.1 Level I. Egress system parts shall be 3.102.3.1 Level I. Protect in accordance with
lubricated and preserved at each inspection in applicable aircraft MIMs.
accordance with the applicable MIM.

WARNING
Talc, Technical 26
Air or gas pressure shall not be applied to A‑A‑59303 Type T1
inlet ports of some unit types, because gas
pressure initiates propulsive force. Such 3.102.3.2 Level II and III. Remove floatation bags
rocket motors not installed in the aircraft and CAD inflation device and store in accordance
shall have inlet ports closed with protective with NAVAIR 11‑100‑1.1‑CD. Dry and dust with talc,
caps. Failure to comply could result in death A‑A‑59303. Package in a loose fitting fiberboard carton
or serious injury to personnel. and forward to Supply.

3.100.4.2 Level II and III. Disarm seats in accordance 3.102.3.3 Shipment. Protect in accordance with Level
with MIM. II instructions. Store flotation gear in parent aircraft.

3.100.5 Maintenance. 3.102.4 Maintenance.

3.100.5.1 Level I. Every 28 days, check for corrosion 3.102.4.1 Level I. Maintain in accordance with
and reapply lubrication when necessary according to applicable aircraft MIMs.
MIM. Maintain CADS in accordance with applicable
MIM. 3.102.4.2 Level II and III. No maintenance required.

3.100.5.2 Level II and III. No maintenance required. 3.102.5 Depreservation. If required, remove packaged
gear from storage and install in aircraft. Install cartridge
3.100.6 D e p r e s e r v a t i o n . C l e a n , i n s p e c t a n d actuated devices in accordance with MIM and NAVAIR
remove corrosion as specified above. Service and 11‑100‑1.1‑CD. Clean and inspect as specified above.
lubricate jettison mechanisms and cockpit flooding
devices in accordance with applicable MIM. Install 3.103 LIQUID OXYGEN CONVERTERS. Personnel
cartridge‑actuated devices and AEPS devices in assigned to preservation of oxygen equipment
accordance with applicable MIMs before flight. shall be familiar with hazard and safety precautions
associated with oxygen and shall be thoroughly trained
3.101 CARTRIDGE ACTUATED DEVICES (CADS). in servicing techniques. NAVAIR 13‑1‑6.4‑4 contains
Refer to Section III, paragraph 3.19. safety precautions applicable to using/servicing oxygen
equipment and contains instructions on clothing for
3.102 FLOTATION GEAR. Prior to any preservation oxygen handlers.
activities, all CADS in flotation gear shall be made
safe by authorized personnel in accordance NAVAIR NOTE
11‑100‑1.1‑CD.
Some liquid oxygen converters are peculiar
WARNING to a particular aircraft. Such converters
cannot be installed in another aircraft without
Failure to follow authorized procedures when extensive modification of the system. These
handling CADS may lead to serious injury non‑interchangeable converters shall not be
or death. separated from parent aircraft.

3.102.1 Cleaning. Clean flotation bags as necessary 3.103.1 Cleaning. Liquid oxygen converters shall be
in accordance with applicable aircraft MIMs. cleaned of fuels, oils, greases and CPCs in accordance
with the applicable aircraft MIMs. If converters are
3.102.2 Inspection. Inspect in accordance with removed, openings shall be capped with rigid plastic
applicable aircraft MIMs. closures, NAS 847. Refer to NAVAIR 13‑1‑6.4‑4.

3-80
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.103.2 Inspection. Inspect for corrosion in accordance 3.104.3 Protection.

with Chapter 8. Address corrosion prone areas for
specific converters as described in NAVAIR 13‑1‑6.4‑4. 3.104.3.1 Level I and III.

3.103.3 Corrosion Control. Correct corrosion in 3.104.3.1.1 Bleed portable oxygen cylinders to 25 psi
accordance with NAVAIR 13‑1‑6.4‑4. (for low pressure type) or 50 psi (for high pressure type)
and leave on aircraft.
3.103.4 Protection.
3.104.3.1.2 Bleed low and high pressure fixed‑type
3.103.4.1 Level I, II and III. Remove, purge, and oxygen cylinders to approximately 100 psi.
replace converter as required in accordance with
applicable aircraft MIMs. 3.104.3.1.3 Shut off all cylinders at manual shut off
or disconnect lines at self‑opening valves located on
3.103.4.2 Shipment. Due to the normal venting or near cylinders. Cap all openings with pressure type
characteristics of liquid oxygen converters, it is not caps or plugs as applicable.
practical to keep units filled during shipment. Remove,
purge, and replace as required in accordance with 3.104.3.2 Level II. Protect in accordance with Level I
applicable aircraft MIMs. requirements plus preserve oxygen system regulators
by covering regulator openings and connections with
3.103.5 Maintenance. Level I, II and III. No maintenance barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, held in place
required. with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.

3.103.6 Depreservation. Reinstall converter if 3.104.4 Maintenance. Level I, II and III. Every 7 days,
removed. Clean and inspect as specified above. check packaged oxygen bottles for water damage.
Remove converter for overhaul if pressure has dropped Remove oxygen bottles for rework if pressure has
below 15 psi or hydrostatic test date is past due. dropped below 15 psi. Make sure oxygen equipment
Service in accordance with applicable MIM and NAVAIR is kept free of oil, greases and CPCs and that closures
13‑1‑6.4‑4. and seals remain intact. Maintain in accordance with
applicable MIM.
3.104 OXYGEN CYLINDERS AND REGULATORS.
Personnel assigned to preservation of oxygen WARNING
equipment shall be familiar with hazard and safety
precautions associated with oxygen and shall be Cylinders which have been open to atmosphere
thoroughly trained in servicing techniques. NAVAIR or voided of oxygen (to less than 15 psig)
13‑1‑6.4‑2 contains safety precautions applicable to shall be removed from service and turned in
using/servicing oxygen equipment and instructions on for overhaul.
clothing for oxygen handlers.
3.104.5 Depreservation. Remove barrier material,
3.104.1 Cleaning. Clean oxygen equipment and caps or plugs. Clean and inspect as specified above.
maintain free of fuels, oils, greases and CPCs. Refer Remove cylinders for overhaul if pressure has dropped
to NAVAIR 13‑1‑6.4‑2. below 15 psi or hydrostatic test date is past due.
Install charged cylinders or maintain existing cylinders
3.104.2 Inspection. Refer to Chapter 8. in accordance with applicable MIM. Purge lines as
necessary and service system in accordance with
applicable MIM.

3-81
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.105 OXYGEN REBREATHERS. On board oxygen 3.106 PARACHUTE AND HARNESS. This system
generating system (OBOGS) uses aircraft engine bleed includes pararaft, main and drogue parachutes.
air to provide a moisture reduced, low contamination, Ordinarily, parachutes and harnesses will be forwarded
oxygen enriched breathing gas. This system is used to parachute shop for inspection and drying. Do not
to replace liquid oxygen systems and gaseous oxygen attempt to repair or repack parachutes. Maintain
systems on aircraft. OBOGS is comprised of two major removed chutes in a parachute storage area as
subsystems: the oxygen enriched air system (OEAS) specified by NAVAIR 13‑1‑6.2 until they are repackaged
and the airframe installed components for the bleed and reinstalled for use or turned into supply.
air and oxygen delivery system. The oxygen enriched
air system is comprised of the oxygen concentrator, WARNING
oxygen monitor and the aircrew oxygen regulator and
connects with the aircrew's personal oxygen mask and When a parachute assembly must be packed
hose assembly. The bleed air oxygen delivery system under unfavorable conditions, provisions shall
airframe installed components are comprised of bleed be made to protect it from possible damage
air shutoff valves, heat exchangers, over temperature and excessive humidity. In no case shall
sensors, check valves, test connections, plenums, and the parachute assembly be interrupted after
emergency oxygen assemblies. the packing operation has been started. If
the packing operation is interrupted due to
3.105.1 Cleaning. Refer to applicable aircraft MIMs. unforeseen circumstances, the parachute
assembly shall be completely repacked.
Parachutes shall only be packed by qualified
personnel.
Nitrogen, Gas 18
A‑A‑59503 Type I 3.106.1 Cleaning/Inspection. Turn parachutes and
harness in to parachute shop for cleaning. When a
3.105.2 Inspection. Refer to NAVAIR 13‑1‑6.4‑3 or parachute shop is unavailable, clean in accordance
applicable MIMs. with NAVAIR 13‑1‑6.2.

3.105.3 Protection/Maintenance. Level I, II and III. 3.106.2 Protection.

Protect and maintain in accordance with applicable
aircraft MIMs. 3.106.2.1 Level I, II and III. Remove parachutes
and harnesses from aircraft. As determined by local
3.105.4 Purging. If the system was disconnected requirements, parachutes and harnesses shall be
during maintenance or storage, purge with hot dry either repacked and reissued or turned in to supply.
nitrogen, A‑A‑59503 Type I, between the concentrator
and the survival kit manifold. The temperature at the 3.106.2.2 Shipment. Package and mark parachutes
inlet to the system should not exceed 250°F during and harnesses in accordance with MIL‑STD‑129. Stow
purging. The purging procedures shall continue until packaged parachutes in parent aircraft or turn in to
the distribution terminals in the cockpit are warm to the supply for separate shipment.
touch (150°F), then continue to purge for an additional
ten minutes. 3.106.3 Maintenance. Level I, II and III. Maintain
parachutes and harnesses in storage in accordance
3.105.5 Depreservation. Clean and inspect as with NAVAIR 13‑1‑6.2.
specified above. Service in accordance with applicable
MIM. 3.106.4 Depreservation. As required for flight, install
serviceable parachutes and harnesses in accordance
with applicable MIM.

3-82
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.107 P E R I S H A B L E S A N D P I L F E R A B L E S . 3.108 SEAT BELTS, SHOULDER HARNESSES,

Perishables and pilferables include the following items: AND INERTIA REELS.
Emergency Rations, Exposure Suits and Pressure
Suits, First Aid Kits, Life Jackets, Life Rafts, Litters,
and Portable Fire Extinguishers.
Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4
3.107.1 Cleaning/Inspection. Refer to Chapter 8 and MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II
applicable MIMs.

3.107.2 Protection.
Detergent, General Purpose 12
CAUTION
MlL‑D‑16791 Type I
When packaging full pressure suits, make
WARNING
sure that suits are folded only at the specified
locations and are padded to prevent sharp
Prior to any preservation activities, all CADS
folds or creases. Refer to the applicable
shall be made safe by authorized personnel
technical manuals for instructions.
in accordance with NAVAIR 11‑100‑1.1‑CD.
NOTE
3.108.1 Cleaning. Fabric portions of seat belts,
shoulder harnesses and inertia reels shall be cleaned
Remove dry cell batteries from emergency
to remove light soil and oil spots. Sponge clean using
radio beacons and marker light equipment.
cleaning solution (1 part MIL‑D‑16791 Type I in 16 parts
water or 1 part MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II in 4 parts water).
3.107.2.1 Level I, II and III. Perishable or pilferable
Rinse with a clean, damp rag or sponge. Webbing
items shall be removed from aircraft. Preserve,
exposed to salt water shall be washed in fresh water.
package and mark these items in accordance with
NAVSUP P700. If NAVSUP sections do not contain
3.108.2 Inspection. Inspect in accordance with
packaging data, package items in accordance with
NAVAIR 13‑1‑6.5. Check for signs of wear, cuts, cracks,
MIL‑STD‑2073‑1 using Level A criteria. Refer to
deterioration, broken stitches, loose bolts, corrosion
Table 8‑13 for a listing of multi‑application containers.
and fading markings. Verify ease of operation and
Packaged items shall be stored in a controlled location.
proper installation.
As a minimum, items shall be stored indoors under
normal supply warehouse conditions. If required by
3.108.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corrosion in
local instructions, turn packaged items in to supply.
accordance with NAVAIR 13‑1‑6.5. Repair or remove
webbing from service as required by condition of
3.107.2.2 Shipment. Either secure packaged
the gear. Any webbing or fabric that shows signs of
items in aircraft or remove and ship separately as
deterioration or damage from oils, acids, liquid oxygen,
specified by the reporting custodian. When portable
caustic soaps or other compounds shall be removed
fire extinguishers are left in aircraft, bottles shall be
from service.
maintained in a fully charged, ready to use condition.
Observe the test requirements of DOT regulations for
compressed gas cylinders.

3.107.3 Maintenance. Level I, II and III. No maintenance

required.

3.107.4 Depreservation. As required for flight, install

emergency rations, exposure suits, pressure suits, first
aid kits, life jackets, life rafts, and litters. Comply with
inspection and maintenance requirements of NAVAIR
13‑1‑6.5.

3-83
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.108.5 Maintenance. Level I, II and III. No maintenance

required.
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
3.108.6 Depreservation. Unroll webbing and fabric
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II
components into place. Clean, inspect and control
corrosion as specified above. Inspect and service
3.108.4 Protection. Level I, II and III. Stow webbing
inertia reel latch mechanism in accordance with
and fabric components neatly in place by rolling and
applicable MIM.
taping with SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. Apply CPC,
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II, to all bare metal surfaces.
Lubricate inertia reel latch mechanism in accordance
with applicable MIM.

3-84
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION XVII. UTILITY

Table 3‑20. Utility Systems Summary

UTILITY SYSTEMS
Corrosion
Component Clean Inspect Protection Maintenance Depreservation Reference
Control
Air Conditioning 3.110.1 3.110.2 3.110.3 3.110.4 3.110.5 3.110.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Cabin Filters, Ducts & Regulators 3.111.1 3.111.2 3.111.3 3.111.4 3.111.5 3.111.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Deicer Components 3.112.1 3.112.2 3.112.3 3.112.4 3.112.5 3.112.6 -----
Galley Facilities 3.113.1 3.113.2 3.113.3 3.113.4 3.113.5 3.113.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Lavatory Facilities 3.114.1 3.114.2 3.114.3 3.114.4 3.114.5 3.114.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Relief Tubes 3.115.1 3.115.2 3.115.3 3.115.4 3.115.5 3.115.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Toilet Facilities 3.116.1 3.116.2 3.116.3 3.116.4 3.116.5 3.116.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Water Tanks 3.117.1 3.117.2 3.117.3 3.117.4 3.117.5 3.117.6 NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2
Windshield Defrosters 3.118.1 3.118.2 3.118.3 3.118.4 3.118.5 3.118.6 -----
Windshield Wiper Blades & Arms 3.119.1 3.119.2 3.119.3 3.119.4 3.119.5 3.119.6 -----

3.109 UTILITY. The systems in this section do not fit 3.110.2 Inspection. Check vent areas and any other
into any other category, and are grouped together for portions of the system that might be exposed to
convenience. Refer to Table 3‑20 for items covered in corrosive elements and areas where water may collect
this section. for corrosion.

3.110 AIR CONDITIONING. This system consists 3.110.3 Corrosion Control. Remove corrosion in
of a turbine/compressor assembly, water extractor accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
(evaporator/condenser) and a series of heat exchangers
that condition bleed air from the compressor stage of 3.110.4 Protection.
turbine engines. During operation, the air conditioning
system can ingest significant quantities of salt spray, 3.110.4.1 Level I. Service turbines, compressors and
grime and other corrosive contaminants. Removal condenser units in accordance with the applicable MIM.
of these corrosive agents before storage will greatly
reduce degradation of the system.

Nitrogen, Gas 18
A‑A‑59503 Type I
Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4
MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II 3.110.4.2 Level II and III. Protect in accordance
with the Level I requirements. Drain refrigerant from
3.110.1 Cleaning. Remove dirt and salt deposits evaporation and condenser units using the procedures
from external air vents, passages, ducting, and heat in applicable MIM. Fill refrigerant system with dry
exchangers by wiping with a clean cloth wet with nitrogen, A‑A‑59503 Type I, and cap off.
cleaning solution (1 part MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II in
9 parts water), followed by wiping with a clean cloth 3.110.5 Maintenance. Level I, II and III. No maintenance
wet with fresh water (refer to Chapter 8). Finish by required.
drying with a clean dry cloth. Place controls of the Air
Distribution Control in the OFF or CLOSED position. 3.110.6 Depreservation. If aircraft is being returned
to flight status, purge dry nitrogen from system, and
service with refrigerant in accordance with applicable
MIM. Clean and inspect as specified above.

3-85
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.111 CABIN FILTERS, DUCTS, AND REGULATORS. 3.112.3 Corrosion Control. Treat in accordance with
NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
3.111.1 Cleaning. Vacuum to remove dirt and other
foreign matter. 3.112.4 Protection.

3.111.2 Inspection. Refer to Chapter 8. 3.112.4.1 Level I. Protect in accordance with

applicable aircraft MIM.
3.111.3 Corrosion Control. Treat in accordance with
NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. 3.112.4.2 Level II. Protect in accordance with Level I
requirements. Coat deicer boots with wax, P‑W‑155.
3.111.4 Protection.
3.112.4.3 Level III. No protection required.
3.111.4.1 Level I and II. Protect exposed openings,
regulators, and quick disconnects against contamination 3.112.5 Maintenance.
by covering with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1,
and tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. 3.112.5.1 Level I. Maintain in accordance with aircraft
MIMs.
3.111.4.2 Level III. No protection required.
3.112.5.2 Level II and III. No maintenance required.
3.111.5 Maintenance.
3.112.6 Depreservation. Remove wax coating, if
3.111.5.1 Level I and II. Every 7 days, inspect applicable, from deicer boots. Service in accordance
exposed openings and quick disconnects for security with applicable MIM. Clean and inspect as specified
of barrier material. above.

3.111.5.2 Level III. No maintenance required. 3.113 GALLEY FACILITIES. Areas dedicated
to food preparation and disposal are subject to
3.111.6 Depreservation. Remove barrier materials as degradation due to the presence of water and food
required. Clean and inspect as specified above. debris. Included are sinks, garbage disposal areas,
and potable water tanks.
3.112 D E I C E R C O M P O N E N T S (A I R T Y P E).
Deicer components include air lines and fittings as 3.113.1 Cleaning. Clean galley thoroughly to remove
well as deicer boots found on leading edges of wings all food spillage, especially spillage of items such as
and stabilizers. Fluid pressure is alternately applied salt, sugar, and baking soda. Remove all food from
to different sets of tubes in each boot to crack ice as galley areas and store separately in a controlled
it forms. Rubber boots, a flat array of flexible tubes location. At a minimum, these items shall be stored
bonded to the leading edge of wings, can crack and indoors under normal supply warehouse conditions.
deteriorate if left unprotected for extended periods of Drain water tanks, pumps and lines and air dry.
time.
3.113.2 Inspection. Check deck, sink areas and waste
disposal areas for evidence of corrosion in accordance
with Chapter 8.
Detergent, General Purpose 12
MlL‑D‑16791 Type I 3.113.3 Corrosion Control. Correct any detected
corrosion in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
3.112.1 Cleaning. Remove dust, dirt, oil and grime from Remove corrosion by mechanical methods and ensure
rubber boots by wiping with a cloth, CCC‑C‑440, wet that all debris is removed.
with cleaning solution (1 oz. MlL‑D‑16791 in 1 gal. of
fresh water). Rinse with fresh water and dry with clean 3.113.4 Protection. No additional protection required.
cloth. Refer to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
3.113.5 Maintenance. No maintenance required.
3.112.2 Inspection. Refer to Chapter 8.
3.113.6 Depreservation. As required for flight, service
galleys, and install supplies. Clean, inspect and control
corrosion as specified above.

3-86
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.114 LAVATORY FACILITIES. Lavatory facilities 3.115.2 Inspection. Inspect for corrosion in accordance
include sinks, water tanks and deck areas. For with Chapter 8, paying particular attention to vent area
treatment of toilets and urinals see paragraph 3.117. and tube fittings.

3.115.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corrosion in

accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4
MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II 3.115.4 Protection.

3.114.1 Cleaning. Remove loose dirt from sinks and

deck areas using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe areas with a
cloth wet with cleaning solution (1 part MIL‑PRF‑85570 Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9
Type II in 9 parts fresh water). Rinse with a cloth wet MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2
with fresh water. Drain water tanks, pumps and lines
and air dry. 3.115.4.1 Level I and II. Treat bare metal that is
normally a coated or painted surface with a light coat
3.114.2 Inspection. Inspect sink areas for corrosion of MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2 if area cannot be repainted.
in accordance with Chapter 8.
3.115.4.2 Level III. No additional protection required.
3.114.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corroded areas
in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. Remove 3.115.5 Maintenance.
corrosion by mechanical methods and ensure that all
debris is removed. 3.115.5.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, check for
corrosion and correct in accordance with NAVAIR
3.114.4 Protection. No additional protection required. 01‑1A‑509‑2.

3.114.5 Maintenance. 3.115.5.2 Level III. No maintenance required.

3.114.5.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, check for 3.115.6 Depreservation. As required for flight, service
corrosion and correct in accordance with NAVAIR in accordance with applicable MIM. Clean, inspect and
01‑1A‑509‑2. control corrosion as specified above.

3.114.5.2 Level III. No maintenance required. 3.116 TOILET FACILITIES. Toilet facilities include
toilets, urinals and surrounding areas. Urine is a highly
3.114.6 Depreservation. As required for flight, service corrosive agent which shall be neutralized and removed
in accordance with applicable MIM. Clean, inspect and from toilet area metal surfaces to minimize degradation
control corrosion as specified above. during storage.

3.115 RELIEF TUBES. Relief tube vent areas are

particularly susceptible to corrosion due to the caustic
nature of urine. Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4
MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II

Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4

MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II Sodium Bicarbonate, Technical 23
A‑A‑374
3.115.1 Cleaning. Wash interior and exterior
areas thoroughly with cleaning solution (one part 3.116.1 Cleaning. Remove loose dirt and debris with
MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II in 9 parts fresh water), and a vacuum cleaner. Flush with fresh water, or wet surface
soft bristle brush, MIL‑B‑23958. Rinse thoroughly with with sodium bicarbonate solution (6 oz. A‑A‑374 in
fresh water. Treat the area with disinfectant, O‑D‑1435. 1 gallon of fresh water), rinse with fresh water and dry.
Clean entire floor by wiping with cleaning solution (one
part MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II in 9 parts water) and rinse
with fresh water. Finish by drying with a clean cloth.
3-87
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.116.2 Inspection. Refer to Chapter 8. 3.117.5 Maintenance.

3.116.3 Corrosion Control. Treat corroded areas in 3.117.5.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, check the
accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. Pay particular aircraft interior. Check area around filler cap for dust
attention to areas where urine has come in contact and dirt accumulation. If dust or dirt accumulation is
with metal surfaces (floor around urinal and toilet) and noted, check interior of tank, clean and represerve as
where there may have been standing water. necessary.

3.117.5.2 Level III. No maintenance required.

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9 3.117.6 Depreservation. Remove filler opening vents

MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2 if installed. Flush and service tanks and associated
plumbing in accordance with applicable MIM. Clean,
3.116.4 Protection. Level I, II and III. Treat bare metal inspect and control corrosion as specified above.
with MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2.
3.118 W I N D S H I E L D D E F R O S T E R S / C A B I N
3.116.5 Maintenance. HEATERS (FLUID TYPE).

3.116.5.1 Level I and II. Every 28 days, check for 3.118.1 Cleaning. Drain all fluid and blow dry with low
corrosion and treat according to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. pressure (approximately 10 psi) compressed air.

3.116.5.2 Level III. No maintenance required. 3.118.2 Inspection. Refer to Chapter 8.

3.116.6 Depreservation. As required for flight, service 3.118.3 Corrosion Control. Treat in accordance with
in accordance with applicable MIM. Clean, inspect and NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
control corrosion as specified above.
3.118.4 Protection.
3.117 WATER TANKS.
3.118.4.1 Level I. Flushing of system is not necessary.
3.117.1 Cleaning. Drain water tanks, pumps and lines. Service in accordance with the applicable MIM.
Air dry and leave drains open.
3.118.4.2 Level II and III.
3.117.2 Inspection. Inspect external portions of tanks
and pumps as well as inside of tanks and line fittings
for corrosion in accordance with Chapter 8.
Alcohol, Isopropyl 1
3.117.3 Corrosion Control. Correct any detected TT‑I‑735
corrosion in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
The interior surfaces of aluminum alloy and all other a. Flush windshield defroster system with corrosion
portable water tanks shall not be painted or conversion preventive oil, MIL‑C‑4339. If defroster nozzle openings
coated. Remove corrosion by mechanical methods and are too small to pass the oil as it comes from the
ensure that all debris is removed. container, dilute the oil with isopropyl alcohol, TT‑I‑735,
in a ratio of 3 parts alcohol to 1 part oil. Drain system
3.117.4 Protection. thoroughly following flush.

3.117.4.1 Level I and II. If tank filler openings are

located where airborne dirt contamination is not a
problem, leave filler caps open to permit free circulation Oil, Lubricating, Jet Engine 20
of air. If airborne dirt contamination is a problem, install MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N
vents similar to the one shown for fuel systems in
Figure 3‑5. b. F i l l h e a t e r s y s t e m w i t h M I L ‑ P R F‑ 6 0 8 1
Grade 1010N oil and install a CAUTION tag, Figure 3‑8.
3.117.4.2 Level III. No additional protection required.

3-88
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3.118.5 Maintenance. 3.119.2 Inspection. Inspect wiper arms for corrosion,

paying particular attention to areas where water may
3.118.5.1 Level I. Maintain in accordance with be trapped and where fungal growth on blades may
applicable MIM. have come in contact with arm.

3.118.5.2 Level II and III. No maintenance required. 3.119.3 Corrosion Control. Treat in accordance with
NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
3.118.6 Depreservation. Drain excess preservative.
Flush and service with defrosting fluid in accordance 3.119.4 Protection.
with applicable MIM. If aircraft is being returned to flight
status, drain excess oil from fuel system, and flush with 3.119.4.1 Level I. Leave blades and arms in place
operating fuel. Remove CAUTION tag, and service and wrap with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1,
heater in accordance with applicable MIM. Clean and and tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.
inspect as specified above.
3.119.4.2 Level II and III. Remove blades and arms,
3.119 WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES AND ARMS. wrap with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, and
tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II, identify, and store
3.119.1 Cleaning. Clean windshield wiper blade rubber inside aircraft.
components to remove grease, oil and CPCs.
3.119.5 Maintenance.

3.119.5.1 Level I. Every 7 days, inspect barrier

Detergent, General Purpose 12 material and replace as necessary for full coverage.
MlL‑D‑16791 Type I
3.119.5.2 Level II and III. No maintenance required.
3.119.1.1 Wipe with cotton cheesecloth, CCC‑C‑440,
saturated with cleaning solution (1 ounce detergent, 3.119.6 Depreservation. For Level I depreservation,
MIL‑D‑16791, in 1 gallon of water). remove barrier materials. For Level II or III
depreservation, unpackage blades. Check condition
3.119.1.2 Remove cleaner with cheesecloth, of rubber parts to ensure serviceability. Reinstall, if
CCC‑C‑440, saturated with fresh water. applicable, and service wipers in accordance with
applicable MIM. Clean and inspect as specified above.

Alcohol, Isopropyl 1
TT‑I‑735

3.119.1.3 If fungal growth is detected on rubber

wiper blades, wipe blades with clean cheesecloth,
CCC‑C‑440, saturated with isopropyl alcohol, TT‑I‑735,
or NAVCLEAN.

3-89/(3-90 Blank)
3-89
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

CHAPTER 4
REMOVED COMPONENTS

SECTION I. INTRODUCTION

4.1 PURPOSE. The purpose of this chapter is to 4.2 TECHNICAL INSTRUCTIONS. Throughout this
provide practical procedures to fleet maintenance chapter, reference is made to supporting technical
personnel for the cleaning, inspection, protection, publications which have a direct bearing on preservation
maintenance, and packaging of removed components. procedures. Where appropriate, details from these
The procedures are designed to protect removed supporting technical instructions have been included
components from contamination, corrosion, in the text, but no attempt has been made to duplicate
environmental and mechanical damage. Protection all related information. Local conditions may prevent
can be achieved with a minimal amount of material and complete compliance with all the details of procedures
equipment. Ordering information for the basic materials specified in supporting publications. However, in no
and equipment required is provided in Chapter 8. case shall the intent of such instructions be ignored
or omitted during preservation.

4-1/(4-2 Blank)
4-1
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION II. REMOVED COMPONENT PRESERVATION

4.3 PURPOSE. This section provides general 4.6 RECEIVED COMPONENTS.

guidance for the cleaning, protection, and packaging
of removed components in the absence of specific 4.6.1 Inspection. Components received from supply
component instructions. or operating squadrons shall be inspected immediately
for adequate protection.
4.4 COMPONENT REMOVAL.
a. Check the condition of the packing container,
4.4.1 Aircraft components are removed for a variety crate or box for signs of shipment damage (water
of reasons: intrusion, broken containers, component pieces).

a. Malfunction or failure. b. Check the condition of the cushioning material

that surrounds or supports the component for adequacy
b. Aircraft modification. and signs of moisture.

c. Fatigue life achieved. c. Check the intimate wrap on the part itself for
condition (present, intact, ripped).
d. Aircraft storage, parts removed automatically.
d. Unwrap the component and inspect it for
e. To gain access to a malfunctioning part. condition of the CPC (if required). Check the overall
appearance of the component (missing parts, caps
f. Routine maintenance. and plugs, broken pieces, water intrusion or corrosion
damage).
g. Cannibalization.
e. Document any discrepancies found and report
4.4.2 Components that are removed for access shall them to the customer via email or telecon.
be immediately protected while the malfunctioning
part is being repaired or replaced. A malfunctioning 4.6.2 Reusable Containers. Many components
part shall be protected and prepared for shipping after are received from supply packaged in reusable
removal. containers. The containers may be made out of
metal, thermoplastic, wood, or double or triple walled
4.4.3 Repairable assemblies not scheduled for fiberboard. These containers shall be saved and
immediate induction for local repair shall receive at reused. Reusing containers ensures that the removed
least Level B protection, in accordance with paragraph component is properly protected during subsequent
4.44, for return to supply. Cleaning, preservation and shipping and handling.
unit packaging shall be of sufficient scope and depth
to ensure that existing deterioration does not progress 4.6.3 Damaged Components. When RFI components
while items are awaiting repair. are received in a damaged condition and the damage
can be attributed to improper or inadequate packaging,
4.5 SOURCES. Removed components come from a file a Supply Discrepancy Report via the NAVSEA
variety of sources: PDREP website in accordance with NAVSUP P723.

a. Supply warehouses (planned component 4.6.4 Storage. Keep components in their original
workload). container, overpack, and intimate wrap until they are
ready to be installed or repaired. Do not remove them
b. Inducted aircraft (planned aircraft workload). from their containers unless there are adequate storage
bins or shelves available to protect them.
c. Local squadrons through customer service.

d. Emergency, fleet‑wide shortfalls.

4-3
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

CAUTION cannot tolerate water, use MIL-PRF-680 Type II or

MIL-PRF-32295 Type II as a cleaning solvent.
If stored on the aircraft, loose, special, or mission
equipment and components shall be secured in
such a manner that they will not be over looked
during depreservation of the aircraft or set adrift Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4
during aircraft relocation. MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II

4.7 GENERAL. Loose equipment not included as b. For all other components, use cleaning
inventory items shall be removed from the aircraft compound, MIL-PRF-85570 Type II.
and returned to the reporting custodian or turned in to
Supply. Loose, special, or mission equipment (such as 4.8.2 Clean and preserve internal surfaces by purging
slings, jack pads, ladder, covers, armaments, special with the operating fluid or specified preservation oil.
instruments, life rafts, and removed components) shall
be inventoried, preserved, packaged, and identified 4.8.3 At repair facilities, the external surfaces of a
as necessary in accordance with NAVSUP P700. part or component shall be clean enough to facilitate
When packaging loose, special, or mission equipment, activities such as disassembly, check and test, and
items shall be packaged individually. Individual and NDI. Refer to local engineering directives for additional
consolidation packs of items shall be marked on the component cleaning requirements.
outside with a list of contents including nomenclature,
part number (when available) and aircraft serial 4.9 LUBRICATION. Lubrication is an essential part of
number. Packaged items shall be stored inside the preservation and depreservation, since the application
aircraft or in separate covered (warehouse) storage. of lubricants to clean metal surfaces shields moving
joints against dirt, water, and other harmful agents.
4.8 CLEANING. As the first step in preservation, Properly maintained lubrication will, in some cases,
clean the interior and exterior of the component. Pay provide adequate protection and eliminate the need for
particular attention to all areas of the component where more permanent protective compounds. Areas of the
soil or moisture could collect and to those areas that component which cannot be properly masked and may
are hidden by subsystems. The extent of cleaning be exposed to cleaning or stripping compounds shall
shall be only as necessary to remove corrosive soils, be lubricated before and immediately after cleaning
salt, and stack-gas deposits or to obtain a water- operations. Unless it can definitely be established that
break-free surface in preparation for applying tapes, an aircraft or system has been completely lubricated
strippable coatings, or CPCs. The extent of cleaning during "Upkeep" or "Repair" within the last 30 days,
shall be based on examination and evaluation, using preservation lubrication shall be applied to the
the guidelines in NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. following:

4.8.1 The exterior of most components can be cleaned a. Items requiring daily lubrication in accordance
thoroughly by using wiping cloths and bristle brushes. with MRCs or IETMs.
After cleaning, the surfaces shall be wiped dry with a
clean cloth. Refer to Chapter 8 Section I. b. Items exposed to cleaning and stripping
compounds.

c. Items obviously requiring lubrication because of

Solvent, Degreasing 25 visual or mechanical condition.
MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III
4.10 PROTECTION. After cleaning, many parts
are sensitive to corrosive attack. Chemical and/or
mechanical protection shall be applied to prevent
Cleaner, Non‑Aqueous, 3 damage. Components, parts, pieces and surfaces shall
Low VOC, HAP Free, be inspected and preserved or represerved as often
MIL‑PRF‑32295 Type II as necessary to ensure adequate protection against
corrosion.
a. For high strength steel components (such as
landing gear and tail hooks), or components that

4-4
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

contact‑type preservative compounds to installed

antifriction bearings (including teflon-lined self-aligning
types), electrical and rubber components, oxygen
Oil, Lubricating, Jet Engine 20 system components, and any other materials which
MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N might be damaged by the CPCs or solvents used to
remove coatings.

Oil, Lubricating, Aircraft 19

MIL‑PRF‑23699 Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II
4.10.1 Internal Protection. Whenever possible, apply
internal preservative coatings during assembly using a. If only short term protection is desired, use
the test stand operating fluid or the appropriate internal MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II material and reapply at least
CPC. Except when viscosity, flow, or other calibration/ every 28 days.
correlation requirements cannot be met, corrosion
preventive type oils shall also be used when making b. Protect the exterior of electrical connector shells
functional or bench tests of assembled units. with MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II and reapply every 28 days.

a. Use MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N oil in fuel

system components.
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9
b. Use MIL‑PRF‑23699 C/I in MIL‑PRF‑23699 oil
MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2
systems. MIL-PRF-23399 C/I may also be used in
DOD-PRF-85734 oil systems.
c. If components or assemblies that will be in
accumulation areas for longer than 30 days, apply soft
c. Use operating fluid in hydraulic systems.
film CPC, MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2. This coating will
give adequate protection for up to one year in covered
4.10.2 VCI Bag Protection. Completely dried steel
storage.
components, parts and pieces may be preserved by
enclosing in sealed VCI treated bags conforming to
d. For protection, wrap the component with
MIL‑DTL‑22020. Except for items requiring clean room
barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑121 or MIL‑PRF‑131, and
controls, components preserved by this method do not
secure with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. Identify
ordinarily require cleaning before assembly or use.
the exterior of the barrier material with the part
VCI protection is the preferred method for components
nomenclature, serial number, CPC used and the date
made of high strength steels.
of application.
CAUTION
e. For additional information concerning the use
of the corrosion preventative compounds (CPCs)
Do not use CPCs on painted, plastic, elastomeric
recommended in this manual, refer to Chapter 8
(rubber) or composite surfaces, or oxygen
Section IV.
system components. For these surfaces, protect
with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1,
held in place with preservation tape, SAE
AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
4.10.3 CPCs. Corrosion-prone metal component MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II
surfaces (except oxygen system parts) may be
protected with a coating of preservative compound. 4.10.4 Unplated or Unpainted Steel. Bare carbon and
Surfaces are considered corrosion prone if the nature high strength/low alloy steel shall be protected with
of the metal, shop or storage environment, or length CPCs or VCI bags/ film. This requirement includes
of the process cycle is such that corrosive attack parco-lubrized, black oxide treated and blued surfaces.
may occur. Care shall be taken to avoid applying

4-5
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

4.10.5 Stainless Steel. Protection of stainless steel is 4.10.9.2 Tires shall be stored upright or in normal
generally unnecessary; however, they may be stored in operating position. Refer to NAVAIR 04‑10‑506 for
VCI bags if desired. Mechanically protect components further information.
with bubble wrap, PPP-C-795 or equivalent.
4.10.9.3 Hoses shall be stored straight or uncoiled
whenever practicable. Hoses and related items shall
be packaged in accordance with MIL‑H‑775. Preformed
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10 hoses shall be packaged and stored in their normal
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II preformed position.

4.10.6 Aluminum Alloys. Aluminum and aluminum 4.10.10 Plastics. Except for those parts specifically
alloys are normally protected by anodization, chromate designed for use in oil or grease lubricated systems,
conversion coatings, cladding and paint or primers. plastics shall be maintained free of greases, oil
Aluminum surfaces that are not protected, or have preservatives, and solvents at all times. Transparent
compromised protective coatings, shall be preserved plastics (canopies, windscreens) not covered by the
with MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II. Aluminum panels shall be supplier's special protective paper or packaged in
mechanically protected in specialized handling racks closed containers shall be covered to protect against
or wrapped in bubble wrap, PPP‑C‑795, to prevent abrasion as described in paragraph 3‑16.
scuffing and crushing.
4.10.11 Raw Stock Material. All aeronautical
4.10.7 Titanium and Nickel Alloys. These alloys on materials, including raw stock, shall be protected
aircraft are chemically inert below 600°F. Protection against mechanical and physical damage at all times
with CPCs is unnecessary. However, mechanically during handling, transporting and storing. Steels
protect titanium or nickel parts with bubble wrap, shall be protected against corrosion (see paragraph
PPP‑C‑795, or equivalent. 4.10.4). Appropriate containers, fixtures, separators
and cushioning shall be used as necessary to prevent
damage.

4.10.12 Change Kits. Change kits shall be unit

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9 packaged. Kits may be intermediate packaged for
MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2 supply when the package size increase and weight
factor is cost‑effective. Free‑flow cushioning materials
4.10.8 Magnesium Alloys. Unpainted or paint- shall not be used for intermediate packaging. Special
damaged magnesium alloy components, parts, care shall be taken to identify the correct quantity of unit
and pieces of such items as engine and helicopter packages within the intermediate container. Change
gearboxes, are extremely corrosion prone and shall be kits shall be adequately identified in accordance with
protected with a coating of MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2 MIL‑STD‑129 and stamped RFI (ready for issue) before
applied by brush, dip, or spray as appropriate. Surfaces routing to the packaging area.
protected with the minimum exterior finish specified by
the MIMs need not be preserved. 4.10.13 Lines and Fittings. Cap or plug all fuel, oil,
hydraulic, pneumatic lines and electrical connectors
4.10.9 Rubber Products. As a minimum requirement, with authorized covers. If necessary, when appropriate
rubber and other elastomeric materials shall be stored covers are not available, use strips of barrier material,
in a cool dry place away from operating electrical MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, secured with tape, SAE
equipment (ozone). AMS‑T‑22085 Type II, to cover or protect the fitting or
connector.
4.10.9.1 Items subject to mechanical deformation
such as o‑rings, gaskets and diaphragms shall be
packaged individually in accordance with Method 40
(see paragraph 4.40) and stored in such a manner that
static stresses are minimized.

4-6
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

4.11 PACKAGING. d. Larger, bulkier components shall be placed

in their shipping container, properly secured, and
a. Follow packaging instructions in NAVSUP P700 identified with the aircraft (BUNO) from which it was
(see paragraph 4.37) if available. removed.

b. Install desiccant, MIL‑D‑3464 Type I, in e. For parts that are too large to be handled
accordance with Chapter 6, Section II. Wrap part with by one person, special metal shipping containers,
barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, and heat seal. wooden crates or specially designed wood frame
Insert a humidity indicator card, MIL‑I‑8835, inside the reinforced fiberboard boxes shall be used. These large
wrap in a location opposite that of the desiccant. components shall first be wrapped in barrier material
that is taped or sealed in place.
c. Place component into a fiberboard box,
ASTM D5118, or fast pack, PPP‑B‑1672, of suitable
size.

4-7/(4-8 Blank)
4-7
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION III. PRESERVATION OF SPECIFIC COMPONENTS

4.12 PURPOSE. This section contains procedures with plastic caps. If caps are not available, cover
for the preservation of specific components. For connectors with pressure sensitive tape, A-A-59163
components not listed here, follow the general (see Chapter 3, Section V).
instructions of Section II, or contact the Materials
Engineering Division, NAVAIR ISSC North Island, for b. Protect open hydraulic lines/fittings with
further guidance. appropriate metal caps/plugs.

4.13 AIRCRAFT GUN SYSTEMS AND AIRBORNE c. Protect open pneumatic lines/fittings with
CREW SERVED WEAPONS AND ASSOCIATED appropriate caps/plugs/dust covers.
MOUNTS.
d. Apply a light coat of grease, TW25B, to interior
WARNING and exterior surfaces of gun bores. The white grease
should be slightly visible on the surface.
Aircraft gun systems and airborne crew served
weapons may contain explosive ammunition. e. Loosely cover component with barrier material,
MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, and secure with tape, SAE
4.13.1 Prior to any preservation actions, ammunition AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. If possible, store in containers
shall be removed by qualified explosives handling and/or on racks to prevent mechanical damage.
personnel. If stored in closed containers, the barrier material
covering is not required.
4.13.2 Aircraft gun systems and airborne crew served
weapons may be stored intact or disassembled into 4.13.6.2 Level II. Some aircraft gun systems may not
subcomponents as required. be able to be completely enclosed due to configuration
and/or weight. If the component cannot be completely
4.13.3 Procedures for the packaging and shipment wrapped and sealed, Level I or Level III Dynamic
of gun systems and airborne crew served weapons preservation procedures shall be used.
shall be in accordance with NAVSUP packaging data,
NAVSUP P700. a. Protect in accordance with Level I procedures
(paragraphs 4.13.6.1a.-d. above).
4.13.4 Cleaning/Inspection/Corrosion Control. Clean,
inspect, control corrosion, and lubricate in accordance b. Cushion projections, sharp edges, or other
with the MIMs/MRC and NAVAIR 01‑1A‑75. areas that may damage wrapping material, with foam,
A‑A‑59135 Grade A, or bubble wrap, PPP‑C‑795.
4.13.5 Security. Airborne crew served weapons Cushioning shall be clean and dry to minimize
shall be stored in secure facilities as required by possibility of corrosion.
OPNAVINST 5530.13.
c. Create bag for component using MIL‑PRF‑131
4.13.6 Protection. Class 1 or 3 barrier material. Ensure that the sealed
edge of the bag that would normally be opened for
4.13.6.1 Level I. inspection is sufficiently large to permit two subsequent
resealings after component inspection.

d. Install humidity plug, SAE AS26860 Type II,

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10 in barrier material, or create a window in the barrier
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II material for a humidity indicator card, MS20003, and
install card. See Chapter 6, Section II, for installation
a. Apply CPC, MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II, to outer procedures.
surfaces of electrical connectors. Cap open connectors

4-9
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

d. Install humidity plug, SAE AS26860 Type II

(see Chapter 6, Section II). Humidity indicator card,
MS20003, is not authorized for Level III Static
preservation. Use humidity plug only.

Desiccant, Activated 11
MIL-D-3464 Type I

e. Install desiccant, MIL-D-3464 Type I, in package

(use one 16‑unit bag per 2 cubic feet of interior space).
Figure 4-1. Gun in Level III Static Preservation
Additional desiccant may be required for storage
areas that are not environmentally controlled (no
heating or air conditioning) or subject to high humidity.
Desiccant shall not be placed behind or near humidity
indicator. Desiccant shall not contact metal surfaces of
Desiccant, Activated 11 component; if necessary, place desiccant on a piece
MIL-D-3464 Type I of barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1.

e. Install desiccant, MIL-D-3464 Type I, in package f. Minimize trapped air inside bag by compressing
(use one 16‑unit bag per 2 cubic feet of interior space). bag to the maximum extent practical. Follow with
Desiccant shall not be placed behind or near humidity vacuum seal technique to remove all trapped air inside
indicator. Desiccant shall not contact metal surfaces of bag prior to final seal.
component; if necessary, place desiccant on a piece
of barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1. g. Heat seal bag.

f. Minimize trapped air inside bag by compressing h. Store components on racks or in suitable
bag to the extent practical prior to final seal. containers to prevent mechanical damage.

g. Heat seal bag. 4.13.6.4 Level III Dynamic. Protect in accordance

with Level I procedures above. Store in a dehumidified
h. Store components in suitable containers or on area/building.
racks to prevent mechanical damage.
4.13.7 Maintenance.
4.13.6.3 Level III Static. See Figure 4‑1.
4.13.7.1 Level I.
a. Protect surfaces in accordance with Level I
procedures (paragraphs 4.13.6.1, a-d above). a. Components can remain in Level I preservation
for a maximum of 90 days. During Level I, the time
b. Cushion projections, sharp edges, or other counts toward any Daily Special Inspection DSI (aging).
areas that may damage wrapping material, with foam,
A‑A‑59135 Grade A, or bubble wrap, PPP‑C‑795. b. Every 7 days, visually check CPC, grease, and
Cushioning shall be clean and dry to minimize caps/plugs/barrier paper to ensure integrity. Reapply
possibility of corrosion. CPC and grease if necessary. Replace missing or
damaged caps/plugs. Replace barrier material covering
c. Create bag for component using MIL‑PRF‑131 if ripped or torn.
Class 3 barrier material. Ensure that the sealed edge
of the bag that would normally be opened for inspection
is sufficiently large to permit two subsequent resealings
after component inspection.

4-10
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

4.13.7.2 Level II. 4.14 ARMAMENT EQUIPMENT (BOMB RACKS,

PYLONS, BOMB RELEASE UNITS, MISSILE
a. Components can remain in Level II preservation LAUNCHERS).
for a maximum of 365 days. During Level II, the time
does not count toward any DSI (non-aging). 4.14.1 Procedures for the packaging and shipment
of armament system items shall be in accordance with
b. Every 28 days, inspect outer wrapping for NAVSUP packaging data, NAVSUP P700.
integrity and humidity indicator card or plug. If outer
wrapping is damaged or humidity exceeds 40%, open 4.14.2 Cleaning/Inspection/Corrosion Control. Clean,
bag and inspect component for corrosion damage. inspect, and control corrosion in accordance with the
Repair any damage found. Remove and replace specific armament manual and NAVAIR 01‑1A‑75.
desiccant, and reseal bag.
4.14.3 Protection.
4.13.7.3 Level III Static.
4.14.3.1 Level I.
a. Components can remain in Level III Static
indefinitely. During Level II Static, the time does not
count toward any DSI (non-aging).
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9
b. Every 28 days, inspect outer wrapping for
MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2
integrity and humidity indicator plug. If outer wrapping
is damaged or humidity exceeds 40%, open bag and
inspect component for corrosion damage. Repair any
damage found. Remove and replace desiccant, and
reseal bag. Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8
MIL‑DTL‑85054
4.13.7.4 Level III Dynamic.
CAUTION
a. Components can remain in Level III Dynamic
indefinitely. During Level III Dynamic, the time does Do not allow MIL‑DTL‑85054 or MIL‑PRF‑16173
not count toward any DSI (non-aging). to contact the interior of racks, fittings, or any
electrical connections.
b. Every 90 days, visually inspect CPC, grease, and
caps/plugs/barrier material to ensure integrity. Reapply a. Coat paint-damaged or unpainted nonmoving
CPC and grease if necessary. Replace missing or surfaces with clear CPC, MIL‑DTL‑85054. Apply soft
damaged caps/plugs. Replace barrier material covering film CPC, MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2, to paint-damaged
if ripped or torn. If visual inspection indicates damage or unpainted moving parts.
to component may have occurred, depreserve, inspect
in accordance with the maintenance manual, and
represerve as applicable.
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
c. Dehumidified area/building shall be maintained MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II
in accordance with Chapter 6.
b. Apply CPC, MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II, to outer
4.13.8 Depreservation. Remove barrier system. surfaces of electrical connectors. Cap open connectors
Clean, inspect, control corrosion, and lubricate in with plastic caps. If caps are not available, cover
accordance with the MIMs/MRC and NAVAIR 01‑1A‑75. connectors with pressure sensitive tape, A-A-59163
(see Chapter 3, Section V).
4.13.9 R e c o r d s . D o c u m e n t p r e s e r v a t i o n /
depreservation in Section V of the Scheduled Removal c. Loosely wrap component with barrier paper,
Component (SRC) card (CNAF 4790/28A) or on the MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1 or MIL‑PRF‑121 Type I, and
Equipment History Record (EHR) (CNAF 4790/113), secure with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II, or cover
as applicable. component with clean tarpaulin. Store on racks or in
containers to prevent mechanical damage.

4-11
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

4.14.3.2 Level II.

a. Protect surfaces in accordance with Level I

procedures (paragraphs 4.14.3.1 a. and b. above).

b. Cushion projections, sharp edges, or other

areas that may damage wrapping material, with foam,
A‑A‑59135 Grade A , or bubble wrap, PPP‑C‑795.
Cushioning shall be clean and dry to minimize
possibility of corrosion.

c. Create bag for component using MIL‑PRF‑131 Figure 4-2. Launcher in Level III Static Preservation
Class 1 or 3 barrier material. Ensure that the sealed
edge of the bag that would normally be opened for a. Remove PAGS prior to Level III static preservation.
inspection is sufficiently large to permit two subsequent If PAGS cannot be removed, preserve in accordance
resealings after component inspection. with Level I or II.

d. Install humidity plug, SAE AS26860 Type II, in b. Protect surfaces in accordance with Level I
barrier material or create window in the barrier material procedures (paragraphs 4.14.3.1 a. and b. above).
for humidity indicator card, MS20003, and install card.
See Chapter 6 Section II for installation procedures. c. Cushion projections, sharp edges, or other
areas that may damage wrapping material, with foam,
A‑A‑59135 Grade A, or bubble wrap, PPP‑C‑795.
Cushioning shall be clean and dry to minimize
Desiccant, Activated 11 possibility of corrosion.
MIL-D-3464 Type I
d. Create bag for component using MIL‑PRF‑131
e. Install desiccant, MIL-D-3464 Type I, in package Class 3 barrier material. Ensure that the sealed edge of
(use one 16‑unit bag per 2 cubic feet of interior space). the bag that would normally be opened for inspection is
Additional desiccant may be required for storage sufficiently large to permit two subsequent resealings
areas that are not environmentally controlled (no after component inspection.
heating or air conditioning) or subject to high humidity.
Desiccant shall not be placed behind or near humidity e. Install humidity plug, SAE AS26860 Type II, in
indicator. Desiccant shall not contact metal surfaces of barrier material (see Chapter 6, Section II). Humidity
component; if necessary, place desiccant on a piece indicator card, MS20003, is not authorized for Level III
of barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1. Static preservation. Use humidity plug only.

f. Minimize trapped air inside bag by compressing

bag to the extent practical prior to final seal.
Desiccant, Activated 11
g. Heat seal bag. MIL-D-3464 Type I

h. Store components on racks or in suitable f. Install desiccant, MIL‑D‑3464 Type I, in package

containers to prevent mechanical damage. (use one 16‑unit bag per 2 cubic feet of interior space).
Additional desiccant may be required for storage
4.14.3.3 Level III Static. See Figure 4-2. areas that are not environmentally controlled (no
heating or air conditioning) or subject to high humidity.
CAUTION Desiccant shall not be placed behind or near humidity
indicator. Desiccant shall not contact metal surfaces of
Level III Static preservation is not authorized component; if necessary, place desiccant on a piece
for equipment configured with PAGS. See MIMs of barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1.
for functional requirements.

4-12
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

g. Minimize trapped air inside bag by compressing 4.14.4.4 Level III Dynamic.
bag to the maximum extent practical. Follow with
vacuum seal technique to remove all trapped air inside a. AAE items can remain in Level III indefinitely.
bag prior to final seal. During Level III Dynamic, the time does not count
toward any DSI (non-aging).
h. Heat seal bag.
b. Every 365 days, visually inspect component for
i. Store components on racks or in suitable integrity. Replace barrier material covering if ripped
containers to prevent mechanical damage. or torn. If visual inspection indicates damage to
component may have occurred, depreserve, inspect
4.14.3.4 Level III Dynamic. Protect in accordance in accordance with the maintenance manual, and
with Level I procedures above. Store on racks in a represerve as applicable.
dehumidified area/building (see Chapter 6).
c. Dehumidified area/building shall be maintained
4.14.4 Maintenance. in accordance with Chapter 6.

4.14.4.1 Level I. 4.14.5 Depreservation.

a. AAE items can remain in Level I preservation for 4.14.5.1 Level I. Remove barrier system. Clean,
a maximum of 90 days. During Level I, the time counts inspect, control corrosion, and service in accordance
toward any Daily Special Inspection (DSI) (aging). with the specific armament manual and NAVAIR
01‑1A‑75.
b. Every 7 days, inspect CPCs and connector
caps/barrier paper to ensure integrity. Reapply CPCs 4.14.5.2 Level II and III. Remove barrier system. Clean,
if necessary. Replace barrier material covering if ripped inspect, control corrosion, and conduct mechanical/
or torn. electrical functional check in accordance with the
specific armament manual and NAVAIR 01‑1A‑75.
4.14.4.2 Level II.
4.15 BEARINGS. Bearings shall be protected in
a. AAE items can remain in Level II preservation accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑503.
for a maximum of 365 days. During Level II, the time
does not count toward any DSI (non-aging). 4.16 COMPOSITE COMPONENTS. Refer to the
applicable structural repair manual for location of
b. Every 28 days, inspect outer wrapping for composite surfaces. Refer to paragraph 4.20 for
integrity and humidity indicator card or plug. If outer additional information on storage of flight control
wrapping is damaged or humidity exceeds 40%, open surfaces.
bag and inspect component for corrosion damage.
Repair any damage found. Remove and replace 4.16.1 Protection.
desiccant, and reseal bag.
a. To minimize degradation from water intrusion,
4.14.4.3 Level III Static. damaged areas of composite surfaces (where the paint
film is broken) shall either be refinished in accordance
a. AAE items can remain in Level III indefinitely. with the applicable maintenance instruction manual or
During Level III Static, the time does not count toward covered with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1,
any DSI (non‑aging). and secured with preservation tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085
Type II.
b. Every 28 days, inspect outer wrapping for
integrity and humidity indicator plug. If outer wrapping b. Open fluid lines shall be sealed with the
is damaged or humidity exceeds 40%, open bag and appropriate caps or plugs.
inspect component for corrosion damage. Repair any
damage found. Remove and replace desiccant, and c. Disconnected electrical connectors shall be
reseal bag. protected in accordance with Chapter 3, Section V.

4-13
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

d. Airframe panels made of composites shall

be wrapped in bubble wrap or barrier material,
MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, and secured with tape (SAE
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
AMS‑T‑22085 Type II). Identify component with a label
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II
with red lettering that reads: "CAUTION COMPOSITE
PANEL".
CAUTION
4.16.2 Handling. Removed composite doors and
Grease or oil CPCs shall not be applied to
panels (Graphite/Epoxy and Boron/ Epoxy) are easily
electrical/electronic gear unless specifically
damaged during handling and storage, especially at
directed by a detailed specification.
edges and comers. Store the wrapped components
indoors where they are protected from sharp comers or
4.18.5 Waterproofing compound, SAE AS8660, is
crushing loads. Components shall be stored on clean
sometimes specified for use in connectors at time
padded racks or fixtures, or in other clean handling/
of assembly but shall not be used as a contact‑type
transportation equipment. Do not stack or pile wrapped
preservative. If preservation of external surfaces is
components.
required, substitute a light coating of MIL‑PRF‑81309
Type II.
4.17 D R I V E A N D GEARBOX SYSTEM
COMPONENTS.
4.18.6 Rechargeable batteries shall be packaged
in accordance with MIL‑P‑6063. Nonrechargeable
4.17.1 Service units scheduled for supply storage and
batteries shall be packaged in accordance with
shipment in accordance with the internal preservation
ASTM D3951. Refer to NAVAIR 17-15BAD-1 series
instructions of Chapter 3, Section IV, Level II or III.
manuals for additional information.
Units scheduled for local storage and installation shall
be preserved for the anticipated length of storage in
4.18.7 When not otherwise protected, cannon plugs
accordance with the procedures of Chapter 3. Drain
and other pin‑type connectors shall be protected
unit and blank off openings prior to packaging or
against contamination at all times with metal or plastic
storage.
caps, or covered in accordance with Chapter 3,
Section V.
4.17.2 All units prepared for supply storage and
shipment shall be packaged (Method 50 in accordance
4.19 ENGINES AND AUXILIARY POWER UNITS
with paragraph 4.40) using specially designed
(APU), GAS TURBINE. Engines and APUs shall
dehydrated metal containers. Method 50 protection
be preserved within 14 days of the last engine run.
with locally designed wooden containers may be used
Removed engines and APUs shall be stored indoors.
on an emergency basis where specially designed metal
Level I preservation is not recommended for removed
containers cannot be made available in time to meet
engines or APUs unless they will be reinstalled within
production schedules or shipping dates.
28 days.
4.18 E L E C T R I C A L / E L E C T R O N I C S Y S T E M
4.19.1 Engines and APUs shall be cleaned, inspected,
COMPONENTS.
and have corrosion control performed in accordance
with Chapter 3, Section XIII.
4.18.1 Clean and inspect components in accordance
with Chapter 3, Sections V and VI, as applicable.
4.19.2 Operational Engine/APU Protection.
4.18.2 Treat fungus in accordance with NAVAIR
4.19.2.1 Level I. Keep fuel systems at least 95% of
01‑1A‑509‑3.
fuel. Seal seams and openings, except compressor
inlet and exhaust outlet, using barrier material,
4.18.3 Electron tubes shall be packaged in accordance
MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, held in place with tape, SAE
with the appropriate sections of MIL‑DTL‑75.
AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. Tape alone may be used for
sealing seams and small openings. If the propeller
4.18.4 Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive Devices shall
shaft of a turboprop engine is exposed, apply MIL-
be handled, marked and packaged in accordance with
PRF-16173 Grade 2 CPC to the shaft. Seal compressor
the requirements of COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2,
inlet, exhaust, and other large openings with a fitted
NAVSUP P485 and MIL‑HDBK‑263.
engine cover. If covers are not available, large openings

4-14
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

may be sealed with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 4.19.2.6 Level III Dynamic, Bag or Enclosure,
Class 1, held in place with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 External. Loosely cover inlet and exhaust openings
Type II. Reinstall all lines and fittings, caps, and covers with covers or barrier material, MIL-PRF-131 Class 1,
on exposed fittings or openings. Cap fluid system secured with tape, SAE AMS-T-22085 Type II. Cap
openings with fluid‑tight closures. Attach preservation fluid system openings with fluid-tight closures. Attach
tag (see Figure 3‑12) to the engine data plate. preservation tag (see Figure 3-12) to the data plate or
outside of bag. Store engine/APU in a dehumidified
4.19.2.2 Levels II and III Internal. If the engine/APU has bag, building or room (see Figures 4-4, 4-5 and 4-6).
not been preserved as part of fuel system preservation,
protect the fuel system internally with MIL‑PRF‑6081 4.19.3 Nonoperational Engine/APU Protection. Non-
Grade 1010N oil using an appropriate engine/APU operational engines/APUs cannot be placed in Level I
test stand in accordance with the applicable MIM. If preservation because of the inability to comply with the
a compressor spray is required, spray in accordance 28 day maintenance requirement.
with instructions in the applicable MIM.
4.19.3.1 Levels II and III Internal. Protect internally
with MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N oil using the "cold
pres" method described in Chapter 3, Section XIII.
Desiccant, Activated 11
MIL-D-3464 Type I 4.19.3.2 Levels II and III External. Protect the same
as for operational removed engines/APUs above.
4.19.2.3 Level II External, Engine. Protect externally
as specified for Level I. Statically dehumidify engine 4.19.4 Maintenance.
using desiccant, MIL‑D‑3464 Type I, in accordance
with instructions for Level II External Preservation of 4.19.4.1 Level I.
Operational Engines (see Chapter 3, Section XIII).
In addition, cover engine with a waterproof cover or 4.19.4.1.1 7 Day Inspection. Check fuel level,
shroud made from plastic sheet, ASTM D4801 Type III, maintain 95% full. Check barrier material and repair
or barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1. Attach or replace if torn or damaged.
preservation tag (see Figure 3‑12) to the engine data
plate or in other visible location. 4.19.4.1.2 28 Day Inspection. Install engine/APU on
test stand or aircraft. Hot run the engine and cycle
systems, including afterburner, twice. If engine cannot
be hot run, use a starter or external device to rotate the
engine/APU at least five rotations. Inspect and renew
Desiccant, Activated 11
CPC coatings if required.
MIL-D-3464 Type I
4.19.4.2 Level II.
4.19.2.4 Level II External, APU. Protect externally
as specified for Level I. Statically dehumidify APU
4.19.4.2.1 7 Day Inspection. Check humidity card.
using desiccant, MIL-D-3464, installed in accordance
If humidity exceeds 40%, replace desiccant. Inspect
with Chapter 6, Section II. Completely enclose APU in
barrier material and closures for tears or damage.
barrier material, MIL-PRF-131 Class 1 or 3, and heat
Repair or replace barrier material and closures as
seal or seal with tape, SAE AMS-T-22085 Type II.
required.
4.19.2.5 Level III Static, Bag or Container, External.
4.19.4.2.2 28 Day Inspection. Inspect and renew CPC
Reinstall all lines and fittings, caps, and covers
coatings if required.
on exposed fittings or openings. Cap fluid system
openings with fluid tight closures. Place engine or
4.19.4.2.3 56 Day Inspection (Operational Engines).
APU in a dehumidified bag or Shipping and Storage
Service the engine oil reservoir with the applicable
Container (see Figure 4-3). Attach preservation tag
lubricant. If starter can be used, the engine shall be
(see Figure 3-12) to the outside of the container or bag
rotated through a one minute starter cycle. If starter
in an accessible location.
cannot be used, manually turn the engine through
the starter pad using an external device such as a
pneumatic wrench, speed handle, or ratchet. Ensure

4-15
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

lubrication is redistributed throughout the engine

during rotation. If a compressor oil spray is required,
the compressor shall be resprayed while the engine is
being rotated.

4.19.4.2.4 56 Day Inspection (Nonoperational

Engines /APUs – Shaft Can Be Rotated). Service the
engine oil reservoir with the applicable lubricant and
connect an external source of MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade
Figure 4-3. Typical Engine Container 1010N oil to the main fuel inlet. Manually turn the
(Level III Static Preservation) engine/APU through the starter pad using an external
device. Ensure lubrication is redistributed throughout
the engine during rotation.

4.19.4.2.5 56 Day Inspection (Nonoperational

Engines/APUs – Shaft Cannot Be Rotated). Disconnect
the necessary oil lines, remove pressure oil system
plugs, and inject generous quantities of lubricating oil
into the bearings. If thorough coating of the bearings
cannot be accomplished by pressure flushing or fill
and drain procedures, remove external covers and
accessories as necessary to permit spray covering
of these areas. Remove engine driven fuel system
accessories and rotate by hand while pumping
Figure 4-4. Engine in Dehumidified Flexible Bag MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N oil through the fuel
(Level III Dynamic Preservation) passages, or place accessories on test benches for
preservation.

4.19.4.3 Level III Static.

4.19.4.3.1 For engines/APUs stored in Shipping

and Storage Containers or statically dehumidified
bags, check humidity indicator every 28 days. If
humidity exceeds 40%, replace desiccant. Recheck
humidity indicator within 72 hours. Repeat desiccant
replacement and 72 hour inspection until an acceptable
humidity level is achieved. Inspect container or bag for
tears or damage. Repair or replace container or bag
as required.
Figure 4-5. Engines Stored in Dehumidified Room
(Level III Dynamic Preservation) 4.19.4.3.2 If humidity indicator is observed to exceed
40% at any time between 28 day inspections, take
corrective action immediately as described below.

4.19.4.4 Level III Dynamic. For engines/APUs stored

in dynamically dehumidified bags or a dehumidified
enclosure, no maintenance of the engine is required.
The dehumidification system shall be maintained in
accordance with Chapter 6.

4.19.5 Depreservation. Engines/APUs shall be

depreserved in accordance with Chapter 3, Section XIII.

Figure 4-6. APUs Stored in Dehumidified Room

(Level III Dynamic Preservation)

4-16
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

4.19.6 Engine Components. If authorized, engine

components may be removed or installed during
the engine preservation cycle. If it is suspected that
partial drainage of the preservation oil occurred during
removal or installation of engine components, the
preservation oil shall be replaced as necessary, even
if complete represervation of the system is required.

4.20 FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES (AILERONS,

STABILIZERS, FLAPS, WINGS). Refer to paragraph
4.16 for additional requirements for composite
components.

4.20.1 Cleaning. Clean surfaces in accordance with

NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. Figure 4-7. Flight Control Surfaces Stored
Upright in Racks
4.20.2 Protection.
4.20.4 Maintenance.

4.20.4.1 Level II. Every 28 days, inspect component

for damaged or missing barrier material, caps and
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8
covers. Repair or replace as necessary. Renew
MIL‑DTL‑85054
lubricants in accordance with the MIMs.

4.20.4.2 Level III. If components are stored in a

dehumidified area, no maintenance is required.
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II 4.21 FRAGILE OR DELICATE COMPONENTS.

a. Protect bare metal areas of non-moving surfaces 4.21.1 Fragile or delicate components are defined as
with CPC, MIL‑DTL‑85054. Protect bare metal areas the following:
of moving surfaces with CPC, MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II.
Lubricate hinges in accordance with MIMs. a. Items which may be damaged by shock and/or
vibration forces encountered in ordinary handling and
b. Cover hinges and attach points with barrier movement.
material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, secured with tape,
SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. b. Items which may be shattered or fractured by
light impact forces.
c. Cap or plug open lines and electrical connectors.
c. Items having fragile coatings and/or precision
d. Cover coiled cables or wiring harnesses with machined surfaces, for example light bulbs, electron
a plastic bag, MIL‑DTL‑117, or barrier material, tubes, exposed electronic circuitry, optical elements,
MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, secured with tape, SAE IVD aluminum coated parts.
AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.
d. Items which may be damaged by forces in the
4.20.3 Storage. range of 13G to 80G, (for example, gyros). Items
capable of withstanding 80G and above are in the
4.20.3.1 Store components indoors in racks (see rugged category.
Figure 4‑7) or fixtures, or on shelves. Do not stack.
4.21.2 Fragility factors for shock protection are
4.20.3.2 If components must be temporarily stored established for aeronautical items and included in
outdoors, cover with plastic sheet, ASTM D4801 NAVSUP Packaging Data Codes. As a general rule,
Type III, or barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, and instruments, airborne electronic equipment, electrical
secure with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. recording devices, gages, photographic and optical

4-17
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

devices and equipment which must be kept in one excess of 0.002 gauss at a distance of seven feet from
position are considered delicate or fragile. Intershop any point on the surface, shall be checked utilizing a
handling devices or equipment shall be at least sensitive compass or a gauss meter.
equivalent to the specified shipping containers in
impact, shock and vibration protection. 4.21.10 Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive (ESDS)
Devices inducted into the packaging shops for
4.21.3 Fragile or delicate components removed from storage and/or shipment, shall be handled, marked
an aircraft undergoing processing, on scheduled rework and packaged in accordance with the requirements of
or check and test, being issued from rework shops COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2, NAVSUP P485 and
for installation, or being forwarded for preservation MIL‑HDBK‑263.
and packaging shall be given sufficient protection and
handled in such a manner that no handling and/or 4.21.11 In the event a fragile or delicate component
transportation damage will occur. is dropped or displays evidence of damage or rough
handling, the shop supervisor in the area in which the
4.21.4 Fragile or delicate components, parts or pieces discrepant part is located shall be notified by the person
shall be conspicuously tagged or labeled before being or persons having knowledge of the discrepancies. A
moved from the receiving area, aircraft disassembly discrepancy form shall be prepared and the component
area or the rework shop. Arrows and the word "UP", in shall be returned to the repair shop, checked, tested
accordance with MIL‑STD‑129, shall be used for items and repaired, as necessary, after which it will be
requiring special positioning during handling. To ensure recertified.
proper handling, unit and/or outer containers shall be
marked as applicable. 4.22 FUEL SYSTEM COMPONENTS, GENERAL.

4.21.5 All electrical connectors, receptacles and

cannon plugs shall be protected from physical and
chemical damage at all times by installation of metal
Oil, Lubricating, Jet Engine 20
or plastic caps, plugs and/or covers. When closures
MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N
are not available, minimum protection shall be provided
by covering each connector, receptacle or cannon
4.22.1 All fuel system components shall be drained
plug with pressure sensitive tape, A-A-59163 (see
of fuel and flushed with clean, water‑free, filtered
Chapter 3, Section V).
MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N oil. Oil used to flush or
coat fuel cells, lines, hoses, booster pumps and other
4.21.6 Miniature connectors with protruding pins shall
items shall be filtered through 5 micron filters and meet
be covered with specially designed protective covers.
all requirements of Table 3‑7.
If covers are unavailable, pins shall be covered with
rigid polyurethane foam, MIL‑P‑26514 Type III Class 1,
4.22.2 After flushing, fuel systems and all metering
secured in place with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.
devices, such as fuel controls, shall be left filled with
MIL-PRF-6081 Grade 1010N oil and sealed with fluid-
4.21.7 Always protect fragile or delicate components
tight closures to retain the oil. All other components
from contamination. After the protective covers
such as fuel cells, lines, hoses, and booster pumps
have been secured in place, those having exposed
shall be drained of excess oil and openings shall be
chassis or operating parts shall be wrapped in barrier
blanked-off or wrapped to prevent contamination.
material conforming to MIL‑PRF‑121, MIL‑PRF‑131,
or bubblewrap, PPP‑C‑795.
4.23 FUEL CELLS. Self‑sealing and bladder‑type
fuel cells shall be treated as delicate items and given
4.21.8 After wrapping, items shall be placed in their
special handling in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑35.
specified shipping container, or a special handling/
Cleaning, purging, and preservation shall be in
transportation container which shall provide protection
accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑35. Self-sealing fuel
equivalent to its specified container.
cells shall be packaged in accordance with NAVAIR
01‑1A‑35 and the following instructions.
4.21.9 Units containing magnetrons or magnets,
being prepared for shipment via military aircraft or
a. Specially designed cleated plywood (CP) boxes
surface transportation and having a field strength in
shall be utilized in accordance with NAVSUP P700.

4-18
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

b. Five sides of the CP box shall be lined with 4.24.4 Protection.

barrier material PPP‑B‑1055 or A‑A‑1051.

c. Fuel cells shall be tied to eyelets by the

suspension loops with nylon cord, MIL‑C‑5040 Type 3.
Oil, Lubricating, Jet Engine 20
Suspension of the cell shall be arranged so that the cell
MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N
touches, but is not completely resting on, the bottom of
the crate and is secured in a manner that shall prevent
a. Internally preserve tank using the fill-and-drain
collapsing of corner, edges, or flat surfaces.
or spray method using MIL-PRF-6081 Grade 1010N
oil. Method used shall coat all interior surfaces of the
tank and installed components. Fill-and-drain is the
preferred method.
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8
MIL‑DTL‑85054 b. Drain tank to remove excess oil.

d. Metal fittings shall be preserved with CPC,

MIL‑DTL‑85054. Fittings and all openings shall be
covered with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8
and secured with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.
MIL‑DTL‑85054
4.24 FUEL TANKS, EXTERNAL. External fuel tanks
c. Preserve metal fittings and bare metal areas with
scheduled for outdoor storage in a local fire department
CPC, MIL-DTL-85054.
approved area need not be purged or inerted if stored
for less than 14 days. Unpurged tanks shall be treated
d. Cover lug openings, threaded fittings, plugs,
as hazardous and flammable materials, and shall be
hose adapters and electrical connectors/receptacles
handled in accordance with station fire and safety
with authorized plugs and caps. Cover fuel/air probes
regulations. If stored for 14 days or longer, tanks shall
with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, secured
be preserved in accordance with this section.
with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.
4.24.1 Tanks scheduled for repair or storage in a
e. Store external tanks indoors, outdoors under
building shall be preserved, tagged, and certified
cover, or package for shipment.
gas‑free by a designated Entry Authority as described
in NAVAIR 01-1A-35.
4.24.5 Maintenance.
4.24.2 Inspection. Inspect tank at time of receipt
4.24.5.1 Every 28 days, check barrier material and
for presence of residual fuel, entrapped water,
caps and covers for integrity. Repair or replace as
microbiological agents and other contaminants.
necessary.
4.24.3 Cleaning.
4.24.5.2 Every 365 days, represerve tank internally
with MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N oil.
a. Tanks with microbiological contamination shall
be treated in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑35.
4.25.6 Depreservation.
b. Tanks with entrapped water shall be drained and
a. Remove any caps, plug, or barrier material.
air dried.
b. Clean and inspect external surfaces for corrosion
c. Tanks with residual fuel shall be drained until no
and correct as necessary.
pools of fuel remain.
c. Remove access panel(s) and inspect tank
interior for oil or water intrusion. Drain/depuddle tank
as necessary.

4-19
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

d. Using a flashlight, inspect internal surfaces of 4.26.3 Except for units awaiting scheduled induction
tank and components for damage (cracked or bent for local rework, instruments awaiting repair shall be
supports, missing or detached lines), corrosion, and given the same level of protection as ready‑for‑issue
microbiological growth. Correct discrepancies as units. Instruments awaiting local rework shall be
necessary. protected from mechanical damage.

e. Reinstall access panel(s) with sealant or gasket 4.27 LANDING AND ARRESTING GEAR SYSTEM
in accordance with aircraft MIM. COMPONENTS.

e. If required by the aircraft MIM, fuel samples

shall be taken prior to operational transfer test to avoid
aircraft internal fuel cell contamination.
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9
MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2
(1) After installing tank on aircraft, partially fill
tank with fuel.

(2) Take a fuel sample from the tank and inspect

fuel for bright/clear condition. Compound, Corrosion Preventive 8
MIL‑DTL‑85054
(3) If contamination is present, defuel tank,
remove from aircraft, and clean as directed by NAVAIR
01-1A-35.
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
(4) If no contamination is observed, continue MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II
with operational transfer test.
4.27.1 B e c a u s e l a n d i n g a n d a r r e s t i n g g e a r
4.25 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS. system components, parts, and pieces contain
ultrahigh‑strength steels and aluminum alloys, care
shall be taken to prevent nicking or scratching surfaces
during preservation, handling and packaging. Voids in
Fluid, Hydraulic 13 painted surfaces or other bare metal surfaces shall be
MIL‑PRF‑83282 protected at all times with a coating of MIL‑PRF‑16173
Grade 2 or MIL‑DTL‑85054. Adequate protection
4.25.1 All hydraulic system parts shall be flushed may be obtained for up to 30 days by applying
with operating fluid and sealed with fluid‑tight closures MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II, and wrapping the component
to prevent loss of fluids. If leakage during storage with barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑121 or MIL‑PRF‑131.
is a problem, flush units and drip drain, followed by Alternately, parts may be wrapped in VCI film,
sealing of openings with fluid tight closures (refer to MIL‑PRF‑22019, sealed with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085
NAVAIR 01-1A-17 for information on authorized caps Type II, or heat sealed, for storage up to 24 months.
and plugs). No CPC is required when using VCI film. Refer to
Chapter 8 for additional CPC information.
4.25.2 Corrosion prone parts of hydraulic units
shall be protected at all times with a coating of CPC, 4.27.2 Landing gear wheel assemblies are furnished
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II or MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2. with prelubricated bearings and cups. To prevent
Care shall be taken to avoid contaminating hydraulic contamination of bearings, care shall be taken to
systems with accumulated dirt or any other fluid. install dust seals over all axle openings. Use barrier
material, MIL‑PRF‑121 or MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, and
4.26 INSTRUMENT SYSTEM COMPONENTS. SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II tape to cover openings not
equipped with a dust cover.
4.26.1 All instruments equipped with caging or locking
devices shall be caged or locked before packaging.

4.26.2 Instruments and related accessories shall

always be packaged individually.

4-20
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

4.28 PHOTOGRAPHIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS. 4.30.2.2 Level III.

4.28.1 Most photographic equipment and material a. Service propeller control in accordance with
is considered fragile or delicate and requires special applicable MIMs.
handling (refer to paragraph 4‑21). Cameras and
associated accessories are usually furnished with b. Place propeller in a dehumidified enclosure (see
special handling and carrying cases. These special Chapter 6).
handling and carrying cases shall always be utilized
when handling, packaging, storing, or shipping 4.30.3 Maintenance.
cameras and associated equipment.
4.30.3.1 Level II.
4.28.2 Photo flash bulbs can be exploded by high
energy electromagnetic radiation (radar beams). To 4.30.3.1.1 7 Day Inspection. Inspect the barrier
minimize hazards, keep flash bulbs in sealed fiberboard material for tears, water intrusion, or damage. If
cartons until just prior to use and store at maximum barrier material is damaged, inspect for corrosion and
distance from operating radar equipment. visibly deteriorated corrosion preventive compound.
Treat corroded areas as necessary in accordance
4.29 PNEUMATIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS. with paragraph 3.94.3. Reapply CPCs as necessary.
Pneumatic systems and components require no Replace barrier material as necessary.
internal preservation. However, all items shall be kept
dry internally and protected against contamination by
the use of approved nonshedding closures.
Fluid, Hydraulic 13
4.30 P R O P E L L E R S ( VA R I A B L E P I T C H ) , MIL‑PRF‑83282
ASSEMBLED. Propellers removed from aircraft shall
be stored indoors. This paragraph covers assembled 4.30.3.1.2 56 Day Inspection, All Propellers. Check
Propellers Installed on a Propeller Maintenance Stand hydraulic fluid reservoir. Ensure hydraulic fluid is
or Installed on an Engine on a Maintenance Stand. maintained at proper level in accordance with the
applicable MIMs.
4.30.1 Propellers shall be cleaned, inspected, and
have corrosion control performed in accordance with 4.30.3.1.3 56 Day Inspection, Propellers Installed on
Chapter 3, Section XIV. a Maintenance Stand Which Allows the Propeller to be
Rotated.
4.30.2 Protection. Removed propellers shall be
protected in Level II or Level III preservation only. a. The propeller shall be rotated after ensuring that
there is adequate hydraulic fluid in the barrel to wet the
4.30.2.1 Level II. taper bores of all the blades. Additional fluid may be
added to the barrel if necessary.
a. Service propeller control in accordance with
applicable MIMs. b. Note numbers of the upright blades. Slowly rotate
the propeller through at least three revolutions.

c. Upon completion of rotation, position propeller,

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10 ensuring that the most recent upright blades noted
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II in step b above are not returned to the same upright
positions.
b. Apply a coating of CPC, MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II,
to all metal areas of the blade, hub, and dome. Remove d. Represerve as necessary.
excess using a clean, lint-free cloth.

c. Wrap propeller assembly with barrier material,

MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 3, and secure with tape, SAE
AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.

4-21
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

4.30.3.1.4 56 Day Inspection, Propellers Installed 4.30.5 Shipment. When assembled propellers are
on a Maintenance Stand Which Does Not Allow the shipped, a transport stand with soft mounts and an
Propeller to be Rotated. air ride truck shall be specified (see Section VII and
Chapter 7).
a. Propeller shall be returned to the Intermediate
Level for the propeller to be flow checked on a hydraulic 4.31 P R O P E L L E R S ( VA R I A B L E P I T C H ) ,
test bench. Operation shall consist of at least three DISASSEMBLED. Propellers removed from aircraft
cycles from feather to reverse. shall be stored indoors. This paragraph covers
Disassembled Propellers.
b. Represerve propeller as necessary and reinstall
on maintenance stand. 4.31.1 Propeller components shall be cleaned,
inspected, and have corrosion control performed in
4.30.3.1.5 56 Day Inspection, Propellers Installed on accordance with Chapter 3, Section XIV. Drain the
Uninstalled Engines Stored on a Maintenance Stand component of excess fluid. Apply fingerprint remover,
or Transportation Dolly. MIL‑PRF‑15074, to all bare metal surfaces and wipe
off excess with a clean, lint free cloth.
a. If the propeller cannot be rotated due to stand
clearance, refer to step 4.30.3.1.4 above. 4.31.2 Protection.

CAUTION 4.31.2.1 Level I.

Ensure engine desiccant bags are removed from

engine prior to performing propeller rotation.
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
b. Propeller shall be rotated concurrently with the MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II
56 day engine rotation.
a. Apply a coating of CPC, MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II,
c. Note numbers of the upright blades. Slowly rotate to all metal areas of the disassembled components.
the propeller through at least three revolutions. Remove excess using a clean, lint-free cloth.

d. Upon completion of rotation, position propeller, b. Individually wrap propeller components with
ensuring that the most recent upright blades noted barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, and secure
in step c above are not returned to the same upright with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. Mark outside of
positions. each package with nomenclature, part number, serial
number, and date of preservation.
e. Install desiccant and represerve as necessary.
4.31.2.2 Level II.
4.30.3.1.6 56 Day Inspection, Propellers That Cannot
Be Rotated. If a propeller cannot be rotated and is idle NOTE
for more than 56 days, it shall be disassembled prior to
use and the taper bore shall be eddy current inspected Propeller components may be protected using
in accordance with appropriate maintenance manuals. CPCs (step a.) or with VCI barrier material
(step b.). DO NOT use both methods together.
4.30.3.2 Level III. No maintenance is required.

4.30.4 Depreservation. Levels II and III.

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10
a. Remove barrier material (Level II only).
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II
b. Clean in accordance with paragraph 3.94.1.

c. Inspect in accordance with paragraph 3.94.2.

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9
d. Treat corrosion in accordance with paragraph MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2
3.94.3.

4-22
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

a. Apply CPC, MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II, to metal f. Place all propeller components in a suitable
areas of the propeller dome, hub, blades, lowpitch container that provides sufficient protection from
stop, pitchlock regulator assemblies. Lightly remove handling damage (specially designed propeller
excess using a clean, lint free cloth. Follow with a containers are preferred). Container shall have
coating of CPC, MIL‑PRF-16173 Grade 2. Apply CPC, provisions made for securing the blades in a fixed
MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type III, to the electrical contact ring position.
assembly. Wrap propeller components with barrier
material, MIL‑PRF-121 Type I, secured with tape, SAE 4.31.2.3 Level III Static.
AMS-T-22085 Type II. Mark outside of each package
with nomenclature, part number, serial number, and a. Apply CPCs or VCI material as described in
date of preservation. Proceed to step c. paragraph 4.31.2.2 steps a. and b. above for Level II
preservation.
CAUTION
b. Create bag for component using MIL‑PRF‑131
Corrosion inhibitor in VCI bags and film can Class 3 barrier material.
cause skin irritation. Wash hands thoroughly
with soap and water prior to eating, drinking, or c. Install humidity plug, SAE AS26860 Type II, in
smoking. Wear disposable gloves if prolonged bag (see Chapter 6, Section II).
contact is anticipated.
NOTE
b. Individually wrap propeller dome, hub, lowpitch
stop, pitchlock regulator assemblies and propeller MIL‑D‑3464 desiccant unit packs come
blade shank (extend material up the blade shank at in single and multiple unit packaging. A
least 6 inches) with VCI barrier material, MIL‑PRF-3420 single unit of bentonite clay desiccant is
Class 1 Style C, and secure with tape, SAE AMS-T-22085 approximately 33 grams. Adjust the amount of
Type II. Alternately, components may be wrapped with unit packs enclosed within the heatsealed bag
VCI film, MIL‑PRF-22019, and secured with tape, SAE to match the stated unit requirements. Refer
AMS-T-22085 Type II, or heat sealed. Mark outside of to MIL‑STD‑2073‑1 or Chapter 6 Section II to
each package with nomenclature, part number, serial determine the appropriate amount of desiccant.
number, and date of preservation.

c. Overwrap the propeller blade shank and hub with

barrier material, MIL‑PRF-131 Class 1, and heat seal Desiccant, Activated 11
or secure with tape, SAE AMS-T-22085 Type II. MIL-D-3464 Type I

d. Enclose the component in the bag, along

with the correct amount of MIL‑D‑3464 desiccant
Fluid, Hydraulic 13 unit packs. Desiccant shall not be placed behind or
MIL‑PRF‑83282 near the humidity plug. Desiccant shall not contact
metal surfaces of the component; if necessary, place
d. Coat preformed packings with assembly fluid desiccant on a piece of barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131
or hydraulic fluid, MIL‑PRF-83282, and package them Class 1.
in barrier material, MIL‑PRF-131 Class 1, and heat
seal. Mark outside of package with nomenclature, part e. Minimize trapped air inside bag by compressing
number, serial number, and date of preservation. bag to the extent practical prior to final seal. Heat seal
bag.
e. Individually vacuum bag propeller components
and hardware with barrier material, MIL‑PRF-131 f. Place the component in an appropriate container
Class 1, and heat seal. Mark outside of each package (see Table 8‑13) with the humidity plug facing outward.
with nomenclature, part number, serial number, and Ensure adequate and equal amounts of cushioning
date of preservation. material (bubble wrap, foam or bound fiber (see
Table 8‑13)) are placed on all sides of component to

4-23
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

immobilize it in the container. If INSTAPAK QUICK RT open bag and inspect component for corrosion. Repair
packaging bags are used, perform the following: any damage found and repackage.

(1) Place bag in container and activate in 4.31.3.3 Level III Static. Every 28 days, inspect
accordance with manufacturer instructions. humidity plug and barrier material. If humidity exceeds
40%, open bag and inspect component for corrosion.
(2) Hold bagged component just above QUICK Repair any damage found. Replace desiccant and
RT packaging bags and allow to fill and conform to the repackage.
bagged component.
4.31.3.4 Level III Dynamic. No maintenance is
(3) Repeat the process for the sides and top of required.
the bagged component in the container.
4.31.4 Depreservation.
g. If applicable, ensure the associated component
Equipment History Record card or Scheduled Removal a. Remove barrier material.
Component card has been annotated with the correct
removal and time data, and reason for removal. Any b. Clean in accordance with paragraph 3.94.1.
pertinent removal and maintenance data shall be
packaged with the component before closing the c. Inspect in accordance with paragraph 3.94.2.
container.
d. Treat corrosion in accordance with paragraph
h. Mark outside of container with nomenclature, part 3.94.3.
number, serial number, date, and level of preservation.
e. Aluminum bladed propellers only. Perform NDI
4.31.2.4 Level III Dynamic. inspection of blade taper bores in accordance with
applicable MIMs.
a. Individually wrap propeller components with
barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, and secure with 4.31.5 Represervation. Propellers in storage shall be
tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. depreserved and represerved in accordance with this
paragraph every 36 months.
b. Place all propeller components in a suitable
container that provides sufficient protection from 4.32 ROTOR BLADES.
handling damage (specially designed propeller
containers are preferred). Container shall have
provisions made for securing the blades in a fixed
position. Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4
MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II
c. Place propeller container in a dehumidified
enclosure (see Chapter 6). 4.32.1 Cleaning. Remove grime, oils, greases and
exhaust stains from helicopter rotor blades using a
4.31.3 Maintenance. cloth wet with cleaning solution (1 part MIL‑PRF-85570
Type II in 9 parts fresh water). Rinse with fresh water.
4.31.3.1 Level I. Every 7 days, inspect the barrier
material for tears, water intrusion, or damage. If 4.32.2 Inspection. Examine rotor blades for fretting
barrier material is damaged, inspect for corrosion and and surface corrosion. Inspect corrosion prone areas
visibly deteriorated corrosion preventive compound. such as erosion strips, tip caps, aft spar areas and
Treat corroded areas as necessary in accordance attach points.
with paragraph 3.94.3. Reapply CPCs as necessary.
Replace barrier material as necessary. 4.32.3 Corrosion Control. Arrest and remove corrosion
in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2.
4.31.3.2 Level II. Every 56 days, inspect outer
wrapping for integrity. If outer wrapping is damaged,

4-24
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

4.32.4 Protection.

CAUTION
Desiccant, Activated 11
MIL‑D‑3464 Type I
Synthetic type oils, such as MIL‑PRF-23699,
and some solvents may attack nonmetallic
e. Position the blade on the bottom piece of the
materials used in rotor blades. Maintain blades
MIL‑PRF-131 barrier paper. Lay a sheet of barrier
free of synthetic type lubricants and use only
material, MIL‑PRF-121 or MIL‑PRF-131 Class 1, on the
the cleaning materials specified by this manual,
blade surface and secure with tape, SAE AMS-T-22085
NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2, or the applicable MIM.
Type II. Place ten sixteen unit bags of desiccant,
MIL‑D-3464 Type I, on top of the barrier material.
Rotor blades are critical items which shall be
Additional desiccant may be required for storage areas
handled with care at all times. Use only the
that are not environmentally controlled (no heating or
equipment and procedures specified by the
air conditioning) or subject to high humidity. Desiccant
applicable MIM when handling blades.
shall not be placed behind or near humidity indicator.

f. Minimize trapped air inside bag by compressing

bag to the maximum extent practical. Using a vacuum
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9 line, remove all trapped air inside bag prior to final seal.
MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2
g. Heat seal bag.
4.32.4.1 Level II. Protect blade attaching points and
unpainted metallic portions of the blades with soft film h. Store blades on racks or in suitable containers
CPC, MIL‑PRF-16173 Grade 2. Wrap and package to prevent mechanical damage.
blades in reusable containers, MIL‑PRF-5806, and
store in accordance with NAVSUP P700 and the 4.32.4.3 Level III Dynamic. Individually wrap blade
applicable MIM. with barrier material, MIL‑PRF-131 Class 1, secured
with tape, SAE AMS-T-22085 Type II. Place wrapped
4.32.4.2 Level III Static. blade in a suitable container that provides sufficient
protection from handling damage. Place container in
a. Protect blade attaching points and unpainted a dehumidified enclosure (see Chapter 6).
metallic portions of the blades with soft film CPC,
MIL‑PRF-16173 Grade 2. Wrap areas with applied 4.32.5 Maintenance.
CPC with barrier material, MIL‑PRF-121.
4.32.5.1 Level II and Level III Static. Every 28 days,
b. Cushion sharp edges with cushioning material, inspect outer wrapping for integrity and humidity
A-A-59135 Grade A, or bubble wrap, PPP-C-795. indicator card or plug. If outer wrapping is damaged
Secure cushioning material to blade with tape, SAE or humidity exceeds 40%, open bag and inspect
AMS-T-22085 Type II. Cushioning shall be clean and component for corrosion damage. Repair any damage
dry to minimize possibility of corrosion. found. Remove and replace desiccant, and reseal bag.

c. Create bag for component using MIL‑PRF-131 4.32.5.2 Level III Dynamic. No maintenance is
Class 3 barrier material. Ensure that the sealed edge required.
of the bag that would normally be opened for inspection
is sufficiently large to permit two subsequent resealings 4.32.6 Depreservation. Remove blades from
after component inspection. If there is a fold over side containers, if applicable, and remove barrier material.
of the bag it shall wrap the spar edge. Clean, inspect and treat corrosion as specified above.
Install, check, and secure blades in accordance with
d. Install humidity plug, SAE AS26860 Type II applicable MIM.
(see Chapter 6, Section II). Humidity indicator card,
MS20003, is not authorized for Level III Static
preservation. Use humidity plug only.

4-25
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

4.33 ROTOR HEADS AND HUBS. 4.33.4.2 Level II.

CAUTION

Some rotor heads have teflon-lined bearings in

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9
the control system linkage. To prevent possible
MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2
damage to teflon inserts from accumulations
of abrasive materials and cleaning solvents,
a. Lubricate in accordance with the applicable
avoid applying CPCs, lubricants and solvents
MIM. Coat exposed metal surfaces with soft film CPC,
to these items.
MIL‑PRF-16173 Grade 2.

b. Cushion projections, sharp edges, or other

areas that may damage wrapping material, with foam,
Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4 A-A-59135 Grade A, or bubble wrap, PPP-C-795.
MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II Cushioning shall be clean and dry to minimize
possibility of corrosion.

c. Create bag for component using MIL‑PRF-131

Solvent, Degreasing 25 Class 1 or 3 barrier material. Ensure that the sealed
MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III edge of the bag that would normally be opened for
inspection is sufficiently large to permit two subsequent
4.33.1 Cleaning. Remove grime, oils, greases and resealings after component inspection.
exhaust stains from rotor heads and rotor hubs using a
cloth wet with cleaning solution (1 part MIL‑PRF-85570 d. Install humidity plug, SAE AS26860 Type II,
Type II in 9 parts fresh water). Rinse with fresh water. in barrier material, or create a window in the barrier
For persistent grime or CPCs, follow with a cloth wet material for a humidity indicator card, MS20003, and
with degreasing solvent, MIL‑PRF-680 Type II or III. install card. See Chapter 6, Section II, for installation
procedures.
4.33.2 Inspection. Make sure that drain holes in water
entrapment areas are open and functioning properly.

4.33.3 Corrosion Control. Arrest and remove corrosion Desiccant, Activated 11

in accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2. MIL‑D‑3464 Type I

4.33.4 Protection. e. Install desiccant, MIL-D-3464 Type I, in package

(use one 16-unit bag per 2 cubic feet of interior space).
Desiccant shall not be placed behind or near humidity
indicator. Desiccant shall not contact metal surfaces of
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9 component; if necessary, place desiccant on a piece
MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 2 of barrier material, MIL‑PRF-131 Class 1.

4.33.4.1 Level I. Lubricate in accordance with the f. Minimize trapped air inside bag by compressing
applicable MIM. Coat exposed metal surfaces with soft bag to the extent practical prior to final seal.
film CPC, MIL‑PRF-16173 Grade 2. Cover heads with
barrier material, MIL‑PRF-131 Class 1, held in place g. Heat seal bag.
with tape, SAE AMS-T-22085 Type II.
h. Store components in suitable containers or on
racks to prevent mechanical damage.

4.33.4.3 Level III. Lubricate in accordance with the

applicable MIM. Store in a dehumidified enclosure (see
Chapter 6).

4-26
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

4.33.5 Maintenance. 4.34 S A F E T Y A N D S U R V I VA L S Y S T E M

COMPONENTS.
4.33.5.1 Level I. Every 28 days, check for deterioration
of covering system; repair and replace as necessary. 4.34.1 Oxygen system components shall not be
If barrier system is compromised, inspect rotor heads exposed to hydrocarbons (oils, greases, fuels and
for water entrapment and corrosion, and correct in preservatives) or to any other materials not specifically
accordance with NAVAIR 01-1A-509-2. designated for use on oxygen systems. To prevent
particulate matter contamination, all openings shall be
4.33.5.2 Level II. Every 28 days, check for deterioration kept sealed with authorized closures.
of covering system; repair and replace as necessary.
Check humidity indicator; if humidity exceeds 40%, 4.34.2 Parachutes shall be stored and handled at all
open bag and inspect component. If barrier system is times in accordance with the requirements of NAVAIR
compromised, inspect rotor head for water entrapment 13‑1‑6.2. Whenever possible, parachutes packaged
and corrosion, and correct in accordance with NAVAIR for indefinite storage shall be packed and stored in a
01-1A-509-2. Remove and replace desiccant, and loosely folded or "fluffed" condition.
reseal bag.
4.34.3 Flight clothing, perishables, and pilferables
4.33.5.3 Level III. No maintenance required. shall be packaged in accordance with MIL‑STD‑2073‑1.
Detailed packaging instructions for full pressure suits
4.33.6 Depreservation. Remove cover or barrier may be found in applicable NAVSUP preservation and
material. Clean, inspect and treat corrosion as specified packaging instruction.
above. Service and lubricate rotor heads and hubs in
accordance with applicable MIM. 4.35 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT. Most special
devices have preservation and packaging instructions
issued for each piece of equipment. See NAVSUP P700
for additional information.

4-27/(4-28 Blank)
4-27
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION IV. PACKAGING OF REMOVED COMPONENTS

4.36 PURPOSE. This section provides information 4.37.3 Department of Defense.

on instructions and specifications, materials, basic
packaging methods, and marking and closure a. DTR 4500.9-R, Defense Transportation
requirements for packaging components. The following Regulation ‑ Part II, Cargo Movement.
publications are available through Naval Logistics
Library (www.navsup.navy.mil/public/navsup/nll) and b. SECNAVINST 5442.2, Management of the Naval
the MIL‑SPEC ASSIST data system (http://quicksearch. Aircraft Inventory. This instruction provides reporting
dla.mil). instructions concerning the inventory and logistics flow
of Navy and Marine aircraft, and specifies policies and
4.37 GENERAL GUIDELINES. Packaging and procedures relating to accounting for such aircraft.
handling instructions are provided by various entities.
The publications and standards listed below are c. Form DD 1574, Material, Serviceable Tag
the primary references for the proper handling, (0102‑LF‑014‑5600).
preservation and packaging of repairable/removed
components. d. Form DD 1577‑2, Material, Unserviceable
Repairable Tag (0102‑LF‑016‑0000).
4.37.1 NAVSUP Weapon System Support (WSS).
4.38 MATERIALS.
a. NAVSUP P485 (Volumes 1-3), Naval Supply
Procedures. 4.38.1 Tapes.

b. NAVSUP P505, Preparation of Hazardous 4.38.1.1 Pressure Sensitive Tape. Noncorrosive tapes
Material for Military Air Shipment. conforming to SAE AMS‑T‑22085 shall be used for all
preservation operations such as closing of openings to
c. NAVSUP P700. Common Naval Packaging. This exclude foreign matter, attaching barrier material and
publication is available on-line at https://tarp.navsup. tags and securing cushioning material. When using
navy.mil. approved tapes for preservation and packaging, do
not apply tape directly to machine finished bare metal
4.37.2 Military Standards. surfaces or transparent acrylics. Select an adjacent
noncritical painted surface for attachment.
a. MIL‑STD‑129, Military Marking for Shipment and
Storage. This standard provides the requirements for 4.38.1.2 Masking Tape. Paper masking tapes shall
the uniform marking of military supplies and equipment not be used for preservation or packaging except
for shipment and storage. for temporary holding of setup box segments during
assembly, or when specifically authorized by an
b. MIL‑STD‑648, Design Criteria for Specialized engineering directive for a special situation. Because
Shipping Containers. This standard establishes general paper masking tapes are corrosive under certain
design criteria and associated tests for specialized conditions, they shall be removed from all metallic
shipping containers used by the Department of surfaces before items are packaged and before
Defense. Definitive requirements for specific containers adhesion has built up to the point where tape removal
are defined by the individual acquisition or task is difficult or adhesive transfer results. Maximum time
order. This standard also describes performance for removal can vary from a few hours to several days
requirements for shipping containers. depending on ambient conditions and type/amount of
paint saturation. Ordinarily, masking tapes shall be
c. MIL‑STD‑2073‑1, Standard Practice for Military removed no later than the next consecutive work shift
Packaging. This standard contains information after painting is complete or within 24 hours, whichever
from the following cancelled standards: MIL‑P‑116, is sooner.
MIL‑STD‑726, MIL‑STD‑794, and MIL‑STD‑834.
MIL‑STD‑2073‑1 outlines the standard processes for
preservation and packaging for the military.

4-29
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

4.38.1.3 Water Proof/Resistant Tape. A‑A‑1671 in NAVMED P5055, Radiation Health Protection
tape shall be used for domestic carton closures. Manual. Specifications for the marking of commodities
ASTM D5486 tape shall be used for weather resistant and containers to indicate radioactive material are
carton closures. contained in MIL‑STD‑129. For purposes of this
specification, radioactive items shall be packaged
4.38.2 Seals Caps and Plugs Used for Fluid System in accordance with the packaging data supplied by
Openings. Seals, caps and plugs used in fuel, NAVSUP P700.
lubricating oil, and hydraulic systems shall be designed
to positively seal against loss or leakage of fluids under 4.39.4 Hazardous Materials. Regulations governing
an internal pressure of 2‑5 psig. Plastic closures shall the packaging, marking, labeling and shipping of
be compatible with the operational/testing/preservation hazardous materials by land, sea or commercial
flluid used in the component. Refer to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑20 air are contained in NAVSUPINST 4030.55 and
and NAVAIR 01‑1A‑17 for authorized closures. NAVSUP P505 shall be complied with when shipping
hazardous materials by military aircraft.
4.38.3 Closures, General. For used assemblies
and components received for packaging from other 4.40 BASIC PACKAGING METHODS. The following
activities including those items received through packaging methods have been established to
screening, closures shall be installed as necessary to provide uniform nomenclature in accordance with
prevent immediately obvious leakage of liquids into MIL‑STD‑2073‑1. For this manual, only Methods 40,
the package and to prevent internal contamination 30 and 50 are permitted for aircraft components.
by freeflowing cushioning materials. When items are
received without necessary closures installed, each 4.40.1 Method 40 (formerly Method IA). Preservation
individual assembly or unit involved shall be tagged coating, wrap and cushioning within a heat sealed,
with the following notation: "Unit received for packaging watervaporproof barrier bag. This method provides
without proper closures installed. Internal particulate water vapor protection.
contamination suspected." These provisions do not
apply to assemblies and components generated by 4.40.2 Method 30 (formerly Method IC). Preservative
the depot. coating, wrap and cushioning within a heat sealed
greaseproof and waterproof barrier bag. This method
4.39 PACKAGING. Well designed packaging protects provides protection from both oil and water intrusion.
components from damage from a variety of hazards.
4.40.3 Method 50 (formerly Method II). Same as
4.39.1 Climate. During the shipping, handling and Method 40 except for the addition of desiccant inside
storage cycle, removed components may be subjected of the heat sealed bag. This method provides the
to a wide range of weather conditions including highest degree of water vapor protection for delicate
extremely low and high temperatures, rain, snow, or corrosion sensitive items.
salt spray, dust and humidity. These conditions can
cause drying, cracking, abrasion, soaking, corrosion, 4.41 UNIT CONTAINER. After the component has
mildewing and rotting damage. been properly protected as described in Section II
or III, it shall be placed in a unit container. If a unit
4.39.2 Mechanical Hazards. While being shipped, or reusable container does not exist or was thrown
handled and stored, removed components may be away or destroyed, then a suitable container can be
subjected to mechanical damage such as vibration, assembled from the supply of shipping type fiberboard
impacts, stacking (crushing), and abrasion. or fast pack boxes. Place enough cushioning material
on the bottom, sides and top of the container to
4.39.3 Radioactive Materials. The local control adequately protect the wrapped component. For large
of radiological safety hazards is assigned to the items, it will be necessary to request a new container
Occupational Safety and Health Manager and/or or crate or have one built.
the Station Medical Officer. General regulations for
the handling of radioactive materials may be found

4-30
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

4.41.1 Shipping Container. 4.42.1.2 If applicable, it is also appropriate to label

the container identifying the condition of the component
4.41.1.1 For fiberboard boxes, check the certificate being shipped; for example, "Unserviceable Item,
label marked on the side for maximum size and weight Return to an Authorized Repair Activity, Do Not Use."
allowable. Normally, these boxes are not used for items
over 70 pounds gross weight. Seal fiberboard boxes 4.42.2 Shipment Container Marking. When only one
with ASTM D5486 Type V tape, making sure that none item is packed in a shipping container, mark as a unit
of the labeling is covered. Reinforce with strapping container. Otherwise, mark the shipping container
tape. MULTIPACK and use a shipping label or tag, forms
DD 1387 (label) and DD 1387‑1 (tag).
4.41.1.2 Specialized containers or crates can be
locally manufactured if a carpenter shop is available. 4.42.3 Shipment Address Label. Military shipment
Wood and plywood boxes shall be reinforced with label/tags shall be utilized when shipping unserviceable
steel or plastic strapping. The two specifications that repairables through the Defense Transportation System
are commonly used as construction guidelines are as follows:
ASTM D6251 and ASTM D6256.
4.42.3.1 Transportation Priority (TP)‑1 (red border)
4.41.1.3 Items packed in a Reusable Shipping and shipping label/tag shall be used with movement priority
Storage Container shall comply with the installation designator (MPD 03 (red stripe)) items.
instructions and NAVSUP P700.
4.42.3.2 TP‑2 (blue border) shipping label/tag shall
4.41.1.4 Any box over 200 pounds shall be skid be used with MPD 06 (blue border) items.
mounted or shipped on a pallet.
4.42.3.3 TP‑3 (black border) shipping label/tag shall
4.41.2 Consolidation. After repairables are packed be used with MPD 13 items.
and identified, they may be consolidated into larger
handling units. This can be done by strapping packages 4.42.3.4 Alternatively, a plain form may be used
onto a pallet, or packing into larger boxes. If triple‑wall provided the TP number is printed in the appropriate
boxes are used, they shall be strapped or nailed to block and the applicable color border is applied with a
a pallet. If pallets are not used, the triple wall‑box is felt tip marker.
limited to 275 lb. gross weight and 48" x 40" x 32" (120
united inches) by motor freight rules. These limits do 4.42.3.5 The following data shall be included in the
not apply when the triple‑wall box is used on a pallet for overseas or domestic address marking as applicable:
consolidation. A practical maximum pallet load weight
is 3,000 Ibs. a. Transportation Control Number (TCN). The TCN
shall be shown with a space between each of the data
4.42 MARKING AND CLOSURE. elements, e.g., V03362 6070 0167 RXX.

4.42.1 Unit Container Marking. b. RDD or expedited handling code.

4.42.1.1 Mark each unit container with a label or hand c. Project code, when specified. (Clear project
writing on the box with the following information: names are not required but may be shown at the option
of the service/agency concerned.) When shown, the
a. Stock Number (NSN or NIIN). project name shall be separate and distinct from the
address marking, but shall appear on the same side
b. Part Number. as the address marking.

c. Nomenclature. d. Consignor (shipping activity).

d. Quantity and Unit of Issue. e. Transportation priority.

4-31
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

f. POE/APOE (overseas shipments only). 4.42.4 Parcel Post Packages. Parcel Post (U.S.
Mail fourth class) is suitable for sending small items
g. POD/APOD (overseas shipments only). from 1‑70 pounds and a total length and girth of less
than 100 inches (longest side of package plus total
h. Consignee (receiving activity). measurement around the thickest part of the package).
The container shall be of metal or wood or of a good
i. Piece Number (not required for shipments of quality fiberboard. Padded mailing envelopes are
a single commodity in standard pack containers/ acceptable for appropriately sized smaller items. The
packaging). container shall be secured closed by stapling or taping.
Boxes shall be reinforced with strapping tape. The
j. Total pieces. shipping label is the prefranked type with the postage
and fees paid by the Navy (DOD 316). The only
k. Weight (each piece). restrictions are that there shall be no projecting nails,
staples or anything sharp; and that nothing appears on
l. Cube (each piece). the address block below the City, State and Zip Code.

4-32
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION V. HANDLING REMOVED COMPONENTS

4.43 PURPOSE. This section provides guidelines 4.45 HANDLING GUIDELINES. The following is a list
for handling removed components to prevent physical of common sense guidelines for the proper handling of
damage. removed components. The list is by no means complete
but it does touch on the more important aspects of
4.44 GENERAL. Removed components require component handling.
special handling in order to prevent physical damage.
Components shall be protected by the appropriate 4.45.1 Fixturing cradles or special handling devices
CPC, intimate wrapped with a suitable barrier material shall be in good condition and maintained periodically.
and then overwrapped with cushioning (i.e. bubble
wrap) or placed into a shipping container, crate or 4.45.2 Small components shall be overpacked in a
transportation fixture that provides adequate protection strong, conspicuous container that cannot be crushed
from mechanical damage. If removed components or misplaced. As many similar small items as possible
are not protected, they may be subjected to damage shall be packed in a single container.
from crushing, abrasion, puncture, falling, vibration,
fretting, water intrusion, sunlight and a variety of 4.45.3 Heavy items shall be placed in a container
industrial accidents. Levels of protection have been that is strong enough to support them and still allow a
established by MIL‑STD‑2073‑1 to cover a variety of forklift or other mechanical handling device to move it
circumstances: around.

4.44.1 Level A. Protection required to meet the most 4.45.4 Large, cumbersome items (such as wing
severe worldwide shipment, handling, and storage panels) require special crates or rolling cradles. These
conditions. A Level A pack shall, together with the crates or rolling cradles shall be designed with padded
applied preservation, be capable of protecting material supports or bucks to provide the proper support across
from the effects of direct exposure to extremes of the entire component surface.
climate, terrain, and operational and transportation
environments. Examples of situations which indicate 4.45.5 Composite panels require special carrying
a need for use of a Level A pack are: War Reserve cradles that provide edge support as well as side
Material, mobilization, strategic and theater deployment protection. If special cradles are unavailable, then
and employment, open storage, and deck loading. the panels shall be wrapped in barrier material,
Examples of containers used for Level A packing MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, taped in place with SAE
requirements include overseas type wood boxes, and AMS‑T‑22085 Type II tape, and then overwrapped
plastic and metal reusable containers. with bubble wrap (refer to Section III). The package
shall be marked with a label with red lettering reading:
4.44.2 Level B. Protection required to meet moderate "CAUTION, COMPOSITE PANEL". These panels shall
worldwide shipment, handling, and storage conditions. not be piled or stacked.
A Level B pack shall, together with the applied
preservation, be capable of protecting material not 4.45.6 Delicate instruments shall always be handled
directly exposed to extremes of climate, terrain, and in their specific shock and vibration damped containers
operational and transportation environments. Examples (refer to Section III). Hard wheel forklifts rattling over
of situations which indicate a need for use of a Level B uneven roads or hangar decks can destroy a sensitive
pack are: security assistance (for example, Foreign instrument during transportation.
Military Sales (FMS)) and containerized overseas
shipments. Examples of containers used for Level B 4.45.7 Electrostatic discharge sensitive (ESDS)
packing requirements include weather‑resistant fiber devices shall be specially handled as described in
drums, and weather‑resistant paper and multi‑wall the specific MIM or work package. ESDS packaging
shipping sacks. and labeling procedures shall be followed in order
to prevent high voltage discharge damage to
microcircuits. ESDS devices shall be handled, marked
and packaged in accordance with the requirements of
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2, NAVSUP P485, and
MIL‑HDBK‑263.

4-33
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

4.45.8 Transportation dollies that carry engines, 4.45.10 Pallet containers/bins (or pigpens) shall be
transmissions or rotating electrical components shall in good condition and strong enough to capture several
have pneumatic tires and damped suspensions in order items at a time. It is recommended that the bin be
to prevent fretting or false brinnelling damage to rolling padded with horsehair cushioning covered with canvas
element bearings. in order to protect the more delicate or fragile items.
To allow for pallet bin stacking, the components shall
4.45.9 Pallets that carry properly protected and not be placed in the bin higher than the top board.
packaged components shall be in good condition and
the components shall be strapped down to prevent load 4.45.11 Specialized containers or crates can be
shifting. Fiberboard boxes shall be tied down with fiber locally manufactured. The two specifications that are
or nylon rope. Wooden or metal crates and compressed commonly used as construction guidelines for wood
gas cylinders shall be strapped down with metal straps. cleated boxes are ASTM D6251 and ASTM D6256.

4-34
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION VI. REUSABLE CONTAINERS

4.46 PURPOSE. This section provides procedures for Table 4-1. Components Typically Stored in
component/engine preparation, installation (canning) Reusable Containers
and removal from reusable containers. Table 4‑1 COMPONENTS
lists some items that are typically stored in reusable
Antennas Gear Boxes
containers.
APUs Propellers

4.47 COMPONENT PREPARATION. Components Blades Rotor Heads

require a basic preservation treatment to ensure Engines Radio Receivers
they remain protected before, during and after
storage. Protect systems and subsystems of removed e. Check rubber shock mounts for cracks, tears,
components in accordance with the instructions in bond separation, splits and other defects that would
Section II or III of this chapter. affect serviceability. Shock mounts with cure dates over
12 years old shall be replaced.
4.48 CONTAINER PREPARATION. Although it is
desirable that new or newly reconditioned containers (1) Shear type mounts shall be load tested in
be used for new or newly overhauled components, accordance with applicable NAVSUP manual at rework
serviceable containers may be used any number of times or every 30 months. Testing requires an inspection
without reconditioning as long as minimum standards of the shock mounts for cracks, splits, tears, bond
are met. Rigid containers for both ready‑for‑issue and separation or other defects while under a 1G load. If a
repairable components shall be structurally sound, test fixture is not available, loading may be simulated
clean and capable of being sealed and/or pressurized. by installing the item in the container.
NOTE (2) Compression type mounts do not require a
load test and shall be replaced only if deterioration is
Reusable rigid containers for engines shall not detected by visual inspection.
be used for purposes other than storage and
shipment of engines unless specifically directed f. Check the breather or relief valve for proper
by the appropriate APML. operation and perform a leak check after installation
of component.
4.48.1 Serviceable Containers. Prior to the installation
of a component in a serviceable container the following 4.48.2 Unserviceable Containers. If a container is not
steps shall be observed. serviceable but is economically repairable, schedule it
for reconditioning in accordance with the procedures
a. Clean the container of extraneous material such of the following NAVSUP manuals:
as liquids, used desiccants, and packaging material.
4.48.2.1 AG‑830AC‑MEB‑000, Reusable Shipping
b. Inspect the mating surface flanges for distortion, and Storage Containers - Aluminum.
gouges, or other conditions which might affect sealing
properties. 4.48.2.2 AG‑830FC‑MEB‑000, Reusable Shipping
and Storage Containers - Fiberglass.
c. Ensure that the rubber seal is not broken or
cracked and is resilient enough to adequately seal the 4.48.2.3 AG‑830PC‑MEB‑000, Reusable Shipping
clamped joint. and Storage Containers - Thermoformed Plastic.
d. Check the mounting rails and suspension system 4.48.2.4 AG‑830SC‑MEB‑000, Reusable Shipping
for integrity and security. and Storage Containers - Steel.
NOTE 4.48.3 Container Markings. If a previously used
container is utilized, remove or cover all old shipping
Repeat mount inspection after the component data, dated preservation markings and any data not
is installed in the container. applicable to the unit to be stored or shipped. Refer to
paragraph 4.52 for marking instructions.

4-35
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

4.49 COMPONENT INSTALLATION GUIDELINES. WARNING

The following are special container mounting
requirements which may be characteristic of a specific Ensure engine/fuel operated components have
component or group of components. been properly preserved with MIL‑PRF‑6081
Grade 1010N preservation oil, and lines
NOTE have been properly capped or blanked off
in accordance with paragraph 4.19. Every
The applicable maintenance instruction manual effort shall be made to hot preserve engines
for each component model shall always be in accordance Chapter 3 Section VII prior to
referred to for specific requirements before containerization.
installing components in containers.
4.49.4 Component Installation. After the component
4.49.1 B a r r i e r M a t e r i a l . R e m o v e t a p e f r o m has been prepared for installation in the container and
ventilation holes and exhaust ports. If barrier material, the proper lifting eye or sling attached (refer to the
MIL‑PRF‑131, has been used to seal the openings, applicable service instruction manual), the following
ventilation may be provided by puncturing the foil with general installation procedures shall be followed:
a pencil or other sharp object in approximately twelve
places. Ensure that all fluid system openings are a. Install Brackets. Remove the flight or stand
positively blanked off. brackets from the component brackets or mounts as
required. Torque bolts to required value and safety wire
CAUTION or use lock nuts when required. Refer to the applicable
service instruction manual for torque limits.
Avoid coiling hoses and leads too tightly,
particularly thermocouple leads and teflon b. Install Rails. Install the side rails, plates or
hoses or bellows type flexible tubing, as small special mounting brackets and torque bolts to required
radius bends may cause serious damage to values, safety wire or lock when required.
these components.
CAUTION
4.49.2 Electrical Leads and Hoses. Secure free ends
of electrical leads or flexible hoses to any convenient Damage can occur when external engine
rigid surface to prevent vibration damage during accessories or components are used as hand
handling and shipping. holds during the lowering process.

CAUTION c. Place Component in Container. Position the

bottom section of the container under the component
All attaching hardware in the suspension and carefully lower the component into the container,
system shall be equipped with positive locking aligning the holes in the side rails or shipping brackets
fasteners, for example metal stop nuts, drilled with the mounting studs or holes in the shipping
head capscrews with safety wire or castellated container. Secure the rails with the proper bolts and
nuts with cotter pins. nuts. Torque the nuts or bolts to the required value.
Remove the sling or lifting eye from the component.
4.49.3 Hardware. In order to minimize misalignment For instructions on installing components in containers
distortion, most components require the use of special designed with a waterproof bag inside a rigid container,
tolerance bolts, bushings or spacers to attach container refer to the applicable component maintenance
hardware directly to the component housings. Always instructions.
check the appropriate service instruction manual to
assure the use of correct mounting hardware.

4-36
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

CAUTION NOTE

To ensure fully activated desiccant at all times, When tightening the flange bolts, alternate
keep desiccant sealed in the storage container from one side to the other, and apply less than
until time of use and avoid delays in closing and full torque when working around the flange the
sealing the component container. Desiccant first time.
and humidity indicators shall not contact liquid
water at any time. b. Install the closures using either the captivated
quick release latches or the supplied flange bolts, nuts
and washers, and draw down evenly according to the
applicable MIM. The final torque is determined by
Desiccant, Activated 11 torque values established for the bolts used. The torque
MIL‑D‑3464 Type I loads listed in Table 4‑2 may be used for all cadmium
plated steel nuts of the fine or coarse thread series
d. Install Desiccant. Place appropriate amount of which have approximately equal number of threads
desiccant, MIL‑D‑3464 Type I, in the basket provided and equal face bearing areas.
in the shipping container. If no amount is indicated for
a particular container, use the formula in Chapter 6, c. Latches do not require torquing of their drawbolts.
Section II, to calculate the amount of desiccant Latches shall only be tightened enough to prevent
required or use one 16 unit bag per cubic foot. Refer leakage during leak testing.
to Chapter 6 for additional requirements for the use of
desiccant. CAUTION

NOTE The use of grease or oil as an aid to sealing

shall be avoided as permanent damage to the
If a bag of desiccant is placed too near the rubber flange seal may result.
indicator it may give a false reading by indicating
a local condition rather than a general condition
within the enclosed space.
Compound, Corrosion Preventive 9
e. Install Humidity Indicator. Install the humidity MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 1
indicator, SAE AS26860 Type I, in the container. If a
humidity indicator plug, MIL‑P‑6131, is used, install with d. Touch up flange bolts with preservative
a gasket in its respective receptacle in the container compound, MIL‑PRF‑16173 Grade 1, after final
and torque to 25 inch‑pounds. If an indicator card, torquing.
MIL‑I‑8835, is used, fasten it securely in a position to
permit its easy viewing through the container window. 4.49.6 Installation Recordkeeping. For engine
Refer to Chapter 6, Section II, for additional information installation, ensure that the appropriate entries are
on the use of humidity indicators. made in the Corrective Action section of the CNAF
4790/60. Refer to paragraph 4.53 of this manual.
4.49.5 Container Lid Installation.
4.50 FINAL TESTING OF NONPRESSURIZED
a. If required, attach a suitable sling to the lifting CONTAINERS. Most containers in service today are
eye in the top section of the container marked "LIFT of the controlled breathing type. Controlled breathing
HERE" and lower the top section in place on the lower containers have two-way breather valves capable of
section with the aid of two long drift pins, one at each equalizing both pressure and vacuum conditions, as
end of the cover. opposed to relief valves which are only designed to
relieve pressure buildup. Perform final container leak
check testing of nonpressurized container as follows:

a. Seal all breathing devices and insert suitable

pressure fittings and gages.

b. Close container and seal in normal manner.

4-37
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 4-2. Recommended Torque Values (inch-pounds) Table 4-3. Initial Pressure Readings for
Nonpressurized Container
Fine Thread Series Leak Check Test
Shear Type Nuts Container Type Initial Pressure Setting (psig)
NASM 21042,
Tension Type Nuts Aluminum 1.0 - 1.1
Tap Size NASM 21083,
MS20365 & NASM310
NASM 21245, Fiberglass 1.0 - 1.1
NASM 320
Thermoformed Plastic 0.5 - 0.6
8-36 12-15 7-9
Steel 1.0 - 1.1
10-32 20-25 12-15 A-A-52462 Type II (metal) 2.9-3.1
1/4-28 50-70 30-40
5/16-24 100-140 60-85
CAUTION
3/8-24 160-190 95-110
7/16-20 450-500 270-300 Do not exceed specified test pressures or
damage to container may occur.
1/2-20 480-690 290-410
9/16-18 800-1000 480-600 NOTE
5/18-18 1100-1300 600-780
3/4-16 2300-2500 1300-1500
Clean dry air is air that is free of particulates
and contains no more than 0.06 ml of water
7/8-14 2500-3000 1500-1800 per liter of air.
1-14 3700-5500 * 2200-3300
1 1/8-12 5000-7000 * 3000-4200
c. Pressurize the container with air from a
compressed air supply. If clean dry air is not available,
1 1/4-12 9000-11000 * 5400-6600 compressed nitrogen may be used. Gradually pressurize
* Estimated coresponding values container until the initial pressure is achieved (see
Table 4‑3), or leakage becomes apparent.
Coarse Thread Series
d. Allow pressure to stabilize for 30 minutes.
Shear Type Nuts
NASM 21042,
Tension Type Nuts
Tap Size NASM 21083, e. Monitor pressure for an additional 30 minutes,
MS20365 & NASM310
NASM 21245, then read the gage pressure. A loss in pressure
NASM 320
in excess of 0.05 psig (corrected for changes in
8-32 12-15 7-9 temperature and barometric pressure) shall be
considered unsatisfactory.
10-24 20-25 12-15
1/4-20 40-50 25-30 f. If pressure loss is unsatisfactory, check for leaks
5/16-18 80-90 48-55 using a soap solution. Apply solution to all welds,
container gasket area, around windows, humidity
3/8-16 160-185 95-100
indicator, valve area, and any other suspected leak
7/16-14 235-255 140-155 area.
1/2-13 400-480 240-290
9/16-12 500-700 300-420
g. Tighten bolts around access panels or gasket
area if leaks are detected in these areas.
5/8-11 700-900 420-540
3/4-10 1150-1600 700-950 h. If leak cannot be corrected by tightening, remove
7/8-9 2200-3000 1300-1800
the component from the container and repair container
in accordance with the applicable container manual
(see paragraph 4.48.2).

i. Engine or fuel component containers shall be

certified as Gas Free as required for shipment or
storage.

4-38
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 4-4. Container Relief Valve and Operational Pressure for Pressurized Containers
Relief Valve/Breather Valve
Specification Container Operational Pressure
Release Pressure

MIL-C-5584B (Steel) +10, +7 psig +5 psig

MIL-C-5584C (Steel) +2.5, -1.0 psid +2.5, -1.0 psid
A-A-52462Type I (Pressurized)
+10 psig +10 psig
(supersedes MIL-C-14200)
MIL-STD-648 ----- 3.50+/-.50, -3.00+/-0.25 psig

4.51 F I N A L T E S T I N G O F P R E S S U R I Z E D c. Container Leak Check. Leak check container as

CONTAINERS. Pressurized containers have relief follows:
valves instead of breather valves. The relief valves
are designed to relieve pressure buildup. Perform final (1) After the pressure has dropped sufficiently
testing of pressurized containers as follows: to allow the relief valve to close, check entire container
for leaks using soap solution around all closures,
a. Ground container to common ground. closure flanges, weld repairs, humidity indicators
and threaded openings such as relief and filler valve
b. Relief Valve Test. Test relief valves for proper receptacles.
performance in accordance with the following
procedures: CAUTION

WARNING DO NOT attempt to stop leakage at the closure

area by over‑torquing closure hardware or by
Excessive pressures may rupture the container application of gasket adhesives.
and endanger personnel. The oil and fuel seals
utilized in certain components will become (2) Repair leaks, if necessary, and repressurize.
deformed or rupture when subjected to
excessive static pressure. To ensure accuracy (3) If no leakage is noted with the soap
and safety, use pressure gages which are solution, allow the container to stand for 12 hours and
graduated in 0.25 psi increments with a recheck pressure. If pressure has dropped less than
maximum range of 0‑15 psig. 0.5 psig, then no further leak testing is necessary and
the container is considered suitable for storage and
NOTE shipment. If necessary, repair leaks, repressurize, and
repeat testing.
Clean dry air is air that is free of particulates
and contains no more than 0.06 ml of water d. Engine or fuel component containers shall be
per liter of air. certified as Gas Free as required for shipment or
storage.
(1) Pressurize container with clean dry air
or compressed nitrogen to 0.5 psig higher than the e. Lead Seal Installation. If required, after securing
positive pressure (psig) valve requirement listed in the container lid on RFI components, install two tamper-
the "Relief Valve" column of Table 4‑4. Set the source proof lead seals on the lid attaching bolts, over center
regulator to 2‑5 psig above relief valve pressure rating. latches, spaced 180 degrees apart. Installation of the
Use a hose attachment equipped with an on‑and‑off seals may be accomplished by substituting two drilled
valve and appropriate adapter to the container’s filler bolts for the regular lid attaching bolts, or, if applicable,
valve. Remove the cap from the air valve and install a by using predrilled holes in the container flange. The
suitable adapter if required. drilled bolts may be used with plain hex nuts if the bolts
are of sufficient length to allow installation of the seals
(2) Check that the relief valve has actuated and outboard of the nuts when they are properly torqued.
that air is flowing through valve.

4-39
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

4.52 MARKINGS ON CONTAINERS. The markings 4.52.4.2 Components containing radioactive materials
on component shipping containers are very important, shall have the container marked with a radioactive
not only to ensure proper handling, but also to provide material label as required by MIL‑STD‑129.
preservation information on the component contained.
Remove any old shipping labels or markings. Paint 4.52.4.3 Marked "LIFT HERE".
over old markings as required using acrylic paint,
MIL‑PRF-81352 Type I (see Table 8-12) or equivalent. NOTE
Affix a new label in area indicated on container. Refer to
the applicable MIMs or NAVSUP manual for container For additional protection, forms/records shall
specific marking instructions. be placed inside resealable, clear plastic bags
prior to being placed in the receptacle on the
4.52.1 Markings shall be of a color which provides the container.
best available contrast with the background. Materials
used for markings shall be either decals (preferred) 4.52.5 Records. Place Accessory and Component
or marking ink, A‑A‑208 (see Table 8‑12). Refer to Service Records and other applicable forms in the
MIL‑STD‑129 for general information on acceptable logbook binder and place in the forms receptacle
labels and marking pens. provided on the container.

4.52.2 When adding markings to containers, ensure 4.53 SHIPMENT AND STORAGE. Prior to shipment
that only the authorized markings and marking materials or storage of a canned engine or fuel component, the
are used and that they are placed in the specified following shall be performed.
locations in accordance with applicable MIMs or
NAVSUP manual. Do not apply "special" or temporary 4.53.1 Pressurized Containers Only.
markings over handling and precautionary markings.
Careless and haphazard application of markings adds a. Check the internal pressure of the container.
to the cost of rework and causes confusion. Pressure shall meet the container operational pressure
requirements of Table 4‑4 or the applicable container
4.52.3 To assure proper preservation maintenance specification.
of the component, all containers housing serviceable
or repairable components shall contain the following b. Only trained and designated personnel may
minimum markings: certify pressurized containers for transportation. Refer
to applicable mode of shipment or transportation
a. Preservation level. regulations.

b. Date of preservation. NOTE

c. Name of preserving activity. Generally, if an engine has been drained and

hot preserved, it will contain only trace amounts
d. Status of component (serviceable or repairable). of fuel. If an engine has been drained and cold
preserved, or not preserved at all, it may contain
e. Component type. concentrations of residual fuel. Every effort
shall be made to hot preserve aircraft engines
f. Component serial number. to minimize fuel in shipped/stored components.

g. Provide a minimum of six spaces for periodic 4.53.2 All Containers. An entry shall be made in the
inspection dates. Corrective Action section of the CNAF 4790/60 to
identify the following as applicable:
4.52.4 Special Markings. The following special
markings shall be added to each container when a. The engine has been hot preserved in accordance
applicable: with NAVAIR 15‑01‑500.

4.52.4.1 Components for which a priority engineering b. The engine has been cold preserved in
investigation report is desired as a result of accident or accordance with NAVAIR 15‑01‑500.
failure, shall be marked "EI" in six inch letters, using a
contrasting paint or stencil ink.

4-40
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

c. The date the engine was preserved. 4.55 COMPONENT REMOVAL GUIDELINES.
Components ready for depreservation, components in
d. The type of fuel last used to operate the engine containers showing high humidity indicator readings at
(e.g. JP‑5, JP‑8). time of inspection (see Section VIII), or components
with questionable preservation status shall be removed
e. All lines have been capped/blanked off in from their containers and inspected for corrosion and
accordance with NAVAIR 15‑01‑500. if necessary, repaired, represerved and reinstalled in
a container using fresh desiccant. Any of these actions
f. The container has been pressurized in require a log entry.
accordance with NAVAIR 15‑01‑500 (pressurized
containers only). 4.55.1 Components shall be removed from their
containers in reverse sequence of the procedures used
g. The date the container was pressurized during installation or in accordance with the following
(pressurized containers only). general requirements.

4.53.3 A copy of the completed CNAF 4790/60 shall NOTE

be placed in the record receptacle located on the
outside of the container. Use these instructions in conjunction with the
applicable maintenance instructions.
4.54 M A I N T E N A N C E O F C O N TA I N E R I Z E D
COMPONENTS. a. Relieve any pressure in nonpressurized
containers using the breather valve.
4.54.1 Storage Inspections. Every 28 days perform
the following: b. Relieve the pressure in pressurized containers
using the filler valve.
a. Check humidity indicator. If an out of limit
condition is observed, replace container desiccant c. Release cover latches or remove lid bolts. Lift
and indicator in accordance with the container MIM. the lid from the container with a suitable sling.
Perform a leak check in accordance with paragraph
4.50 (Nonpressurized Containers) or 4.51 (Pressurized d. Remove desiccant and handle in accordance
Containers). Reinspect within 24 hours. with the requirements of Chapter 6.

b. If the humidity within the container fails to come e. Remove any packaged accessories from the
within the specified limits, inspect the container using container.
procedures in paragraph 4.48. Remove component and
inspect for visible signs of corrosion (see paragraph f. If necessary for adequate inspection, remove the
4.55). Correct if necessary. component from the container (lower half) and place
on an approved work stand.
NOTE
NOTE
If the 28 day inspection and the prior to shipment
inspection overlap, no 28 day inspection is Replace or apply ventilated covers, plugs,
required. closures, barrier material and CPC as applicable
and in accordance with Sections II and III of
4.54.2 Prior to and after Shipment. Within 24 hours this chapter.
before and after shipment, perform a 28 day inspection.
4.55.2 Document all component removal dates, from
4.54.3 Response to Corrosion/Damage. If corrosion rigid reusable containers, in the appropriate space of
or damage is observed upon the inspection of a the container markings provided for this purpose.
container recently received in a shipment or in storage,
the component inside shall be subsequently inspected
(see paragraph 4.55). If no damage or corrosion is
found on the component, it shall be reinstalled in a
serviceable container using fresh desiccant.

4-41/(4-42 Blank)
4-41
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION VII. SHIPMENT OF CONTAINERIZED COMPONENTS

4.56 PURPOSE. This section provides guidelines for 4.58 LAND SHIPMENT.
shipping preserved, packaged components by land,
ocean, or air. 4.58.1 Component Preparations. The component
shall first be properly preserved in accordance
4.57 INTRODUCTION. with Sections II and III, and properly packaged in
accordance with Sections IV and VI, as applicable.
4.57.1 General. If more than one mode of transportation
is used during shipment of a component, packaging shall 4.58.2 Shipment Protection.
be compatible with all conditions to be encountered.
If a portion of the shipment involves surface shipment 4.58.2.1 Rigid Containers. A rigid container, in
by truck of more than 10 miles or shipment by rail or accordance with the requirements in Section VI, is
water vessel, the component shall be packaged in a the preferred form of mechanical protection for aircraft
rigid container or provisions shall be made to repack components when transported by truck or train for a
the component at the point where a different method distance in excess of 10 miles.
of shipment is to begin. All components transported
within the continental U.S. shall have a least two‑thirds a. Rigid component containers are equipped
of the effective preservation time limitation remaining with mounts or vibration isolators which will prevent
prior to shipment. vibration damage to the components under ordinary
shipping conditions. Proper blocking and bracing
4.57.2 Components Received for Transshipment. of containers in cars, trucks or vessels is extremely
Components packaged in metal containers shall important to ensure proper functioning of the container
be inspected within 24 hours before shipment, in suspension systems.
accordance with Section VI of this chapter, and
represerved as necessary before transshipment. b. Loading and stowing instructions issued by the
Components received in air shipment stands for Department of Transportation and/or DoD instructions
transshipment shall be inspected for damage or unsafe shall be consulted when loading components for
conditions and corrected as necessary to assure shipment.
safe delivery. If received components are scheduled
for subsequent travel by air or truck for distances in c. Components received or delivered shall have the
excess of 10 miles, they shall be transferred to sealed relative humidity checked within 24 hours prior to and
metal containers in accordance with MIL‑STD‑2073‑1. after shipment (see paragraph 4.54). If either are out
Dynamic components being truck shipped in air of limits, correct in accordance with paragraph 4.55.
shipment stands without shock mounts shall be given
special bearing brinnel protection by securing the CAUTION
loaded stand on scrap tires or similar resilient material.
Stacking of this type container in two or more
4.57.3 Log Entries. All activities shall ensure that layers during shipment and storage is prohibited.
component logs and records under their cognizance
are processed and maintained in accordance with NOTE
COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2. All preservation/
depreservation records shall be entered in Preservation/ Reusable rigid containers for engines shall not
Depreservation Section, Form CNAF 4790/136A be used for purposes other than storage and
for components. All entries shall cite this manual as shipment of engines unless specifically directed
authority. Ensure a copy of the CNAF 4790/60, including by the appropriate APML.
preservation/purging information in accordance with
paragraph 4.53, is placed in the record receptacle 4.58.2.2 Shipping Stand or Container Lower Half.
located on the outside of the container. The use of appropriate shipping stands, dollies,
cradles or container lower half for transporting aircraft
components by truck or train, 10 miles or less, is
acceptable.

4-43
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

CAUTION longer than a few hours while awaiting or following

transportation, the shroud or cover shall be loosened
Air shipment stands are designed to save weight to allow free circulation of air around the component
and space and give mechanical protection to to prevent condensation of moisture.
aircraft components subject to shipment by
airlift. They shall not be used for shipment of 4.59 OCEAN SHIPMENT. Refer to the requirements
components by truck except for transshipment of paragraph 4.58 for mechanical protection of aircraft
of 10 miles or less over paved roads such as components during ocean shipment.
between local airports, from landing fields to
local destinations, or for emergency movement 4.60 AIR SHIPMENT. Refer to paragraph 4.58
of awaiting overhaul components when no for mechanical protection requirements for aircraft
containers are available. components during air shipment.

a. The use of locally manufactured stands and 4.60.1 Auxiliary power units shall be air shipped in
cradles may be necessary if rigid reusable containers statically dehumidified containers or packages.
are not available. These stands or cradles shall be
approved by NAVSUP Weapons System Support CAUTION
(WSS) before use. Minimum standards shall be
observed when manufacturing local stands, including Other cargo shall not be stowed on or against
consideration of the maximum dimensions permissible components during storage and shipment.
for specific cargo plane openings (see Chapter 7). Stacking of this type container in two or more
layers during shipment is prohibited.
b. If the shipment stand, dolly, or cradle is not shock
mounted, secure the loaded stand on scrap tires or 4.60.2 Components on air shipment stands or in
similar resilient material to minimize the possibility of container lower halves shall be loaded and secured
brinell damage to the component bearings. with the component rotor shaft parallel to the direction
of movement. Ensure components are shrouded. If the
c. The use of component specific stands or cradles air shipment stand is equipped with stock mounts, no
is encouraged. tiedown shall be attached to the component. Forward
and aft tiedowns shall be arranged in such a manner
CAUTION that the smallest possible angle is obtained between
the floor and tiedown cables.
Avoid any material extending beyond the outer
edges of the half‑can flange as this contributes 4.60.3 Components in pressurized containers
to shroud material damage when handling the prepared for military airlift shall comply with
component in confined areas. NAVSUP P505.

To avoid corrosion damage, do not use polyvinyl CAUTION

chloride plastic sheeting to shroud components.
To ensure the safety of flight personnel and to
d. Components mounted on stands, dollies, minimize equipment damage, it is important that
cradles, or component air shipping stands shall be all shipping stands used be structurally sound
protected from weather and foreign matter by installing and capable of withstanding rough weather flight
suitable prefabricated covers or shrouds. When conditions. Neither the safety of flight personnel
sealed, water‑shedding, fitted and reusable component nor mechanical protection of the component
covers are not available, shroud type covers can be shall be sacrificed in order to save weight.
manufactured locally using MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1
barrier material. 4.60.4 Air shipping stands shall be tied down in
accordance with the applicable aircraft loading
e. If movement is necessary during inclement instructions.
weather, the shrouded component shall be further
protected by a tarpaulin or other waterproof cover.
If shipment components are held under cover for

4-44
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION VIII. STORAGE AND MAINTENANCE

4.61 PURPOSE. This section provides information 4.63 MAINTENANCE OF STORED COMPONENTS.
on storage location and guidelines for inspection and
maintenance of components in storage. 4.63.1 General. When containers are used for long
periods of time, particularly when stored outside,
4.62 STORAGE LOCATION. corrosion, material deterioration, or mechanical
damage may occur. It may be necessary to repair or
CAUTION replace the container. Always remove the component
from the container before starting repair on the
Do not store containers in areas where water container. The component shall be inspected and
can pool, as the container's breather valve may represerved in a reconditioned container for storage
cycle and ingest water. or issued for service. Refer to the applicable container
MIM for repair procedures.
4.62.1 Components in Rigid Containers.
4.63.2 Dehumidified Containers. A periodic inspection
4.62.1.1 Store containerized aircraft components of the humidity indicator every 28 days (14 days for
inside a sheltered area, where the interior temperature covered outdoor storage) is required for all components
will remain stable. in dehumidified containers. If the internal relative
humidity indicator is in excess of 40%, take corrective
4.62.1.2 Containers may be stored outdoors on a action as follows:
covered, paved surface (e.g. a lean-to type structure
over a concrete or asphalt surface) provided that the a. If the facility has component repair capability, the
area is secure and has good drainage. The frequency of container cover shall be removed and the envelope
the container inspections shall be changed to 14 days, opened to inspect for indications of corrosion. If no
as cycling of outside temperatures decreases the life corrosion is evident, the desiccant shall be replaced
of the container desiccant. with new material, the envelope evacuated and resealed
and the cover reinstalled. If any corrosion is evident,
4.62.2 Components in Flexible Containers (Bags). affected areas shall be treated in accordance with
Components in flexible containers (bags) shall be NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2 and the component represerved
stored inside a warehouse or shed. Arrangement as necessary and reinstalled in the container or issued
of components in the storage area shall be such for service.
that humidity indicators are readily accessible for
inspection and maintenance purposes. Information on b. If the facility does not have component repair
the equipment and setup for this type of storage can capability, replace desiccant and reseal container.
be found in Chapters 5 and 6. Note in the log that humidity was out of range but no
corrosion inspection was performed. Component shall
4.62.3 Other Covers. Components stored on air be inspected and treated for corrosion, if necessary,
shipping stands shall be stored indoors under cover by the receiving activity prior to use.
and shall be protected at all times from the elements.
Storage in a humidity controlled (dehumidified) area or 4.63.3 Nondehumidified Containers. Periodic
building is preferred. inspection for components authorized to be packaged
in this type of container is beyond the scope of this
4.62.4 Components in Wooden Crates or Boxes. manual. Refer to applicable NAVSUP field instructions.
Components in wooden crates or boxes may be
temporarily stored outdoors on a covered, paved
surface (e.g. a lean-to type structure over a concrete
or asphalt surface) provided the area is secure and has
good drainage. However, components shall be moved
to indoor storage as quickly as possible to prevent
deterioration.

4-45
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

4-64 LOG ENTRIES. Log entries are mandatory when c. When the maintenance accomplished affects the
the following maintenance actions are accomplished: storage time limitation of the component involved, i.e.,
when converting to another type of preservation.
a. Initial preservation.
d. When the component is represerved after
b. When a container is opened for inspection of having reached the end of its authorized storage time
the component due to high relative humidity indicator limitation.
readings.
e. Depreservation.

4-46
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

CHAPTER 5
BARRIER SYSTEMS

SECTION I. INTRODUCTION

5.1 INTRODUCTION. The physical barriers that are suspended horizontally from cables and attaching
available to protect aircraft and aircraft components rings to an overhead hoist, or unsupported and used
or systems are fairly basic. The level of preservation like a blanket. The space created by this shroud is
required for the aircraft or component is determined then dehumidified. The shroud concept is intended
in accordance with Chapter 1. The chosen level then to provide temporary DH protection to aircraft in-work
determines the required barrier. In general, Level I or provide a quick setup for DH protection of delicate
provides only temporary or short term protection. or corrosion sensitive components. Mechanics can
Level II provides additional protection but is still work on the aircraft inside of the shroud or, using the
environment dependent. It is the usual choice for hoist, lift the shroud completely away from the aircraft
shipping and it is used extensively in desert storage. and then return it after the work shift. The shroud can
Level III dehumidified storage provides maximum be used as DH storage for removed components or
protection and it is the most cost effective method of aircraft peculiar support equipment, as well as an
the three levels for long term storage. The barriers that environmentally controlled workshop. Refer to Section
are called out in each level are summarized below. III of this chapter for additional information on shrouds.

5.1.1 L e v e l I I I . D e h u m i d i f i e d ( D H ) S t o r a g e . 5.1.1.3 Bag. The bag is a flexible cover that is custom

Dehumidified storage can be a single cover for fit to a specific aircraft or engine. This cover seals
individual aircraft or an entire shelter where many the aircraft/engine completely in a watervaporproof
aircraft and components can be protected. Refer to material which is then dynamically or statically
Chapter 6 for information on the setup of a dehumidified dehumidified. Refer to Section IV of this chapter for
storage system. details.

5.1.1.1 Rigid Shelters. Tension membrane shelters 5.1.2 Levels I and II. Nondehumidified Storage.
are freestanding structures that are constructed of a Nondehumidified storage, with the top cover, strippable
metal framework and covered with a urethane or vinyl coating, shrinkwrap, or tape and barrier methods,
coated polyester material. Pre-engineered structures provides limited protection for the aircraft and
are freestanding buildings consisting of a metal components, and requires periodic represervation
framework with metal sides and roof panels. These and maintenance of CPCs to sustain the protection.
shelters come in a variety of sizes and can be erected
in a few hours by a crew of four. The shelters have 5.1.2.1 Top Cover. The top cover is a cheaper version
electrically powered vents at the top that provide four of the flexible bag that covers only the top surface of
to five air changes per hour. However, by attaching a the aircraft and extends to the drip line. Straps hold
recirculating dynamic dehumidifier to the shelter, the the cover in place. Refer to Section IV of this chapter
inside atmosphere can be stabilized to 35±5% relative for additional information on top covers.
humidity (RH). The low and relatively constant RH
provides the ultimate protection for aviation equipment 5.1.2.2 Strippable Coating. Strippable coating is a two
with minimal maintenance. The smaller units are used part covering method which is sprayed on the external
for single aircraft, as a DH warehouse (or workshop), surfaces of the aircraft or component. Tape and barrier
or for storage of components. The largest shelters is used to mask off or span only selected areas. This
can accommodate several aircraft and a variety of method is mainly used for desert storage. Refer to
components and support equipment for indefinite Section V of this chapter for details.
storage. Refer to Section II of this chapter for details.
5.1.2.3 Tape & Barrier (T&B). Tape and barrier
5.1.1.2 Shrouds. These are specialized covering is used to cover selected areas of the aircraft or
systems that can be erected inside a hangar in order component to prevent water intrusion and damage
to provide localized DH protection for a variety of by ultraviolet radiation. The tape and barrier method
items. Shrouds can be manufactured by the tension primarily uses pressure sensitive adhesive tape, SAE
membrane shelter manufacturers, custom made AMS‑T‑22085, and aluminized waterproof barrier
for individual application or locally assembled with material, MIL‑PRF‑131. Procedures for this type of
off‑the‑shelf plastic sheet. Shrouds can be a rigid frame protection can be found in Section VI of this chapter.

5-1
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

5.1.2.4 Shrinkwrap. Shrinkwrap is a low density

polyethylene film that conforms to the aircraft when f/a - 18e
heated. Shrinkwrap is typically used for shipment. Refer
to Section VII of this chapter for details. buno - 165111
5.2 AIRCRAFT MARKINGS AND PLACARDS.
pres type - Level ii - TOP
4-1-17
5.2.1 If aircraft identification markings are covered due
to the preservation process, stenciled markings (using frcsw
1 inch minimum height lettering) shall be placed on top Figure 5-1. Proper Stencil Format
of the barrier material, strippable coating, shrinkwrap,
top cover or bag. The location shall be at ground level
on the forward left hand side of the fuselage. The
5.2.2 To aid loading and maintenance crews, apply
following preservation information (see Figure 5‑1) shall
appropriate stencils with arrows to indicate access
be stenciled with weather resistant black ink (A-A-208):
provisions, lifting points, and drain openings. Whenever
a symbol has been designed and approved, utilize
a. Aircraft Model.
the precautionary symbols of MIL‑STD‑2161 in lieu of
wording indicating "LIFT", "TIE-DOWN", "NO STEP".
b. BUNO.
5.2.3 If cartridge activated devices and/or rocket motor
c. Level and Type of Preservation.
escape devices are not removed before preservation,
one of the Warnings in Figure 3‑2 shall be applied to
d. Date of Preservation.
each side of the cockpit area. Lettering shall be red
and a minimum of 1 inch in height.
e. Preserving Activity.

5-2
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION II. RIGID SHELTER

Figure 5-2. Tension Fabric Shelter

5.3 INTRODUCTION. In general, any freestanding is designed to be easily transported and quickly erected
rigid shelter is an effective barrier system when and disassembled. Typical life of a tension fabric shelter
protecting aircraft and aircraft components in Level III is 8‑10 years.
preservation. Using rigid shelters as a barrier system
allows accessibility to aircraft or components in 5.4.2 Environment.
preservation without disturbing the protection.
5.4.2.1 Weather Protection. The shelter, when
5.3.1 Types. Hangers, metal sheds, buildings, pre- properly erected and anchored with all doors closed
engineered metal buildings, and tension fabric shelters and storm kits in place (when required) shall be
have been successfully dehumidified to Level III designed to conform to the U.S. Uniform Building Code,
standards provided the walls, ceiling, doors and floor using local building wind requirements for fully exposed
are adequately sealed. The tension fabric shelter and or partially exposed sites, and temperature exposure
pre-engineered metal building have been proven to be ranging from -20°F to 160°F.
the most versatile and convenient of the rigid shelters.
These structures are reusable, portable and come in 5.4.2.2 Shelter Site. The site(s) shall slope no more
a variety of sizes to accommodate any T/M/S aircraft than 3% and shall provide a means for rain water runoff
and associated components/support equipment. to preclude accumulation from around the structure
perimeter. There should be no rock outcroppings (large
5.3.2 Material. Standard wood frame and wallboard rocks that cannot be easily picked up and removed),
structures should be sealed with oil primer and tree stumps or other obstruction within the building
enamel topcoat. Metal sheds should be caulked on area(s).
the overlapped seams and around fasteners. Doors
shall be weather proofed with foam rubber seal strips 5.4.3 Construction.
or barrier material. Watervaporproof liners may be used
inside buildings for sealing. 5.4.3.1 Arches. The basic frame is composed of
several identical arches, each made by connecting
5.3.3 Dehumidifier (DH) Unit Requirement. The DH standard beam extrusions together using quick-
shall be placed outside the structure, and the air shall connect joints. All components of each type shall be
be recirculated via ducting. Refer to Chapter 6 for DH fully interchangeable. All extrusions in the frame shall
requirements to support Level III preservation in a rigid be made from anodized 6061-T6 aluminum alloy. All
shelter. castings shall be made from A356 aluminum alloy,
heat treated to a T6 condition, and powder coated
5.4 TENSION FABRIC SHELTERS. A typical dry bronze. All extrusions and castings shall have a
structure is shown in Figure 5‑2. minimum five year warrantee.

5.4.1 Structure. The shelter is an aluminum extrusion 5.4.3.2 Outer Shell Membrane Specifications.
frame supported tensioned structure built to a standard
production size. The arch frame supports provide a 5.4.3.2.1 The shelter shall provide two personnel
clear span with no internal beams or posts. The shelter doors approximately 7' high by 3' wide. These doors

5-3
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

shall be equipped with crash-bar style exits and glass

windows. The doors shall be fitted in a frame and bolted
into an assembly. The doors may be located in any bay
depending upon customer requirements.

5.4.3.2.2 Ventilation shall be provided in the form

of electrically powered roof vents in the bays. The
air movement shall circulate to allow hot air to exit
through vents in roof. The ventilation shall provide
approximately four to five changes per hour.
Figure 5-3. Pre-Engineered Building
5.4.3.2.3 T h e s h e l t e r s h a l l h a v e a n i n t e r i o r
lighting system. The lighting shall illuminate the
e. General purpose 220 VAC/60 Hz receptacle
floor area to 20 foot candles. General purpose
service.
3 phase/240 VAC/60 Hz receptacles shall be provided.
Distribution box, prewired harnesses, attachments and
f. Electric powered ventilation.
covers shall be provided with the electrical system.
g. Patching kit containing adhesive and membrane
5.4.3.2.4 The shelter shall be designed to use
material.
storm kits in the event of severe winds, rain, and/
or snow conditions in compliance with local building
5.4.5 Maintenance. Periodically inspect the entire
requirements. The storm kits consist of wall cables and
structure for signs of deterioration. The fabric material
anchors and shall be installed when such storms are
is especially vulnerable to mechanical damage. Wash
anticipated.
the exterior surfaces of the structure with a mild soap
(1 oz. detergent per gallon of water) solution about
NOTE
every 6 months. Rinse with fresh water and inspect
for holes, rips and tears. Patch the holes with pieces
The insulation material increases the "R" value
of the membrane material with either the single
up to "R‑10" which greatly reduces heating and
component or the two part adhesive provided by the
cooling loads if the shelter is to be used as a
shelter manufacturer. If the fabric is too deteriorated
workshop or if maintenance personnel will be
for economical spot repairs, then the entire membrane
spending time in it during weather extremes.
should be replaced.
5.4.3.2.5 Composite fabric insulation that can be
5.4.6 Transport, Relocation and Shipping Information.
pulled along the inside of the shelter to form an air gap
The shelters consist of lightweight components which
of approximately 4 inches wide may be provided with
nest or fold to allow easy storage and shipment. The
the shelter.
shelter is capable of being dismantled and transported
to a new location by road, rail or sea in a standard
5.4.4 Installation. The shelter manufacturer may
International Standards Organization (ISO) container
provide on-site equipment and assistance for erecting
or by air in crates. Refer to manufacturer's manual for
the shelter. A complete manual should also be provided.
specific instructions on the disassembly and shipment
A complete shelter package shall include the following
of the shelter.
items:
5.5 PRE-ENGINEERED BUILDINGS. A typical
a. The complete tension membrane structure.
structure is shown in Figure 5-3.
b. Storm kit.
5.5.1 Structure. A pre-engineered building is a steel
rigid frame, clear span structure, usually built to a
c. Personnel doors.
standard production size. The rigid frame supports
provide a clear span with no internal beams or posts.
d. Interior lighting system.
For very large structures, a rigid frame interior column
design is used. Typical life of a pre-engineered building
is 20 years.

5-4
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

5.5.2 Environment. 5.5.4 Installation. The building manufacturer shall

provide complete erection drawings for proper
5.5.2.1 Weather Protection. The building shall be identification and assembly. The manufacturer may also
designed to conform to all local requirements with provide on-site equipment and assistance for erecting
regard to wind, snow, and seismic loads. In the absence the structure. Field modifications of primary structural
of other requirements, the building shall be designed to members shall be authorized by the manufacturer.
withstand minimum 70 m.p.h. winds, and temperature A complete pre-engineered building package shall
exposures of -20°F to 160°F. include the following:

5.5.2.2 Shelter Site. The site shall slope no more than a. The pre-engineered building.
3%, and shall provide a means for rain water runoff to
preclude accumulation around the structure perimeter. b. Personnel and/or hangar doors.
There should be no rock outcroppings (large rocks that
cannot be easily picked up and removed), tree stumps, c. Interior lighting system.
or other obstructions within the building area.
d. General purpose 220 VAC/60 Hz service.
5.5.3 Construction.
e. Ventilation system.
5.5.3.1 Framing. Typical steels used for framing are
ASTM A36 (hot-rolled structural sections), ASTM A572 5.5.5 Maintenance. The building shall be inspected
Grade 55 (built up sections), and ASTM A1011 at least annually. Check steel panels/framing for
Grade 55 (endwall sections). All framing members corrosion. Check seals around doors and windows
shall be shop fabricated for field bolted assembly. All for integrity. Correct corrosion and replace seals as
structural steel and light gauge steel members shall required.
be either painted or primer coated.
5.5.6 Transport, Relocation, and Shipping Information.
5.5.3.2 Roof. The roof shall be made of standard Pre-engineered buildings are considered temporary
24 gauge galvalume steel. structures and are movable. Refer to the manufacturer’s
instructions for disassembly and shipment of the
5.5.3.3 Doors. At least two personnel doors, 7' high by structure.
3' wide, shall be provided. The doors shall be equipped
with crash-bar style exits and glass windows. Sectional 5.6 EXISTING BUILDINGS. Any building or room
and roll-up doors to accommodate large components or can be converted for dehumidified storage. The walls,
aircraft may be provided in accordance with customer ceiling and floor shall be sealed against moisture
requirements. transmission. This can be accomplished with epoxy
sealers, or by lining the area with watervaporproof
5.5.3.4 Ventilation. Rotary or continuous roof material.
ventilators shall be provided. The air shall circulate
to allow hot air to exit through vents in the roof. The
ventilation shall provide approximately four to five air
changes per hour.

5.5.3.5 Lighting. The building shall have an interior

lighting system. The lighting shall illuminate the floor
area to 20 foot candles. General purpose 3 phase/240
VAC/60 Hz receptacles shall be provided. Distribution
box, prewired harnesses, attachments and covers shall
be provided with the electrical system.

5-5/(5-6 Blank)
5-5
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION III. DROP SHROUDS

Figure 5-4. Shroud Draped Over a Metal Frame

Figure 5-5. Aircraft Inside a Shroud
5.7 INTRODUCTION. The shroud concept was
developed to fill a niche in DH protection technology.
The shrouds are simply customized, nonconforming snap lock zippers or the side panels can be weighted
covers that can be used for a variety of applications. to the concrete floor with shot-filled pigs. No matter
The material can be supported, draped over a floor how the material is fixtured, it must be sealed against
mounted framework, hung from a suspended rigid leaks.
frame, or unsupported (draped over preserved item
like a blanket). The supported shroud can be set 5.7.3 DH Unit Requirement. For simple storage areas,
up in a comer of a hangar as a mini-warehouse for a small desiccant wheel DH unit hooked up in a passive
removed components. A hoist suspended drop shroud mode will usually be adequate. The unit may be placed
can be lowered and raised over an in-process aircraft inside or outside the storeroom/hangar, and the dried
or component. The blanket shroud is simply material process air shall be circulated via flexible ducting and
draped over the preserved item (aircraft, engine or plenums. For suspended drop shrouds that cover
component); no framework is required. The sides of in‑process components, this setup may be modified
the material can be sealed to a floorpiece or simply by placing the DH unit outside of the shroud and then
weighted down onto the existing floor with absorbent plumbing the dried and return air from the shroud to the
pigs or sand bags. The DH unit capacity required for a DH unit. Refer to Chapter 6 for DH unit requirements
shroud is much smaller than for rigid shelters. Figures to support a drop shroud system.
5-4 and 5‑5 show typical shroud setups.
5.8 APPLICATION AND PROCEDURES. The
5.7.1 Framework. The frame can be constructed of following are guidelines for the setup of each type of
rigid steel or aluminum extrusions or box tubing welded supported shroud.
or bolted together. The edges and corners shall be
radiused enough to protect the material. The frame 5.8.1 Component DH Storage. Locate an area in the
may have eyebolts affixed to it from which the shroud hangar where storage shelves and bins can be installed
can be suspended and act as the attaching hardware (against a wall or in a comer is recommended). Check
for the ceiling or hoist mounted cables. for adequate electrical power for the DH unit chosen for
the job and the lighting system. Erect the framework
5.7.2 Material. The material is a watervaporproof, and tie the drop shroud to it and secure. Seal the drop
vinyl coated polyester. It can be heat welded into any shroud until there are no leaks. Place the DH unit
desired shape and size. Windows, personnel doors inside or outside. Duct the dried air throughout the
and DH ducting/vents can be installed as required. drop shroud enclosure. Ensure return air is ducted
Grommets shall be fixed along the top seam so the to the outside environment. Refer to Chapter 6 for
entire shroud can be tied to the framework with nylon configuration of dry air distribution system. Install the
rip cord. The material shall be sealed to a floorpiece by shelves and bins and switch on the DH unit and set
the desired relative humidity range on the humidistat.

5-7
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

5.8.2 In Process DH Storage. WARNING

5.8.2.1 Stationary Shroud. General instructions for Refer to the local safety office and entry authority
erecting a stationary shroud are as follows: for guidelines for working in this environment,
especially if solvents or other volatile organic
CAUTION compounds are to be used or components
contain fuel.
Consult the local facilities engineering
department for a structural engineering NOTE
evaluation of the shroud assembly and
suspension hardware before attempting Make sure that the shroud is sufficiently sealed
installation. around the ducting. The DH unit itself may
remain inside the hangar but the warm, moist
a. Lay out the shroud on the hangar floor and return air may be ducted outside the hangar, if
align it so that the top seams and attaching grommets desired. Because the drop shroud will be used
approximate the geometry of the framework. as a working area, it is recommended that some
makeup air be added to the process air return
b. Set the framework on top of the shroud and tie duct for better ventilation.
them together using nylon rip cord.
j. Open the access door and wheel in the
c. Attach the suspension cables to the framework components or aircraft.
eyebolts and to the ceiling frame or rafters.
k. Reseal the door and switch on the DH unit. After
NOTE the internal atmosphere stabilizes, the work crew can
enter and work can begin.
Raising the shroud may be easier if the side
material is folded. l. During the work shift, personnel should keep the
door closed at all times and keep the number of entries
d. Lift the entire assembly to the proper height and and exits to a minimum.
level the drop shroud frame.
m. At the end of the work shift, ensure that the
e. Tighten the cable clamps and recheck the level. shroud is sealed up, the DH unit is running and the
humidistat is properly set.
f. Attach the angled side bracing cables as required
to stabilize the framework. 5.8.2.2 Mobile Shroud. The mobile shroud has an
advantage over the stationary shroud in that it can be
g. Attach the shroud sides to the floorpiece panel moved away from the working area to allow the work
with the snap lock zippers or if the shroud does not crew complete access to an in‑process aircraft, or to
have a floor panel, drape the side panels onto the floor relocate it for use on an immobile aircraft. The movable
and weigh it down with long, shot filled pigs. shroud can be suspended via one or more hoists from
the hangar overhead superstructure, or affixed to a
h. Install the interior lights and seal the window freestanding frame.
panels and access door.

NOTE

For this assembly, it is recommended that the

DH unit be set up outside of the shroud.

i. Direct the dried air into the shroud on one end

and pick up the return air on the opposite end. Refer
to Chapter 6 for configuration of a dry air distribution
system.

5-8
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

CAUTION under it. Lower the drop shroud over the object and
attach the side panels to the floor panel (if available)
Suspending a framework from one or two hoists or to the hangar floor as described for the stationary
will make the structure unstable, therefore guide shroud. Hook up the DH unit as recommended for the
wires/cables, attached to the hangar floor or stationary shroud.
walls, are required.
c. Relocation. Remove DH unit and ducting. Detach
a. Consult the local facilities engineering department the shroud from the frame. Relocate the freestanding
for a structural engineering evaluation of the drop framework over the area to be dehumidified, and tie
shroud assembly and suspension hardware and design the shroud to it and secure. The framework can either
before attempting installation. be erected in each location or moved via wheels to a
new location. Seal the shroud and install the DH unit
b. Lay out the shroud and framework assembly and as described for the stationary system.
tie it together as described for the stationary shroud.
Attach the hoist and cable yoke assembly to the
suspension framework and lift the entire shroud high
enough to allow the component or aircraft to be moved

5-9/(5-10 Blank)
5-9
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION IV. FLEXIBLE COVERS

Figure 5-6. Aircraft In a Flexible Bag Figure 5-7. Aircraft In a Top Cover

5.9 INTRODUCTION. The two basic types of removed and replaced; the entire cover need not be
flexible covers are bags and top covers. Both covers removed, only the affected area.
are custom made for each model aircraft or large
component. 5.10 AIRCRAFT PREPARATION. The following are
guidelines for the preparation of the aircraft prior to
5.9.1 Bags. Bags are made of a weather resistant, flexible cover installation.
watervaporproof flexible plastic, MIL‑P‑58102 Type I,
and are fitted with zippers and sealable panels to 5.10.1 Cleaning. Clean all surfaces of aircraft in
facilitate their installation onto an aircraft/component accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. Dry all surfaces
(see Figures 4-1 and 5-6). The internal environment is using wiping cloths and compressed air as necessary.
then either statically or dynamically dehumidified. The
bags are less expensive than the shelter DH option, 5.10.2 Inspection.
and one bag may be the only DH protection required
for a particular activity. 5.10.2.1 Ensure that all surfaces to be covered are
free from corrosion.
5.9.1.1 Dynamic DH. Once the cover is in place, a
dynamic DH unit is hooked up to the bag and dry, 5.10.2.2 For aircraft with engines and/or components
processed air is recirculated within the bag. The flexible removed, ensure that all fluid system lines are suitably
bag has certain advantages over the use of shelters. capped with metal closures. Refer to Chapter 3.
The supporting DH unit is much smaller and cheaper
to run. Several bagged aircraft can be hooked up in 5.10.3 Corrosion Control. Treat any corrosion found
parallel to one DH unit. Refer to Chapter 6, Section III, in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
for dynamic DH setup information.
5.10.4 Protection. Preserve aircraft in accordance
5.9.1.2 Static DH. As an alternate method, the with Chapter 3 instructions for Level III (bags) or Level II
environment inside the cover can also be statically (top covers).
dehumidified with a large number of desiccant bags
(about one 16 unit bag per cubic foot of space) placed 5.10.5 Aircraft Preparation Instructions.
inside of the aircraft or component just before cover
installation. Refer to Chapter 6, Section II, for additional 5.10.5.1 Material Required. The following materials
information on static dehumidification. are required for preparation of the aircraft.

5.9.2 Top Covers. Top covers are similar to bags in a. Cushioning material, polyethylene foam plank,
design except that the cover extends just below the A‑A‑59136, Class 1, Grade A (2" x 4' x 8').
drip line and is fastened to the aircraft or component
with straps; the underside is open and ventilated (see b. Packaging material, polyethylene sheet,
Figure 5‑7). Top covers are made of a waterproof A‑A‑59135, Class 1, Grade A (1⁄2" x 4' x 8').
flexible plastic material, MIL-P-58102 Type III. The
cover itself cannot be dehumidified but selected internal c. Tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II, 3M #481 (1 inch
sections of the aircraft, such as cockpit, avionic bays, and 2 inch width).
and engines may be sealed and statically dehumidified.
Top covers can facilitate maintenance as they are easily d. Barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131, Class 1 (36 inch
wide roll).
5-11
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Cushioning Material Circular Saw Slit

fabricated from A-A-59136 A

Circular Saw Slit

Aircraft Surface
B
D
Dimension Equals
2 inches (for 1 inch thick aircraft surface)
A
3 inches (for 2 inch thick aircraft surface) C
1.5 inches (for 1 inch thick aircraft surface)
B
2.5 inches (for 2 inch thick aircraft surface)
C Specified by padding instructions
D As required by specified padding instructions

Figure 5-8. Cushioning Material

5.10.5.2 Control Surface Locks. To prevent control 5.10.5.4 Removable Items. Remove all fragile
surface movement due to gravity, wind, or cover and protruding items that may be damaged during
weight pressure, install peculiar support equipment cover installation or storage, such as rigid static
(PSE) control surface locks or battens manufactured wicks, antennas, windshield wiper blades and arms,
in accordance with Chapter 3, Section II. When battens or external temperature indicator probes. Store
are used on composite surfaces, battens shall be at packaged and labeled items in the aircraft pilot/crew
least 8 by 16 inches to prevent possible structural compartments. These items may remain installed if
damage to composite material. mechanically protected.

NOTE NOTE

Use only the amount of tape necessary to It is not necessary to open fastener attached
secure the cushioning materials in place. access doors or panels. Do not fully open
Do not attempt to cover all of the cushioning doors, as this may cause problems with the
material or seal the edges of the cushioning flexible cover.
material with tape.
5.10.5.5 Ventilation. For bags that will be dynamically
5.10.5.3 Cushioning. Install mechanical protection dehumidified, close the canopy on a foam block, leaving
type PSE covers or equivalent cushioning on external an opening of approximately two inches for ventilation.
devices such as angle of attack probes and blade Partially open any sliding or inward-opening doors or
antennas. Adequate cushioning for these items can hatches about one inch and secure in this position. This
usually be provided by using appropriate thickness will provide a free exchange of air between aircraft
of cushioning material with cutout cavities provided compartments or cavities and the dehumidified air
where needed. Apply cushioning material, 2 inches within the flexible cover.
thick, held in place with tape, to sharp edged areas that
are high pressure contact points for the installed cover 5.10.5.6 If aircraft is to be statically dehumidified,
such as sharp horizontal wing/tail leading edges and install desiccant bags in accordance with Chapter 6,
extensions, rudder trailing edges, engine afterburner Section II.
fire doors (lower edges), vertical fin tips, wing tips and
protruding portions of weapons launchers. The foam 5.10.6 Cushioning Instruction. Refer to Figure 5-11 for
sections should be creased or slit as necessary to specific cushioned areas for the F/A-18 and structurally
facilitate applying to sharp edges (refer to Figure 5‑8). similar aircraft.
See Figures 5-9 and 5-10 for examples of properly
placed cushioning.

5-12
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Figure 5-9. Properly Placed Cushioning Material Figure 5-10. Properly Placed Cushioning Material
On Propeller Blades On Landing Gear Door and Antenna

5.10.6.1 A‑A‑59136, Class 1, Grade A is used for all b. Two hydraulic lift aerostands (B-1 or B-2) or
foam strip applications. similar equipment capable of lifting personnel as high
as the highest point of the aircraft.
5.10.6.2 A‑A‑59135, Class 1, Grade A is used for all
sheet stock applications. c. Several B‑4 stands.

CAUTION d. Closure tooling.

DO NOT apply tape to transparent surfaces. 5.11.2 Installation.

5.10.6.3 Secure foam in place using preservation NOTE

tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.
The preferred method of installing the flexible
5.11 A I R C R A F T C O V E R I N S TA L L AT I O N cover is to use an overhead hoist. However,
GUIDELINES. The flexible cover assembly should if a hoist is not available, the cover may be
be prepared and installed in a closed hangar or other installed by hand by placing the folded cover
shelter where both aircraft and cover can be kept on top of the aircraft using a forklift.
clean, and where wind or other weather elements will
not disrupt installation operations. Once the cover is a. Remove the cover from the crate and from the
securely in place on top and sides of the aircraft, the cover storage bag. Attach the lifting sling and use
cover lower sections may be tied up and installation the power lifting equipment to raise cover over the
completed outdoors. Elapsed time between the bag aircraft. Position cover in the location designated in
installation and final sealing, with dehumidifier hooked the manufacturer's instructions.
up and turned on, is approximately 72 hours. The
following are instructions for the installation of a flexible b. If the folded cover is not initially placed in
cover to be used in conjunction with the manufacturer's the exact position and orientation specified by the
instructions. manufacturer, installation and closure may be difficult
or impossible. At that point the cover must be removed,
5.11.1 Equipment Required. refolded and repositioned.

a. An overhead hoist or similar equipment capable c. Fold the cover's protective storage bag as
of lifting 2000 lbs. compactly as possible and secure in aircraft starboard
wheel well using nylon cord.

5-13
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

3
5 6

1 2

7
8

10 15

11
12
13 14
16

19
23 22 21 20 17
18

Item Area Guideline Item Area Guideline

Wing leading edge Polish, cotton flannel

1 Foam strips, 2" 12 Canopy
extension & barrier material

2 Canopy aft edge Foam strips, 1/2" 13 Blade antenna Foam strips, 2"

3 Wing tip antennas Foam strips, 1" 14 Vertical stabilizer, leading edge Foam strips, 1"

4 Wing tip launchers Foam strips, 1/2" 15 Vertical stabilizer, top corners Foam strips, 2"

5 Aileron and flap trailing edge Foam strips, 1" 16 Rudder trailing edge Foam strips, 1"

Horizontal stabilizer,
6 Foam strips, 1" 17 Weapons launcher ejector feet (if installed) Foam strips, 1/2"
leading & trailing edge

7 Afterburner iris Foam strips, 1/2" 18 Landing gear doors, lower and aft edge Foam strips, 1"

8 Tail hook point Foam strips, 1/2" 19 Drag brace fairing Foam strips, 1"

9 Flap trailing edge Foam strips, 2" 20 Landing gear door, lower & forward edges Foam strips, 1"

Aileron inboard edge

10 Foam strips, 1/2" 21 Pitot probe Foam strips, 1/2"
(with wing folded)

Aileron hinge 22 Blade antenna Foam strips, 2"

11 Foam strips, 1/2"
(with wing folded) 23 Angle of attack probe Foam strips, 1/2"

NOTES
1. A-A-59136, Class 1, Grade A is used for all foam strips.
2. A-A-59135, Class 1, Grade A is used for all foam sheet.
3. Two inch foam strips are 3 inches wide and split 2 inches deep.
4. One inch foam strips are 2 inches wide and split 1 1/2 inches deep.
5. Secure foam in place using preservation tape SAE AMS-T-22085, Type II. DO NOT apply tape to transparent surfaces.
6. Install battens between aileron and flap.

Figure 5-11. F/A-18 Cushion Points

5-14
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

CAUTION (3) Extend bag landing gear box sections and

place the tongue section (longest portion of material)
Ensure only the walkway areas on the aircraft flat on the deck. The bag tongue sections have tire
are used and no-step areas are observed in position marks inside the bag which shall be centered
accordance with the applicable MIMs. The on the plywood platforms. To facilitate the box section
outside of the aircraft cover shall have walkway closure, the tongue tire position markings must be
and no-step areas marked. placed at an equal distance aft of the centerline of each
wheel hub.
d. U s i n g t h e p r o c e d u r e s p e c i f i e d b y t h e
manufacturer, unfold the cover out on top of the (4) Move the aircraft aft onto the bag's tongue
aircraft and install cover sections, pockets or sleeves section until all wheels are on the marked areas.
over antennas and vertical fins. At this point, the cover
shall be examined for overall correct positioning on the i. Install wheel chocks and static grounds to
aircraft and shall be adjusted (shifted) as necessary to certified common ground in accordance with Chapter 7
facilitate further installation and closure. and the applicable MIMs.

NOTE j. Tie down aircraft in accordance with the

applicable MIM and NAVAIR 17-1-537, using the heavy
During installation of flexible covers, ensure weather tiedown procedure. Tiedown hardware shall
that aircraft access panels that cover tiedown be securely padded at any point where it is likely to
points are opened. It may be difficult to unfasten cause chafing against the bag material.
these panels after the cover is fully installed.
k. This section applies to bags only.
e. Bags Only. Using support loops, D-rings or
bungee cord provided on cover inner surface, secure (1) Close landing gear box sections.
cover lower sections to the underside of the aircraft as
specified by cover manufacturer's instructions. (2) An Entry Authority check of the Lower
Explosive Limit (LEL) vapors in the cover is mandatory
f. Using the sequence and any special tooling before the dehumidification equipment is activated. The
furnished with the cover, secure closures (zippers) LEL shall be less than 10%.
throughout the cover except for landing gear sections
(bag only), which should be left open. Excess material (3) Install the dynamic dehumidifier in
shall be tied up well clear of the deck to facilitate towing. accordance with Chapter 6, Sections III and IV, and
Top covers have straps to secure the cover around the the manufacturer's equipment manual.
fuselage and wings.
l. Identify aircraft in accordance with paragraph
g. Tow aircraft to storage area in accordance with 5.2.
the applicable MIM.
m. Make entries into the aircraft and engine
h. This section applies to bags only. logbooks.

(1) Position aircraft with landing gear tires n. Complete ground support equipment logbooks.
approximately 18 inches forward of the parking spot. The objective is to maintain a record of the condition
Ground the aircraft in accordance with Chapter 7 and and use for each serial number cover assembly. This
applicable MIMs. record form shall be stowed in the record receptacle
pouch located on the exterior of the cover assembly.
(2) As required, place two 3⁄4 inch thick by 24 inch
by 24 inch plywood sections on the deck (cross‑laid on
top of each other) aft of the main and nose landing gear
wheels. Center the plywood sections.

5-15
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

5.12 MAINTENANCE. Inspect the flexible cover 5.12.3 Repair.

for accumulation of dirt and industrial type fallout in
accordance with the following maintenance and repair NOTE
instructions.
When patching is being performed by a
mechanic for the first time, practice patching on
film stock from the repair kit before attempting
repair.
Detergent, General Purpose 12
MlL-D-16791 Type I
a. Cover. The cover material can be repaired in the
field by a mechanic using hot air welding techniques
NOTE
with cover material sheet stock, a wooden block
(2" x 4"), and a heat gun and roller.
Cleaning the cover will add approximately 20%
to the life of the cover. If the cover cannot be
NOTE
cleaned in place, the cost of cleaning may
outweigh the savings.
Petrochemical based materials, such as
MIL‑PRF-680, gas or kerosene, shall not be
5.12.1 Cleaning. Clean with a mild detergent solution,
used as a cleaner since they leave a film residue
MlL-D-16791 Type I. Rinse with fresh water. Cleaning,
that retards adhesion.
if cost effective, shall take place every 6 months.

5.12.2 Inspection. Every 7 days, inspect for the

following:
Solvent, Cleaning 24
a. Slippage of the padding material and the SAE AMS 3167
resulting chafing of the flexible cover material; adjust
and repair if found. (1) The damaged material shall be made as
flat as possible and cleaned using a clean white cloth
b. Accumulation of water on the cover surface; and cleaning solvent, SAE AMS 3167. The perimeter
adjust cover for drainage when possible. of the cleaned area shall be at least 2 inches greater
than the damaged area. The damaged cover material
c. Water and oil accumulation inside the cover; does not have to be cut out unless the material in and
remove if found. around the tom/cut area will not contour naturally to
adjacent material.
d. Areas of airflow restrictions; adjust cover or
ducting if found. (2) After the damaged area has been cleaned,
cut a piece of material from the repair kit supply. The
e Bungees/straps that have come loose or perimeter of the patch shall be 2 inches greater that the
unfastened; secure if found. area to be repaired. If more than 2 inches of material
has been damaged, two patches are required.
f Flaking cover material; apply manufacturer's top
coat if found. NOTE

g. If the cover is damaged (torn, punched or cut Minimize handling to prevent fingerprint oil
out) repair in accordance with paragraph 5.12.3. contamination.

Solvent, Cleaning 24
SAE AMS 3167

(3) Clean the patch surface with cleaning

solvent, SAE AMS 3167, using a clean white cloth.

5-16
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

(4) Center the patch over the damaged area CAUTION

and heat weld in place in accordance with paragraph
5.12.4. For larger damaged areas, apply one patch to DO NOT direct the air flow at hands, face or
the outer surface and one patch to the inner surface any body parts.
of the cover material.
DO NOT direct the air flow towards flammable
b. Closures. Zippers can be repaired using the of combustible materials.
same cover repair techniques. Minor damage to the
zipper, such as pin holes, cuts or punctures, except DO NOT lay the welder on flammable or
for those in the closure track area, may be repaired combustible materials.
by cleaning the affected area with a clean white cloth
and cleaning solvent, SAE AMS 3167, cutting a patch DO NOT touch metal surfaces of the welder.
from the repair kit and hot welding in place.
TURN OFF the hot air welder when not in use.
5.12.4 Hot Air Welding Guidelines. The cover may
be repaired with a hand welding tool such as the h. Direct the hot air flow from the welder at the
Leister‑Triac No. 1a, equipped with #30B2 (40mm wide) V-point created by the rolled patch and the comer. Heat
or #31A (20mm wide) nozzle. Also recommended is this area for 3‑5 seconds.
the use of a #22 wide silicon band feed roller (40mm
wide). i. Move the nozzle back. Roll the roller forward and
back over the area that was heated until both surfaces
a. When using the hot air method, a piece of wood are welded together.
or 3⁄8 inch thick polypropylene shall be used behind the
area to be patched to insulate the aircraft from heat j. If bubbles and/or creases appear, heat the patch
and to afford a solid, flat work surface. surface and roll the bumps down.

b. The area to be patched shall be prepared in k. Continue this procedure, welding sections
accordance with paragraph 5.12.3a.(1) above. approximately 2 inches by 4 inches in size, until patch
is secured.
c. Mark the patch position on the cover.
5.13 COVER REMOVAL GUIDELINES. The following
d. Use a lap weld, similar to the cover construction, are guidelines for the removal of a flexible cover from
when attaching the patch. an aircraft. Use these guidelines in conjunction with
the manufacturer's instructions.
NOTE

Temperature settings have to be determined

each time patching operations are attempted.
Detergent, General Purpose 12
Hot air welders are sensitive to ambient weather
MlL-D-16791 Type I
conditions.
a. Clean the cover with a mild detergent solution,
e. Use just enough heat to produce a sound weld.
MIL-D‑16791 Type I. Rinse with fresh water and allow
Too much heat will result in degradation of the material.
to dry completely.
f. Adequate pressure must be applied during the
b. Remove, unhook and open all buckles, straps
welding procedure to afford a sound, durable weld.
and closures (if applicable).
g. Lay the patch on the cleaned, marked area.
c. If applicable, disconnect dehumidifier.
Place the roller several inches from a comer of the
patch. Pull the patch edge up and over the roller and
d. Uncover the vertical stabilizer(s) and place that
hold with thumb or finger.
portion of the cover on aircraft aft section.

5-17
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

e. Pull cover to the ground. Do not walk on, or lay slightly for an "S" fold. Repeat until all material on one
sharp or heavy objects on, the cover. side is folded. Repeat with opposite side. The folded
width of the cover should be approximately the width
f. Spread out the cover to the approximate shape of the stowage bag.
of the aircraft (top side up) on a clean dry surface free
of small rocks or pebbles. i. Starting at the AFT end of the cover, roll the
material toward the center. Stop when the "UNFOLD
g. Pull lower wing and lower horizontal stabilizer AFT" arrow is up. Keep the roll tight.
sections of the cover forward and fold back on the top
section. j. Roll the nose section AFT in a similar manner.

NOTE k. Secure the rolled cover with two of the 2 inch

straps provided.
During folding, frequently check size of folded
cover and stowage bag and make the necessary l. Place the folded cover in the stowage bag and
adjustments. When a cover is removed it shall secure using the MAXI-GRIP and two additional straps.
be packed and stowed.
5.14 DEPRESERVATION. Depreserve the aircraft
h. Position four personnel on centerline of cover in accordance with Level II or Level III instructions, as
fuselage section facing outboard. Reach forward applicable.
approximately 24 inches and pull cover inboard and up

5-18
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION V. STRIPPABLE COATING

5.15 INTRODUCTION. Strippable coating is used to

protect aircraft during Level II preservation. It is most
familiar as the white cocoon covering on aircraft being
shipped (see Figure 5‑12). This coating may be used
for shipment of aircraft/components or for storage at
AMARG. It is not recommended for standard Level II
storage.

5.15.1 Description. The MIL‑PRF‑6799 Type II

Multicoat System consists of a black base coat, Type II
Class 1, and a white topcoat, Type II Class 5 or 6. The
black base coat, sprayed on first, ensures strippability.
The white topcoating provides water resistance and
solar heat reflectance. The two coatings (base and
topcoat) blend at their respective mating surfaces
to provide a single strippable coating which protects
surfaces against the elements. MIL-C-23760 is the Figure 5-12. Aircraft With Strippable Coating
controlling specification for the application of strippable
coatings. This specification gives detailed procedures
for surface preparation, blank-offs, masking, tear
strips, spray application, sharp edge coverage and film
inspection.

CAUTION

The application of strippable coating directly

on composite aircraft structures is prohibited.

5.15.2 Use. The Type II sprayable, strippable coating

system conforming to MIL‑PRF‑6799 can be applied to
metallic, plastic and painted surfaces without harmful
effect. When properly applied and maintained, the Figure 5-13. Strippable Coating Applied to
coating can be stripped without difficulty. The coating Selected Areas
system is generally applied to selected areas of aircraft
for Level II preservation. See Figure 5‑13. The system
is also useful for protecting transparent acrylic surfaces aircraft reaches its destination. At that time, the aircraft
against abrasion during maintenance of aircraft. should be washed, inspected and reprotected to the
The coating may be applied to composite sections appropriate level of preservation for the length of time
if the surface is first covered with barrier material, the aircraft is to remain in a preservation status.
MIL‑PRF-131 Class 1, sealed with preservation tape,
SAE AMS-T-22085 Type II. Strippable coatings are 5.15.4 Facilities. Sprayable, strippable compounds
also used at AMARG, Davis Monthan AFB, for long may normally be applied in any standard paint area. In
term desert storage. The coatings provide minimal limited quantities, they may also be applied outdoors
protection in a dry, hot climate. in an area protected from dust, wind and rain provided
temperatures are between 45‑125°F. When spraying
5.15.3 Shipment. Pinhole intrusion of water these materials in outdoor areas, careful control of
between the coating and the aircraft skin causes spraying techniques is necessary to prevent dry,
rapid deterioration of the metal surfaces. Strippable nonstrippable, porous coatings and excessive loss of
coating is adequate for shipment protection, but material through overspray.
should be removed as soon as practicable when the

5-19
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

5.15.5 Training. Strippable coatings can only be WARNING

applied by Depot level maintenance activities. Careful
control of spraying techniques is necessary to prevent Do not freeze. Do not store in closed drums
waste of materials and to obtain good quality strippable or vessels near high temperature sources.
coatings. Personnel assigned to the application of The brushable consistency topcoating
these materials shall be thoroughly indoctrinated in the compound contains flammable solvents and
purpose and function of strippable coatings and shall requires standard fire protection precautions
be carefully trained in spraying techniques using the for flammable materials with flash points of
requirements of this section and MIL-C-23760. 20‑80°F (6.7‑26.7°C).

5.15.6 Safety. Personnel safety precautions, including 5.15.8.1 Base Coating Compound, MIL‑PRF‑6799
the wearing of personnel protective devices, shall be Type II Class 1 or 1A. Black, water-based compound
as directed by the local safety and industrial health provides strippability to two coat system. Class 1A
authorities. According to the Safety Data Sheet products do not contain chromates.
(SDS), there should be good general ventilation and
the artisans should wear rubberized gloves, chemical 5.15.8.2 Top Coating Compound (Airless Application),
goggles, boots, overshoes and rubber aprons. MIL‑PRF‑6799 Type II Class 5. White top coating
applied with airless spray equipment to provide solar
5.15.7 Equipment. Equipment required for the radiation protection.
application of sprayable, strippable coating compounds
consists of spray (airless or atomizing) equipment and 5.15.8.3 To p C o a t i n g C o m p o u n d ( A t o m i z e r
caulking guns as follows: Application), MIL‑PRF‑6799 Type II Class 6 or 6A.
White waterbased top coating compound designed for
NOTE use with atomizing spray equipment to provide solar
radiation protection. Class 6A products do not contain
Local environmental regulations may require methanol.
the use of high efficiency guns or spray
equipment other than the ones described below. 5.15.8.4 Brushable Compound, MIL‑PRF‑6799 Type II
Check before applying coatings. Class 7. Brushable compound for touch up of white top
coatings to repair or patch holes, flaws, or tears in the
5.15.7.1 Airless Spray Guns. The airless spray gun coating system.
is the preferred equipment for applying sprayable
strippable coatings. A tip with orifice size of 5.16 PREPARATION OF AIRCRAFT. Before applying
0.017‑0.021 inch and a spray angle of 40‑80 degrees, the strippable coating, prepare aircraft as detailed
using a regulated compressed air supply of 90 psi, is below.
recommended.
CAUTION
5.15.7.2 Atomizing Type Spray Equipment. The
atomizing spray equipment consists of a spray At all times during preservation, precautions
gun with a mechanically agitated paint pot with the shall be taken to observe NO STEP areas and
output capacity of 30‑40 fluid ounces per minute, to prevent collecting or dropping of objects on
and is suitable for applying all types and classes of composite surfaces.
MIL‑PRF‑6799 compounds. Lower capacity units
(15‑25 fluid ounces per minute) are suitable only 5.16.1 Cleaning.
for applying Type II Class 1 compounds. A constant
compressed air supply (60‑70 psi), hoses and fittings, a. If required, remove any previously applied
pressure regulators, and air line liquid traps are also coatings.
required.
b. Clean all surfaces of aircraft to receive a
5.15.7.3 Wet and Dry Film Gages. strippable coating to a water-break-free state using the
procedures of NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. Dry all surfaces
5.15.8 Consumable Materials. Store strippable using wiping cloths and compressed air as necessary.
coatings between 40-115°F. Ordering information for
consumable materials is provided in Table 5‑1.

5-20
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 5-1. Materials and Equipment for Application of Strippable Coating

Specification/
Nomenclature Intended Use NSN
Part Number

Consumable Materials

Cord, Fibrous, Nylon MIL-C-5040 Type I Ripcords under strippable coating 4020-00-240-2154 SL (500 YD)

Class 1
Coating, Sprayable, MIL-PRF-6799 8030-00-721-9380 CN (5 GL)
Black base coat for strippable coating system.
Strippable, Protective, Type II Class 1
Class 1A does not contain chromates. Class 1A
Water Emulsion Type II Class 1A
8030-01-620-9387 CN (5 GL)
Coating, Sprayable,
MIL-PRF-6799 White topcoat for strippable coating system for
Strippable, Protective, 8030-00-297-0189 CN (5 GL)
Type II Class 5 use with airless spray equipment
Water Emulsion
Class 6
Coating, Sprayable, MIL-PRF-6799 White topcoat for strippable coating system for 8030-01-181-6269 CN (5 GL)
Strippable, Protective, Type II Class 6 use with atomizing spray equipment.
Water Emulsion Type II Class 6A Class 6A does not contain methanol. Class 6A
8030-01-620-9384 CN (5 GL)
Strippable Coating
MIL-PRF-6799 Brushable coating for touch up of white
Repair, Solvent Type, 8030-00-060-4566 GL
Type II Class 7 topcoating
Brushable

Equipment

Gage, Wet Film WF-CCD Wet film thickness measurement 5210-01-467-1908

Starrett P/N 1010

Gage, Dry Film Dry film thickness measurement
or equivalent

Grayco Bulldog
Spray Unit, Airless Model #205-591 Application of strippable coating
or equivalent

DeVilbiss MBC or
Spray Unit, Atomizing Application of strippable coatings
equivalent

WARNING down with isopropyl alcohol, TT-I-735, will usually

produce a clean surface suitable for applying tapes.
Do not mix degreasing solvent with isopropyl
alcohol in an attempt to improve the cleaning 5.16.2 Inspection.
process.
a. Ensure that all surfaces to be covered are free
from corrosion.

b. Ensure that all permanently installed drain holes

Solvent, Degreasing 25
are open and free of obstruction after strippable coating
MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III
application.

c. For aircraft with engines and/or components

removed, ensure that all fluid system lines are suitably
Alcohol, Isopropyl 1 capped with metal closures. Refer to Chapter 3.
TT-I-735
5.16.3 Corrosion Control. Treat any corrosion found
c. A cloth wipe-down with degreasing solvent in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2.
MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III, followed by a final wipe-

5-21
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

r
reve
a Fo
eric vy
s Am Na
Bles ess the
God Bl
God

ver
a Fore
eric
s Am the Navy
Bles
God d Bless
Go

A. Closing With Tape B. Closing With Barrier Material and Tape

Figure 5-14. Methods of Closing Small Openings

5.16.4 Protection. Preserve aircraft in accordance a. Openings less than 3⁄8 inch. Close or fair-in
with Level II requirements. In addition to the seams, gaps, openings in fasteners, skin lap joints
requirements outlined in Chapter 3, the following shall and similar irregularities by covering with tape, SAE
be accomplished: AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.

5.16.4.1 Ventilation. Prior to sealing aircraft, open all b. Openings from 3⁄8‑1 inch. Close openings by
internal passageway doors and access doors or plates covering with tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II (see
located on the underside of the aircraft. If aircraft is Figure 5‑14, View  A).
compartmentalized without interconnecting openings
to allow free breathing, install ventilator tubes, (see c. Openings from 1‑12 inches. Close openings
Figure 3‑5) in such a manner that each compartment using barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1 and tape,
can breathe either to the outside or to an adjacent SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II (see Figure 5‑14 View B
ventilated compartment. Provide controlled ventilation and Figure 5-15 View B). For additional strength, tape
for cockpits. When coating is applied to selected areas may be shingled in accordance with Section VI of this
only, use existing openings in the aircraft structure, chapter.
such as cockpit flooding openings or pressure relief
valves, for ventilation when possible. d. Openings greater than 12 inches. Close openings
greater than 12 inches, such as air intakes, wheel wells
5.16.4.2 S e n s i t i v e S u r f a c e s . A p p l y s p e c i a l and wing break areas (Figure 5‑15, View A) by fitting
protective coatings to sensitive material surfaces with rigid fillers such as tempered Masonite, plywood
such as transparencies (see Chapter 3, Section II) and or fiberboard, ASTM D4727 Type SF Grade V3s, as
composites. follows:

5.16.4.3 Openings. Fill or cover all gaps, seams, (1) Cut rigid fillers 1⁄5 inch undersize and fit with
fastener heads and openings. MIL‑PRF‑6799 strippable ⁄4 inch thick strips of cushioning material, PPP‑C‑1797,
1

coatings will not bridge openings and will crack when which should overlap the outside edges.
uneven drying occurs. To prevent cracks, close and
fair in irregular surfaces according to the following (2) Secure the rigid fillers in place with tape,
procedures: SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. Use a minimum overlap of
1
⁄2 inch of the surface wherever possible. Cheesecloth
(6 inch wide) and sealant may also be used to secure
and seal rigid fillers.

5-22
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

A. Coating with Tape

A. Closing With Rigid Fillers and Tape

B. Closing With Barrier Material and Tape

Figure 5-15. Methods of Closing Large Openings

B. Reinforcing with Embedded Cheescloth

Figure 5-16. Methods of Covering Sharp Edges

e. Complex Shaped Openings. To cover 5.16.4.5 Masking. Mask areas not intended to receive
complex shapes, projections and openings where the coating. When application of the coating is not
rigid fillers are not appropriate, use barrier material, intended to cover the entire surface of an item, it is
MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, reinforced and held in place often difficult to establish a line of demarcation; and
by tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II (see Figure 5‑15, in sprayed coatings, the feather edge zone is difficult
View B). or impossible to strip. Where application to a large
area is to be avoided, mask using one of the following
5.16.4.4 Edges. Cover all sharp edges. To prevent methods:
breaks in the coating at sharp edges, such as trailing
edges of airfoils, apply preservation tape, SAE a. Apply masking tape, SAE AMS‑T‑21595, and
AMS‑T‑22085 Type II (see Figure 5‑16, View A) or masking paper around the area to be sprayed. To
embed strips of cheesecloth, CCC‑C‑440, into the prevent lifting edges of the sprayed film, remove
first coating of the material and allow coating to dry masking immediately after the final application of the
to a tack-free surface before applying the succeeding coating compound, before the coating has dried.
covering coats (see Figure 5‑16, View B).

5-23
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Figure 5-17. Masking by Applying a Bead of Coating Figure 5-18. Installing Ripcord Inserts
Compound

b. As an alternate procedure, masking may be 5.17.3 Maintenance.

accomplished by reducing pressure on the spray gun
and applying a 2‑3 inch wide bead of coating material 5.17.3.1 During Operations. Between application of
completely around the area to be coated. When coats, keep the spray guns immersed in a pail of water
spraying this bead of coating material, the spray gun to prevent clogging of the spray head during any period
should be held approximately 3 inches from the surface of nonuse.
(see Figure 5‑17). Minor overspray shall be removed
immediately using a cloth dampened with water. 5.17.3.2 Continuous Operations. No cleaning is
required. Check the level of compound in the reservoir.
5.16.4.6 Ripcords. To aid in removal of masking If the reservoir is not at least 3⁄4 full, fill to the maximum
material and coating compounds, install nylon ripcord permissible level with compound and replace the cover.
inserts, MIL‑C‑5040 Type I, as illustrated in Figure 5‑18. Turn off air supply to the spray gun and trigger gun to
Tie finger-size loops in exposed ends of the ripcords. fill gun and lines with compound. Do not permit air to
Be sure to install ripcords at the cockpit and follow the contact the compound or it will solidify and clog the gun
outline of the canopy parting surface in such a manner and lines. To prevent clogging of the spray head during
that the cockpit can be opened during storage or transit periods of nonuse, keep the spray guns immersed in
and resealed without seriously affecting the integrity of a pail of water.
the remaining coating.
5.17.3.3 Intermittent Operations. When use of spray
5.17 USE OF SPRAY EQUIPMENT. equipment is intermittent or indeterminate, perform the
following:
5.17.1 Cleaning. Ensure that reservoirs are clean
and free of foreign material. Make sure all water and a. Blow the gun clear of compound. Flush reservoirs,
oil have been removed from the air supply system. accessories and guns with clean water. Small quantities
of compound left behind will solidify and cause clogging
5.17.2 Inspection. Check the equipment to make sure of lines and spray guns.
it is operable and safe for use.
b. After use, return compounds to their original
containers or other equivalent airtight containers.
Ensure containers are stored and marked with Stock
Number (NSN), Part Number, Nomenclature, and Date.

5-24
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

5.18 PREPARATION OF STRIPPABLE COATING Table 5-2. Strippable Coating Drying Times
COMPOUNDS.
MIL-PRF-6799 Type II Drying Time* (hours)

5.18.1 Mixing. Prepare compound for application Class 1 3

under clean conditions using clean equipment. Do not
Class 5 2
open container until ready for use. Clean container
cover first and open carefully to prevent dirt from Class 6 2
falling into compound. Before mixing compound,
Class 7 2
carefully remove surface skin, if present. Mix compound
thoroughly before adding to spray equipment either * Time given is for air dry at 75°F and 50% RH.
by stirring with a paddle or by using a power mixer Drying time will vary for other temperature and humidity
or agitator until settled pigment is completely mixed. conditions.
Compound should be smooth, homogeneous and of
a consistency resembling heavy cream. Additional
agitation may sometimes be required to restore
compound to usable condition if it has been stored
under adverse conditions.
Coatings, Sprayable, Strippable, 6
5.18.2 Diluting. To improve sprayability, compound
Protective, Water Emulsion
may be diluted in accordance with manufacturer’s
MIL‑PRF‑6799 Type II Class 1
instructions. Additional dilution will adversely affect the
physical properties of the compound.
CAUTION
5.18.3 Adding to the Reservoir. Thoroughly mix the
Complete coating of aircraft in outdoor areas
compound just before adding to the reservoir. Strain
is not recommended due to problems with
the compound through cheesecloth, CCC‑C‑440, or
coating quality.
equivalent mesh size wire screen as it is put into the
reservoir. Make sure all lids and other equipment are
NOTE
secure. Connect the air and fluid lines.
When ambient temperatures are above 100°F
5.19 APPLICATION OF COMPOUNDS. Apply
and relative humidity is below 30%, strippable
compounds in a standard box coat fashion (one
coatings will usually be of poor quality (dry,
horizontal pass followed by one vertical pass) depositing
porous and nonstrippable).
a wet film on each. Follow the contour of the surface
carefully; otherwise an uneven film and waste of
5.19.1 Black Base Coating. Apply MIL‑PRF‑6799
material will result. When spraying curved surfaces,
Type II Class 1, with the nozzle of the gun 8‑12 inches
continue to follow the contour of the surface and
from surface at all times.
feather-in any edges by overtraveling. Do not arc the
gun at any time during the pass. Wet film thickness can
a. First Base Coat. Apply the first coat as a wet film
be determined with a wet film gage. Dry film thickness
of approximately 0.012-0.014 inch thick to obtain a film
can be determined by cutting out 1 inch square section
of 0.006-0.007 inch when dry.
and measuring with a dry film gage. Allow for a sufficient
period of time to obtain a tack-free surface on the first
b. Second Base Coat. Apply additional coatings as
coat before applying the second coat. The change
necessary to obtain a total dry film thickness of 0.012-
from a glossy to a dull finish will usually indicate that
0.014 inch.
the surface is tack-free. See Table 5‑2 for approximate
drying times.

5-25
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

NOTE 5.19.4.2 Infrared Lamps. Infrared lamps may be used

to dry coatings if coating surface temperatures can
If lack of equipment makes it necessary to walk be held below a maximum of 150°F and if good air
on previously coated surfaces while applying circulation can be provided.
successive coats it will be necessary for each
coating to be thoroughly dry before additional 5.19.4.3 Oven. The most satisfactory method of
spraying is started. drying coatings is by the use of temperature controlled,
properly ventilated ovens. Oven temperatures shall not
exceed 150°F. With good air circulation, 8‑10 mm of
water-based sprayable strippable coating can usually
be dried in 30 minutes at 115°F or in 15 minutes at
Coatings, Sprayable, Strippable, 7
150°F.
Protective, Water Emulsion
MIL‑PRF‑6799 Type II Class 5 or 6
5.20 AIRCRAFT MARKINGS AND PLACARDS. After
the aircraft has been coated and the final topcoat has
5.19.2 White Top Coating. After base coating is dry to
dried, mark in accordance with paragraph 5.2.
a tack-free surface, apply top coating, MIL‑PRF‑6799
Type II Class 5 or Class 6, in two or more coats.
5.21 INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE/REPAIR OF
COATINGS.
a. First Top Coat. Apply the first coat using a wide
fan spray pattern and holding the gun about 18 inches
5.21.1 Inspection. After the applied coating has
from the surface to produce a dry film. When properly
thoroughly dried, inspect surface for pinholes,
applied, this first topcoat should barely cover the black
discontinuities or breaks in the film. Give special
base coating.
attention to areas covered by tapes and areas around
sharp edges, seams or other discontinuities in surfaces.
b. Second Top Coat. Apply the second coat holding
the gun 8‑10 inches from the surface to deposit a wet
5.21.2 Maintenance. Periodic inspection and repair of
film. Apply additional coats as necessary to obtain a
any defects in the coating are essential to the proper
minimum dry film thickness of 0.004‑0.006 inch.
performance of the protective system. The integrity of
the strippable coating shall be inspected every 28 days.
c. Cleaning. If overspray onto an unmasked surface
occurs, coating shall be removed immediately by wiping
5.21.3 Repair. Immediately repair any coating damage
with a soft cloth moistened with water. Be careful not
found. If erosion or cracking of the topcoat has begun
to scratch the surface during cleaning operations. The
after prolonged storage, reapply a 0.002-0.003 inch
surface shall then be wiped with a dry cloth.
coating of white topcoat. The following are alternate
methods of repair for large and small damaged areas.
5.19.3 Inspection. Thoroughly inspect the topcoat
for areas where the white topcoat is porous or the
5.21.3.1 Large Areas.
black base coating is visible. Apply brushable topcoat
compound, MIL‑PRF‑6799 Type II Class 7, over these
areas as necessary.

5.19.4 Accelerated Drying of Coatings. Accelerated Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4

drying of coatings may be accomplished by using MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II
compressed air, infrared lamps or temperature
controlled, ventilated ovens. Whenever heat is applied a. Cut away the loose coating, being careful
to accelerate drying, allow the surface to cool to room not to damage the underlying surface. Clean
temperature before applying succeeding coats. surrounding coating surfaces with cleaning compound,
MILPRF-85570 Type II.
5.19.4.1 Compressed Air. To dry with compressed
air, allow the coating to air dry for 10‑15 minutes, then b. Apply barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1,
subject the coated surface to a gentle blast of clean and tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. Since most
dry compressed air. To prevent sagging of the coatings, strippable coatings will be somewhat rough in texture,
keep the initial pass of air at a low pressure. it may be necessary to apply two or three overlapping

5-26
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

strips of tape around the edges of the repair to ensure

resistance to water penetration. If available, overcoat
barrier material and tape using brushable topcoat
compound, MIL‑PRF‑6799 Type II Class 7. Otherwise, Coatings, Sprayable, Strippable, 7
overcoat using clear CPC, MIL‑DTL-85054. Protective, Water Emulsion
MIL‑PRF‑6799 Type II Class 5 or 6
5.21.3.2 Small Areas.
b. Apply brushable topcoat MIL-PRF-6799
CAUTION Type II Class 7, as needed to repair defects.

Because of the danger of crazing by the solvents CAUTION

in the brushable compound, this method shall
not be used for repairing coatings on transparent When removing strippable coatings for
acrylic surfaces. maintenance and repair, do not use tools or
instruments which may damage the underlying
surfaces.

5.22 REMOVAL OF STRIPPABLE COATINGS.

Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4
Strippable coatings shall be removed within 60 days
MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II
of application or within 5 days after receipt of aircraft,
whichever is sooner. Remove the coatings by working
a. Except for transparent acrylic surfaces, repair
an edge loose, holding the loose material and trimming
small areas by first removing any loose coating
with shears or a knife held in such a manner that the
material. Clean the surrounding coated surfaces with
underlying surface is not scratched.
MIL-PRF-85570 Type II.
5.23 DEPRESERVATION. Regardless of status
of aircraft, depreservation shall always include the
removal of deteriorated lubricants, corrosion preventive
Coatings, Sprayable, Strippable, 7 coatings, barrier materials, strippable coatings and
Protective, Water Emulsion tapes.
MIL‑PRF‑6799 Type II Class 7
5.24 REPRESERVATION.
b. A p p l y t w o c o a t s o f b r u s h a b l e t o p c o a t
MIL‑PRF‑6799 Type II Class 7. 5.24.1 If aircraft is to be represerved for another
storage period, the decision to remove or replace
5.21.3.3 Coating Defects (Porosity) or Visible Black strippable coatings shall be based on the general
Base Coat. condition of base coatings and cost comparison
between touching up and completely stripping and
recoating. If representative test areas of coating strip
readily and base (black) coating is in good condition,
Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4 the coating may be left in place and topcoated or
MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type II touched up with white topcoat material.

a. Clean the defective coated surfaces with 5.24.2 Coatings shall be removed as necessary to
MIL‑PRF-85570 Type II. gain access to the aircraft interior and to permit engine
and other system represervation.

5-27/(5-28 Blank)
5-27
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION VI. TAPE AND BARRIER

5.25 INTRODUCTION. Tape and Barrier Material

(T&B) provides protection against the entrance
of dust, dirt, FOD, moisture, animals and insects.
T&B protects aircraft surfaces from the effects of
blowing sand, debris, sunlight (UV) and environmental
fallout. Examples of areas protected with T&B (see
Figure 5‑19):

a. Intakes and exhaust (equipment, engines, APU).

b. Canopies and other transparencies.

c. Water entrapment areas on upper surface of the

aircraft.

d. Exposed unprotected surfaces (bare metal,

composites). Figure 5-19. Tape and Barrier (T&B) Applied
to Aircraft Openings
e. Open hoses, tubes and fittings.

CAUTION

Solvent, Degreasing 25 When SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II tape is used,

MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III care shall be taken to avoid contaminating
tape backings or edges with solvent cut back
CPCs, oils and greases. These materials will
attack the tape adhesive and cause the tape
to lift during storage.
Alcohol, Isopropyl 1
TT-I-735 5.27.1 Application. Do not apply tape directly to
machined finished bare metal surfaces or transparent
5.26 SURFACE PREPARATION. A cloth wipe down acrylics. Whenever possible, select an adjacent area,
with degreasing solvent, MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III, such as a noncritical painted surface, for attachment.
followed by a final wipe down with isopropyl alcohol,
TT‑I‑735, will usually produce a clean surface suitable 5.27.2 Minimum Amount of Tape. Since preservation
for applying tape. A solvent approved for prepaint tape tends to lift paint on a poorly painted surface
wiping is also acceptable. during depreservation, the amount of tape used should
be kept to a minimum.
5.27 TAPE. Only noncorrosive preservation tape,
SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II or IV, shall be used for all 5.27.3 Flat and Smooth. Apply tape as flat as possible,
preservation operations such as closing of openings free from voids (air bubbles), wrinkles and creases.
to exclude foreign matter, attaching barrier material or Use firm finger pressure for initial applications, and
tags, and securing cushioning material. Type II is for follow by a rubdown with plastic or wooden spatulas as
indoor or short term outdoor storage. Type IV is for necessary. Tape shall be applied so that at least half
outdoor or long term storage. of the tape width is applied to the attaching surfaces.

5-29
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

5.27.4 Relax Momentarily. The Type II tape tends to

stretch when applied. Make sure the tape is allowed
to relax momentarily after unrolling and before
application. If tape must be stretched to prevent edge
creasing during applications such as taping convex
surfaces, tape shall be applied so that at least 6 inches
of unstretched material is left on both ends of each
length of tape. Do not stretch tape over concave
surfaces. To prevent ragged edges, do not attempt to
tear tape. Cut tape with scissors or shears.

5.27.5 Prevent Damage. To prevent damage to the

aircraft surface, DO NOT cut tape with a knife after it
has been pressed down against the surface.

5.27.6 Shingle the Tape. When applying layers of tape

to the barrier material or aircraft, shingle the tape from
bottom to top (see Figure 5‑20).
Figure 5-20. Shingled Tape
5.28 BARRIER MATERIAL.

5.28.1 B a r r i e r M a t e r i a l . M I L ‑ P R F ‑ 1 3 1 i s a
watervaporproof, heat sealable, greaseproof flexible Type SF Class Weather-Resistant Grade V3s, plywood,
barrier material. or tempered masonite. Whenever possible, secure rigid
fillers using safety wire. Seal gaps around closures
5.28.1.1 Class 1 is a good general purpose medium using tape. When rigid filler is not available, use barrier
duty plastic backed material. material MIL‑PRF‑131, and preservation tape, SAE
AMS‑T‑22085.
5.28.1.2 Class 3 is a heavy duty scrim backed
material used mainly for long term component storage. 5.28.4 Creases and Folds in Barrier Material. Creases
and folds tend to trap or collect moisture. If there are
5.28.1.3 When applying barrier material, the side with creases or folds in the barrier material after application,
the red identification lettering shall face outward. seal with preservation tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II.

5.28.2 Seal Openings. For openings from 1‑12 inches, 5.28.5 Overlap. Successive layers of barrier material
seal using tape and barrier material. and preservation tape should be applied from bottom
to top of a vertical or curved surface (see Figure 5‑20).
5.28.3 Cover Openings. For openings greater than This shingling effect will prevent water intrusion.
12 inches, cover with solid fiberboard, ASTM D4727

5-30
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION VII. SHRINKWRAP

5.29 INTRODUCTION. Shrinkwrap is used to protect

aircraft or components during Level II preservation (see
Figure 5‑21). It shall be used only for shipment and is
not recommended for storage.

5.29.1 Description. Shrinkwrap is a low density

polyethylene (LDPE) film made from low melt resin. The
film may contain different additives to resist ultraviolet
light, reduce static, balance shrinkage, and reduce the
tendency of the film to stick to itself. Though the film
is available in white, blue, and clear, only the white
film shall be used on aircraft in order to reduce heat
absorption. The standard film is 7 mils thick, but can
be obtained in other thicknesses depending on the
application. Shrinkwrap normally comes on rolls, and Figure 5-21. Aircraft in Shrinkwrap
the film is taped together to encapsulate the aircraft.
For some aircraft, pattern kits are available to ensure a 5.30.4 Protection. Preserve aircraft in accordance
better fit and less scrap material at the application site. with Level II requirements. In addtion to the
Shrinkwrap film does not adhere to the aircraft being requirements outlined in Chapter 3, the following shall
protected; it will only fuse to itself. Though the film is be accomplished:
loose when the aircraft is initially covered, it shrinks to
a tight fit when heat is applied using a propane heat 5.30.4.1 Cushioning. Install mechanical protection
gun. type PSE covers or equivalent cushioning on external
devices such as angle of attack probes and blade
5.29.2 Static DH. The environment inside the antennas. Apply cushioning material, A-A-59135/
shrinkwrap shall be statically dehumidified using a A-A-59136, held in place with preservation tape, SAE
large number of desiccant bags (about one 16 unit bag AMS-T-22085 Type II, to sharp edged areas that are
per cubic foot of space) placed inside the aircraft just contact points for the installed shrinkwrap, such as
before shrinkwrap installation. horizontal wing/tail leading edges and extensions,
rudder trailing edges, engine afterburner fire doors,
5.29.3 A list of consumable materials and equipment vertical fin tips, wing tips, protruding portions of
required for the shrinkwrap process is provided in weapons launchers, and edges of propeller/helicopter
Table 5‑3. blades. Poly foam padding is used because it creates
an attach point for the shrinkwrap film when heat is
5.30 AIRCRAFT PREPARATION. applied.

5.30.1 Cleaning. Clean all surfaces of aircraft in 5.30.4.2 Removable Items. Remove all fragile
accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. Dry all surfaces and protruding items that may be damaged during
using wiping cloths and compressed air as necessary. shrinkwrap installation or shipment, such as antennas,
windshield wiper blades and arms, or external
5.30.2 Inspection. temperature indicator probes. Helicopter blades may be
removed if desired. Package and label removed items
a. Ensure that all surfaces to be covered are free and store in the aircraft pilot/crew compartments.
from corrosion.
5.30.4.3 Ventilation. Prior to sealing the aircraft,
b. For aircraft with engines and/or components partially open any sliding or inward-opening doors or
removed, ensure that all fluid system lines are suitably hatches about one inch and secure in this position. If
capped with metal closures. Refer to Chapter 3. aircraft is compartmentalized without interconnecting
openings to allow free breathing, install breathing
5.30.3 Corrosion Control. Treat any corrosion found tubes (see Figure 3-5) in such a manner that each
in accordance with NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. compartment can breathe to an adjacent ventilated
compartment.

5-31
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 5-3. Materials and Equipment for Shrinkwrapping

Nomenclature Unit of Issue Part Number NSN

Consumable Materials

Plastic, Heat Shrinkable Film, White,

Roll 8135SDP000-1 8135-01-250-4931
UV resistant, 7 mil, 14' x 200'
Plastic, Heat Shrinkable Film, White,
Roll 8135SEP000-2 8135-01-250-2301
UV resistant, 7 mil, 20' x 200'
Tape, Heat Shrinkable, 2" width Roll 7510SDP000-1
Tape, Heat Shrinkable, 4" width Roll FAN-704W
Tape, Preservation, 2" width CS (24 Rolls) SAE AMS-T-22085 Type II 7510-01-652-5433
Tape, Preservation, 4" width CS (8 Rolls) SAE AMS-T-22085 Type II 7510-01-652-5438
Barrier Material, 3' x 200 yds Roll MIL-PRF-131 Class 1 8135-00-282-0565
Dessicant, Bagged Drum (500 bags) MIL-D-3464 Type I 6850-00-264-6574
Dessicant, Bagged Can (1200 bags) MIL-D-3464 Type I 6850-00-264-6564
Cushioning Material, Polyethylene Foam A-A-59136
Cushioning Material, Polyethylene Sheet A-A-59135

Equipment

Cylinder, Propane, Empty, 20 lb. Each RR-C-910/2 8120-00-530-5225

Heat Gun, Propane,
125,000 BTU/hr output minimum
Appropriate Ladders or Aircraft Stands
Knife, Safety Each HKN1F2 7330-01-255-3444

5-32
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

5.30.4.4 Insure that fuel tank levels are properly d. The work area shall be examined for flammable
adjusted for shipping in accordance with applicable materials. Flammable materials shall be removed from
MIM. Seal fuel filler ports, vents, drains, and battery the immediate area before beginning work.
vents prior to covering the aircraft. Fuel filler ports,
vents, and drains should be padded with cushioning e. Use locally mandated personal protective
material to further protect them from heat during the equipment required for use with propane torches.
shrinkwrap process. Gloves capable of heat resistance to 200°F are
recommended.

5.31.2 Installation. For one‑time or single aircraft

Desiccant, Activated 11 wrapping, it is often faster and more economical to
MIL‑D‑3464 Type I have a contractor apply the shrinkwrap cover. When
installation by Navy personnel is desired, proper training
CAUTION is required. The following are general guidelines only
and are not a substitute for practical training.
Do not allow desiccant bags to contact metal
surfaces. Place a sheet of barrier material, a. Film will shrink approximately 20% in length and
MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, underneath bags if 40% in width. Place the pieces so that large sections
desiccant holders are not available. are centered on fuel filler ports, vents, and drains, so
that no joining seams are formed near potential fuel
5.30.4.5 Dehumidification. Install desiccant bags, fume sources. Where two pieces come together to
MIL‑D‑3464 Type I, in accordance with Chapter form a horizontal seam, the top piece shall overlap the
6, Section II, immediately prior to installation of bottom piece to prevent water entrapment. A minimum
shrinkwrap. overlap of 6 inches is required for all seams.

5.31 INSTALLATION GUIDELINES. Shrinkwrap may (1) Pull film from roll and drape over aircraft.
be installed indoors in a hangar or other shelter or Mounting the roll on a rack is recommended. Film
outdoors on a clear day with light winds. should follow aircraft shape but be loosely wrapped.

5.31.1 Safety Precautions. (2) If using a precut pattern, drape sections

over aircraft, starting at the top and working downward.
a. Inspect aircraft for fuel leaks prior to beginning
the shrinkwrap operation. No attempt shall be made to b. Cut off film with safety knife or scissors. Attach
cover an aircraft with known or suspected fuel leaks. sheets/sections of film together using shrinkwrap tape.

WARNING c. After the aircraft has been covered, all seams

and pieces must be fused together before the film is
Heat from the propane gun may ignite fuel shrunk. Heat the area to be fused by first shooting the
vapors and cause an explosion. Ensure that a flame between the top and bottom layers to be fused.
Gas Free Inspection is performed by an Entry Then, hold the heat gun 8‑12 inches from the seam and
Authority prior to work. move the heat along the seam. As the film becomes
soft, pat the seam gently with a safety gloved hand
b. A check of the fuel vapors in the aircraft is (film is HOT).
mandatory before applying the shrinkwrap. The aircraft
shall be certified as gas-free for hot work by an Entry d. After all seams have been fused, allow film to
Authority before work is performed. cool. Test seams for proper bonding by trying to pull
seams apart with fingernails. If seam loosens, it shall
c. Propane gas is flammable, pressurized, and can be resealed.
freeze. Operators shall be properly trained in the use
of the heat gun and aware of the dangers involved in
using propane fuel.

5-33
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

NOTE 5.32 MAINTENANCE. Inspect integrity of the

shrinkwrap every 28 days for holes or tears.
To allow strut extension during loading, do not
shrink film on landing gear. 5.32.1 To repair small holes or tears, cover with a
piece of shrinkwrap tape.
e. Shrinking the Film. Hold the heat gun 12" away
from film. Slightly tilt the nozzle in the direction of 5.32.2 To repair larger holes or tears (greater than
movement. Do not wave back and forth like a paint 2" diameter), use shrinkwrap tape to attach a piece of
sprayer, but hold the heat gun steady and move the shrinkwrap film approximately 1" diameter larger than
hot air slowly slightly ahead of the wrinkled section of the area. If available, use heat gun to lightly shrink
the film. Push the hot air ahead to the section to be repaired area.
heated, not behind at the areas already heated, or film
may burn. After the heat is removed, the film should 5.33 REMOVAL. Shrinkwrap shall be removed within
shrink to a glove tight fit. 60 days of wrapping or within 5 days after receipt of
aircraft, whichever is sooner. Shrinkwrap is easily
f. Access Doors. If required, install zipper access removed, as it does not adhere to the aircraft surface.
door(s) after cover is completely shrunk. Attach access Slit low points using a safety knife and allow any water
doors to cover using shrinkwrap tape. to drain. Use a safety knife or scissors to cut away the
film, taking care not to damage the underlying aircraft
g. Fuel Vents. Cut film and remove tape seals surface.
applied to fuel vents. Use heat shrink tape to reseal
the film. Do not apply heat to shrink tape. 5.34 DEPRESERVATION. The aircraft may be
depreserved for operation, continue in Level II
h. Inspection. Allow shrinkwrap to cool and set preservation using another barrier method, or be
for 30 minutes. Inspect shrinkwrap for holes, tears, depreserved and inducted for maintenance. Depreserve
or burns. To repair small areas, cover with a piece of in accordance with Level II requirements of Chapter 3.
shrinkwrap tape. To repair larger areas (greater than
2" diameter), use shrinkwrap tape to attach a piece of 5.35 REPRESERVATION. If the aircraft is to continue
shrinkwrap film approximately 1" diameter larger than in a preservation status, conduct inspections in
the area. Use the heat gun to lightly shrink the repaired accordance with Level II requirements and apply
area. chosen barrier method.

i. Identify aircraft in accordance with paragraph

5.2.

j. Record number and location of desiccant bags

in the preservation section of the aircraft logbook.

k. Hoist Points. For access to hoist points, use

safety knife to cut film. Reseal with heat shrink tape
after hoisting is complete.

l. Tiedown Points. For access to tiedown points,

use safety knife to cut film. Use heat shrink tape to seal
around tiedown attachments.

5-34
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

CHAPTER 6
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL

SECTION I. INTRODUCTION

6.1 INTRODUCTION. Events such as rain, salt 6.2 DEHUMIDIFIED STORAGE.

spray, corrosive chemical spills, direct sunlight and
high temperatures will cause fairly rapid deterioration 6.2.1 Dehumidification is a process by which excess
of unprotected, stored aircraft. All of these forces can moisture is removed from the air of a storage space.
be mitigated by the use of simple covers or by storing By extracting moisture from the air, the specific
the aircraft in a sheltered area. The major cause of humidity and the relative humidity (RH) is reduced
deterioration is the inability to control specific humidity, to a level where the dew point temperature cannot
relative humidity (RH) and changes in temperature. be attained during the normal day-to-night thermal
This creates condensation and water intrusion into cycle. Dehumidified air that is constantly circulated
the aircraft structure and areas hidden from casual throughout the covered aircraft or component will
inspection, resulting in corrosion and bacterial growth. eventually extract moisture from inaccessible areas.
When system equilibrium is achieved, the static or
6.1.1 Aircraft have complex geometries where there dynamic DH process will stabilize in the desired RH
are zones of heat gradients (large areas where surface range.
temperatures can vary 10‑30°F within the structure at
any given time of the day). Thin sections experience 6.2.2 Some materials can exist in a wide range of RH
rapid heat transfer whereas more massive structures without incurring damage, whereas other materials
act as heat sinks and transfer heat more slowly. require a much narrower range. For instance, rubber
and plastics can be safely stored in a RH environment
6.1.2 In a given storage area, day time and night of up to 80%, but metallic materials are best protected
time air temperatures can vary as much as 40°F. in a range of 35‑45% RH. Some polymeric materials
This change in temperature affects the ability of the will deteriorate under constant exposure to very low RH
surrounding air to hold water. For example, at a day levels (less than 25%), and other materials are very
time temperature of 70°F, the air can hold over 100 sensitive to electrostatic discharge at low RH levels.
grains of water per pound of air; however, at a lower Because aircraft and components are made of a variety
night time temperature of 40°F the air can only hold of materials, a compromise RH range for storage
about 30 grains of water per pound of air. During the was chosen. The compromise range for dehumidified
cooling transition from 70 to 40°F, the excess moisture storage of aircraft and aircraft components is 30‑40%
will condense onto nearby cool surfaces such as RH at all temperatures. Clean metal surfaces may
aircraft skins and structures. be preserved in dehumidified storage indefinitely.
Preparation procedures for Level III (dehumidified)
6.1.3 This process of heating and cooling takes preservation are found in Chapter 3 (aircraft) and
place every day. Depending on the specific humidity, Chapter 4 (components).
some days the condensation and heavy dew will be
obvious. On other days the condensation may be 6.2.3 There are many ways to dehumidify a storage
microscopic but no less destructive. It is very difficult area. The two discussed in Sections II and III are static
to control temperature variations, but something can and dynamic. Static dehumidification utilizes bags of
be done about controlling humidity. Dehumidification desiccant scattered throughout the storage area and
(DH) is an ancient technique that, coupled with modem relies on absorption of moisture from the static air
technology, can protect stored aircraft. In order to within the storage area until equilibrium is achieved.
understand the advantages of dehumidification it is Dynamic dehumidification utilizes a machine that
necessary to review a few facts about the phenomena extracts moisture from the air and provides a means to
of humidity, temperature, dew point and moisture recirculate the processed dry air throughout the storage
saturation. area.

6-1
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

6.3 PSYCHROMETRIC CHART. Early in the twentieth temperature when discussing relative humidity. On
century, Richard Mollier invented a graphical method the psychrometric chart, relative humidity is shown by
to display the properties of various mixtures of air and curved lines, increasing from right to left.
water vapor. This chart is commonly known as a Mollier
diagram or psychrometric chart (see Figure 6‑1). 6.3.5 Dew Point. When moist air is cooled it cannot
The chart relates values of specific humidity, relative contain the same amount of moisture. At some point,
humidity, dry and wet bulb temperatures and dew point. the moist air will condense water onto nearby surfaces.
Definitions of terms and use of the psychrometric chart This point depends on the amount of moisture in the
are described in the following paragraphs. air. This temperature is known as the dew point. On
the psychrometric chart, the dew point occurs at 100%
6.3.1 Dry Bulb Temperature. Commonly referred to RH, and is read off the dry bulb temperature axis.
as the air temperature, the dry bulb temperature is
read from a standard thermometer that has no water 6.3.6 Examples.
on its surface. On the psychrometric chart, the dry bulb
temperature is displayed on the horizontal (bottom) 6.3.6.1 Finding Relative Humidity. At a dry bulb (air)
axis, increasing from left to right. temperature of 75°F and a wet bulb temperature of
65°F, the relative humidity is approximately 60% (see
6.3.2 Wet Bulb Temperature. The wet bulb temperature Figure 6‑1, point A).
is taken by surrounding the thermometer sensor with
a wet wick and measuring the reading as the water 6.3.6.2 Finding the Dew Point. If the dry bulb (air)
evaporates. On the psychrometric chart, the wet bulb temperature falls to 65°F, the humidity rises to 100%,
temperature lines run at an angle to the axis, and the and the air is completely saturated (see Figure 6‑1,
temperature increases from bottom to top. point B). If the air temperature falls below 65°F, water
will begin to condense out of the air onto nearby
6.3.3 Specific Humidity. Specific humidity (GPP) is the surfaces.
weight of water (in grains) per pound of dry air. For a
specific humidity of 75 GPP, there are 75 grains of water 6.4 PSYCHROMETERS. RH is measured with a
plus 6925 grains of dry air for a total of 7000 grains (one simple instrument called a psychrometer. Psychrometers
pound). On the psychometric chart, specific humidity is are very accurate and are used to calibrate other types
shown on the right vertical axis, increasing from bottom of humidity sensors. The psychrometer has a dry bulb
to top. and a wet bulb thermometer mounted side-by-side.
Sample air is passed over both thermometer bulbs and
6.3.4 Relative Humidity (RH). The relative humidity of the temperature of both is recorded. Water evaporating
the air is the moisture content of the air as a percent from the wet bulb wick draws heat from the bulb,
of what the air can hold when the air is fully saturated. cooling the thermometer in proportion to the amount of
RH measures the moisture content in the air relative evaporation. If both thermometers read the same, then
to the maximum value at the dry bulb temperature the sample air has a RH of 100%. Normally, however,
of the air. Since the maximum value increases with the wet bulb thermometer will have a lower reading
temperature, it is important to specify the dry bulb than the dry bulb.

6-2
 30
12

30
13
14
t 15
cu f 16

35
12.5

35
17
18

40

40
19
20
21

45

45
22
23
24
2 52
6

50

50
t
cu f
13.0

55

55
27
28
29

60
En

60
30
th
31
W 32 alpy
33 a
e 34 t Sa

B
65 t B 35 t

65
ulb 36 urat
or 37 io
De 38 n (B
90
% 7 w 39 T
0 P

70
t 40 U/lb
cu f 80 oin 41
13.5 % tT 42 Dry
em 43 A
70 75 pe 44 i r )
% 45

75
A rat 46
ure 47
60 s 48
% 49
80

80
50
%

(Air Temperature)
Re
40

la

85
85

Dry Bulb Temperature (°F)

%

tiv
t e
cu f
14.0
Hu
m

Figure 6-1. Psychrometric Chart

90
90

30

idi
ty
%

95
95

20
%

100
100

air
dry
t/lb
cu f
14.5
105
105

110
0
10
20
30
10% 40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180

Specific Humidity (Grains of Moisture per Pound of Dry Air)

0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6

Vapor Pressure (psia)

6-3/(6-4 Blank)
6-3
01 September 2018
NAVAIR 15-01-500
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION II. STATIC DEHUMIDIFICATION

6.5 STATIC DEHUMIDIFICATION. This technique is 6.6.3 Application. Static dehumidification with
used in conjunction with sealed containers, completely desiccant bags extracts and holds moisture proportional
sealed (bagged or coated) aircraft, or partially sealed to its capacity to absorb. Therefore, more bags than
sections of aircraft or components. Typical applications would normally be required are used to compensate
of static dehumidification are shipping containers for system leaks and severe storage conditions. The
(e.g. engine cans), single aircraft that are sealed in amount of desiccant prescribed for a given container
a conformable bag, or aircraft with shrinkwrap (for was originally based on 18 months protection under
shipment). Refer to Chapters 3 and 4 for desiccant relatively severe exposure conditions. With the
placement information. improvement of barrier materials, the increasing use
of sealed containers, and the wide variety of internal
6.6 DESICCANT. Desiccants (drying agents) used cushioning and cradling materials currently used,
in storage applications are substances which are formulas with a series of variables are now necessary
chemically inert but have the ability to pick up and for calculating desiccant requirements.
hold water vapor. At elevated temperatures, the
reverse process takes place and the moisture is 6.6.3.1 When the amount of desiccant is not specified
released. Desiccant materials are honeycombed with for use in a particular container, estimate the amount
microscopic pores providing a large exposed surface of space to be dehumidified in cubic feet. Use one
area which absorbs water. 16 unit bag of desiccant per 2 cubic feet of volume to be
dehumidified. Additional desiccant may be required for
6.6.1 Function. The air next to the desiccant bed is storage areas that are not environmentally controlled
reduced to a low water vapor content with a resulting (no heating or air conditioning) or subject to high
change in air density. Convection currents replace the humidity.
dry air with moist air until eventually the entire space
within the moisture barrier has an atmosphere of CAUTION
uniform low relative humidity. If the moisture content
of the surrounding air is maintained below 40%, little Place the desiccant bags in screened receptacles
or no corrosion will take place. throughout the volume to avoid contact with
aircraft or component surfaces. Saturated
6.6.2 Types. Static desiccants used in Navy packaging desiccant bags can cause corrosion when in
are procured under MlL-D-3464. Procurement and use contact with aluminum or steel surfaces. Barrier
is based on units of desiccant instead of weight.This material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, may be used if
specification covers a variety of materials classified as receptacles are not available.
follows:
NOTE
6.6.2.1 Type I (General Purpose). Type I desiccant is
for general use for static dehumidification of packages The calculated amount of desiccant should
and closed spaces. Type I is used for engine container be doubled when canning water, crash, or fire
storage. damaged engines.

6.6.2.2 Type II (Nondusting). This desiccant is used 6.6.3.2 To reduce the drying time necessary to reach
in critical packaging applications where dust cannot be safe equilibrium conditions, the desiccant shall be
tolerated, such as avionics or electronics. distributed throughout the container or bagged aircraft.
Figure 6‑2 shows desiccant stacked on barrier material
6.6.2.3 Type III (Special Application). Type III desiccant in an engine intake duct. Most large component
is packaged in special 8 and 16 unit bags. It is intended containers, such as engine cans, are equipped with
for use in areas where accidental flooding by water may screened receptacles for holding the desiccant. These
occur. receptacles shall be used whenever they are installed.

6-5
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 6‑1. Maximum Allowable Contamination

(Cumulative)
Bag Size Oil Stained Surface
4 unit 2 in2
8 unit 4 in2
16 unit 6 in2

6.6.5.2 Segregate desiccant as it accumulates

according to cleanliness of the desiccant bags. Discard
all grease contaminated bags. Discard oil contaminated
bags which exceed the limits in Table 6‑1.

6.6.5.3 Further segregate clean bags, both by bag

size and desiccant material type. Recovery procedures
Figure 6-2. Desiccant Stacked in an Intake Duct vary both with materials being reactivated and with bag
volume.
6.6.4 Handling. Since the effectiveness of desiccants
is measured in terms of their ability to absorb water 6.6.5.4 Label the accumulation containers as "Spent
vapor, special handling precautions shall be observed Desiccant" with the type of desiccant and bag size, as
to assure maximum dryness at time of use. The applicable.
effectiveness of the desiccant as a drying agent is
reduced as its moisture content is increased and this CAUTION
reduction can occur very rapidly.
Do not increase the temperature to shorten the
6.6.4.1 Desiccants are received in sealed containers. reactivation cycle as cloth bags will either scorch
Containers shall be opened only during the brief period or burn at higher temperatures.
when desiccant is being removed. They shall be kept
tightly sealed at all other times. Desiccant shall not be 6.6.6 Reactivation. Reactivation of desiccant material
placed within any container/bag to be dehumidified requires controls to assure that reclaimed materials
until just before the container is closed and sealed. It will be within specification limits. Equipment to be
is extremely important that the desiccant have no direct used for reactivation shall be calibrated by a certified
contact with liquid water. calibration laboratory. Equipment to be used for
reactivation of subject materials is required to provide
6.6.4.2 Humidity indicators shall always be kept in uniform temperatures of 250‑300°F ±10°F and have
receptacles storing desiccant to verify the condition of an adequate exhaust system for the removal of water
the desiccant. If the indicator is pink, or the indicator from the desiccant. Desiccants shall be reclaimed
is missing, the desiccant shall not be used until in accordance with the requirements and limits of
reactivated. MIL-D-3464.

6.6.5 Disposition. The drying action of most desiccants 6.6.6.1 Calibration and maintenance records shall
can be restored and the contained moisture can be be maintained in all oven locations to assure a quality
driven off with heat. Reactivation procedures vary with product. Logs identifying desiccant batches processed
the type of desiccant, the heat resistant characteristics shall be maintained for authenticating the usability of
of the bags, and the cleanliness of the desiccant. All reclaimed materials.
clean desiccants used in Navy packaging can be
economically reclaimed and may be accumulated 6.6.6.2 Provisions shall be available for immediate
for forwarding to the nearest reactivating activity. canning and sealing of reactivated desiccant when
Accumulation practices should include the following: it is removed from the hot oven. All containers shall
be clean and shall be in such condition as to assure
6.6.5.1 Maintain a supply of clean shipping containers a positive seal when lids and rings are in place.
complete with lids and locking rings that can be used All reclaimed desiccant shall be clearly marked as
for accumulation of spent desiccant. "Reclaimed Material", with the reactivating activity and
date of reactivation clearly indicated.

6-6
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

6.7 HUMIDITY INDICATORS.

6.7.1 Types. All desiccant protection requires some

manner of indicating the level of relative humidity within
the chosen enclosure.

6.7.1.1 Blue to Pink Indicators. The most common

method of relative humidity indication is the use of
blue to pink indicators. The color change occurs from
a reaction between cobalt chloride and moisture in the
air. The color changes from blue to pink at increasing
relative humidities. By varying the concentrations, a
series of color changes can be obtained at different
relative humidities.

6.7.1.2 Spot-Type Indicator Cards, MIL-I-8835. These Figure 6-3. Installed Humidity Indicator Card
cards consist of spots treated with cobalt chloride in a
series of concentrations which change color at different
relative humidities. The MS20003 three-spot card has
color indications at 30, 40, and 50% relative humidities. 6.7.3 Installation of Humidity Indicator Card, MS20003.
See Figure 6‑3.
6.7.1.3 Plug Type Indicators. Many engine containers
are equipped with indicator plug receptacles. These a. Prior to final sealing, cut a rectangular window
utilize plug type indicators that are about the same size into the middle of the barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131
as a spark plug. Class 1. The window shall be large enough so that the
indicator card can be clearly seen.
6.7.1.3.1 MIL‑P‑6131 indicators are filled with
indicating silica gel that changes color from blue to b. Cut a piece of clear plastic sheeting, A‑A‑3174
pink at 30% relative humidity. Type 1 Class 1, at least 0.5 inches larger than the
barrier material hole in all directions.
6.7.1.3.2 Indicator plugs, SAE AS26860, contain a
spot indicator card which changes color from blue to c. Seal the plastic to the inside of the barrier material
pink at various relative humidities. Type I is used with using preservation tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II, to
containers. Type II is for use with MIL-PRF-131 barrier form a window. Seal the outside edges of the window to
material. the barrier material to prevent moisture from entering.

6.7.2 Location. d. Secure the indicator card, MS20003, to the inside

of the window, using tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II,
6.7.2.1 To protect aeronautical equipment, containers along the top edge of the indicator card only. Do not
are equipped either with an inspection port through tape over the indicator spots.
which the condition of the humidity indicator can be
inspected, or a plug type indicator which can be read
from the outside. When installing any type of humidity
indicator, it shall be located so that its condition can
be inspected without opening the container.

6.7.2.2 The indicator shall not be attached to or in

contact with a bag of desiccant, which would give a
false indication of the humidity.

6-7
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

6.7.6 Reuse/Replacement.

NOTE

Keep indicator container lids closed at all times

when not in use.

6.7.6.1 All types of indicators may be reused unless

damaged or contaminated with oil or water.

6.7.6.2 Plug indicators with colored silica gel

(MIL-P-6131) may be reclaimed in the same manner
as desiccant bags using the procedures contained in
paragraph 6.6.6. Some low melting plastic materials,
Figure 6-4. Indicator Plug Installed in Barrier Material from which certain dehydrator plugs are made, require
special reclamation procedures to prevent melting or
distortion of the shell.
6.7.4 Installation of SAE AS26860 Type II Indicator
Plug into MIL-PRF-131 Barrier Material. See Figure 6‑4. 6.7.6.3 Plug type indicators with paper elements (SAE
When installed correctly, plugs allow for a more airtight AS26860) may be reused if the paper element turns
seal than cards. Plugs are required for Level III Static blue when momentarily heated with a heat gun or heat
dehumidified storage of components. lamp. Ensure that rings, plastic windows and sealing
surfaces of plug indicators are clean and in good
NOTE condition. If the plug indicator is otherwise serviceable,
the paper element in the plug may be replaced as
Practice the installation procedure on a scrap follows:
piece of barrier material prior to plug installation
on the actual preservation package. a. Insert a 1/2” Allen wrench into the lock nut and
turn counterclockwise to loosen.
a. Draw a one inch diameter circle in the plug
location. b. Remove lock nut.

b. Cut an “X” inside the circle with a knife or shears. c. Remove Teflon washer.

c. Unscrew the lock nut from the plug and push the d. Remove old humidity card.
plug through the barrier material. The plug shall be on
the outside of the package. e. Install new humidity card.

d. Verify the condition of the paper indicator f. Install Teflon washer.

element (see paragraph 6.7.6.3).
g. Follow Installation Instructions for Humidity Plug
e. Tighten the nut on the inside of the barrier in paragraph 6.7.4 above, or reattach lock nut and store
material. The barrier material should lay as flat as plug until required.
possible. Avoid puckering the barrier material when
tightening. CAUTION

f. Torque the locking nut to 50 ± 5 in lb. If spot-type indicators have been exposed to high
humidity conditions and the spots have spread,
6.7.5 Equilibrium within freshly sealed containers they cannot be reused. Discard and do not use.
requires a considerable amount of time. Relative
humidity readings shall not be accepted as an 6.7.6.4 Spot-type indicator cards (MS20003) and
indication of internal condition until sufficient time has indicator buttons do not require special processing
elapsed since closing the container (8-12 hours) to be before use. Storage in sealed containers with
certain that equilibrium within the container has been desiccating agent will restore blue color. If blue color
established. is not restored, dispose of indicator card.

6-8
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION III. DYNAMIC DEHUMIDIFICATION

6.8 INTRODUCTION. Dynamic dehumidification is a air stream passes through the desiccant impregnated
term used to describe the process of actively extracting honeycomb cells. The moisture in the air is removed
moisture from the air and then pumping or recirculating and the processed (dried) air is then pumped into the
it throughout the space to be protected. When using a storage area. The moisture laden return air is passed
dehumidifier, the dried air can be either recirculated in through the desiccant wheel in a continuous cycle until
a closed loop system or exhausted in an open loop. In the humidistat detects the proper RH in the storage
a dynamic system, the dehumidifier continually extracts area and the unit is shut down.
water to maintain the proper relative humidity (RH).
6.9.1.2 The moisture saturated desiccant cells rotate
6.9 DEHUMIDIFIERS. A dehumidifier is a machine into an isolated section of the machine where heated
that extracts moisture from the air. These machines reactivation air passes through the cells and moisture is
are hooked up to aircraft, shelters or containers using removed. The moisture laden reactivation air is ducted
plastic ducting. Humidistats and Lower Explosive Limit out and dumped into the atmosphere, preferably well
(LEL) detectors are incorporated in the unit to measure removed from the dried space.
and control relative humidity and monitor explosive
vapors. There are many different dehumidifiers on 6.9.1.3 After reactivation, the desiccant rotates back
the market. The types commonly used in aircraft and into the process air stream where moisture continues
component dehumidification are rotating desiccant to be removed. This recycling can occur indefinitely as
wheel and cooling‑based dehumidifiers. long as the air prefilters are changed periodically.

6.9.1 Desiccant Wheel Dehumidifiers. The basic 6.9.1.4 Dehumidifiers are manufactured in several air
design of the desiccant wheel is shown in the schematic flow capacities. The most common sizes for aircraft use
of Figure 6‑5. are 70, 300 and 600 standard cubic feet per minute
(scfm). For example, one 300 scfm unit can provide
6.9.1.1 This unit contains a honeycomb wheel that dry air for up to four bagged aircraft in a mild climate.
is impregnated with a desiccant material (e.g. lithium In severe climates (rainy or tropical), the 600 scfm unit
carbonate or silica). The wheel slowly rotates and an may be required.

To Equipment
Ambient Air Dehumidified
Air

Heater
To Outside
Moist Air Ambient Air

110/220 Volt 60/50Hz Motor

Commercial or Tactical Power
Desiccant Wheel

Figure 6-5. Desiccant Wheel Dehumidifier Schematic

6-9
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 6‑2. Requirements for Desiccant Wheel Dehumidifiers

SCFM Max D/H Volume (Ft3) Power
(Standard Cubic Feet
(Recommended)
per Minute) Closed Loop Open Loop

70 30,000 4,000 110 VAC, 1.3 KW

150 72,000 9,000 220 VAC, 3.5 KW, 1 Phase

300 140,000 18,000 220 VAC, 6.75 KW, 3 Phase

600 280,000 36,000 440 VAC, 14 KW, 3 Phase

1125 540,000 67,000 440 VAC, 34 KW, 3 Phase

6.9.1.5 The unit capacity, or the combined capacity when drying air to saturated air conditions. Desiccant
of several units, used in a closed system, must be wheel dehumidifiers are especially efficient when used
able to support a minimum of 3 air volume exchanges to create low relative humidities.
per day. Table 6‑2 describes air flow rate in SCFM,
maximum DH volume capacity for closed and open 6.10 APPLICATIONS. Applications for dynamic
loop applications, and power requirements. The term dehumidification include both operational aircraft and
"closed loop" refers to a recirculating process air long term storage of aircraft and components.
system, whereas the term "open loop" refers to a single
pass system when the process air is allowed to vent WARNING
to the outside atmosphere.
To prevent accumulation of fuel vapors and
6.9.2 C o o l i n g ‑ B a s e d D e h u m i d i f i e r s . T h e s e possible explosion, fueled aircraft or components
dehumidifiers are based on the principle of shall be dehumidified using an open system,
condensation. The incoming air is chilled below its or a closed system with an explosion proof
dewpoint. The moisture is then deposited (condensed) dehumidifier.
on the condenser coils. The dried air is supplied to the
storage area, while the condenser rejects the heat to 6.10.1 Dynamic DH of Operational Aircraft. Aircraft
the outside (see Figure 6‑6). The process is similar systems, such as avionics or engines, may be
to an air conditioning system. The actual hardware dehumidified when the aircraft is parked. This technique
for cooling‑based dehumidification is exceptionally entails the use of a desiccant wheel DH unit that is
diverse. The system is usually custom-designed for the linked to opening port covers in the aircraft by plastic
application. Cooling-based dehumidifiers are mainly ducting. The covers seal intakes, exhausts, vent ports,
used in desert regions where high temperatures make and other openings, and can be made from a variety
them the more efficient choice. of materials. The ducting is fitted to one or more of the
covers and dehumidified air is circulated throughout
6.9.3 Combined Dehumidifier/Air Conditioning Units. internal compartments of the aircraft via internal
These units combine a desiccant wheel dehumidifier environmental control ducts to airframe cavities,
with an air conditioning unit. The heated condenser avionics, radar, fire control and life support systems.
air from the air conditioning unit is used to activate the This setup is normally an open system where the
desiccant wheel. This combination is very economical dehumidified air is allowed to spill overboard through
if both temperature and humidity need to be controlled. natural vents or leaks in the aircraft. However, a more
sophisticated hook up can capture the spent process
6.9.4 Choosing a Dehumidifier. The choice of air through an aft cover and duct it back to the DH
dehumidifier depends on several factors, including unit (a closed system). Either technique is a quick
the RH desired, the temperature and humidity of the way to provide DH protection to avionics and other
surrounding air, the cost of installation of the system, internal components during periods of aircraft inactivity.
and the projected operating cost. In general, cooling- Figures 6‑7 and 6‑8 are examples of operational aircraft
based dehumidifiers are more economical when dehumidification.
operating at high air temperatures, and more efficient

6-10
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Compresssor raises Refrigerant is condensed back

the pressure and to a liquid, releasing its heat
temperature of the to the air passing through the
refrigerant gas condensor coil

Compresssor Refrigerant Condenser

Liquid Refrigerant Storage

Refrigerant
Expansion Valve

Refrigerant expands
inside the coil, removing
heat from the air passing through the fins

Refrigerant
Evaporator

Figure 6-6. Cooling Based Dehumidification System Schematic

Figure 6-7. Operational Dehumidification Hook-Up to

Environmental Control System for
Avionics Protection

Figure 6-8. Operational Dehumidification Hook-Up

for Engine Protection

6-11
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

6.10.2 Dynamic DH of Aircraft/Components in 6.10.2.3 Flexible Bag. The flexible bag is a completely
Storage. encasing cover custom made for a specific type of
aircraft or component. The bag is made of tough,
WARNING vapor barrier material and provides excellent protection
from direct weathering damage. The bag is sealed
To prevent accumulation of fuel vapors and with interlocking zippers to provide an almost airtight
possible explosion, aircraft or components stored environment. Refer to Chapter 5, Section IV, for
in Level III preservation shall be purged of fuel a complete description of the flexible bag, and to
in accordance with Chapter 3 requirements. Figures 1-6, 4-1, and 5-6 for examples.

6.10.2.1 Shelters. Rigid shelters are convenient 6.10.2.3.1 If a DH unit is hooked up to an installed
structures that can be erected almost anywhere to cover, the aircraft is given maximum protection from
provide overall protection. They completely contain the effects of humidity. The setup in Figure 6‑9 can be
the aircraft or component. A description of typical rigid used for bagged aircraft serviced by a closed loop DH
shelters is contained in Chapter 5, Section II. system. The tubing and DH unit are large compared
to the aircraft in order to show hookup details. The DH
6.10.2.1.1 Once the aircraft is sealed inside the unit and all aircraft are ground wired together and to
shelter, a DH unit is switched on and process air is an earth ground. Refer to Section IV of this chapter for
recirculated. The humidistat measures and controls ducting requirements and installation instructions.
the relative humidity to a preset level. Everything inside
of the shelter is bathed in dehumidified process air 6.10.2.3.2 In practice, the DH unit, the delivery ducts
that will eventually extract moisture from all areas and and the return ducts are all arranged so the aircraft can
surfaces. Even rain soaked or hygroscopic items such be removed or installed without disassembling and
as packaging materials, clothing and upholstery, which moving the ducting network.
adds to the moisture load in the air, will eventually be
dried by the dehumidifier. 6.10.2.4 Storage Areas for Removed Components.
Storage areas for removed components may be
6.10.2.1.2 See Section IV of this chapter for information created in buildings, portable shelters, or drop shrouds.
on equipment and installation requirements. These areas can be set up in a corner of a hangar
or they can encompass the entire structure. The
6.10.2.2 Shroud. A shroud is a specialized device construction of the storage area can be of almost any
used inside of shelters or repair hangars, to either cover material so long as the walls, ceilings, and doors are
in-work aircraft/components or to provide a sheltered sealed against vapor transmission.
storage space for removed components. A detailed
description of the shroud can be found in Chapter 5, 6.10.2.4.1 Floors can be sealed. Standard wood
Section III. frame and wallboard structures have been used
successfully when the wallboard has been sealed with
6.10.2.2.1 The DH unit and ducting shall be arranged a good oil based primer and enamel topcoat. Metal
to promote good circulation. The dry air ducting may sheds are effective when caulked on the overlapped
either lie on the floor or be fitted along the top portion seams and around fasteners. Doors must be weather
of the shroud. The return lines must be positioned proofed with foam rubber seal strips. Drop shrouds
opposite the processed air ducting: if the processed air can be used for temporary component DH storage by
ducting is located low on the floor, the return line must setting them up in a convenient spot in the hangar and
be positioned high along the ceiling framework. Refer erecting appropriate shelving inside.
to Section IV of this chapter for ducting requirements
and installation instructions. 6.10.2.4.2 The schematic in Figure 6‑10 shows an
air-conditioned and dehumidified storage set up.
6.10.2.2.2 The edges of the shroud drape to the ground This type of storage is intended for certain types of
and are then either weighted down with shot filled pigs avionics, fabrics, and perishable materials. The DH unit
(in an open system), or zipper fastened to a ground is wall mounted and a simple window air conditioner
cloth (in a closed system). The dehumidifier in a closed unit is mounted above it. Combined dehumidifier/air
system is set up to recirculate the process air. For an conditioner units are also available and may be more
open system, the dried process air is pumped in and economical to operate. The humidistat and thermostat
allowed to escape at the base of the shroud. modules are shown, as well as the hygrothermograph
and two auxiliary circulation fans.

6-12
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Ground

Humid Air Humid Air

Dry Air Dry Air

DH Unit (Not to Scale)

Figure 6-9. Dehumidification of Bagged Aircraft

Ceiling

DRY AIR

Outside

Fans (Optional) Air

Conditioner

Thermometer Humidistat

Hygrothermagraph

NOTE
Arrows represent In
direction of airflow Dehumidifier
Floor Out

Figure 6-10. Storage Schematic for a Removed Components Storage Warehouse (Dehumidified and Air-Conditioned)

6-13/(6-14 Blank)
6-13
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION IV. DEHUMIDIFICATION EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION

6.11 DEHUMIDIFICATION EQUIPMENT. This section are heated by power supplied from the electronic
lists the basic requirements and installation procedures control equipment. One of the elements is sensitive to
for DH equipment. Additional information on equipment flammable gases and responds to catalytic oxidation.
specifications can be obtained from NAVAIR ISSC The resultant temperature rise of the sensitive
North Island, Code 43460, San Diego, California. element increases its operational resistivity, which
is proportional to the gas concentration. The other
6.11.1 H y g r o t h e r m o g r a p h . A r e c o r d i n g element is far less sensitive to flammable gasses and
hygrothermograph is required to monitor the is utilized as the comparison element that compensates
temperature and RH inside of the DH area. The data for changes in ambient temperature and humidity. A
is used to check the effectiveness of the DH system and bridge circuit measures the change in resistivity as a
to determine whether corrective action is warranted. function of flammable gas concentration. The response
Hand held meters only measure the conditions of the to various flammable gasses can vary from as low as
moment, whereas this recording unit will report the 10 ppm to a high of 5%. The unit is calibrated to fuel
conditions over time. The hygrothermograph should be and oil hydrocarbon vapors that would be expected to
spring wound to preclude the problems associated with emit from preserved aircraft. The sensor is mounted
batteries and power cords. The unit shall be capable in the return air line to the dehumidifier.
of recording and storing data for a minimum of seven
days. The data shall be recorded continuously or in 6.11.3.2 Availability. The explosive gas sensor is a
increments of not more than one hour. special unit that is part of the dehumidifier. It shall be
specified in the DH procurement document to ensure
6.11.2 Data Logger. Data loggers are instruments its inclusion.
that record temperature and RH from analog or digital
signals over time. A data logger may be used in place 6.11.4 Humidistat. The humidistat is a device that
of a hygrothermograph to monitor temperature and RH. measures and controls RH by switching the DH unit on
or off. The humidistat can operate on either mechanical
6.11.2.1 Principles of Operation. Typically, data or electronic principles.
loggers are compact, wired or battery-powered devices
with a built-in microprocessor, data storage, and 6.11.4.1 Mechanical Humidistat. The sensor in a
sensors. A built-in digital display can be used for viewing mechanical humidistat utilizes fiber bundles (typically
certain parameters and real time measurements. Data human hair) stretched between two attaching points
loggers utilize software on a personal computer to and hooked to a strain gage. As the fiber bundle
initiate the logger and view the collected data. They expands or contracts during changes in RH, the strain
can be connected to modems for remote monitoring. gage circuitry measures those changes. The unit is
calibrated against psychrometric data.
6.11.2.2 Requirements. Data loggers shall have
a minimum temperature accuracy of +/-0.8ºF and a 6.11.4.2 Electronic Humidistat. The sensors in an
minimum RH accuracy of +/-2%. The data shall be electronic humidistat are either capacitive or resistive.
recorded continuously or at least every 30 minutes.
The data logger shall be capable of storing at least 6.11.4.2.1 The capacitive sensor consists of two metal
one week of data. Data may be stored internally or on plates separated by an insulator which is exposed to
an SD card. If data is stored internally, the data logger the atmosphere. The dielectric constant of the insulator
shall be equipped with a USB port for data download. changes as the RH changes and the resistance in the
Software shall be compatible with Excel or with the capacitor circuit changes accordingly. This resistance
current computer operating system. change is then calibrated against psychrometric data.

6.11.3 Explosive Gas Sensor. This unit senses, 6.11.4.2.2 The resistive sensor measures the change
measures and reacts to explosive gasses present in in resistance of a polymer as a function of the rate
the DH air loop. The unit is calibrated to shut off the in which the polymer absorbs water vapor from the
dehumidifier when explosive gases approach the Lower surrounding air. The rate of water vapor absorption is
Explosion Limit (LEL) in air or 10% LEL. proportional to the RH in the air. As is the case with
all humidistats, this sensor must be calibrated against
6.11.3.1 Principles of Operation. The sensor is a psychrometric data.
catalytic device consisting of two elements which

6-15
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

6.11.4.3 Placement. The humidistat shall be placed in

an area of the DH storage volume where it will measure
and react to the effectiveness of the dehumidifier. The
humidistat shall be placed in the return air duct adjacent
to the DH unit or mounted in the center of the storage
WARNING
space where there is good air circulation.

6.11.4.4 Availability. Normally, humidistats are integral THIS UNIT SHALL NOT
to the DH unit. They can be mounted internally but
they must have the capability to be remote mounted.
BE OPERATED IN A
The manufacturer of the DH unit provides a humidistat
that matches their electronic control circuitry. Ensure
CLASS 1 ENVIRONMENT
that the humidistat that comes with the DH unit can be
mounted in a remote location.
PER NFPA 70/513-1
Figure 6-11. Dehumidifier Label
6.11.5 Dehumidifier. The dehumidifier shall be capable
of continuous operation in ambient temperatures
ranging from -40°F to 120°F. The dehumidifier shall
6.11.5.1.1 Aircraft in Flexible Bag. Refer to Figure 6‑9.
also be capable of removing moisture from the air at
Similar calculations may be made for components.
various ambient conditions. The unit shall be procured
complete with reactivation heaters, filters, motors,
a. Estimate the volume of each aircraft by multiplying
fans, and electrical controls. The unit shall also have
the overall length by its cross-sectional area. Assume
built-in on/off/automatic operation switches, humidistat/
the aircraft is a rough cylinder. All measurements are
control plug and explosive gas sensor. The dehumidifier
in feet (ft).
systems shall be adequately protected from physical
damage and the environment if located outside of
V1 = π (1⁄2D1)2 L1
protected area. The casing should be constructed of
welded aluminum for maximum strength, durability
where: V1 = volume of space to be protected (ft3)
and corrosion resistance. A Warning Label (as shown
D1 = largest diameter of fuselage (ft)
in Figure 6‑11) shall be placed on each portable,
L1 = overall length of the aircraft (ft)
nonexplosion-proof dehumidifier unit. Desiccant wheels
π = 3.1416
shall be designed as a bacteriostatic inert structure
impregnated with a desiccant that will not channel,
b. Add 20% to the volume calculated above (V1)
breakdown or emit a measurable carry over. The design
to compensate for wings, rudders, rotary wings, rotor
of the dehumidifier shall allow routine maintenance
heads, landing gear and stabilizers. The volume of the
operations to be accomplished easily and quickly,
flexible bag (if known) may be used instead.
and it shall be simple to operate and maintain. Refer
to Section III of this chapter for more information on
V2 = 1.2 V1
dehumidifiers.
where: V2 = flight surface adjusted volume (ft3)
6.11.5.1 DH Capacity. Estimate the total volume of
the space to be dehumidified, determine whether the
c. Multiply the volume from the previous step V2 by
system will be open or closed loop, and consult the DH
the number of aircraft to be supported by the unit.
unit capacities of Table 6‑2. This will ensure that the
chosen unit will perform properly in extreme weather
V3 = N V2
conditions. The following examples demonstrate how to
estimate the volume to be protected. Refer to Section III
where: V3 = total volume of space to be
of this chapter for illustrations of the setup described
protected (ft3)
in each example.
N = total number of aircraft to be
protected by the DH unit

6-16
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

d. Measure the length of the ducting that will be d. Add the volumes of steps a. and c. to estimate
used to hook up all of the aircraft to the DH unit, the total volume to be dehumidified.
including all supply and return manifolds.
VT = VS + VD
V4 = π (1⁄2D4) 2 L4
where: VT = total volume to be dehumidified (ft3)
where: V4 = volume of DH ducting (ft ) 3

D4 = inner diameter of ducting (ft) e. Refer to Table 6‑2 and choose the appropriate
L4 = cumulative length of ducting used (ft) size DH unit.
π = 3.1416
6.11.5.1.3 Shelters.
e. Add the volumes of steps c. and d. to estimate
the total volume to be dehumidified. a. Check the manufacturer’s specification sheet to
determine the volume of the shelter. If unavailable, use
VT = V3 + V4 the formulas in step 6.11.5.1.2 for the calculation.

where: VT = total volume to be dehumidified (ft3) b. Refer to Table 6‑2 and choose the appropriate
size DH unit.
f. Refer to Table 6‑2 and choose the appropriate
size DH unit. 6.12 DH MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT. Table 6‑3 is
a list of typical materials and equipment required for
6.11.5.1.2 Storage Areas for Removed Components installing a dehumidification system.
or In Process Storage. Refer to Figure 6‑10.
6.13 INSTALLATION PROCEDURES.
a. Multiply the length of the storage or shrouded
area times the width and the height. All measurements WARNING
are in feet (ft).
DO NOT operate a nonexplosion-proof
Vs = W x L x H dehumidifier where fueled aircraft/components
are present (Class 1 environment).
where: Vs = total volume of space to be protected (ft3)
W = width of storage or shrouded area (ft) CAUTION
L = length of storage or shrouded area (ft)
H = height of storage or shrouded area (ft) Aircraft and equipment shall be grounded prior
to starting the DH unit.
b. If the dehumidifier is mounted inside the storage
area or the amount of ducting used is minimal (less than 6.13.1 Dehumidifier Installation. Install the dynamic
12 ft.), the effect of the ducting volume is considered dehumidifier in accordance with the designated manual
negligible and therefore not included in the total volume for the equipment. Ensure that the dehumidifier is
calculation. connected to a certified common ground and also
is statically grounded to each connected aircraft (if
c. If the amount of ducting exceeds 12 feet, applicable) in accordance with Chapter 7 and the
measure the length of ducting used, including supply applicable MIM.
and return manifolds.
6.13.1.1 Flexible Bag/Drop or Freestanding Shroud/
VD = π (1⁄2D1) 2 L1 Portable Shelter. Install the DH unit(s) outside the
space to be protected. Erecting a small shed roof
where: VD = volume of DH ducting (ft3) over the DH unit to protect it from the weather Is
D1 = inner diameter of ducting (ft) recommended.
L1 = length of ducting (ft)
π = 3.1416 6.13.1.2 Removed Component Storage. Dehumidifiers
may be installed either inside or outside the protected
area. Dehumidifiers installed inside shall be explosion
proof if the area contains fueled components. For safety
reasons, mount the DH unit at least 18 inches off the
floor.
6-17
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 6‑3. Material and Equipment for Dynamic Dehumidification

Nomenclature Specification Purpose
Adapter, Rigid to Flex, 6 in. dia., 18 in. L & 36 in. L ASTM D 3034, SDR-35 Connecting rigid to flex ducting at dehumidifier
Cable Assembly MIL-HDBK-274 Earth grounding
Cable Assembly MIL-HDBK-274 Static grounding
Cement, PVC plastic piping systems Standard Plumbers, ASTM D2564 Permanent connection of fittings to ducts

Cole Parmer EW-08368-20 or

Chart Paper 7 day recording of temperature and RH
equivalent

Connector, Static Ground, Alligator MIL-DTL-83413/7 Ground connection

Cushioning Foam PPP-C-1797 or PPP-C-795 Tiedown & ground strap sealing
Data Logger Commercial Recording of temperature and RH
Dehumidifier Desiccant wheel or cooling based Continuous source of dehumidified air

P/N Duravent U-10 Dayco Corp.

Ducting, Flexible, 4 in. or 6 in. dia., PVC or vinyl Dynaflex Co. West First St. A/C to manifold and DH to manifold connector
Dayton, OH 45402

Standard Plumbers DWV,

Ducting, Rigid, 4 in. or 6 in. diameter Manifolds and main lines
UV resistant, PVC, Schedule 40

Ducting, Rigid, 4 in. or 6 in. diameter ASTM D 3034 Manifolds and main lines

Explosive Gas Sensor Supplied as part of dehumidifier unit Explosive vapor sensor/unit shutdown

Standard Plumbers DWV,

Fittings, 45° and 90°, 4 in. diameter Tees, elbows and sleeves
UVresistant, PVC, Schedule 40

Fitting, 45° Bell and Spigot Elbow, 4 in. diameter ASTM D 3034, SDR-35 Connecting rigid ducting
Fitting, 90° "ELL", Bell and Spigot, 4 in. diameter ASTM D 3034, SDR-35 Connecting rigid ducting
Fitting, Increaser, Bell and Bell, 4 in. to 6 in. dia. ASTM D 3034, SDR-35 Connecting rigid ducting
Fitting, Double Bellstop Coupling, 4 in. diameter ASTM D 3034, SDR-35 Connecting rigid ducting
Fitting, Plug, 4 in. diameter ASTM D 3034, SDR-35 Blank off ends of rigid ducting
Fitting, 90° Elbow, Bell and Bell, 6 in. diameter ASTM D 3034, SDR-35 Connecting rigid ducting
Fitting, 45° "WYE", Bell and Bell, 4 in. diameter ASTM D 3034, SDR-35 Connecting rigid ducting
Fitting, Cap, 4 in. diameter ASTM D 3034, SDR-35 Blank off ends of rigid ducting
Fitting, "Tee", Bell and Bell, 4 in. or 6 in. diameter ASTM D 3034, SDR-35 Connecting rigid ducting
Hose Clamps, 4 in. and 6 in. Commercial Optional connector

Hub Centers, 4 in./6 in., rubber sleeve with CRES

Standard Plumbers Duct-to-duct connector, able to disassemble
sheath and clamps

Humidistat Supplied as part of dehumidifier unit Controls DH unit to maintain selected range of RH

Cole Parmer Model #EW-37250-10

Hygrothermograph 7 day recording of temperature and RH
or equivalent

Preservation Tape SAE AMS-T-22085 Type II Balancing DH airflow

Sealing flex ducts to aircraft covers and general

Sealant, Silicone, RTV, non-corrosive MIL-A-46146 Group 1 Type 1
repairs

Connect flex to rigid ducts and secure tiedown

Tie Wraps, plastic SAE AS23190 Type I
sleeves

6-18
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

6.13.2 Ducting Installation. Ensure that the process, adequately distribute the air and reduce back pressure
return and reactivation air ducts are free from to the DH unit. Enlarge the holes furthest from the unit.
obstructions. Lay a return line along the floor positioned towards
the center of the storage space. In smaller storage
6.13.2.1 Flexible Bag. Install the rigid ducting and spaces return ducting may not be needed; the return
flexible ducting in accordance with the setup shown in air will enter the DH unit directly. Route the dehumidifier
Figure 6‑9. Use hub connectors to attach the flexible reactivation air ducting outside of the room. Ensure
ducts so that they may be removed and reattached that there is at least a five foot separation between the
as aircraft are moved in and out of the area. Attach intake and exhaust ports.
the flexible ducts to the rigid ducts by using plastic tie
wraps. Support the ducting with "V" blocks every 5‑7 6.13.3 Enclosure Installation. Ensure that the
feet. The support blocks can be made of short lengths enclosure to be dehumidified meets the requirements
of ducting with a "V" notch cut out. of Chapter 5 and Section III of this chapter.

6.13.2.2 Drop or Freestanding Shroud. Route a 6.13.3.1 Flexible Bag. Using the polymer foam
process air supply duct across the floor or along the cushioning material and tie wraps, ensure that all tie-
ceiling of the shroud. Positioning the process air ducting down cables and other items that protrude through the
along the floor may prove easier to setup. Route the flexible cover are tightly sealed.
ducting so it does not interfere with components or
personnel in the work area. Support the ducting with 6.13.3.2 Drop or Freestanding Shroud. Lower the
"V" blocks every 5‑7 feet. The support blocks can be drop shroud over the in-process aircraft/component
made of notched short lengths of spare ducting with a and the process air ducting.
"V" notch cut out. Drill holes (minimum diameter 1/4”)
into the duct to adequately distribute the air and reduce 6.13.3.3 Shelter. Inspect the shelter for proper
back pressure to the DH unit. If an open system loop is sealing, especially around the access doors. Caulk
used, no return ducting is required. If a closed system cracks or gaps or seal with barrier material.
loop is used, the return ducting should be positioned
opposite the process air ducting. For example, if the 6.13.4 Airflow Balancing.
process air duct is positioned along the floor, the return
line must be positioned along the ceiling. 6.13.4.1 Flexible Bag. When hooking up multiple
aircraft to a single dehumidifier, the aircraft furthest
6.13.2.3 Shelter. Install process air ducting through from the DH unit will receive the least airflow. Correct
the shelter wall and into a tee splitter. From the splitter, this by balancing airflow using preservation tape to
route rigid ducting to the two nearest corners of the partially block the airflow to the nearer aircraft. Place
shelter and attach elbows. Attach supply ducts, drilled strips of tape across the end of the return air rigid duct
with holes (minimum diameter 3/8"), to the elbows and where the flexible duct attaches. Ordinarily, airflow
run them lengthwise along the edge of the shelter on balance can be achieved by applying a single width of
both sides, positioned high on the walls. The drilled two inch wide tape across an air duct. Apply the tape
holes must be aligned to point out into the room. at the edge of duct and work toward the center. If it
Smaller holes shall be drilled near the elbows and requires more than 50% coverage, there is something
larger holes near the capped ends. Ensure that there wrong in the system and troubleshooting is in order.
is very little back pressure on the DH unit. Install return All of the flexible covers should balloon slightly. Covers
ducting, as it is more efficient to recirculate the air inside that are drawn tight against the aircraft skin will not
the shelter instead of using outside air. If two DH units allow proper airflow around all surfaces.
are used, then set them up on opposite sides of the
shelter, with the supply and return ducts fed directly 6.13.4.2 Shroud/Shelter. Check for sufficient air flow
along both sides. at the farthest holes by using strips of tissue paper.
The drilled holes in the process air ducting can be
6.13.2.4 Removed Component Storage. The process further enlarged or blocked off with preservation tape
air ducting should be suspended from the ceiling. as necessary to balance airflow. There should be very
Drill holes (minimum diameter 3/8”) into the duct to little back pressure on the DH unit.

6-19
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

6.13.5 Hygrothermograph or Data Logger. Maintain 6.14 TROUBLESHOOTING RH VARIANCE. If the

a hard copy file of the hygrothermograph charts, or an RH falls out of the specified range (30‑40%), begin
electronic file of the data logger readings. troubleshooting within 24 hours of discovering the
discrepancy.
6.13.5.1 Aircraft in a Flexible Bag . Place a
hygrothermograph or data logger in the starboard 6.14.1 Inspect the DH system as follows:
engine intake in an upright position.
a. Compare the hygrothermograph or data logger
6.13.5.1.1 The hygrothermograph has seven day data with a known functioning hygrothermograph or
charts and shall be checked daily and changed weekly. data logger. If faulty, replace hygrothermograph/data
Mark each chart with the beginning and the ending logger.
dates, along with the aircraft BUNO.
b. Check humidistat controls. Repair or replace if
6.13.5.1.2 Check the data logger daily to verify that faulty or malfunctioning.
the humidity is within limits. Download the data logger
weekly. c. Check the dehumidifier controls for correct
settings. If controls are properly set, inspect the DH unit
6.13.5.2 Removed Component Storage in a Shroud in accordance with the manufacturer's troubleshooting
or Shelter. Place a spring-wound hygrothermograph or guide.
data logger on one of the storage racks, away from the
DH unit. Monitor the temperature and humidity once a d. Check for disconnected or damaged ducting.
day. Change the hygrothermograph chart or download Repair as necessary.
the data logger weekly.
e. For DH buildings, check for open doors, windows,
6.13.5.3 If the RH is out of limits (less than 30% or or access panels. Close or seal as necessary.
greater than 40%), troubleshoot the DH system in
accordance with paragraph 6.14. f. For items enclosed in a bag or shroud, check for
rips or tears in the material. Repair as necessary.
6.13.6 Humidistat. Mount the remote humidistat in the
space to be dehumidified where there is good airflow. 6.14.2 Closely monitor the system for 48 hours
Set the RH range to 35%±5%. to ensure effectiveness of corrective actions. If
the specified RH is not re-established, resume
6.13.7 Start-Up Procedures. Hook up the DH unit and troubleshooting.
make all of the connections as air tight as possible.
Obtain a clearance from the local Entry Authority (if 6.14.3 If it is anticipated that repairs will take longer
required) and switch the unit on. The unit may run than 14 days, the items in preservation shall be
continuously for several days before equilibrium is inspected for corrosion, repaired if necessary, and
reached. Check the system for airflow leaks and correct placed in an alternate DH facility or an alternate
if found. Monitor the RH with the hygrothermograph. level of preservation (Level II or Level III Static is
Check the efficiency of the setup for several days. recommended). Items may be depreserved and
Limit access into the dehumidified space until the RH returned to Level III Dynamic preservation when the
stabilizes. Discontinue daily checks when the system facility is repaired and is capable of maintaining the
is functioning properly. required RH (30-40%).

6.13.8 Recordkeeping. Maintain a file of the 6.15 MAINTENANCE. Maintain the aircraft systems
hygrothermograph charts or data logger data for at or components in accordance with the Level III
least 3 years. A log book of maintenance actions shall preservation requirements found in Chapters 2, 3,
be kept and a functional preventative maintenance and 4. Refer to Section V of this chapter for equipment
schedule shall be established for the DH equipment maintenance instructions.
(see Section V).

6-20
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION V. DEHUMIDIFICATION EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE

Table 6‑4. Dehumidification Equipment Maintenance Guidelines

Inspection
Item Action
Interval

Dehumidifier

Filters 2 months Inspect; replace or clean if airflow is restricted due to dirt and grime.

Inspect for contamination and deterioration due to plugged channels. The wheel should last many
years if the prefilters are kept clean and contaminants are not allowed to reach the desiccant
Desiccant Wheel 6 months
channels. The desiccating material may be a hazardous material. Check with the local safety and
environmental office for handling procedures.

Drive Motor and Blowers 6 months Lubricate bearings and clean seals.

Drive Belt 6 months Inspect for cracks and deterioration; replace if faulty.

Explosive Gas Sensor 6 months Calibrate

Compare reading with psychrometer or hand held humidity sensor. Calibrate or replace if
Humidistat 2 months
readings are greater than 5% apart.

Reactivation Air Heater 6 months Inspect elements for breaks; replace or repair.

Ducting 30 days Inspect for cracks, chalking, splits, or damage; replace if found

Hygrothermograph / Compare reading with psychrometer or hand held humidity sensor. Calibrate or replace if
2 months
Data Logger readings are greater than 5% apart.

6.16 DH EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE. CAUTION

6.16.1 Maintenance Guidelines. Table 6‑4 contains Do not use water to clean the sensor. Water will
maintenance guidelines for equipment used in interfere with the calibrating sequence.
dehumidification. The following paragraphs contain
additional information. 6.16.3.2 The sensor may be removed for a more
thorough cleaning; refer to the manufacturer’s manual.
6.16.2 Dehumidifier. The dehumidifier consists of After cleaning and drying, reinstall the sensor and
electrical and mechanical parts that require periodic proceed with the calibration procedure.
maintenance.
6.16.4 ExpIosive Gas Sensor. Calibrate the explosive
6.16.3 Humidistat. The remote humidistat should be gas sensor every 6 months, or as recommended by the
inspected and compared against a psychrometer or manufacturer. This calibration can only be performed
hand held humidity sensor every 2 months. by qualified calibration or maintenance personnel. Do
not attempt to calibrate this device without the proper
6.16.3.1 The sensor unit accumulates dust and grime training and certification.
from the thousands of cubic feet of process air passing
around it. Clean the sensor (in place) with a soft bristle
brush and wiping cloths every 6 months.

6-21
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

6.16.5 Ducting. The ducting is fairly maintenance free, 6.17 DAILY GENERAL MAINTENANCE. Perform
but it will deteriorate during long exposure to sunlight daily inspections on the overall setup and record in
and ozone (air pollution). Visually inspect the ducts a logbook. This visual inspection should be quick;
for obvious cracks, chalking, splits and mechanical as fast as a person can walk around the area. Any
damage every 30 days. Apply light foot pressure discrepancies shall be corrected immediately (see
against the wall of several representative rigid ducts paragraph 6.14). Check to ensure the following:
and check for good resiliency and flexure. Ensure that
the ducts are still supported by blocks. Replace any a. All doors, windows and access panels are
duct that has deteriorated and is not fit for use. closed.

6.16.6 H y g r o t h e r m o g r a p h . C h e c k t h e b. There are no rips in the shrouds, shelters and/

hygrothermograph daily to ensure that data is being or bags.
properly gathered. Change the chart paper weekly.
Ensure that the spring is wound properly and that the c. There are no damaged ducts.
horizontal time scale matches the day and time of the
inspection. Ensure that the recording pens are working d. There are no disconnected ducts.
and the traces are legible. Every 2 months, compare
against a psychrometer or a hand held humidity/ e. Control for the DH unit is on the "Auto" setting.
temperature sensor to verify that the hygrothermograph
is reading correctly. Hygrothermographs shall be f. The humidistat is properly set.
calibrated by a certified calibration laboratory every
3 years, or as required by the manufacturer. g. A proper temperature and RH reading is
displayed.
6.16.7 Data Logger. Check the data logger daily to
ensure that data is being properly gathered. Every h. There is no general clutter or obvious safety
2 months, compare against a psychrometer or a hand hazards.
held humidity/temperature sensor to verify that the data
logger is reading correctly. Calibrate the data logger
as required by the manufacturer.

6-22
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

CHAPTER 7
AIRCRAFT SECURING AND SHIPMENT

SECTION I. SECURING AIRCRAFT

7.1 INTRODUCTION. This section contains g. Retract wing flaps to the full up position and
instructions for arranging and securing aircraft for install control surface locks.
storage and shipment. Consideration is given to the
storage site surroundings and to storage surface/ h. Install protective covers on intakes, exhausts,
aircraft interface. Refer to Chapter 5 and Chapter 6 for air conditioning ducts and instrument probes when
information on types of storage systems for each level required by the MIMs.
of preservation. For storage information on removed
aircraft components, refer to Chapter 4, Section III. 7.3 TIEDOWN PROCEDURE.
Refer to the aircraft MIMs and NAVAIR 17‑1‑537 for
aircraft handling and securing requirements. 7.3.1 General Guidelines.

7.2 SPOTTING AND SECURING OF AIRCRAFT. 7.3.1.1 Tiedowns shall run from a designated tiedown
The general requirements for spotting and securing fitting on the aircraft to a tiedown anchor point on the
aircraft for storage are as follows: ground, without pressing against the preservation
barrier material or cover, landing gear struts, hydraulic
a. Aircraft shall be spotted with the nose pointed in lines, tires, or any other portion of the aircraft. It may
the direction of the prevailing wind, if applicable, and be necessary to open the flexible bag zipper when
positioned where the parking apron tiedown anchors connecting tiedowns through a cover tiedown sleeve.
can be used.
7.3.1.2 Tiedowns shall be positioned according to the
b. There shall be sufficient spacing between each aircraft MIM to prevent movement of the aircraft in any
aircraft to allow for maintenance and emergency direction. Generally, tiedowns should be arranged to
equipment. oppose each other and should be equally distributed
around the aircraft.
c. Wheel chocks shall be installed on all aircraft
wheels in accordance with NAVAIR 17-1-537 and the 7.3.1.3 The tiedown procedures will differ with each
applicable MIM. type of aircraft due to the aircraft configuration. The
MIM for each aircraft type includes procedures for
d. Statically ground the aircraft to a certified ground, normal and heavy weather tiedown, and other securing
and properly tie down the aircraft in accordance with precautions.
the instructions within this section and the applicable
MIM. 7.3.1.4 For the minimum number of tiedowns
required for some aircraft types, refer to Table 7‑1 or
e. Install all ground safety devices (for example, NAVAIR 17‑1‑537.
landing gear and tailhook external stores). If wings or
tail are folded, install jury struts and/or engage internal 7.3.1.5 Each air station has a weather bill which
lock mechanisms. defines heavy weather. When heavy weather conditions
are set, precautions shall be taken according to the
CAUTION MIMs. In the absence of a heavy weather bill, heavy
weather can usually be defined as existing or forecast
During heavy weather or if winds or gusts are winds of 35 knots or greater. For additional information
above 35 knots, certain aircraft types require the refer to NAVAIR 17‑1‑537.
wings to be spread. Refer to the aircraft MIM.
7.3.1.6 Normal weather tiedown procedure should only
f. Fold and secure rotor blades on helicopters in be used if the aircraft will be unattended for a relatively
accordance with the aircraft maintenance instruction short period (one or two days) and the weather forecast
manual (MIM). is good. Heavy weather tiedown procedure shall be
used when the aircraft is unattended for an extended
period of time or when existing or forecast winds are
35 knots or greater.

7-1
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

7.3.2 Tiedown Anchors (Padeyes). Aircraft tiedown Table 7-1. Tiedown Information for the
anchors are generally made of steel bars embedded Parking of Aircraft
in the concrete parking apron and spaced in a grid
pattern of 12.5 feet by 15 feet. There are depressions Tiedowns Required
in the anchor to allow for the attachment of two tiedown Type
Heavy
Normal Permanent
hooks to the steel bar at one time. Refer to Figure 7‑1. Weather
The capacity of each tiedown anchor is designed for AV-8/TAV-8 9 12 18
a maximum working load of 20,000 pounds.
C-2 9 12 18

7.3.3 Tiedown Lock and Chain Assembly. E-2 9 12 18

F/A-18 9 12 18
WARNING
H-1/AH-1 4 8 16

A design hazard exists with the TD‑1A tiedown. H-2 6 12 20

Incorrect installation of the chain into the locking H-3 6 12 20
mechanism reduces the breaking strength from
H-46 6 12 20
16,000 pounds to 6,000 pounds. There is no safe
working load. The latest version has arrows on H-53/H-53E 6 12 20
the side plates of the locking assembly to show HH-60H/SH-60F -- -- 18
proper installation. Refer to Figures 7‑2 and 7‑3. SH-60B 6 12 20

7.3.3.1 The TD-1B tiedown is the preferred assembly. V-22 12 18 22

The TD‑1A/TD‑1B tiedown is composed of a lock and
tightening mechanism, and a hook and chain assembly.
The tiedown chain assembly is available in two different
lengths: 9 foot and 14 foot (see Table 7‑2). The TD‑1A/
TD‑1B assembly, when properly joined, forms an
integral unit with a work load capacity of 10,000 pounds.
The TD‑1A/TD‑1B tiedown is the only one authorized
for shipboard use.

2'-0"

4" To 5"

Troweled
2H 1"R Hemispherical
3 Depression
H
H 1.5" Min.
3 Bar Ø

TYPE A Bar Sizes for

Types A & B
2'-0" H Bar Ø
<10" 3/4"
10" to 12" 1"
4" To 5"
13" to 18" 1-1/4"
1"R Troweled
2H Hemispherical
3 Bar Ø 1.5" Depression
Min. 3"R
H
H
3

1
Weld 2 Ø
of Bar 9"

TYPE B

Figure 7-1. Tiedown Anchors

7-2
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Oversize Link

Serrated
Locking Arm

Release Link Retainer

Lever

Tension
Hook to Bar Tension
Aircraft Hook to
Nut Deck Fitting

Serrated
Locking Arm Serrated
Release Open Locking Arm
Lever Link Release Closed Link
Open Retainer Lever Retainer
Open Closed Closed

Open Position Closed Position

Figure 7-2. TD-1A or TD-1B Tiedown Assembly

Table 7-2. Tiedown Chain Data

Part
Component Length
Number

9 foot 61A101D
TD-1A
14 foot 61A101D-2

9 foot 1540AS100-1
TD-1B
14 foot 1540AS100-2

7-3
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Free End of Chain

CORRECT ASSEMBLY

INCORRECT ASSEMBLY

Figure 7-3. TD-1A Tiedown Assembly Design Hazard

NOTE 7.3.4 Wire Rope.

In many cases the spacing of tiedown anchors 7.3.4.1 Wire rope tiedowns can be fabricated in a
on the parking apron will require longer tiedown variety of lengths and sizes. When selecting the size
assemblies. If a longer tiedown is needed, the wire rope to be used, careful attention shall be given
chain may be lengthened with chains from other to its intended use and safe working load.
tiedown assemblies used in series.
7.3.4.2 If wire rope is used to extend a tiedown, a wire
7.3.3.2 Visually inspect the tiedown assembly prior to rope with equal or greater work load capacity shall be
use. Inspect the tiedown latch/release mechanism for used. Refer to the aircraft MIM for the required tiedown
cracks, missing or broken springs, fractures, binding strength. If the manufacturer’s data for wire rope is not
and other signs of damage. Ensure that the preload available, refer to Table 7‑3 to estimate the safe working
tensioning grip and threaded shaft are free of burrs and load.
operate freely. Inspect the chain and hook for cracks,
elongation and wear. For detailed maintenance and 7.3.4.3 Refer to NAVAIR 17‑1‑537 for the fabrication,
inspection requirements refer to NAVAIR 17‑1‑537. inspection, and maintenance of wire rope tiedowns.

7-4
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 7-3. Wire Rope Safe Working Loads

Wire Size (inches) Safe Working Loads (pounds)

New Good Used Frequently Used

Diameter Circumference
(Safety Factor 4) (Safety Factor 6) (Safety Factor 8)

1/4 7/8 1,125 750 565

3/8 1 3/16 2,530 1,690 1,265

1/2 1 9/16 4,500 3,000 2,250

5/8 2 7,020 4,670 3,510

3/4 2 3/8 10,100 6,750 5,050

1 3 1/8 18,000 12,000 9,000

1 1/4 4 28,100 18,750 14,050

1 1/2 4 3/4 40,500 27,000 20,250

1 3/4 5 1/2 55,200 36,800 27,600

2 6 1/4 72,000 48,000 36,000

WARNING
7.3.4.4 Inspect the wire rope before and after severe
weather for worn spots, kinks, broken wires (fishhooks), Tiedown chains cannot be used to ground
corrosion and loose clips. For additional inspection aircraft. A separate grounding cable shall be
information refer to NAVAIR 17‑1‑537. used.
WARNING 7.4.1 Static Ground Point.
There have been repeated cases of the failure 7.4.1.1 It is important to verify that the impedance of
of screw pin shackles with the pin welded to the ground point is less than 10,000 ohms (referenced
the shackle ball. Shackles are forged steel and to earth) for a static ground point and less than 10 ohms
welding to forged steel can reduce the strength (referenced to power system neutral) for a power
by 30%. ground point. This minimizes the possibility of injury
or damage. Testing of ground points is described in
7.3.5 Shackles. Shackles are used to attach wire rope MIL‑HDBK‑274.
cables that have fixed eyes to the tiedown point. Each
shackle body is embossed with raised or stamped 7.4.1.2 The recommended time interval between
letters on the side of the shackle bow identifying the resistance testing is every 15 months. This ensures
shackle manufacturer, the trade name, the shackle that over a 5 year period, the ground points will be
size and the recommended safe working load (see tested through all seasons, thereby providing a profile
Figure 7‑4). Use RR‑C‑271 Grade B high strength of seasonal resistance variations.
shackle pins and bolts, which are identified by the
raised or stamped letters "HS" on the head. Refer to 7.4.1.3 Padeyes may be used as static grounds,
Table 7‑4 for size, safe working loads and NSNs. provided that they have been measured and identified.
At some facilities, a stainless steel bead has been
7.4 GROUNDING PROCEDURES. All aircraft and welded to the upper exposed area of the padeye.
equipment shall be statically grounded during all This prevents corrosion buildup and provides a better
maintenance, servicing, preservation and storage ground.
operations to prevent injury and damage to personnel,
aircraft and equipment. Refer to MIL‑HDBK‑274 for
additional information on the electrical grounding of
aircraft.

7-5
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 7-4. Shackle Safe Working Load and NSN

Size * Maximum Working Load Minimum Breaking Load
NSN
(inches) (pounds) (pounds)

1/2 6,600 33,000 4030-00-369-3894

5/8 10,000 50,000 4030-00-369-3905

3/4 14,000 70,000 4030-00-373-0997

7/8 19,000 95,000 4030-00-369-3909

1 25,000 125,000 4030-00-373-0998

1 1/8 30,000 150,000 4030-00-373-1015

1 1/4 36,000 180,000 4030-00-369-3911

1 3/8 42,000 210,000 4030-00-369-3913

* Other sizes are available. Refer to RR-C-271.

CAUTION
B.C. MFG.
A. C
Certified ground point and aircraft ground point

O.
shall be free of paint and corrosion.

SWL 2 T
71
7.4.1.4 Certified ground points are identified by a 3
4
22 inch yellow circle outlined and labeled in black.
The label indicates the date tested and the resistance
measured. Refer to Figure 7‑5.

CAUTION

Care shall be taken that the rod is not driven Figure 7-4. Screw Pin Shackle
into a place where it will damage underground
services.
22"

7.4.1.5 In areas where no approved static or 18"

power grounds exist, temporary grounding can be
accomplished by metal rods driven into the ground at
suitable points adjacent to the proposed aircraft parking
position. These rods shall be 8 feet long and 0.875 inch 6"
in diameter. If the minimum measured resistance
cannot be met, it will be necessary to drive additional Grounding Box
or longer rods into the ground.
Date Tested _______ TT-P-1952 Yellow Paint with
_______ Ohms TT-B-1325 Reflective Beads
7.4.1.6 The use of proper grounding procedures
ensures that any arcing or electrical discharge takes T-P-1952 Black Paint
place at the certified common ground point and not at
the aircraft ground point.
NOTE
1. All letters shall be 1" high
2. Testing information shall be
centered as shown with
3/4" spacing between lines
Figure 7-5. Identification of a Certified Ground Point

7-6
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

7.4.2 Aircraft Ground Point. 7.5.1 Surface. The storage area should be paved and
of adequate strength to support the load of the aircraft
7.4.2.1 Many aircraft have grounding receptacles and have ample drainage so as not to allow still water
in designated places on the airframe other than the to build up under the aircraft or equipment.
ground refueling areas. Refer to the aircraft MIM for
ground point locations. 7.5.2 Utilities. Active electrical and telephone lines
may be required to operate dehumidifiers, data
7.4.2.2 For those aircraft that do not have additional acquisition systems and other equipment at the storage
grounding receptacles, use a grounding cable that has site. Examples of the electrical power required for
grounding clamp connector (alligator type) conforming dehumidifiers may be found in Table 6‑2.
to MIL‑DTL‑83413/7 attached to each end. Attach one
end to an approved static ground point, the other end 7.5.3 Security. The storage site should have controlled
to a clean metal area on the aircraft. access. The use of motion detectors may be used
to enhance the security of sensitive equipment. In
7.4.2.3 Grounding cables shall be constructed in addition, the area surrounding the storage site shall
accordance with MIL‑HDBK‑274. Cable length is be clean and verified safe for work by the local safety
determined by user requirements. office.

7.4.2.4 For additional information on aircraft grounding 7.6 WHEEL CHOCKS. The preferred wheel chocks for
and grounding procedures refer to MIL‑HDBK‑274. land based aircraft are those made from polyurethane,
P/N 1509AS300. The wheel chocks are available in
7.5 STORAGE SITE. Environmental conditions are three different sizes according to the dash number after
a major concern at a storage site. These conditions the P/N: -1 for wheels up to a 33 inch diameter, -2 over
include weather, industrial fallout, and location. When 33 inches in diameter, and -3 for dual or tandem main
aircraft are to be stored outside of a hangar or rigid landing gear. Refer to NAVAIR 17-1-537 for additional
shelter, they should be placed in a wind protected area. information.

7-7/(7-8 Blank)
7-7
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION II. AIRCRAFT SHIPMENT

7.7 GENERAL INFORMATION. This section contains CAUTION

general instructions for the shipment of aircraft by
surface vessel (ship), truck, rail or aircraft. DO NOT strap aircraft or place a buck over
the extension portion of the platform. When
7.7.1 Cleaning/Corrosion Control. The aircraft shall underway the platform could flex and cause
be thoroughly cleaned and inspected for corrosion in damage to the aircraft.
accordance with the instructions in Chapters 2 and 3.
b. Loading instructions for the aircraft onto a vessel,
7.7.2 Protection. The aircraft and systems shall be truck, or train platform, including bracing requirements
protected in accordance with the requirements of or peculiar hoisting instructions. Hoisting of the
Chapter 3 for Level II or Level III preservation. Aircraft aircraft may require ballast added to the airframe to
to be shipped by vessel (ocean shipment) shall use compensate for removed components.
statically or dynamically dehumidified shrinkwrap,
strippable coating, or aircraft bags; partial coverage c. A list of support equipment required, including
with barrier material or aircraft covers is prohibited. part numbers and national stock numbers.
Prior to shipment of the aircraft, the protection applied
shall have at least 45 days of the effective preservation d. A list of equipment and tooling required to
time limitation (60 days) remaining. In addition to the prepare the aircraft for shipping.
requirements of Chapters 2 and 3, perform the following
on aircraft to be shipped. e. A complete list of shipping containers and/or
crates required.
a. Defuel the fuel system; pencil drain and purge,
and preserve with MIL‑PRF‑6081 Grade 1010N oil in f. SDSs for all hazardous material (this includes
accordance with Chapter 3. oil, hydraulic, and cooling fluids).

b. Remove and preserve components in accordance 7.7.4 S e c u r i t y D u r i n g S h i p m e n t . R e f e r t o

with the requirements of Chapter 4, as required. NAVAIR 17‑1‑537 and the NAVAIR 17‑1‑114 series
manuals for additional information on aircraft securing
c. For some model aircraft, shipment may require and handling, and on aircraft securing and handling
the wing sections to be folded or removed. Refer to equipment, respectively.
applicable aircraft MIM.
7.7.4.1 Tiedowns. Refer to NAVAIR 17‑1‑537 and
d. Protect plastic sections of canopies with a Section I of this chapter for tiedown information during
coating of polish, P‑P‑560 Type I. Cover entire canopy land, ocean, or air shipments. Aircraft being shipped
with flannel cloth, A‑A‑50129, and overlay barrier by ocean shall adhere to heavy weather tiedown
material, MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1, held in place with requirements in accordance with applicable aircraft
preservation tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II. MIM.

e. Apply corrosion preventive compound to all bare 7.7.4.2 Aircraft Ground. Aircraft shall be grounded
metal surfaces. during shipment in accordance with the requirements
of MIL‑HDBK‑274 and Section I of this chapter.
7.7.3 Shipping Instructions. The following shall be
provided by the aircraft ISSC. CAUTION

a. Specific instructions on anchoring, blocking, and Aircraft shall not be hoisted when wind speed
tiedown of the aircraft, including the exact station on exceeds 15 knots.
the aircraft where the padded bucks will be located.
7.7.4.3 Hoisting Slings. Refer to aircraft MIM,
NAVAIR 17‑1‑114 series, and Table 7‑5 for specific
information on hoisting slings.

7-9
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 7-5. Main Aircraft Lifting Slings

Type Aircraft Manufacturer Part Number* NSN

AV-8B McDonnell-Douglas Corp. 75D110000-1005 1730-01-374-1319

C-2 Grumman Corp. 123GT40027 1730-00-966-6033

123GT10199 1730-00-913-2086
E-2C/C-2 Grumman Corp.
123SME50642-1 1730-01-215-5763

F/A-18 McDonnell-Douglas Corp. 74D110003-1001 1730-01-062-4048

T-39 Rockwell International 465-810021-011 1730-01-199-4134

AH-1T/W Bell Helicopter Textron T101987 1680-00-543-7292

UH-1/UH-1N Bell Helicopter Textron 204-011-178-1 1680-00-408-2964

K604010-5 1730-00-140-3759
H-2 Kaman Aerospace Corp.
K604010-7 1730-01-327-0298

S6170-70004-8 1730-00-824-6014
H-3 Sikorsky Aircraft Corp.
S6170-70004-041 1730-01-363-6931

Boeing Helicopter Co. A02G1384-1

H-46 1730-01-011-8637
Aeroquip Corp. FE300059-01

CH-53D/RH-53D Sikorsky Aircraft Corp. 65700-70092-042 1730-00-129-8637

CH-53E/MH-53E Sikorsky Aircraft Corp. 65720-70018-041 1730-01-140-3481

H-60 Sikorsky Aircraft Corp. 70073-85000-013 1730-01-367-5166

*See the NAVAIR 17-1-114 series manuals for additional part numbers and information.

7-10
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Figure 7-6. F/A-18 on Extended Flatbed Truck

7.7.5 Maintenance During Shipment. Maintain

the aircraft in the chosen preservation level using
maintenance procedures in Chapters 2 and 3. While 162"
the aircraft is in transit, check the security of the
preservation system and the tiedowns daily. 660"
96"

7.7.6 Depreservation. The aircraft shall be depreserved Figure 7-7. Vehicle Dimensional Limitations
(the aircraft bag, shrinkwrap, or strippable coating
removed), cleaned, and represerved, if applicable,
by the receiving activity within 60 days from the 7.8.1.2 Routing. All shipments are controlled and
preservation activation date, or within 5 days of routed by the Military Traffic Management Command
receiving the aircraft, whichever is earliest. (MTMC) located at Fort Eustis, VA.

7.7.7 Crash Damaged Aircraft. For information on 7.8.2 Transportation Requests. Shipping requests
the emergency reclamation of crash damaged aircraft are made through the Naval Supply Center (NSC)
and components refer to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. For or nearest DOD supply activity using DD Form 1149.
information on moving and securing crash damaged When using this form, "Requisition and Invoice/
aircraft, refer to NAVAIR 00‑80R‑19 and the aircraft Shipping Document", include the following information:
MIM.
a. The number of pieces in the shipment.
7.8 LAND SHIPMENT. Consideration shall be given
to dimensional and weight limitations for the land b. A description of the shipment and the physical
shipment of aircraft. This may require the removal support (i.e., pallet, container).
of certain sections of the aircraft. Fixed wing aircraft
usually require the removal of a wing section or the c. Accurate dimensions, stated as "length" by
entire wing (see Figure 7‑6). The removed sections "width" by "height" and recorded in inches. Include the
shall be listed and identified separately on the shipping pallet dimensions in the measurement if the item is on
request document. one. Items of the aircraft that extend outward over the
support shall also be included in the measurement.
7.8.1 Transportation Requirements.
d. An accurate weight of the aircraft being shipped.
7.8.1.1 Restrictions. Vehicle/cargo combinations
that do not exceed 660 inches long, 96 inches wide, e. Any special services or equipment needed in
and 162 inches high do not require special permits in support of the shipment, such as dual drivers, a lowboy,
all but a few states and most foreign countries (see an air‑ride. For example, the transportation of a small
Figure 7‑7). MIL‑STD‑1366 establishes dimensional fixed wing fighter aircraft requires a 48 foot single drop
and weight limitations for the movement of items lowboy trailer capable of expanding to the required
prepared for shipment. These limitations are based length. The trailer must be a minimum of 8 feet wide
on the physical characteristics of the individual modes with a maximum height of 2 feet from the ground to the
of transportation, and any legal and administrative top of the bed.
regulations.
f. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for all hazardous
material accompanying the shipment.

7-11
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

7.9 OCEAN SHIPMENT. An ocean shipment subjects 7.9.3 Preservation Maintenance During Shipping.
the aircraft to the most severe corrosive condition,
exposure to salt water. A good protective system is 7.9.3.1 Maintenance Crew. Maintenance personnel,
required on all portions of the aircraft to prevent serious or ship riders, monitor the preservation system and
damage. Level III dehumidified preservation provides make any necessary repairs to ensure that the aircraft
the most complete protection and is recommended. remains protected during the ocean crossing. See
However, dehumidification generally requires electrical Chapter 2, Section VI, for additional information.
power which normally is not provided on a barge.
Therefore, if it is impractical to protect the aircraft 7.9.3.2 Materials. The following are minimum quantities
in Level III preservation, then protect in accordance of materials, for five aircraft, that should accompany
with the Level II preservation requirements (statically the aircraft.
dehumidified and completely encased in a form fitted
bag, shrinkwrap, or strippable coating). a. Sixty square feet of barrier material, MIL‑PRF‑131
Class 1, and six rolls of tape, SAE AMS‑T‑22085
7.9.1 Ocean Shipment Environment. It is imperative Type II.
that the stowed aircraft be adequately protected during
an ocean shipment. Depending on the location of b. For strippable coated aircraft, one gallon
the aircraft on the vessel, harmful conditions may be of brushable consistency top coating compound,
encountered. MIL‑PRF‑6799 Type II Class 7, for touch up of white
top coating, and two 2 inch paint brushes.
7.9.1.1 When aircraft are stowed on a barge or on a
ship deck, the possible adverse conditions encountered c. For bagged aircraft, necessary patching material
are pitching movements, rain, salt water spray, waves and replacement bungee cords.
washing on the deck and severe winds.
d. One gallon each of CPCs, MIL‑PRF‑16173
7.9.1.2 When aircraft are stowed below deck on a Grade 2, MIL‑DTL‑85054 Type II, and MIL‑PRF‑81309
ship, the possible adverse conditions encountered Type II.
are condensation, high humidity when humidity is not
controlled, and pitching movements. e. One gallon of degreasing solvent, MIL‑PRF‑680
Type II or Type III, or MIL-PRF-32295 Type II.
7.9.2 Barge Requirements. When contracting for
barge transportation, the following requirements will f. One gallon lubricating oil, MIL‑PRF‑32033.
ensure the safety of the shipped aircraft.
g. Two one gallon metal or plastic containers for
a. The barge has a break water. handling hazardous waste.

b. The barge has a double rail for docking. 7.9.3.3 Inspections and corrective actions are detailed
in Chapter 2, Table 2‑12.
c. The barge is singly towed (no double tows).
7.10 AIR SHIPMENT. Air shipment is limited by the
d. The barge has a minimum of 15 feet of free size of both the aircraft being transported and the
board. transporting aircraft. Aircraft shipped by air transport
shall, at a minimum, be preserved according to
e. The tug uses a weather fax for navigation. Level II preservation procedures; Level III preservation
is encouraged when possible. Table 7‑6 lists and
Figure 7‑8 illustrates the basic dimensions for a number
of transport aircraft. Refer to MIL‑STD‑1366 and aircraft
MIMs for specific air shipment loading information.

7-12
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 7-6. Transport Aircraft Dimensions 7.11 AIR LIFT. Helicopter External Air Transport
(EAT) is a mode of transportation by which an aircraft
Cargo Area
is suspended beneath a rotary wing aircraft for the
Aircraft
Length Width Height purpose of transport. The primary application of EAT
(inches) (inches) (inches) by helicopter is short range. Aircraft that are to be
lifted shall meet the requirements of MIL‑STD‑913.
C-2 345 90 78
This standard covers design, test and performance
C-5 * 1454
Bottom - 228 Forward - 162 requirements of military equipment for EAT by rotary
Top - 156 Aft - 134 wing Army, Air Force, Navy, Marine Corps and Coast
C-9 ** 136 105 74 Guard aircraft. Air lifted aircraft require a minimum of
Level II preservation. Refer to Chapters 2 and 3 for
C-17 1020 216 156 specific preservation requirements.
C-130 492 122 109

C-141 840 122 109

B-747F 1600 124 96

AN124 1298 238 173

* Loading through forward door. Fuselage tapers to a

height of 134 inches at aft end.
** Loading through large cargo door on port side.

7-13
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Ground
Track
Fixed
Track
Forward Ramp
Extension Jacks
Ground
Track Bridges
Ground Track
View Showing Ground Track and Fixed Track Installed

RH Fixed Track LH Fixed Track

Fixed Track Anchor (Typical)

View Showing Fixed Track Installation in Cargo Compartment

Figure 7-8. Ramp and Cargo Space

7-14
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

CHAPTER 8
GUIDELINES

SECTION I. CLEANING GUIDELINES

8.1 GENERAL. c. Ensure water intrusion areas are covered with

barrier material (MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1) or plastic sheet
8.1.1 Cleaning. The first step in preservation is (A‑A‑3174 Type I Class 1), and preservation tape (SAE
thoroughly cleaning the interior and exterior of the AMS‑T‑22085 Type II).
aircraft. During cleaning operations, pay particular
attention to all areas of the aircraft where soil or d. Cover vents, openings and ports with barrier
moisture can collect, and to those areas that are hidden material (MIL‑PRF‑131 Class 1) and preservation tape
by fairings or installed equipment. The extent of the (SAE AMS‑T‑22085 Type II).
cleaning shall be as necessary to remove corrosive
soils, salt, bird droppings, and stack gas deposits e. Cover the aircraft wheels to prevent water
to prepare aircraft surfaces for the application of contamination of wheel bearings. Use locally
preservation materials. The extent of cleaning shall manufactured cover or barrier material (MIL‑PRF‑131
be based on an examination and evaluation of the Class 1) and preservation tape (SAE AMS‑T‑22085
individual aircraft. Detailed cleaning instructions can be Type II).
found in the aircraft MIMs and NAVAIR 01-1A-509‑2.
Consult Table 8‑1 and Table 8‑2 before cleaning to f. Mask off canopy frames with plastic sheet
ensure compatibility and effectiveness of the cleaning (A‑A‑3174 Type I Class 1) and preservation tape (SAE
agent to be used. For a listing of cleaning materials, AMS‑T‑22085 Type II).
refer to Table 8‑3.
8.2.2 Cleaning Guidelines.
8.1.2 Lubrication. Greased or lubricated items
exposed to cleaning or stripping compounds shall CAUTION
always be lubricated both before and immediately
following cleaning operations. Refer to the aircraft MIMs Do not use unauthorized cleaners/solvents on
for location of lubrication points. Refer to Chapter 3 electrical wiring or plastic aircraft canopies as
for additional information on the lubrication of aircraft it may cause damage to insulation or crazing
systems in preparation for preservation. Table 8‑4 lists of transparent surfaces. Refer to Table 8‑1.
the most commonly used aircraft lubricants.
a. If the temperature is 80°F or above and shade is
8.1.3 Masking. Cleaning aircraft may be potentially not available, cleaning operations should be scheduled
harmful if care is not taken to properly mask against for early morning, late afternoon, or night. Wet the
the collection of cleaning residues in the aircraft aircraft with cool water before cleaning to help prevent
system joints and openings. Consult the applicable fast evaporation. Routine cleaning should not be
maintenance instruction manual for each aircraft for performed if temperatures are below 40°F.
precautions and proper masking procedures to be used
during cleaning.

8.2 AIRCRAFT CLEANING WITH SOAP AND Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4

WATER. MIL-PRF-85570 Type II
8.2.1 Precleaning Guidelines. b. Apply diluted cleaning compound (MIL‑PRF‑85570
Type II) from a bucket, spray, or foaming equipment.
a. Lubricate aircraft prior to wash in accordance Scrub surfaces with a clean pad or sponge (3M No.
with aircraft MIMs and MRCs. 33 Aircraft Cleaning Pad and 3M No. 261 Conformable
Pan Holder). To prevent streaking start at the lower
b. Clear drain holes with a soft probe and check surfaces and work out and up (see Figure 8‑1).
low point drains in accordance with aircraft MIMs and
MRCs.

8-1
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

WARNING
See applicable aircraft MIMs for no-step and
water intrusion areas.
CAUTION LEGEND
Canopies, windscreens and transparencies shall
be covered during washing to prevent
scratching or crazing from aircraft cleaning
detergents. Direction Direction Wash & Covered
of Steps of Spray Rinse Area Area
NOTE
Open doors and flaps to flapwells,
intercoolers, oil coolers, speed brakes,
spoilers, and controllable leading edges to
permit cleaning of hidden areas.

STEP 1
Clean the underside of the fuselage and tail
section. Wash (allow detergent to dwell) and
rinse, starting from the main landing gear and
moving toward the forward and aft ends of the
aircraft.

STEP 2
Clean the underside of the wings. Wash (allow
detergent to dwell) and rinse, starting from the
mid-section and moving outward to the wing tips.

STEP 3
Clean the center section of fuselage and topside
of the wings. Wash (allow detergent to dwell) and
rinse, starting from the center section of the
fuselage and moving outward to the wing tips.

STEP 4
Clean the remaining topside area of the fuselage
(except canopy). Wash (allow detergent to dwell)
and rinse, starting from the mid-section and
moving toward the forward and aft ends of the
aircraft fuselage. Wash and rinse the tail section,
starting at the bottom and moving up toward the top.

Figure 8-1. Aircraft Cleaning Procedure

8-2
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Mist

Light
Spray

Coarse
Spray

Solid
Stream

Figure 8-2. Automatic Water Spray Nozzle

c. Wheel wells, flap wells and other heavily soiled light spray directed at an angle between 15‑30 degrees
areas which can tolerate water rinsing can be cleaned (see Figure 8‑2). Continue rinsing until all evidence of
with gel cleaner (MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type V). This cleaner cleaners and soils have been removed.
may be sprayed on using a hand pump, and rinsed
thoroughly after 5 minutes using a coarse spray (see 8.2.3 Post Cleaning Guidelines.
Figure 8‑2).

d. Low gloss tactical paint schemes with stubborn

soils can be cleaned by applying undiluted cleaner Solvent, Degreasing 25
(MIL‑PRF‑85570 Type IV) with a circular motion and MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III
allowing 1‑3 minutes dwell time. Do not allow cleaner
to dry on surfaces or rinsing may be difficult. Rinse a. Remove covers and masking from all static
thoroughly and dry with a clean cloth. vents, pitot tubes, air ducts, heater ducts, etc. Remove
all tape adhesive residues with dry cleaning solvent
e. Gloss paint schemes with ground-in soils can be (MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III).
cleaned by applying undiluted cleaner (MIL‑PRF-85570
Type III) with a damp cloth. Rub the area with a circular b. Clean all drain holes and use pipe cleaners
motion. Do not allow cleaner to dry on surfaces or to ensure all areas accumulating water have been
rinsing may be difficult. Rinse thoroughly and dry with drained.
a clean cloth.
c. Lubricate aircraft immediately following wash in
f. Rinse away loosened soil and cleaner with fresh accordance with aircraft MIMs and MRCs.
water. Use a rubber padded spray nozzle adjusted in a

8-3
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

8.3 WATERLESS SPOT CLEANING. Waterless or b. Wipe with a cloth (CCC‑C‑46 Type I Class 7) to
low water wipe down guidelines shall be used for spot remove the loosened soil.
cleaning when called out in this manual, when water is
unavailable, or when weather is extremely cold. Refer c. Apply a second coat of CPC (MIL‑PRF‑81309
to NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2 for additional information. Type II).

8.3.1 Preferred Spot Cleaning Method. The preferred d. Wipe the surface with a clean cloth (CCC‑C‑46
waterless wipe down method for removing soils and Type I Class 7).
corrosive salt residues is as follows:
8.3.3 Solvent Spot Cleaning Method. Perform the
following solvent cleaning steps on smaller surfaces
or on areas where water is prohibited:
Cleaning Compound, Aircraft 4
MIL-PRF-85570 Type I or II

a. In a plastic spray bottle or bucket, mix one part Solvent, Degreasing 25

cleaner (MIL-PRF-85570 Type II) to nine parts water MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II or III
(1:9 cleaner to water mixture). Using either a spray
bottle, cloth wipe (CCC-C-46 Type I Class 7), or brush
(MIL-B-23958), apply cleaner onto the exterior surfaces
of the aircraft several square feet at a time. Prediluted Cleaner, Non‑Aqueous, 3
cleaner in a trigger spray bottle (MIL-PRF-85570 Low VOC, HAP Free,
Type II RTU), aerosol spray can (MIL-PRF-85570 MIL‑PRF‑32295 Type II
Type IA), or wipe (MIL-PRF-85570 Type IW) may also
be used. CAUTION

b. Let cleaner stand for 30 seconds, then scrub. MIL‑PRF‑680 or MIL-PRF-32295 solvent may
Wipe cleaner solution and soil from the surface with a be used as general purpose cleaners except
clean cloth. on transparencies.

c. Rinse using a cloth wetted with fresh water. a. Pour out just enough solvent (MIL‑PRF‑680
or MIL-PRF-32295) for the job. Saturate a wiping
d. Rinse the cleaned surfaces with fresh water cloth (CCC‑C‑46 Type I Class 7) or dip the brush
when it becomes available. (MIL‑B‑23958) in the solvent and wipe or brush away
all apparent soluble contamination.
8.3.2 CPC Spot Cleaning Method. Use the following
guideline only when water is not available for rinsing b. Repeat step a using a clean cloth, or clean brush.
or when cold weather prevents the use of water:
c. Wipe away excess solvent with a clean cloth and
ensure that there is no solvent entrapment.

Compound, Corrosion Preventive 10 8.4 HAND CLEANING OF OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II or III Cleaning of oxygen systems shall be accomplished in
accordance with applicable aircraft MIM.
a. A p p l y a f i l m o f w a t e r d i s p l a c i n g C P C
(MIL‑PRF‑81309 Type II). 8.5 REMOVED COMPONENT CLEANING. Refer to
Chapter 4, Section II, for removed component cleaning
instructions.

8-4
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 8-1. Cleaner Compatability

MIL-PRF-680 MIL‑PRF‑32295 MIL-PRF-81309 MIL-PRF-85570Type II

Material TT-I-735
Type II or Type III Type I or Type II Type II 1:4 water

Composites Yes Yes Yes No Yes

Elastomers Yes Yes Yes No Yes

Metals Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Paints Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Plastics No No Yes No No

Transparencies No No No No No

CAUTION
Use cleaners on specified component materials only. Misuse of cleaners may cause damage.

Table 8-2. Cleaner Removal Effectiveness on Corrosion Preventive Compounds

MIL-PRF-680 MIL‑PRF‑32295 MIL-PRF-81309 MIL-PRF-85570 Type II

Material TT-I-735
Type II Type II Type II 1:9 water

MIL-PRF-32033 Good Good Good N/A Good

MIL-PRF-16173
Fair Fair Poor Fair N/A
Grade 1*

MIL-PRF-16173
Good Good Fair Good N/A
Grade 2

MIL-PRF-16173
Good Good Fair Good Fair
Grade 3

MIL-PRF-16173
Good Good Poor Good N/A
Grade 4

MIL-PRF-81309
Good Good Fair Good Fair
Type II

MIL-PRF-81309
Good Good Good N/A Fair
Type III

MIL-DTL-85054** Fair Fair Poor Poor N/A

* Use MIL-PRF-680 Type II or MIL-PRF-32295 for MIL-PRF-16173 Grade 1 removal first. If unsuccessful, use paint thinner, MIL-T-81772.
** Use MIL-PRF-680 Type II or MIL-PRF-32295 for MIL-DTL-85054 removal first. If unsuccessful, use new MIL-DTL-85054 to soften old
material before removal.

8-5
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 8-3. Cleaning Materials and Equipment

SPECIFICATION/
INTENDED USE NSN
NOMENCLATURE

A-A-1464
For use with cleaning pad holder, 3M No. 261 7920-00-926-5146 EA
Handle, Aluminum
A-A-2074
Brush, Aircraft Cleaning, Application of cleaner and scrubbing aircraft surfaces. 7920-00-282-2470 EA
Tampico Fiber
A-A-2806
For use with cleaning compounds. 8125-00-488-7952 EA
Bottle, Spray Applicator
A-A-3100
Cleaning and polishing pads for detergent and solvent
Pad, Cleaning & Polishing 7920-00-151-6120 PG (10 EA)
cleaning aircraft surfaces.
(Non-Metallic)

A-A-374 6810-00-297-0092 BG (50 LB)

Acid neutralizer for battery compartments.
Sodium Bicarbonate, Technical 6810-00-264-6618 LB (1 LB)

Wiping of critically machined surfaces such as hydraulic

A-A-50129
strut pistons. Cleaning and polishing plastic surfaces such 8305-00-913-5817 BO (50 YD)
Cloth, Flannel, Lightweight
as canopies.
4730-00-223-6731 EA (garden hose)
A-A-50461
Use for cleaning and rinsing aircraft. 4730-00-900-0733 EA (high pressure,
Nozzle, Water, Adjustable
pistol grip)
A-A-54943
Cleaner, Vacuum, Electric Removal of dirt and debris. 7910-00-807-3704 EA
Portable
A-A-59253
Surface preparation and hand cleaning. 7240-00-246-1097 EA (3 GL)
Pails, Utility, Plastic

A-A-59270
Washing and rinsing aircraft. 4720-00-203-3920 EA (5/8" x 50 FT)
Hose Assemblies, Non-Metallic

A potassium hydroxide neutralizer for acid battery 6810-00-264-6535 BT (500 g)

A-A-59282
compartments/adjacent areas. A neutralizer for Nicad 6810-00-824-9090 BT (3 kg)
Boric Acid, ACS
battery spillage. 6810-00-153-0191 BX (25 LB)

A-A-59318, Type I
Cleaning skin surfaces around pitot-static openings. 7930-00-267-1224 GL
Polish, Metal, Aluminum (Liquid)

A-A-59323
Cleaning, polishing, wiping operations requiring low lint.
Cloths, Cleaning, Low-Lint 7920-00-044-9281 BX (10 LB)
CAUTION: Do not use on plastics with flammable solvents.
(General Use)
CCC-C-46 Type I Class 7 Cleaning critical areas where an exceptionally clean cloth is 7920-01-180-0556 BX (2700 EA)
Cloth, Cleaning required. 7920-01-180-0557 BX (800 EA)

CCC-C-440 Type II 8305-00-205-3496 PG (36” x 10 YD)

Polishing and cleaning operations.
Cheesecloth 8305-00-205-3495 BO (36” x 100 YD)

MIL-B-23958 Type I Application of cleaner and scrubbing of aircraft exterior 7920-00-054-7768 EA

Scrub Brush, Nylon Bristle surface for hard to remove soil. (Type I, Style 1, round block)

MIL-D-16791 Type I
Detergent, General Purpose Cleaning flexible covers or bags. 7930-00-282-9699 GL
(Liquid, Nonionic)
MIL-PRF-32295 Type II For general purpose cleaning to remove grease, oil, and
6850-01-606-8356 GL
Cleaner, Non-aqueous, corrosion preventive compounds. Low VOC alternate for
6850-01-606-8357 CO (5 GL)
Low VOC, HAP-free MIL-PRF-680.

continued

8-6
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 8-3. Cleaning Materials and Equipment (Cont.)

SPECIFICATION/
INTENDED USE NSN
NOMENCLATURE

For general purpose cleaning to remove grease, oil, and

corrosion preventive compounds from insulated cables and 6850-01-474-2319 GL
MIL-PRF-680 Type II
the like. Also, for wiping down aircraft surface to remove 6850-01-474-2317 CO (5 GL)
Solvent, Degreasing
grease and oil prior to applying pressure sensitive tapes. 6850-01-474-2316 DR (55 GL)
Flash point 140°F.
For general purpose cleaning to remove grease, oil, and
corrosion preventive compounds from insulated cables and
MIL-PRF-680 Type III 6850-01-474-2318 GL
the like. Also, for wiping down aircraft surface to remove
Solvent, Degreasing 6850-01-474-2320 CO (5 GL)
grease and oil prior to applying pressure sensitive tapes.
Flash point 200°F.
Cleaning of painted or unpainted aircraft surfaces. Cleaning
6850-01-237-8004 DR (55 GL)
MIL-PRF-85570 Type I of removable fuel tanks to a vapor-free condition.
6850-01-237-7482 CN (5 GL)
Cleaning Compound, Aircraft
Exterior (Solvent Base) Type 1A: Prediluted (1:4) aerosol spray can. 6850-01-578-4978 BX (12 EA)
Type IW: Prediluted (1:4) saturated wipes. 6850-01-587-3779 BX (12 EA)
Cleaning painted and unpainted aircraft surfaces (gloss or
tactical paint systems). Can be used in areas of reduced 6850-01-235-0872 CN (5 GL)
MIL-PRF-85570 Type II
ventilation. Cleaning of removable fuel tanks to a vapor-free 6850-01-236-0128 DR (55 GL)
Cleaning Compound, Aircraft,
condition. 6850-01-239-0571 GL
Exterior
(General Use - Water-based)
Type II RTU: Prediluted (1:4) solution in a 32 OZ trigger 6850-01-581-9413 EA
spray bottle.
MIL-PRF-85570 Type III
Cleaning Compound, Aircraft, Abrasive spot cleaning of high gloss paint systems, where
6850-01-232-9164 CN (5 GL)
Exterior (Abrasive Spot Cleaner Types I and II are ineffective.
for High Gloss Paint Surfaces)
MIL-PRF-85570 Type IV
Cleaning Compound, Aircraft, Spot cleaning embedded soils for low gloss Tactical Paint 6850-01-235-0873 CN (5 GL)
Exterior (Rubberized Spot Schemes (TPS) systems without changing the paint gloss. 6850-01-248-9830 DR (55 GL)
Cleaner)
MIL-PRF-85570 Type V
Cleaning vertical oily or greasy surfaces where water rinsing 6850-01-234-0219 CN (5 GL)
Cleaning Compound, Aircraft,
can be tolerated. 6850-01-235-7458 DR (55 GL)
Exterior (Gel Type Degreaser)
MIL-PRF-85704 Type II
Cleaning Compound, Turbine Cleaning turbine engine gas path (engine internal wash) 6850-01-372-8303 CN (5 GL)
Engine Gas Path with engine off-line. 6850-01-372-8304 DR (55 GL)
(Aqueous Concentrate)
MIL-PRF-85704 Type II RTU
Cleaning Compound, Turbine Cleaning turbine engine gas path (engine internal wash) 6850-01-370-5245 CN (5 GL)
Engine Gas Path with engine off-line. 6850-01-370-5244 DR (55 GL)
(Ready to Use Aqueous Cleaner)
MIL-PRF-85704 Type III
Cleaning Compound, Turbine Cleaning turbine engine gas path (engine internal wash) 6850-01-433-6436 CN (5 GL)
Engine Gas Path with engine on-line (consult applicable MIMS). 6850-01-433-6438 DR (55 GL)
(Aqueous Concentrate)

O-M-232 Grade A 6810-00-292-9676 CN (1 QT)

Flushing of water injection systems.
Methanol, Technical 6810-00-275-6010 CN (5 GL)

P-P-560 Type I
Cleaning and polishing transparent acrylic plastic surfaces. 7930-00-935-3794 BX (24 EA)
Polish, Plastic (Liquid)

continued

8-7
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 8-3. Cleaning Materials and Equipment (Cont.)

SPECIFICATION/
INTENDED USE NSN
NOMENCLATURE

Cleaning transparent acrylic plastic and glass surfaces.

ZIP Chem X-405 6850-01-624-1757 BT (12 OZ)
SAE AMS 1535
Penetone Window JetKleer 6850-01-616-1803 BX (12 EA)
Aqueous Window Cleaner
McGean Intex 8992 6850-01-669-9329 BX (12 EA)
ZEP Window View 6850-01-674-5573 BX (12 EA)
7930-01-367-0994 BX (24 PT BT)
SAE AMS 3167 (DS-108)
7930-01-367-0995 BX (4 GL BT)
Wipe Solvent for Aircraft Cleaning of aircraft surfaces and flexible covers.
7930-01-367-0996 CO (5 GL)
Surfaces, General Purpose
7930-01-367-0997 DR (55 GL)
6810-00-753-4993 CN (8 OZ)
TT-I-735 Grade A Isopropyl
Used for cleaning fungi (molds) from transparent materials 6810-00-983-8551 QT
Alcohol
and for final wipe down of surfaces prior to tape application. 6810-00-286-5435 GL
(Technical)
6810-00-543-7915 DR (55 GL)

TT-N-95 Type II 6810-00-238-8119 GL

For removal of pressure sensitive tape adhesive residue.
Naphtha, Aliphatic 6810-00-265-0664 CN (5 GL)

3M No. 33
Aircraft Cleaning Pad, Exterior washing of aircraft; use with 3M No. 261 Pad Holder 7920-01-519-4736 BX (50 EA)
Exterior
3M No. 261
Exterior washing of aircraft; use with 3M No. 33 Pad and
Aircraft Cleaning Pad, EA7920-01-519-4735 EA
A-A-1464 Aluminum Handle
Holder, Conformable

3M Jet Pad High efficiency cleaning pad for removal of stubborn stains.
7920-01-548-7887 BX (50 EA)
Melamine Wash Pad May be used with 3M No. 261 Pad Holder.

84057 (Part Number)

Cleaning small orifices, crevices (drain holes). 9920-00-292-9946 BX (1344 EA)
Pipe Cleaner

Cleaning mold/mildew/fungus from painted aircraft surfaces,

NAVCLEAN 6850-01-581-2150 EA
rubber, and fabric. Supplied as a four component kit – each
Mildew Remover 6850-01-581-2172 CO (5 EA)
kit makes five gallons of usable solution.

8-8
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 8-4. Common Aircraft Greases

SPECIFICATION/ TEMP.
INTENDED USE NSN
NOMENCLATURE RANGE

SAE AMS-G-4343 Lubrication between rubber to metal parts of

Grease, pneumatic systems; pressurized cabin bulkhead -65 to 200°F 9150-00-119-9291 TU (2 OZ)
Pneumatic System grommets and other mechanisms requiring rubber to (-54 to 93°C) 9150-00-269-8255 CN (1.75 LB)
(NATO Code G-392) metal lubrication.
SAE AMS-G-6032
Tapered plug valves; gasket lubricant or seal; general Type I
Grease, Plug Valve, 32 to 200°F
plug valve and fitting use where gasoline, oil, alcohol, 9150-00-190-0926 CN (8 OZ)
Gasoline & Oil Resistant (0 to 93°C)
or water resistance is required. 9150-00-257-5360 CN (1.75 LB)
(NATO Code G-363)
MIL-G-21164
Heavily loaded steel sliding surfaces, accessory
Grease, 9150-00-935-4018 CA (14 OZ)
splines, or anti-friction bearings carrying high loads
Molybdenum Disulfide, -100 to 250°F 9150-00-754-2595 CN (1.75 LB)
and operating in wide temperature ranges where
for Low & High (-73 to 121°C) 9150-00-223-4004 CN (6.5 LB)
grease will prevent or delay seizure in the event of
Temperatures 9150-00-965-2003 CN (35 LB)
inadequate lubrication.
(NATO Code G-353)
Sliding and rolling surfaces of such equipment as
MIL-PRF-23827 9150-00-985-7244 TU (4 OZ)
instruments, cameras, electronic gear and aircraft
Grease, 9150-00-985-7245 TU (8 OZ)
control systems that are subject to extreme marine -100 to 250°F
Aircraft & Instrument, 9150-00-935-4017 CN (14 OZ)
and low temperature conditions; ball, roller and needle (-73 to 121°C)
Gear & Actuator Screw 9150-00-985-7246 CN (1.75 LB)
bearings; gears; low torque equipment; general use on
(NATO Code G-354) 9150-00-985-7247 CN (6.5 LB)
aircraft gears and actuator screws.
MIL-G-25013 Lubrication of ball and roller bearings that operate
9150-00-823-8048 TU (8 OZ)
Grease, Aircraft, at extreme high or low temperatures, especially in -100 to 450°F
9150-00-935-4019 CA (14 OZ)
Ball & Roller Bearing applications where soap-type greases and oils cannot (-73 to 232°C)
9150-00-141-6770 CN (1.75 LB)
(NATO Code G-372) be used; aircraft actuators; gearboxes.
MIL-G-25537
9150-00-478-0055 CA (14 OZ)
Grease, Aircraft,
Lubrication of aircraft bearings having oscillating -65 to 160°F 9150-00-616-9020 CN (1.75 LB)
Helicopter,
motion of small amplitude. (-54 to 71°C) 9150-00-721-8570 CN (6.5 LB)
Oscillating Bearing
9150-00-721-8581 CN (35 LB)
(NATO Code G-366)
Type I
Lubrication of taper plug valves, gaskets, and bearings
MIL-PRF-27617 9150-01-007-4384 TU (8 OZ)
in fuel systems; lubrication of valves, threads, and
Grease, -30 to 400°F 9150-01-311-9771 CN (1.75 LB)
bearings in liquid oxygen systems. Do not use on
Aircraft Fuel & (-34 to 204°C)
aluminum or magnesium dynamic bearings due to
Oil Resistant Type III (LOX compatible)
possible ignition hazard.
9150-00-961-8995 TU (8 OZ)
9150-01-358-5154 CN (1 LB)
9150-01-499-6648 TU (4 OZ)
MIL-PRF-32014 General purpose aircraft lubricant that provides water
-65 to 350°F 9150-01-530-6380 CA (14 OZ)
Grease, Aircraft and resistance and corrosion protection over an extended
(-54 to 177°C) 9150-01-499-6647 JR (1.75 LB)
Instrument period of time.
9150-01-499-6642 CN (6.5 LB)

MIL-PRF-81322
Grease, Aircraft, Aircraft wheel bearings and internal brake wheel 9150-00-181-7724 TU (8 OZ)
-65 to 350°F
General Purpose, assemblies, antifriction bearings, gearboxes, and plain 9150-01-262-3358 CA (14 OZ)
(-54 to 177°C)
Wide Temperature Range bearings. 9150-00-944-8953 CN (1.75 LB)
(NATO Code G-395)

8-9/(8-10 Blank)
8-9
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION II. INSPECTION GUIDELINES

8.6 INSPECTION. The thorough removal of surface c. Take a fluid sample from each of the aircraft
grease and grime during initial cleaning allows for a operating systems and check for contamination. Refer
complete inspection. After a thorough cleaning has to the aircraft MIMs.
been accomplished, inspect all areas of the aircraft for
evidence of corrosion or other deterioration. Refer to d. Inspect the aircraft systems in accordance with
Table 8‑5 for identification guidelines for some typical the guidelines in Table 8‑6, NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2, and
material defects. the aircraft MIMs, using the recommended equipment
specified in Table 8‑7.
8.6.1 Inspection Guidelines. To adequately inspect an
aircraft subsequent to a cleaning operation, perform e. Make a notation in the preservation records as
the following steps in addition to those specified in to the general condition of the aircraft prior to starting
Chapter 3 and the aircraft MIMs. the preservation procedures.

a. Ensure that the aircraft has been made safe. 8.6.2 Documentation. All discrepancies shall be
Ensure all ground safety devices are installed. recorded regardless of intent to repair. This will permit
accurate assessment of the preservation process
b. Perform a walk‑around inspection checking at the end of the preservation period. For additional
for obvious discrepancies such as leaks and streaks information refer to Chapter 3.
that may indicate problem areas, missing panels, or
damaged external components.

8-11
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 8-5. Material Defect Indications

Defect Look for the Following

Contamination Dirt, chemicals, debris.

Intense and localized corrosion within crevices or other shielded areas on metal surfaces, such as holes, gasket
Crevice
surfaces, lap joints, surface deposits, bolt and rivet heads. This type of attack is usually associated with trapped
Corrosion
moisture.

Exfoliation Usually found in and around metal fasteners. It appears as metal "flaking" or lifting up from the parent material.
Corrosion Occurs in high strength aluminum and magnesium parts.

Filiform
Wormlike traces of corrosion products beneath the paint. Can occur on steels, aluminum and magnesium.
Corrosion

Corrosion
Attachment of two different Water Products
metals with corrosion product
Galvanic Steel
buildup at the joint between
Corrosion Fastener
the metals. Magnesium
Alloy

General Corrosion of iron or iron-base alloys result in the formation of corrosion products (oxide) on the surface that appear
Corrosion reddish-brown in color. Corrosion of aluminum and its alloys results in white oxides.

Intergranular Corrosion within the grain structure of the material. Hard to identify by visual inspection, but may look like sand grains
Corrosion in the crack surface.

Protective Corrosion Water

Coating
First noticeable as a white or grey powdery
deposit similar to dust. When deposits are
Pitting
cleaned away, tiny pits or holes are seen
Corrosion
on the metal surface. Most common corrosion
in aluminum or magnesium.
Metal

Uniform
Mild: General dulling or etching of the metal surface.
Surface
Advanced: Rough and possibly frosted appearance of the metal surface.
Corrosion

Cracking Break in a paint film or coating with the underlying material exposed. Separation of metal surface along a narrow path.

Erosion Loss of plating, paint, or parent metal.

Fatigue Fine cracks in paint, or distortion of part.

Fraying Broken or worn wires in cables, loss of CPC or oil coating.

Loaded surfaces in contact with each other subjected to vibration and slip. It appears as pits, grooves or black streaks
Fretting
at the contact areas of the materials. A red or black powder is often present.

Mildew Biological growth and possible musty, rancid odor.

Moisture Actual wetness or water marks (deposits).

Partially adherent layers of corrosion products on metal surfaces. Usually found on engines or other high temperature
Scaling
parts.

NOTE: Refer to NAVAIR 01-1A-509-1 for additional information and examples.

8-12
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 8-6. General Inspection Guidelines

Component Inspect for:

Air inlet ducts Erosion, nicks, pitting.

Battery compartments and- Spills, leakage, surface corrosion. Include areas adjacent to battery compartment and external vent areas
battery vent openings on aircraft skin.

Bilge areas Debris, fluids, and resulting corrosion underneath.

Canopy frame Cracked seals, blistered surfaces on frame, bare metal.

Cockpit Corrosion or surface defects, moisture entrapment, contamination.

Control cables Bare spots in CPC coating, contamination, fraying.

Crevices Contamination, evidence of moisture, corrosion products, bulging paint.

Drain holes Plugged holes, check all low point drains for contamination.

Ejection seats Corrosion, deterioration, fraying, cuts and for proper security.

Electrical connectors Moisture, oxidation, loose connections.

EMI seals and gaskets Galvanic corrosion from dissimilar metals, oxidation, contamination.

Engine frontal areas Erosion, nicks, blistering, corrosion.

Exhaust gas impingement

Exhaust deposits (ash or residual solids) and damage to the surface finish (blistered, abrasion)
areas

Fasteners Cracks, blisters, corrosion products and entrapped moisture around fastener heads.

Flap and slat recesses Surface corrosion and defects, moisture entrapment, and contamination.

Leading edges Erosion, nicks and pitting.

Dissimilar metal corrosion, contamination, wear of plated or coated surfaces, areas without protective
Hinges
coating (CPCs).

Magnesium parts Corrosion, areas without protective coating (paint).

Relief tube system Damage to paint and protective coatings.

Spot-welded assemblies Sight or feel along spot weld seams for signs of bulging or buckling.

Transparencies Scratches, contamination, and distortion.

Water entrapment areas Evidence of standing water, corrosion, and plugged drains.

Wheel wells and landing gear Surface defects, corrosion, moisture entrapment, areas without protective coatings (paint, CPCs).

Surface defects, corrosion, moisture entrapment, contamination, areas without protective coatings
Wing-fold joints
(paint, CPCs).

8-13
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 8-7. Equipment Used to Aid Inspection

SPECIFICATION/
INTENDED USE NSN
NOMENCLATURE

Depth Gage, Dial Indicator

Precision measurement of corrosion damage. 5210-00-710-4359 EA
P/N 6527281

Flashlight, Metal 6230-01-247-7549 EA

Corrosion inspection.
A-A-1382 6230-01-152-5952 EA (rechargeable)

Magnifying Glass,
Folding Pocket, 5x/20x Detailed inspection of corrosion cracks. 6650-00-530-1880 EA
GG-M-95 Type III Class C

Magnifying Glass,
5x/20x Detailed inspection of corrosion cracks. 6650-00-530-1880 EA
GG-M-95 Type II Class C

Optical Micrometer Kit

Corrosion inspection. 6650-01-220-8942 EA (Digital Gage)
P/N 8400K

Inspection Mirror,
5120-00-278-9926 EA (small, 1.5” x 1.25”)
Spring Loaded Corrosion inspection.
5120-00-618-6902 EA (large, 2.625” x 1.75”)
GG-M-350 Type II Class 3

8-14
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION III. CORROSION CONTROL

8.7 CORROSION CONTROL. Corrosion shall be application of chemical surface treatments, sealing,
corrected in order to prevent further deterioration of and the application of paint. For more information on
the area during shipment or storage. Each type of the corrosion control of specific aircraft systems consult
corrosion has its own peculiarities and requires special Chapter 3 and NAVAIR 01‑1A‑509‑2. Information on
treatment. Complete treatment involves thorough corrosion preventive compounds may be found in
inspection of all corroded areas and evaluation of Section IV of this chapter.
the corrosion damage, paint and corrosion removal,

8-15/(8-16 Blank)
8-15
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

SECTION IV. PRESERVATION MATERIALS

8.8 PRESERVATION MATERIALS. Preservation 8.8.1.2 Non-Water Displacing CPCs. Table 8‑10 lists
materials are used to protect aircraft and systems non-water displacing CPCs for use on dried surfaces
during periods of inactivity. or on surfaces which have been first treated with a
water displacing CPC. They are heavier bodied oils
8.8.1 Corrosion Preventive Compounds (CPCs). The which provide long term corrosion protection. These
function of CPCs is to prevent corrosive materials from CPCs provide thicker coatings and are light brown
contacting and corroding bare metal surfaces. CPCs to very dark brown in color, with a waxy or greasy
can be applied by brushing, dipping, or spraying. The appearance. They provide good corrosion protection in
area of application, viscosity of the CPC material, and areas where large amounts of water collect on or run
the conditions under which they need to be applied off of structures. Refer to Table 8‑9 for time limitations
are factors which determine which method to use. Low for some commonly used CPCs.
viscosity (thin) materials are best applied by spraying,
whereas high viscosity (thick) materials are more 8.8.1.3 Volatile Corrosion Inhibitors (VCI). VCIs
suited for brushing or dipping. Dipping can be used protect metal surfaces by vaporizing into a cavity and
for all types of CPC material, but the thickness of the continually depositing a protective layer on exposed
coating obtained with low viscosity materials may be unprotected metal surfaces. VCI material must be
too thin to provide adequate corrosion protection. Prior applied within approximately 12 inches of the area
to the application of a CPC, remove any residue of the to be protected, and preferably should be dispersed
old preservative. To ensure effective protection, CPCs throughout the cavity to assure maximum exposure
shall only be applied to aircraft surfaces that have been of the surface areas. For the protection of internal
thoroughly cleaned and dried. It is also necessary that surfaces, sufficient barrier must be provided to prevent
an unbroken film of the compound be applied in an the escape of the volatile inhibitor. These barriers do not
atmosphere that is as free of moisture as practicable. need to be water vaporproof, but should be sufficiently
Most CPCs can be removed with degreasing solvent, vaportight to prevent free air circulation. The life of the
MIL‑PRF‑680 Type II, or non‑aqueous cleaner, protection will vary with the effectiveness of the barrier
MIL‑PRF-32295 Type II. used; however, most VCIs are not intended for use for
more than 24 months. VCIs are also available in liquid
8.8.1.1 Water Displacing CPCs. Table 8‑8 lists the form. Refer to Table 8‑11 for more information on VCI
water displacing CPCs used to remove sea water material.
or other electrolytes from metal surfaces to stop the
corrosion process. These CPCs are able to penetrate 8.8.2 Materials. Refer to Table 8‑12 for a general
into cracks, crevices, voids in fraying edges, around listing of common preservation materials. Refer
fastener heads, and into hinges. They provide a very to Table 8-13 for common packaging materials. If
thin coating, 0.001 inch, and are usually clear or additional information is required for the procurement
translucent. Most water displacing compounds are of preservation material or equipment, contact the
soft, oily compounds which cannot provide long term Materials Engineering Division, Code 4.3.4.6., NAVAIR
protection outdoors or in areas which are frequently ISSC North Island.
handled. Refer to Table 8‑9 for time limitations of some
commonly used CPCs.

8-17
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 8-8. Water Displacing Corrosion Preventive Compounds

SPECIFICATION/ TYPE OF
INTENDED USE REMOVAL NSN
NOMENCLATURE COATING

Lubrication of hinge areas &

wherever a low temperature, water
MIL-PRF-32033 9150-00-273-2389 CN (4 OZ)
displacing lubricant MIL-PRF-680
Lubricating Oil, 9150-00-458-0075 CN (16 OZ)
is required. Type II or Type III
General Purpose, Soft, 9150-00-231-6689 QT
or
Preservative, oily coating 9150-00-231-9045 GL
Requires frequent reapplications. MIL-PRF-32295
(Water Displacing, 9150-00-231-9062 CN (5 GL)
Type I or Type II
Low Temperature) 9150-00-281-2060 DR (55 GL)
Cannot be used with fuel systems or
in engine combustion chambers.

Lubrication & short term preservation

of aircraft hinges & small and large
caliber weapons.
MIL-PRF-63460 MIL-PRF-680
Thin, 9150-01-079-6124 BT (4 OZ)
Lubricant, Cleaner, & Facilitates the effective removal Type II or Type III
corrosion 9150-01-054-6453 PT (sprayer)
Preservative for of firing residues, gums, and or
preventive 9150-01-327-9631 QT (sprayer)
Weapons & other contaminants from weapons MIL-PRF-32295
lubricant 9150-01-053-6688 GL
Weapons Systems components. Type I or Type II

Do not use on rubber or other

elastomeric materials.

Displacement of water; short Class 1

term corrosion protection of metal 8030-00-213-3279 GL
surfaces during shipment, storage, 8030-00-262-7358 CN (5 GL)
MIL-PRF-81309 Soft,
and in-service use. MIL-PRF-680 8030-00-524-9487 DR (55 GL)
Type II very thin film
Type II or Type III
Corrosion Preventive (0.0005"),
Corrosion protection of moving parts or Class 2
Compounds, translucent,
where some lubrication is required, MIL-PRF-32295 8030-00-938-1947 CN (16 OZ)
Water Displacing, Ultra- light amber
such as hinge areas, bomb racks, Type I or Type II
thin Film color
and sliding parts. NAVGUARD
8030-01-600-1264 BX (12 16
Also used as a waterless cleaner. OZ cans)

Class 1
8030-01-347-0978 GL
MIL-PRF-81309 Soft,
MIL-PRF-680
Type III Displacement of water; corrosion ultra thin film
Type II or Type III Class 2
Corrosion Preventive protection of avionic equipment, (0.0002"),
or 8030-00-546-8637 CN (16 OZ)
Compounds, electrical connector plugs and translucent,
MIL-PRF-32295
Water Displacing, contact pins. light amber
Type I or Type II NAVGUARD
Ultra-thin Film color
8030-01-600-1265 BX (12 16
OZ cans)
MIL-PRF-680 Type I
Type II or Type III 8030-01-347-0980 CN (14 OZ)
MIL-DTL-85054 Corrosion protection & water
or
Corrosion Preventive displacement for nonmoving parts,
Dry, MIL-PRF-32295 Type II
Compound, such as skin seams, installed
thin (0.001"), Type I or Type II 8030-01-347-0983 BT (32 OZ
Water Displacing, fastener heads where paint has
clear, colorless or sprayer)
Transparent, for Low and cracked, access panel edges, &
Spray on fresh 8030-01-347-0981 QT
High Temperatures areas with damaged paint.
MIL-DTL-85054 8030-01-347-0982 CN (5 GL)
& rub when wet

MIL-PRF-16173 Grade 3 MIL-PRF-680

Displacement of water; short
Corrosion Preventive Soft, oily film Type II or Type III 8030-00-837-6557 PT
term corrosion protection of metal
Compound, (0.001”), light or 8030-00-244-1296 GL
surfaces during shipment, storage,
Solvent Cutback, brown MIL-PRF-32295 8030-00-244-1293 CN (5 GL)
and in-service use.
Cold Application Type I or Type II

8-18
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 8-9. Time Limitations for CPCs

CPC Outdoor1 Indoor2 Indoor Covered3

Soft Thin Films

MIL-PRF-81309 Type I 14 days 30 days 180 days

MIL-PRF-81309 Type II 14 days 30 days 180 days

MIL-PRF-81309 Type III 5 days 14 days 90 days

MIL-PRF-16173 Grade 3 14 days 30 days 180 days

Lubrication and Protection

MIL-PRF-32033 5 days 30 days 180 days

MIL-PRF-63460 5 days 30 days 180 days

Hard Thick Films

MIL-DTL-85054 90 days 210 days 365 days

MIL-PRF-16173 Grade 4 60 days 180 days 365 days

MIL-PRF-16173 Grade 2 90 days 210 days 365 days

MIL-PRF-16173 Grade 1 210 days 365 days 365 days

1
Outdoor: Without cover; exposed to elements in a mild climate; absence of rain and other washing forces; free from air
and water borne pollutants.

2
Indoor: Hangars, shop areas, storage or parts accumulation areas, warehouses.

3
Indoor Covered: Items are wrapped or sealed in a water-resistant material, and stored indoors in a hangar, warehouse, or
shop area. Soft thin film CPCs were designed for indoor use and ease of removal.

Table 8-10. Non-Water Displacing Corrosion Preventive Compounds

SPECIFICATION/ TYPE OF
INTENDED USE REMOVAL NSN
NOMENCLATURE COATING

MIL-PRF-16173 Grade 1 Protect metal surfaces

Hard, tack-free, MIL-PRF-680 8030-01-396-5731 PT
Corrosion Preventive from corrosion when
thick (0.004”), Type II or Type III 8030-01-396-5732 GL
Compound, exposed with or without
dark brown or or 8030-01-347-0970 CN (5 GL)
Solvent Cutback, covering indoors or
black color MIL-T-81772 8030-00-244-1300 DR (55 GL)
Cold Application outdoors.

MIL-PRF-16173 Grade 2 8030-00-118-0666 CN (11 OZ)

Soft, tacky, MIL-PRF-680
Corrosion Preventive Protect metal surfaces 8030-01-149-1731 QT
non-drying, Type II or Type III
Compound, from corrosion during 8030-00-244-1297 GL
thick (0.002”), or
Solvent Cutback, rework or storage. 8030-00-244-1298 CN (5 GL)
light brown color MIL-T-81772
Cold Application 8030-00-244-1295 DR (55 GL)

Protect metal surfaces

MIL-PRF-16173 Grade 4 MIL-PRF-680
from corrosion during
Corrosion Preventive Soft, tack-free, Type II or Type III 8030-01-396-5738 PT
indoor storage when
Compound, thick (0.002”), or 8030-01-396-5743 GL
a transparent coating
Solvent Cutback, light brown color MIL-PRF-32295 8030-01-347-0972 CN (5 GL)
is required; coating of
Cold Application Type I or Type II
interior cables.

8-19
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 8-11. Volatile Corrosion Inhibitors (VCI)

SPECIFICATION/
USE DO NOT USE APPLICATION
NOMENCLATURE

Do not use when paper may

contact high explosives or
Preservation or packaging of items requiring
propellants associated with
corrosion protection of metal surfaces. Wrap around item or insert into
MIL-PRF-3420 ammunition.
interiors.
Wrapping Material,
Styles A, B, C, G and H (Kraft paper base)
Volatile Corrosion Do not use for preservation of
are used for wrapping. See MIL-STD-2073-1 and
Inhibitor Treated, nonmetallic components.
MIL-I-8574 for additional
Opaque (Paper)
Styles J and K (paperboard) are used for information.
Do not use in high humidity
wrapping and cushioning.
environments. Use MIL-
PRF-22019 as a substitute.
Wrap around item and heat
Do not use when plastic may
MIL-PRF-22019 Preservation or packaging of items requiring seal or seal with preservation
contact high explosives or
Barrier Materials, corrosion protection of metal surfaces. tape, SAE AMS-T-22085
propellants associated with
Transparent, Type II.
ammunition.
Flexible, Sealable, Transparency facilitates inspection of item
Volatile Corrosion without unpacking. Properly sealed film is Apply IAW methods in
Do not use for preservation of
Inhibitor Treated also waterproof. MIL‑STD-2073-1 and
nonmetallic components.
MIL-I-8574.
Insert item into bag and seal
Do not use when plastic may
with zip-lock closure, heat seal,
MIL-DTL-22020 Preservation or packaging of items requiring contact high explosives or
or seal with preservation tape,
Bags, Transparent, corrosion protection of metal surfaces. propellants associated with
SAE AMS-T-22085 Type II.
Flexible, Sealable, ammunition.
Volatile Corrosion Bags are manufactured from MIL-PRF-22019
Apply IAW methods in
Inhibitor Treated material. Do not use for preservation of
MIL‑STD-2073-1 and
nonmetallic components.
MIL-I-8574.
Direct contact with nonferrous
Designed for use with ferrous, aluminum, Unit packs shall be sealed to
MIL-I-22110 metals (except aluminum) shall
aluminum-based alloys and components prevent escape of VCI vapor.
Inhibitors, be avoided. Direct contact with
containing zinc plate, cadmium, zinc-based Use 1 g of crystals per cubic
Corrosion, Volatile, nonmetals shall be avoided
alloys, lead-based alloys, and alloys of other foot of enclosed volume. Apply
Crystalline Powder unless the compatibility test in
metals (including solders and brazing alloys). IAW MIL-I-8574.
MIL-I-8574 has been met.
This oil is not effective unless
This oil shall not be used in
an adequate reservoir of oil
MIL-PRF-46002 Use in closed systems where the VCI fuel systems or fuel storage
can be maintained. Requires
Preservative Oil, component of this oil provides protection tanks. Do not use in systems
a minimum of 5 fluid ounces of
Contact and Volatile above the oil level due to the vapors it forms. with elastomeric components.
Grade 1, or 8 fluid ounces of
Corrosion Inhibited Can be used as a contact preservative. Not intended for use as an
Grade 2, for each cubic foot of
operational preservative.
area to be protected.

8-20
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 8-12. Materials and Equipment for Preservation

SPECIFICATION/ INTENDED
NSN
NOMENCLATURE USE

Black (37078)
Type I 7510-00-224-6734 PT
A-A-208 Marking of containers and packages and Type III 7510-00-469-7910 PT (spray can)
Ink, Marking, Stencil, Opaque stenciling of preservation data on aircraft.
White (37875)
Type III 7510-00-419-9564 PT (spray can)

A-A-3174 Type I Class 1

General purpose shroud material. 9330-00-752-2151 SH (20” x 50”)
Polyolefin, Plastic Sheet
Wiping of critical machined surfaces such as
A-A-50129 hydraulic struts; lining protective covers to
8305-00-913-5817 BO (50 YD)
Cloth, Flannel, Lightweight prevent scratching of transparencies; cleaning
and polishing of canopies.
A-A-59135 Grade A
Padding of sharp edges and projections under 8135-01-059-4636 RO (0.125” thick,
Cushioning Material, Packing,
preservation materials. 60” x 450’)
Polyethylene Foam, Sheet
Class 1 Type I (3” thick)
A-A-59136 Grade A
Padding of sharp edges and projections under 8135-01-607-8879 SF
Cushioning Material, Packing,
preservation materials. Class 1 Type V (1” thick)
Polyethylene Foam, Plank
8135-01-497-7852 EA
5970-00-955-9976 RO (0.040" thick, black)
A-A-59163 Class 1 Type II Protection of disconnected electrical connectors. 5970-00-949-4846 RO (0.040" thick, red)
Insulation Tape, Electrical, Self-Adhering Tape leaves no adhesive residue. 1" width. 5970-01-485-5980 EA (0.020" thick, blue)
5970-00-480-1329 RO (0.020" thick, red)
A-A-59282 Premade indicator solution for nickel-cadmium
6810-00-281-4271 BT (4 OZ)
Bromothymol Blue batteries. Solution contains methanol.
A-A-59503 Type I Purging of liquid oxygen systems and servicing
6830-00-656-1596 CY
Nitrogen, Technical, Gas of aircraft pneumatic systems/components.
ASTM D4727 Type SF,
Fabrication of closures for large openings (such
Class Weather-resistant Grade V3s
as wingfold areas).
Fiberboard, Solid, Sheetstock
ASTM D4801 Type I General purpose covering for protection against
9330-01-496-0989 SH (0.060” thickness)
Plastic Sheet, Polyethylene dirt and water (natural color).
ASTM D4801 Type III General purpose covering for protection against
Plastic Sheet, Polyethylene dirt and water (black).
Class 4 (heavy duty)
CCC-C-46 Type I 7920-00-401-8034 HD
General cleaning operations.
Cloth, Cleaning, Nonwoven Class 6 (light duty)
7920-00-292-9204 MX (1000 EA)
Polishing and cleaning; straining of strippable
CCC-C-440 Type II 8305-00-205-3496 PG (36” x 10 YD)
compounds; reinforcing coatings on sharp edges
Cloth, Cheesecloth, Cotton 8305-00-205-3495 BO (36” x 100 YD)
or irregular surfaces.
continued

8-21
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 8-12. Materials and Equipment for Preservation (Cont.)

SPECIFICATION/ INTENDED
NSN
NOMENCLATURE USE

H-B-178/1-2 Removal of corrosion products and paint film.

7920-00-244-7431 EA
Platers Hand Brush Application of cleaning solutions.
Temporary sealing of small irregular openings in
MIL-A-46146 Group I Type I flexible covers.
8040-01-331-7133 TU (3 OZ)
Adhesive, Sealant, Silicone, RTV, CAUTION 8040-01-331-8046 CA (12 OZ)
Noncorrosive Compound is not resistant to
fuel or hydraulic fluid.

MIL-C-15074 Removal of fingerprint residues from critical 8030-00-664-4017 QT

Fingerprint Remover machined and highly polished surfaces. 8030-00-281-2338 GL

MIL-C-4339
Protection of water injection and windshield
Corrosion Preventive Soluble Oil for 6850-00-224-9582 CN (5 GL)
defroster systems.
Water Injection Systems
6850-00-264-6572 DR (150 EA) - 16 unit
6850-00-264-6571 DR (300 EA) - 8 unit
MIL-D-3464 Type I General purpose desiccant to absorb moisture 6850-00-264-6574 DR (500 EA) - 4 unit
Desiccant, Activated, Bagged within sealed watervaporproof barriers. 6850-00-264-6573 CN (130 EA) - 2 unit
6850-00-264-6562 CN (250 EA) - 1 unit
6850-00-264-6564 CN (1200 EA) - 1/6 unit
6850-00-935-9793 DR (120 EA) - 16 unit
6850-00-935-9794 DR (240 EA) - 8 unit
MIL-D-3464 Type II 6850-00-935-9795 DR (400 EA) - 4 unit
Dustless desiccant bags for avionic use.
Desiccant, Activated, Bagged 850-00-935-9878 CN (130 EA) - 2 unit
850-00-935-9797 CN (250 EA) - 1 unit
6850-00-935-9798CN (450 EA) - 0.5 unit
MIL-D-3464 Type III
For use if wet/flooded conditions are expected. 6850-00-194-3291 DR (150 EA) - 16 unit
Desiccant, Activated, Bagged
MIL-I-8835 (MS 20003) Indicates humidity in enclosed areas,
6685-00-752-8240 CN (125 EA)
Indicator, Humidity Card 3 spot card, 2” x 3”
MIL-PRF-121 Type I Noncorrosive barrier for preserved machined 8135-00-224-8885 RO (36"x 200 YD)
Barrier Material, Greaseproof, Waterproof, and polished surfaces such as propeller shafts 8135-00-543-6573 RO (12"x 200 YD)
Flexible and unpainted metal parts.
MIL-PRF-131 Class 1
Method 50 packaging, packaging of retrograde 8135-00-282-0565 RO (36"x 200 YD)
Barrier Material, Watervaporproof,
parts, protection under films, exterior protection. 8135-01-499-5302 RO (72"x 200 YD)
Greaseproof, Flexible, Heat Sealable
MIL-PRF-131 Class 3
Heavy duty scrim backed barrier material for
Barrier Material, Watervaporproof, 8135-01-015-2810 RO (36” x 200 YD)
long term component storage.
Greaseproof, Flexible, Heat Sealable
MIL-PRF-3420 Class 1 Style A
Wrapping of removed components to prevent
Packaging Material, VCI Treated, Opaque 8135-00-664-4012 RO (200 YD)
corrosion.
(Paper)
9150-01-573-8945 QT
MIL-PRF-6081 Grade 1010N
Preservation of fuel systems and components. 9150-01-573-9003 GL
Lubricating Oil, Engine
9150-01-570-1493 DR (55 GL)
continued

8-22
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 8-12. Materials and Equipment for Preservation (Cont.)

SPECIFICATION/ INTENDED
NSN
NOMENCLATURE USE

MIL-PRF-81352 Type I
For covering/obliterating old markings on 8010-00-935-7060 GL
Coatings, Aircraft Touch-up, Acrylic Base
shipping containers. Color 36440 (light gray)
(VOC < 340 g/l)
8135-00-092-3220 RO (36" x 600')
MIL-PRF-81705 Type I
To provide ESD/EMI packaging protection for 8135-01-185-6816 RO (36" x 150')
Barrier Material, Flexible, Electrostatic
hardware and components. 8135-01-158-7786 EA (48" x 48" sheet)
Protective, Heat Sealable
8135-01-163-3486 EA (24" x 36" sheet)
9150-00-149-7431 QT
MIL-PRF-83282 9150-00-149-7432 GL
Wiping down struts.
Fluid, Hydraulic 9150-00-180-6290 DR (55 GL)
9150-01-009-7709 DR (10 GL)
NN-P-530 Group B Type Exterior Grade D Solid platform under landing gear wheels,
Plywood, Flat Panel between apron surface and flexible cover.
P-P-560 7930-00-935-3794 BX (24 EA)
Polishing transparencies.
Polish, Plastic 7930-01-133-5375 DZ
Waxing of deicer boots and neoprene coated
P-W-155 7930-00-141-5888 CN (5 GL)
surfaces prior to application of strippable plastic
Wax Floor Water Emulsion 7930-00-205-2870 CN (1 GL)
coatings.
SAE AS26860 Type II Used with desiccant packs and installed in 6685-01-038-6868 EA
Indicator, Humidity Plug barrier material for static DH. 6685-00-618-1822 PG (5 EA)
SAE AMS-T-22085 Type II Holding barrier material in place, sealing small
7510-01-652-5429 RO (1"x 60 YD)
Tape, Pressure Sensitive, Adhesive, areas.
7510-01-652-5433 RO (2"x 36 YD)
Preservation and Sealing CAUTION: Do not use directly on transparent
7510-01-652-5438 RO (4"x 36 YD)
(3M No. 481) acrylic surfaces.
SAE AMS-T-22085 Type IV
Tape, Pressure Sensitive, Adhesive, Use with MIL-PRF-131 barrier material for long 7510-00-040-5895 RO (1.5” x 72 YD)
Preservation and Sealing term or outdoor storage. 7510-00-927-1514 RO (2” x 72 YD)
(3M No. 838)
SAE AS5778 Type I or II Protection of aircraft openings and components
Covers, Aircraft Components such as engines, rotor heads.
TA356-HC-2345 Replacement indicator disc for SAE AS26860 6685-01-523-0700 EA (Pie shape)
Humidity Color Change Disc Type II humidity plug. (20/30/40/50 RH) 6685-00-052-1865 HD (Spot shape)
TA-356-HC-345P Replacement indicator disc for SAE AS26860
6685-00-243-6628 EA (Pie shape)
Humidity Color Change Disc Type II humidity plug (30/40/50 RH)
9150-01-448-2298 CN (16 OZ aerosol)
TW25B Lubricant/protectant for aircraft guns and
9150-01-535-8338 JR (16 OZ)
Light Grease airborne crew served weapons.
9150-01-535-8687 JR (32 OZ)
Color change to red indicates acid present (lead-
Blue Litmus Paper 6640-00-290-0146 HD (100 EA)
acid batteries).
Color change to blue indicates alkali present
Red Litmus Paper 6640-00-290-0147 HD (100 EA)
(nickel-cadmium batteries).
Neutral Litmus Paper Can be used to indicate battery leakage. 6640-00-551-8470 HD (100 EA)
Oil Sprayer, Portable 5 gallon oil tank and wands for applying
4940-01-503-9582 EA
P/N 2205RK-NAVY MIL-PRF-6081 Grade 1010N oil.

8-23
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Table 8-13. Materials and Equipment for Packaging

SPECIFICATION/ INTENDED
NSN
NOMENCLATURE USE

A-A-2953 3540-00-293-0377 EA (6" width)

Heat sealing of barrier material or plastic sheet.
Sealing Machine, Electric Jaw 3540-00-299-9811 EA (14" width)

ASOINST 80132-13414
Multiapplication reusable (repairable) container
Container, Shipping and Storage,
for delicate/fragile repairable avionic components
Plastic, Reusable

ASOINST 80132-13623
Multiapplication reusable container for printed
Container, Shipping and Storage,
circuit cards, flat pack modules
Plastic, Reusable

ASOINST 80132-15024 Multiapplication reusable (repairable) container

Container, Shipping, Storage, and for extremely delicate/fragile (15G) gyroscopic
Handling, Plastic, Reusable equipment

ASTM D3950 Type 2 Securing fuselage dive/speed, flaps to prevent

Strapping, Plastic movement during storage

ASTM D5118 Packing of parachutes and other loose items for

Fiberboard Shipping Boxes storage and shipment with aircraft.

Multiapplication reusable metal container for

MIL-D-6054 rugged nonfragile cylindrically shaped repairable
Drum, Metal, Shipping and Storage items when watervaporproof packaging is
required

MIL-DTL-117 Type I Use with inner and outer fiberboard container to

Bags, Heat Sealable prevent puncture of watervaporproof bags

8105-01-205-0207 HD (8" x 12")

MIL-DTL-81997 Type I
To provide ESD packaging protection for small 8105-01-197-2965 EA (12" x 12")
Pouches, Cushioned, Flexible,
components/connectors. 8105-01-197-2966 EA (10" x 10")
Electrostatic Protective, Transparent
8105-01-197-7846 EA (10" x 12")
MIL-PRF-5806
Packaging and storage of removed helicopter
Box, Shipping and Storage,
rotor blades
Helicopter Blade
PPP-C-1120 Type IV Class A Cushioning of packaged components and
8135-00-132-9568 SH (24” x 6’ x 1”)
Cushioning Material, Uncompressed padding of sharp edges and noncorrosive fragile
8135-00-664-0057 DZ (24” x 6’ x 2”)
Bound Fiber for Packaging surfaces
PPP-C-1797 Type I
Cushioning Material, Resilient, Cushioning of packaged components and 8135-00-129-9523 BD (24” x 450’ x 0.125”)
Low Density, Unicellular, padding of sharp edges and machined surfaces 8135-00-300-4905 BD (30” x 225’ x 0.25”)
Polypropylene Foam
8135-00-142-9004 RO (48” x 250 FT)
PPP-C-795 Class I
Cushioning of packaged components and 8135-00-142-9005 BD (12” X 500 FT) 4
Cushioning Material, Packaging
padding of sharp edges and machined surfaces RO
(Bubblewrap)
8135-00-142-9016 BD (24” x 500 FT) 2 RO

Dura Label Pro 300 For creating package labels. Complies with Open Purchase
Thermal Transfer Printer MIL‑STD-129 requirements. Graphic Products

8-24
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

APPENDIX A
RELATED PUBLICATIONS, SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS, AND INSTRUCTIONS

NUMBER TITLE

AG-830AC-MEB-000 Reusable Shipping and Storage Containers – Aluminum

AG-830FC-MEB-000 Reusable Shipping and Storage Containers – Fiberglass

AG-830PC-MEB-000 Reusable Shipping and Storage Containers – Thermoformed Plastic

AG-830SC-MEB-000 Reusable Shipping and Storage Containers – Steel

COMNAVAIRFORINST 4790.2 Naval Aviation Maintenance Program

DODINST 6050.05 DOD Hazard Communication (HAZCOM) Program

DTR 4500.9-R Defense Transportation Regulation – Part II, Cargo Movement

MIL-DTL-75 Electron Tubes, Packaging of

Hose, Hose Assemblies; Rubber, Plastic, Fabric, or Metal (including Tubing) and Associated Hardware;
MIL-H-775
Packaging of

Electrostatic Discharge Control Handbook for Protection of Electrical and Electronic Parts, Assemblies,
MIL-HDBK-263
and Equipment

MIL-HDBK-274 Electrical Grounding for Aircraft Safety

MIL-I-8574 Inhibitors, Corrosion, Volatile, Utilization of

MIL-P-6063 Packaging of Batteries, Storage, Charged and Dry Uncharged and Moist, General Specification for

MIL-STD-129 Military Marking for Shipment and Storage

MIL-STD-130 Identification Marking of U. S. Military Property

MIL-STD-1366 Interface Standard for Transportability Criteria

MIL-STD-2073-1 Standard Practice for Military Packaging

MIL-STD-2161 Paint Schemes and Exterior Markings for US Navy and Marine Corps Aircraft

MIL-STD-648 Design Criteria for Specialized Shipping Containers

Requirements for the Certification of Sling Loaded Military Equipment for External Transportation by
MIL-STD-913
Department of Defense Helicopters

NAVAIR 00-25-100 Naval Air Systems Command Technical Publications Library Management Program

NAVAIR 00-80R-19 NATOPS Aircraft Crash and Salvage Operations Manual (Afloat)

NAVAIR 00-80T-109 NATOPS Aircraft Refueling Manual

NAVAIR 01-1A-17 Aviation Hydraulics Manual

NAVAIR 01-1A-20 Aviation Hose and Tube Manual

NAVAIR 01-1A-35 Aircraft Fuel Cells and Tanks

NAVAIR 01-1A-503 Maintenance of Aeronautical Antifriction Bearings

NAVAIR 01-1A-505-1 Installation and Repair Practices - Aircraft Electric and Electronic Wiring

continued

A-1
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

NUMBER TITLE

NAVAIR 01-1A-509 (series) Cleaning and Corrosion Control (Volumes 1-4)

NAVAIR 01-1A-75 Airborne Weapons and Associated Equipment

NAVAIR 04-10-1 Aircraft Wheels

NAVAIR 04-10-506 Aircraft Tires and Tubes

NAVAIR 11-100-1.1-CD Cartridge Actuated Devices (CADs) and Propellant Actuated Devices (PADs) (IETM)

NAVAIR 11-85M-2 Rocket Motors (JATO/RATO)

NAVAIR 13-1-6.2 Emergency Personnel and Drogue Parachute Systems

NAVAIR 13-1-6.4-1 Aviation Crew Systems – Oxygen Systems (Aircraft Equipment Masks and Other Systems)

NAVAIR 13-1-6.4-2 Aviation Crew Systems – Oxygen Equipment (Regulators)

NAVAIR 13-1-6.4-3 Aviation Crew Systems – Oxygen Equipment (Concentrators)

NAVAIR 13-1-6.4-4 Aviation Crew Systems – Oxygen Equipment (Converters)

NAVAIR 13-1-6.5 Aviation Crew Systems Rescue and Survival Equipment

Desert Storage Preservation and Process Manual for Aircraft, Aircraft Engines, and Aircraft Auxiliary
NAVAIR 15-01-4
Power Unit Engines

NAVAIR 17-1-114 (series) Inspection and Proofload Testing of Lifting Slings for Aircraft and Related Components (Volumes 1-14)

NAVAIR 17-1-125 Support Equipment Cleaning, Preservation and Corrosion Control

NAVAIR 17-1-537 Aircraft Securing and Handling Procedures for Restraining Devices and Related Components

NAVAIR 17-15-50 (series) Joint Oil Analysis Program (Volumes 1-4)

NAVAIR 17-15BAD-1 (series) Navy and Air Force Aircraft and Aircraft Support Equipment Storage Batteries (Volumes 1A-1B)

NAVAIRINST 10350.4 Utilization of Aircraft Engine and Helicopter Transmission Lubricating Oils

NAVSUP P485 Naval Supply Procedures (Volumes 1-3)

NAVSUP P505 Preparation of Hazardous Material for Military Air Shipment

NAVSUP P700 Common Naval Packaging (website only: https://tarp.navsup.navy.mil)

NAVSUP P723 Navy Working Capital Fund-Supply Management (NWCF-SM) Integrity Procedures

NAVSUPINST 4030.55 Packaging of Hazardous Material

OPNAVINST 5100.23 Navy Occupational Safety and Health (NAVOSH) Program Manual

Department of the Navy Physical Security Instruction for Conventional Arms, Ammunition, and Explosives
OPNAVINST 5530.13
(AA&E)

OPNAVINST 8000.16 The Naval Ordnance Management Policy

SECNAVINST 5442.2 Management of the Naval Aircraft Inventory

A-2
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

APPENDIX B
ACRONYMS

ABO Aviator's Breathing Oxygen

ACC Aircraft Controlling Custodian
AEPS Aircrew Escape Propulsion System
AFB Airframe Bulletin
AFC Airframe Change
AIMD Aircraft Intermediate Maintenance Department
AIRS Aircraft Inventory Record System
AMARG Aircraft Maintenance and Regeneration Group
AMSDL Acquisition Management Systems Data Requirements List
APML Assistant Program Manager – Logistics
APU Auxiliary Power Unit
ASPA Aircraft Service Period Adjustment
BUNO Bureau Number
CAD Cartridge Actuated Device
CFM Cubic Feet per Minute
CNO Chief of Naval Operations
CP Cleated Plywood
CPC Corrosion Preventive Compound
DH Dehumidified
DID Data Item Description
DODISS Department of Defense Index of Specifications and Standards
EA Entry Authority (replaces GFE – Gas Free Engineer)
EAT External Air Transport
EATWT External Air Transport Weight
ECM Electronic Counter Measures
ESDS Electrostatic Discharge Sensitive
ESSE Electronic Special Support Equipment
FMS Foreign Military Sales
FRC Fleet Readiness Center
FST Fleet Support Team
HMIS Hazardous Materials Information System
I Level Intermediate Level (see AIMD)
IETM Interactive Electronic Technical Manual
ISO International Organization for Standardization
continued

B-1
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

ISSC In-Service Support Center

LEL Lower Explosive Limit
MAF Maintenance Action Form
MAIR Master Aircraft Inventory Record
MDCS Maintenance Data Collection System
MILSTRIP Military Standard Requisitioning and Issuing Procedures
MIM Maintenance Instruction Manual
MRC Maintenance Requirement Card
NA Not Applicable
NAMP Naval Aviation Maintenance Program
NATEC Naval Air Technical Data and Engineering Service Command
NATOPS Naval Air Training and Operating Procedures Standardization
NAVAIR Naval Air Systems Command
NAVSEA Naval Sea Systems Command
NAVSUP Naval Supply Systems Command
NIIN National Item Identification Number
NSN National Stock Number
O Level Organizational Level (Squadron)
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
P/N Part Number
PMA Program Manager – Air
PMI Planned Maintenance Interval
PSE Peculiar Support Equipment
psi pounds per square inch
PVC Polyvinylchloride
RF Radio Frequency
RFI Ready For Issue
RH Relative Humidity
SDS Safety Data Sheet
SE Support Equipment (replaces GSE – Ground Support Equipment)
SOP Standard Operating Procedure
SRM Structural Repair Manual
TD Technical Directive
UV Ultraviolet
VCI Vapor Corrosion Inhibitor (also VpCI – Vapor Phase Corrosion Inhibitor)

B-2
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

GLOSSARY

A ALCLAD - A trade name (Alcoa) of high-strength light

alloys (usually sheet) coated with corrosion-resistant
ACCESS DOOR - A hinged door that can be opened high-purity aluminum.
to provide access to interior space or equipment.
ANAEROBIC - Able to live or grow where there is no
ACCUMULATOR - A device or apparatus that air or oxygen.
accumulates or stores fluid under pressure (usually
part of the hydraulic system). ANION - An ion in an electrolyte that carries a
negative charge and moves toward the anode under
ACTIVE AIRCRAFT - Aircraft currently engaged in the influence of a potential gradient. The chloride ion
flying missions, either through direct assignment in sea water is an anion.
to aircraft units or reassignment through any of the
logistic processes. ANODE - The electrode of a cell at which oxidation
(loss of electrons) occurs. In corrosion, it is the
ACTIVE METAL - A metal that readily gives up electrode where metal atoms change into ions and go
electrons when in an electrolytic cell and, therefore, into solution to migrate to the cathode, thus causing
is prone to corrode. slow disintegration of the anode.

AEROBIC - Able to live or grow where oxygen is ANODIC - A term indicating one metal is more active
present. than a second metal to which it is electrically coupled.
In the presence of an electrolyte the more active
AIRCRAFT CONTROLLING CUSTODIAN (ACC) - A (anodic metal) will corrode.
term applied to air commands and Naval Air Systems
Command (NAVAIR) exercising administrative control ANODIZE - Application of a protective oxide film on
of assignment, employment and logistic support of a metal (such as aluminum) through an electrolytic
aircraft and aircraft engines as specified by the Chief process. This layer provides protection from corrosion
of Naval Operations (CNO). The following ACCs have and is a good base for paint.
been designated by the CNO:
Commander, Naval Air Force, (CNAF); ANTI-ICING - The prevention of ice formation upon
Chief, Naval Air Training (CNATRA); an aircraft’s surfaces, either by heat or by use of
Commander, Naval Air Reserve Forces substances such as oil or alcohol.
(COMNAVRESFOR);
Naval Air Systems Command (NAVAIR). ANTICONING DEVICE - In most helicopters and
some other rotorcraft, an anticoning device is fitted to
AIRCRAFT INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE prevent main rotor blades from being blown upwards.
DEPARTMENT (AIMD) - The department of an aviation
ship or Naval Air Station responsible for the check, AQUATEST - A test to detect water in aircraft fluids.
test, repair or manufacture of aeronautical components
and support equipment for the supported aircraft. ARRESTING GEAR - Apparatus used to arrest
airplanes in the landing roll on the carrier deck. Airplane
AIRFRAME - The structural components of the aircraft, arresting gear in its most common form consists of
including the framework and skin of such parts as the an arresting hook on the airplane, an arresting cable
fuselage, empennage, and wings. or arresting wire stretched across the carrier deck or
runway in the path of the airplane which engages the
AIRFRAME ACCESSORIES - The items of equipment arresting hook, and shock-absorbing devices.
required for operation of the aircraft that cannot be
considered an integral part of the airframe or engine, ARRESTING GEAR HOOK - A strong hook hinged
such as wheels, brakes, hydraulic equipment, fuel to some land-based and most carrier-based combat
systems, deicing equipment, anti-icing equipment. aircraft for engagement of arresting gear.

Glossary-7
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

AUTOMATIC PILOT - The part of an automatic flight CARBONIZE - To convert into a carbon residue,
control system which provides attitude stabilization usually by high heat.
with respect to internal references.
CATHODE - The electrode of a cell at which a reduction
AUXILIARY POWER UNIT (APU) - Airborne power- reaction (gain of electrons or plating) occurs. In
generation system other than the engines, used to corrosion, it is the electrode which acquires metal ions.
generate power for airborne systems (electrical,
hydraulics, air-conditioning, avionics, pressurization, CAUSTIC - A strong base which has a corrosive and
main-engine starting). disintegrating action on the skin, and causes the
destruction of living tissue and a burning sensation.
AVGAS - Aviation gasoline.
CHEMICAL CONVERSION COATING - A chemical
AVIONICS - The application of electronics to aviation. treatment of a metal surface, such as aluminum or
Avionics includes electronic, instrument, flight control, magnesium, which results in a protective (corrosion
fire control, and bombing equipment and their resistant) film on the metal’s surface. The coating also
subsystems. greatly enhances paint adhesion.

B CHLORIDE - Certain compounds of chlorine.

Many varieties of these are present in sea water
BASE - A general term for compounds which give and contribute to making sea water an electrolyte
hydroxyl ions (OH-) in aqueous solution. (electrically conductive).

BATTEN - A strip or bar temporarily secured to a wing CLADDING - Overlaying on one or both sides of a
or tail to prevent movement of the control surface. metal with a metal coating of a different composition to
promote electrical conductivity or corrosion resistance,
BIODEGRADABLE - Capable of being decomposed or to impart other special properties.
or oxidized into innocuous products by the action of
microorganisms. COCKPIT - A cutout or space in the top of an airplane
fuselage for the pilot, other aircrew members or
BOMB RACKS - Individual attachments (in the bomb passengers. It may or may not be protected by a canopy.
bay or external) to which bombs are secured; provided
with mechanical or EM release, fuzing and arming COMBUSTION CHAMBER - A chamber within an
circuits and sometimes other services. Replaced engine for the burning of fuel.
by universal store carriers tailored to spectrum of
weapons. CONFORMAL COATING - A closely adhering moisture
and gas barrier applied to circuit boards to prevent
BUREAU NUMBER - A serial number, consisting of corrosion and breakdown of electrical insulation.
six digits, used to identify individual airframes within
the naval aircraft inventory. Each number is unique CONNECTOR - Standard mating end-fitting for fluid
to a particular airframe. Assignment is controlled by lines, multi-core cables, coax cables and similar
the Chief of Naval Operations. transmission hardware, providing automatic coupling.

C CONSTANT SPEED DRIVE - Infinitely-variable-ratio

gear between two rotating systems; for example, a
CANNIBALIZE - Removal of serviceable parts from variable speed aircraft engine and a constant frequency
one aircraft for installation on another. alternator.

CAPILLARY ACTION - The action by which the surface CONSTANT SPEED PROPELLER - A propeller
of a liquid, where it is in contact with a solid, is raised designed to maintain engine speed at a constant rpm,
or lowered. The "wicking" of a fluid up a cloth is an automatically increasing or decreasing pitch as engine
example of capillary action. speeds increase or decrease.

CARBIDE - A compound of metal with carbon. C O N T R O L L I N G C U S TO D I A N - See Aircraft

Controlling Custodian.

Glossary-2
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

CONTROL LOCK - A physical lock preventing DEIONIZED WATER - Water which has had various
movement of a control surface. minerals and inorganic materials removed by means
of an ion exchange process.
CONTROL PANEL - A panel or board fitted out with
switches, instruments, relays, and circuit breakers for DEVIATION - To depart from established policy
controlling and supervising the operation of equipment or procedures. In some cases, specific written
or systems. authorization must be granted for a deviation.

CONTROL SURFACE - A movable airfoil or surface, DIRECTIVE - A military communication in which a

such as an aileron, elevator, stabilator, flap or trim tab, policy is established, a specific action is ordered or a
used to control the attitude or motion of an aircraft and plan is put in effect.
to guide it through the air.
DEPTH GAUGE - A gauge for measuring the depth
CONTROLS - A system of levers and pedals in an of holes.
aircraft cockpit used to deflect the control surfaces
and direct the motion of the aircraft. DESICCANT - A drying agent which acts by absorbing
moisture.
CORROSION - The deterioration of a material, usually
a metal, through reaction with its environment. DOWNTIME - That period of time during which the item
is not in a condition to perform its intended function.
CORROSION FATIGUE - A reduction in the ability of
a metal to withstand cyclic stress caused by exposure DUCT -
to a corrosive environment. (1) Passage or tube that confines and conducts
fluid.
COWL FLAP - One of several shutters in an aircraft (2) Channel or passage in airframe through which
engine cowling, used to regulate the flow of cooling electric cables are run.
air around the engine.
E
CREVICE CORROSION - An intense localized
corrosion that frequently occurs within crevices EDDY CURRENT - An electrical current that is induced
and other shielded areas on surfaces exposed to by a alternating magnetic field. Eddy current devices
corrosives. This type of attack is usually associated are used for nondestructive inspection of aircraft.
with small volumes of stagnant solution within holes,
gasket surfaces, lap joints, surface deposits and EGRESS SYSTEM - An egress system is an ejection
crevices under bolt and rivet heads. seat, interconnect and sequence system, installed
parachute, seat survival kit, and the explosive devices
D and rocket motors used in their propulsion. It also
includes hatches or canopies which are shattered or
DAMPER - A device installed to act on the drag hinge jettisoned from the aircraft by use of explosive devices.
of a rotor blade to reduce horizontal oscillation.
ENGINE ACCESSORIES - Those items of equipment
DECELERATION CHUTE - A parachute attached to required for engine operation that are not an integral
an aircraft and deployed to slow the aircraft during an part of the engine. In most cases they are attached
emergency landing. Also called a "brake parachute" to the engine, but in special situations they may be
or "parabrake." airframe mounted. Accessories include oil pumps, fuel
controls, engine fuel pumps, temperature amplifiers,
DEFECT - Any nonconformance of the unit or product and afterburner controls.
to the specified requirements.
EJECTION SEAT - An airplane seat designed to be
DEHUMIDIFY - To remove moisture from the air. catapulted with its occupant from the airplane, usually
by explosive force.
DEICING - The breaking off or melting of ice formed
on aircraft surfaces. ELASTOMER - A synthetic material with elastic
properties.

Glossary-7
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

ELECTROLYTE - An aqueous solution of a substance FLOAT - A buoyant structure, usually boat-shaped and
that is capable of conducting electric current. Salt decked over, fitted to an aircraft to support or stabilize
water is known as a strong electrolyte. it on water and to allow it to take off and alight on
water. Sometimes called a "pontoon".
ELEVON - A control surface that functions both as an
elevator and as an aileron. Also called an "ailevator." FLUOROCARBON - A class of chemically inert
compounds that are composed of carbon and fluorine.
EMULSION - One liquid dispersed throughout another
liquid to form a homogeneous solution. The two liquids FLYABLE - An aircraft in such material condition as
do not mix. to be safe and capable of normal flight operations.

ENCAPSULANT - The general term describing FRETTING - Wear occurring at the interface of two
materials used to envelop or fill a void to prevent the tightly connecting surfaces, usually under pressure and
entrance of moisture or fungus. Conformal coatings, subject to vibration. In iron alloys, the wear products
fungus-proof coatings, and potting compounds are all are rust colored; in aluminum alloys they are black.
forms of encapsulants.
FUNGUS - A group of parasitic lower plants that feed
EROSION CORROSION - Increase in rate of corrosion on dead or decaying organic matter. Includes molds,
of a metal due to relative movement between a mildews, smuts, mushrooms, and some bacteria.
corrosive fluid and the metal surface (wear).
G
ESCAPE CHUTE - Rapid-inflation pneumatic chute
extended (usually from a door) from transport aircraft GALVANIC CORROSION - When two dissimilar
to enable passengers and crew to evacuate quickly metals are placed in contact with one another and
in emergency. joined by an electrolyte, corrosion of the more anodic
metal will occur.
ESCAPE DOOR (HATCH) - Hatch in aircraft, usually
jettisonable, intended for use by personnel abandoning GALVANIC COUPLE - A closed electric circuit of two
aircraft. connected dissimilar metals joined by an electrolyte.

ESTER/DIESTER OILS - Examples include jet GAS TURBINE ENGINE - All turbine engines, whether
engine oil (MIL-PRF-23699) and hydraulic oil (MIL- used to power flight or for auxiliary power or starting
PRF-83282). These synthetic oils can attack certain purposes. Airborne or ground units are included in the
plastics and paints. meaning of this term.

F GAUSS METER - An instrument that indicates the

strength of a magnetic field at any point.
FAIRING - A piece, part or structure having a smooth,
streamlined outline, used to cover a non-streamlined GUN CAMERA - An aerial camera connected to and
object or to smooth a junction. operated by the fire control mechanism of an aircraft.

FATIGUE - Tendency of a material to fracture under GUST LOCK - Control lock preventing movement of
repeated cyclic stresses. flight controls of parked aircraft.

FILIFORM CORROSION - Corrosion that develops GYROSCOPE - Often abbreviated as GYRO. A

under coatings on metals as fine or ragged hairlines, device consisting of a wheel having much of its mass
usually wavy and randomly distributed. concentrated around the rim, mounted on a spinning
axis which is free to rotate about one or both of two
FITTING - Any small structural part, usually of metal, axes perpendicular to each other and to the spinning
for joining large structural members. axis. The gyroscope is utilized in many different
instruments and systems because of the tendency of
FLOATATION GEAR - Gear or apparatus, commonly its spinning axis to remain fixed in space.
inflatable bags, vests and the like, carried aboard an
aircraft to support the aircraft or persons downed in
water.

Glossary-4
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

H INTERACTIVE ELECTRONIC TECHNICAL MANUAL

(IETM) - Electronic version of maintenance instruction
HEADSET - A clamp or helmet holding an earphone manuals and maintenance requirement cards.
or pair of earphones.
INTERGRANULAR CORROSION - Corrosive attack
HUB - The central part or portion of a wheel, propeller, along grain boundaries of some alloys due to presence
or similar rotary object; the drum or disk of a compressor of compounds formed at grain boundaries during heat
or turbine rotor. treatment cooling. The electrochemical differences of
the compounds and the adjacent material results in
HYDRATE - A compound formed by the bonding of galvanic cells and attack on the more anodic area.
water molecules with the molecules of some other
substance. INVERTER - A device for converting direct current
into alternating current, often used in aircraft electrical
HYDROPHILIC - Relating to or having a strong affinity systems.
for water.
ION - An electrically charged atom or group of atoms.
HYGROSCOPIC - The property of readily absorbing The charge may be positive (cation) or negative (anion).
and retaining moisture.
J
I
JUNCTION BOX - A metal box for enclosing the
ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN (IPB) - A junction of electric wires and cables.
manual containing illustrations and part numbers for all
parts of the aircraft or equipment for which it is issued. L
The IPB contains information required for ordering
parts and for identifying parts and arrangements of LANDING GEAR - The apparatus comprising those
parts in assemblies. components of an aircraft that support and provide
mobility for the aircraft on land, water or other surface.
INACTIVE AIRCRAFT - Non-program and reserve The landing gear consists of wheels, tires, floats, skis,
stock aircraft. or other devices, together with all associated struts,
bracing, and shock absorbers.
INHIBITOR - A chemical substance which when present
in the proper form and concentration will reduce the LEAD TIME - Length of time between ordering and
rate of corrosion of a metal. receiving a part or material. Includes production,
administrative (both contractor and government),
INORGANIC COATING - A coating composed of spares positioning, and shipping time.
matter other than of plant or mineral origin, i.e., plating,
chemical conversion coating, anodize, phosphate or LINE - A single pipe in a fluid system.
oxide.
LOGBOOK - A master history of the aircraft or engine
INSPECT - To compare the characteristics of an item in which are recorded dates, events and occurrences,
with established standards. incorporation of changes, and repairs.

INSPECTION - The examination and testing of supplies LOGISTICS - The science of planning and carrying
and services, including raw materials, components out the movement and maintenance of forces. In its
and intermediate assemblies, to determine whether most comprehensive sense, those aspects of military
they conform to specified requirements. operations that deal with: design and development,
acquisition, storage, movement, distribution,
INSTRUMENT PANEL - A panel or board containing maintenance, evaluation, and disposition of material.
instruments, or instrument dials, typically mounted
ahead of and easily visible to the pilot.

Glossary-7
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

L O G I S T I C S S U P P O R T - The materials and MATTE SURFACE - A lusterless, low reflectivity

services required to enable the operating forces to surface, such as may be produced by etching or
operate, maintain and repair the end item within sandblasting.
the maintenance concept defined for that end item.
Logistics support encompasses the identification, METABOLIC PRODUCTS - Materials generated by
selection, procurement, scheduling, stocking, and the chemical changes that take place in the evolution
distribution of spares, repair parts, facilities, support of living cells.
equipment, trainers, technical publications, contractor
engineering and technical services, and personnel METROLOGY - The science of measurement
training as necessary to provide the operating forces or determination of conformance to technical
with the capability needed to keep the end item in a requirements.
functioning status.
MICROBES - Microscopic living plants or organisms
LOOSE EQUIPMENT - Items of equipment to be such as germs, molds, bacteria and fungus.
shipped or stored separate from the aircraft.
MICROBIOLOGICAL CORROSION - Material
M degradation caused by microorganisms living at
fuel/air interfaces and on the surface of virtually all
MAINTENANCE - All actions taken to retain material in aeronautical materials.
a serviceable condition or to restore it to serviceability.
Includes inspection, testing, servicing, classification MISSION ESSENTIAL - Those functions and
as to serviceability, repair, rebuilding and reclamation. equipment authorized and assigned to combat forces
which would be immediately employed to wage war
MAINTENANCE ACTIVITY - Any organization of the and provide combat support. The equipment is listed
naval establishment assigned the mission, task or in the Mission Essential Subsystem Matrices (MESM).
functional responsibility of performing aircraft upkeep
or repair. Aircraft maintenance activities are classified MULTICOAT - Having more than one coat.
by the level of maintenance performed. The highest
level a particular activity is responsible for performing N
is established as that activity’s classification. This
classification does not necessarily mean that the NITRATES - Compounds including certain combinations
activity involved is responsible for all lower levels of of nitrogen and oxygen. Present in many industrial
maintenance. pollutants.

MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION MANUAL (MIM) - A NOBLE METALS - Metals such as gold, silver and
manual containing instructions for the maintenance platinum which essentially do not oxidize in air and
and servicing of a specific aircraft or component. It do not readily corrode.
identifies each maintenance task to the responsible
maintenance level. NONDESTRUCTIVE INSPECTION - The methods
that may be applied to a structure or component to
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT CARD (MRC) - determine its integrity, composition, physical, electrical
Sets of cards or IETM module containing scheduled or thermal properties, or dimensions without causing
maintenance requirements applicable to intermediate a change in any of these characteristics.
and organizational level activities for the specific
aircraft/support equipment for which they are issued. O

MANUFACTURER - An individual, company, firm, ORGANIC COATING - A coating composed of matter

corporation or government activity engaged in the derived from living organisms or carbon containing
fabrication of finished or semi-finished products. compounds, e.g., paint, lacquer, plastic, grease,
preservative.
MASONITE - Commercial formulation of compressed
fiber-board, molded to shape with a glassy finish on OUTGASSING - Emission of a gas during the cure or
at least one surface. decomposition of organic material, usually increased
in rate by higher temperatures.

Glossary-6
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

OVERHAUL - The process of disassembly sufficient resistivity, nontoxic, but combustible. One of several
to inspect all the operating components and the basic plastics used for wire coating.
end article. It includes repair, replacement or servicing
as necessary, followed by reassembly and bench POTTING COMPOUND - A poured material which
check/flight test. Upon completion of the overhaul cures to a hard rubber-like consistency and provides
process, the component/end article will be capable moisture resistance and vibration resistance to the
of performing its intended service life/service tour. item.

P POWER SUPPLY - A device providing power to

electronic equipment.
PACKAGING - An all-inclusive term covering cleaning,
preserving, packing, and marking required to protect POWER PLANT - The complete assemblage or
items during every phase of shipment, handling and installation of engine or engines, accessories, and
storage. support systems that generates the motive power for
an aircraft.
PARABRAKE - A deceleration parachute.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE - The care and
PARARAFT - A raft, especially an inflatable raft, servicing needed to maintain aircraft equipment,
designed to be dropped by parachute, or to be carried support equipment and facilities in satisfactory
by a parachutist. operating condition by providing for systematic
inspection, detection, and correction of incipient
PASSIVATION - The process or processes by means failures either before they occur or before they develop
of which a metal becomes inert to a given corrosive into major defects.
environment.
PRIMER COAT - The first coat of a protective paint
pH - A numerical measure of the hydrogen ion system. Originally applied to improve adherence of the
concentration, indicating degree of acidity or alkalinity succeeding coat, it now usually contains a corrosion
of a solution. At the neutral point, pH = 7. At a pH lower inhibitor.
than 7, a solution is acidic. At a pH higher than 7, a
solution is basic. PROCUREMENT - The process of obtaining personnel,
services, supplies and equipment.
PICKLING - Soaking in dilute acid solutions to remove
oxides or other surface films or inter-crystalline PRODUCTION AIRCRAFT - New aircraft accepted
carbides and surface scale. from the contractor by the Navy. They include all Navy
aircraft that were procured for operational/training
PIT - A pit is a cavity or hole with the same surface purposes. Aircraft procured solely for experimental
diameter and depth. purposes are not included.

PITTING - A form of corrosion which is an extremely PRODUCTION CONTROL -The functional organization
localized attack that results in pits in the metal. within a maintenance activity responsible for workload
control.
P I TO T T U B E - An open-ended tube or tube
arrangement which, when immersed in a moving PROPELLER GOVERNOR - A simple centrifugal
fluid with its mouth pointed upstream, may be used to governor which holds propeller speed constant
measure the stagnating pressure of the fluid. regardless of aircraft forward speed.

PLACARDING - A posted notice on or in an aircraft PSYCHROMETER - Instrument for measuring

setting forth a requirement or limiting condition in atmospheric humidity, usually consisting of dry and
operation. wet-bulb thermometers.

PNEUMATIC - A device or system operated by air PYROTECHNIC - A mixture of chemicals which when
flow/air pressure. ignited is capable of reacting exothermically to produce
light, heat, smoke, sound or gas. It may also be used
POLYETHYLENE - A thermal plastic (softens with heat) to introduce a delay into an explosive train because of
characterized by high impact strength, high electrical its known burning time. The term excludes propellants
and explosives.
Glossary-7
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

R RETICULATED FOAM - Low-density fire-resistant

foam which can be foamed in place inside or outside
RADIOGRAPHY - Photography using X-rays, gamma fuel tanks and other items to prevent buildup of fuel
rays or other ionizing radiation; important NDI method, vapors and, even in the presence of severe combat
often using radiation source inside test object and damage or post-crash rupture, prohibit explosion or
film outside. swift spread of fire.

RADOME - A dome housing for a radar antenna and ROLLER - Support device for moveable wing surfaces.
its associated equipment on an aircraft, made of a
material transparent to radio waves. ROTOR - A part or assembly that rotates or spins,
specifically:
READY FOR ISSUE (RFI) - Material, equipment, (1) An assembly of airfoils, together with a hub
aircraft and support equipment which does not require and hinges that rotate about a substantially vertical
rework of any type, other than routine installation and axis to provide lift and thrust for a helicopter.
post installation condition verification prior to use. RFI (2) A turbine wheel or the rotating component of
items are not necessarily new or like new, but are a compressor.
functionally reliable and meet applicable performance
specifications. RUNUP - The act of accelerating an engine from idle
to full power.
REBREATHER - Closed-circuit oxygen system from
which CO2 and water are continuously removed. S
Pressure is maintained by adding fresh oxygen.
SALVAGE - The saving or rescuing of condemned,
REDUCTION GEAR - A set of gears which reduces discarded or abandoned property and of materials
the rotational speed of a driven shaft from the speed contained therein for reuse, re-fabrication or scrapping.
of the drive shaft, as between an engine shaft and a
propeller shaft. SELECTIVE LEACHING - The removal of one element
from a solid alloy by a corrosion process. Also called
RELATIVE HUMIDITY - The ratio, expressed in parting corrosion.
percentage, of the amount of water vapor in the air
compared to the amount of water vapor required for SERVICEABLE - The condition of an end item in which
the air to be saturated at the same temperature. all requirements for repair, bench check, overhaul or
modification, as applicable, have been accomplished,
RELIEF TUBE - Personal urinal pipe normally making it capable of performing the function or
discharging overboard. requirements for which it was originally designed.

REPAIR - Necessary preparation, fault correction, SIGHT - Optical device for measuring (drift sight) or
disassembly, inspection, replacement of parts, aiming (gun-sight), often incorporating magnification
adjustment, reassembly, calibration or tests or combined with Heads Up Display (HUD-Sight).
accomplished in restoring items to serviceable status.
SOLVENT - A liquid substance capable of dissolving
REPAIRABLE ITEM - A durable item which, when or dispersing other substances, especially oils.
unserviceable, can be economically restored to
a serviceable condition through regular repair SPONSON - A structural projection, from the side of an
procedures. aircraft’s hull or from the side of an airplane’s fuselage,
such as a broad lateral strut helping to support the
REPORTING CUSTODIAN - An organizational fixed landing gear on a certain type of aircraft.
unit of the lowest echelon of command accepting
responsibility for aircraft or engines, as designated SPROCKET - Chain interface component in aircraft
either by CNO or by the aircraft controlling custodian. mechanical systems.

RESERVOIR - A storage tank in a fluid system. STATIC VENT - Carefully designed opening in plate
aligned with skin of aircraft which under most flight
conditions senses true static pressure.

Glossary-8
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

STORAGE - Removal of an aircraft from the active THRUST REVERSER - A device or apparatus for
inventory and placement into an inactive status for reversing thrust, especially of a jet engine.
an indefinite period. Aircraft that are not expected
to commence a rework process for 60 days or more TORQUE TUBE - Hollow drive shaft between an
shall be reported in the appropriate storage status. engine accessory gearbox and an airframe gearbox
An aircraft will remain in storage status from the or between an APU gearbox and an airframe gearbox.
beginning of the preservation process until removal Torque tubes may be used as drive shafts in other
of preservation upon withdrawal from storage. applications.

STRESS CORROSION CRACKING - Corrosion attack TOXIC - Poisonous, either through ingestion, inhalation
on a metal under sustained tensile stress. The resultant or absorption.
cracks may follow grain boundaries (intergranular) or
may go across the grains (transgranular). Interference TRANSFER - The act of conveying reporting/
fits are a typical cause of stress corrosion. controlling custody of aircraft/support equipment to
another custodian.
STRIKE - The official action that removes an aircraft
from the list of active Navy aircraft. TRANSPARENCY - Any portion of the airframe that is
optically transparent including the canopy, windscreen,
SULFATE - A particular combination of sulfur and window, or molded nose. Transparencies may be
oxygen which can combine with certain elements or acrylics or polycarbonate glass.
compounds. Example: Whitish scale of lead sulfate
on plates of a storage battery. TURBINE ENGINE - An engine incorporating a turbine
as a principal component.
SWASHPLATE - On certain rotary-wing aircraft, an
assembly, part of which rotates with, and is linked to, TURRET - A domelike, rotatable structure, usually
the blades, used to control the pitch of the blades. transparent, on an aircraft, within which guns are
Also called a "wobble plate". mounted.

T U

TAIL HOOK - An arresting hook at the tail of an airplane. ULTRASONIC - Mechanical vibrations, e.g. sound
waves, of frequency too high to be audible to humans.
TAIL SKID - On certain airplanes, a skid attached Generally frequencies above 15 kHz, usually generated
to the rear part of the airplane on the underside and by electroacoustic transducer and propagated through
supporting the tail. solids, liquids and gases, are used for nondestructive
inspection.
TECHNICAL DIRECTIVE - A document authorized
and issued by Naval Air Systems Command to ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT - Light in a wavelength band
provide technical information necessary to properly ranging from that shorter than visible light to that longer
and systematically inspect or alter the configuration of than X-ray. Shorter wavelength unfiltered UF from a
aircraft, engines, systems or equipment, subsequent UV lamp can cause damage to unprotected eyes.
to establishment of each respective baseline
configuration. TDs include all types of changes and UNIFORM CORROSION - Corrosion characterized
bulletins and consist of information that cannot be by a chemical or electrochemical reaction which
disseminated satisfactorily by revisions to technical proceeds uniformly over the entire exposed surface
manuals. over a large area.

TECHNICAL MANUAL - A publication containing UPLOCK - A locking device to hold a retracted landing
a description of equipment, weapons or weapon gear in place.
system(s) with instructions for effective use.

Glossary-7
Glossary-9/(Glossary-10 Blank)
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

INDEX
Subject Paragraph, Subject Paragraph,
Figure, or Figure, or
Table Number Table Number

A B (Cont.)

Access and Escape Chute Doors.............................. 3.4 Batteries, Dry Cell..........................................3.25, F3-3
Air Conditioning..................................................... 3.110 Batteries, Wet Cell................................................... 3.26
Air Filters................................................................. 3.53 Battery Compartments.............................................. 3.5
Air Lift, Aircraft......................................................... 7.11 Battery Vent System Units....................................... 3.27
Air Shipment, Aircraft........................... 7.10 , T7-6, F7-8 Bearings, Removed................................................. 4.15
Air Shipment, Components..................................... 4.60 Bearings, Rollers and Sprockets............................... 3.6
Airborne Crew Served Weapons.................... 3.20, 4.13 Bearings, Wheel...................................................... 3.60
Aircraft in a Flexible Bag.........................................F5-6 Bilges......................................................................... 3.7
Aircraft in a Top Cover.............................................F5-7 Blades, Main and Tail.............................................. 3.96
Aircraft in Shrinkwrap............................................F5-21 Bomb Racks................................................... 3.18, 4.14
Aircraft inside a Shroud...........................................F5-5 Bomb Release Units....................................... 3.18, 4.14
Aircraft with Strippable Coating.............................F5-12 Brake Hydraulic System.......................................... 3.62
Aircrew Escape Propulsion System (AEPS) Brakes..................................................................... 3.61
Devices............................................................. 3.100
Airframe System........................................................ 3.3 C
Ammunition and Pyrotechnics................................. 3.17
Cabin Ducts, Filters, and Regulators......................3.111
Angle of Attack (AOA) Probes................................. 3.56
Cabin Heaters (Fluid Type).................................... 3.118
Antennas................................................................. 3.34
Camera Mounts....................................................... 3.71
Armament Equipment (AAE).......................... 3.18, 4.14
Cameras.................................................................. 3.70
Arresting Gear Hooks.............................................. 3.59
Canning (see Containers, Reusable)
Automatic Pilot........................................................ 3.57
Canopy, Frames and Seals....................................... 3.9
Auxilary Power Unit (APU), Installed.............. 3.78, 3.85
Canopy, Transparency............................................. 3.16
Auxiliary Power Unit (APU) Removed............4.19, F4-6
Cargo Hoists............................................................ 3.10
Auxiliary Fuel Tanks, Installed................................. 3.47
Cartridge Actuated Devices (CADS)....................... 3.19
Auxiliary Fuel Tanks, Removed............................... 4.24
Catapult Hooks........................................................ 3.63
B Check Lists
-Depreservation................................................... 1.9
Barrier Material........................................................ 5.28 -Preservation....................................................... 1.8
Barrier Systems......................................................... 5.1 Chemical Air Driers.................................................. 3.76
-Comparison Chart............................................T1-7 Cleaners
-Drop Shrouds..................................................... 5.7 -Compatibility.....................................................T8-1
-Flexible Covers................................................... 5.9 -Removal Effectiveness.....................................T8-2
-Rigid Shelter....................................................... 5.3
-Shrinkwrap........................................................ 5.29
-Strippable Coating............................................ 5.15
-Tape and Barrier............................................... 5.25

Index-1
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Subject Paragraph, Subject Paragraph,

Figure, or Figure, or
Table Number Table Number
C (Cont.) C (Cont.)

Cleaning.................................................................... 8.1 Composite Components.......................................... 4.16

-Hand Cleaning Oxygen Systems........................ 8.4 Connectors.....................................................3.28, F3-4
-Materials and Equipment..................................T8-3 Consoles and Control Panels.................................. 3.29
-Removed Components....................................... 8.5 Constant Speed Propellers..................................... 3.92
-Soap and Water............................... 8.2, F8-1, F8-2 Containers, Reusable.............................................. 4.46
-Waterless Spot .................................................. 8.3 -Component Installation..................................... 4.49
CNAF 4790/136A.......................................... F1-1, T1-2 -Component Preparation................................... 4.47
Cockpits................................................................... 3.11 -Component Removal........................................ 4.55
Component Preservation, General............................ 4.7 -Container Preparation...................................... 4.48
Component Storage and Maintenance.................... 4.61 -Final Testing – Nonpressurized........................ 4.50
Components, Removed -Final Testing – Pressurized .............................. 4.51
-Airborne Crew Served Weapons...................... 4.13 -Maintenance..................................................... 4.54
-Armament Equipment....................................... 4.14 -Markings........................................................... 4.52
-Auxiliary Power Unit (APU)............................... 4.19 -Shipment and Storage...................................... 4.53
-Bearings........................................................... 4.15 Contamination Limits
-Composite Components................................... 4.16 -Engine Oil.......................................................T3-16
-Drive and Gearbox System.............................. 4.17 -Hydraulic Fluid...................................... T3-9, T3-10
-Electrical/Electronic System............................. 4.18 -Preservation Oil................................................T3-7
-Engines............................................................. 4.19 Contamination Tag for Hydraulic System................F3-9
-Flight Control Surfaces..................................... 4.20 Control Cables........................................................... 3.8
-Fragile or Delicate............................................ 4.21 Control Surfaces.............................................3.12, F3-1
-Fuel System, General....................................... 4.22 Controls, Photographic............................................ 3.72
-Fuel Cells.......................................................... 4.23 Corrosion Control, General....................................... 8.7
-Fuel Tanks, External......................................... 4.24 Corrosion Preventive Compounds
-Guns, Aircraft...........................................4.13, F4-1 -Non-Water Displacing.....................................T8-10
-Hydraulic System.............................................. 4.25 -Time Limitations................................................T8-9
-Instrument System............................................ 4.26 -Volatile Corrosion Inhibitors............................T8-11
-Landing and Arresting Gear System................. 4.27 -Water Displacing...............................................T8-8
-Miscellaneous Equipment................................. 4.35 Cushioning Material.................................................F5-8
-Photographic System....................................... 4.28 -On F/A-18.......................................................F5-11
-Pneumatic System............................................ 4.29 -On Landing Gear Door and Antenna..............F5-10
-Propellers (Variable Pitch), Assembled............. 4.30 -On Propeller Blades.........................................F5-9
-Propellers (Variable Pitch), Disassembled........ 4.31
-Rotor Blades..................................................... 4.32
-Rotor Heads and Hubs..................................... 4.33
-Safety and Survival System.............................. 4.34

Index-2
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Subject Paragraph, Subject Paragraph,

Figure, or Figure, or
Table Number Table Number
D E

Deceleration Chutes................................................ 3.64 Electrical, General................................................... 3.24

Dehumidification........................................................ 6.2 Electrical/Electronic Components............................ 4.18
-Bagged Aircraft....................................... F1-6, F6-9 Electronics............................................................... 3.33
-Cooling Based System Schematic...................F6-6 Engine Oil, Contamination Limits for ....................T3-16
-Dynamic.............................................................. 6.8 Engine in Dehumidified Container...........................F4-3
-Equipment........................................ 6.9, 6.11, T6-3 Engine in Dehumidified Flexible Bag.......................F4-4
-Equipment Installation...................................... 6.13 Engine in Dehumidified Room.................................F4-5
-Equipment Maintenance..........................6.16, T6-4 Engine Preservation Tag.......................................F3-12
-Removed Components Storage Schematic...F6-10 Engine, Gas Turbine............................3.77, 3.79, F3-13
-Operational Hook-up for Avionics Protection....F6-7 Engines, Installed (see Power Plants)..................... 3.77
-Operational Hook-up for Engine Protection......F6-8 Engines, Removed.................................................. 4.19
-Static................................................................... 6.5 Environmental Deterioration...........................1.17, T1-3
Dehumidified Storage................................................ 6.2 Equipment
Dehumidifiers............................................................ 6.9 -Cleaning...........................................................T8-3
Deicer Components (Air Type).............................. 3.112 -Dehumidification...................................... 6.11, T6-3
Deicers, Propeller.................................................... 3.93 -Inspection.........................................................T8-7
Depreservation Checklists......................................... 1.9 -Shrinkwrapping.................................................T5-3
Desert Storage........................................................ 1.25 -Strippable Coating............................................T5-1
Desiccant................................................................... 6.6 Explosive Warnings, Stencilled...............................F3-2
Desiccant in an Intake Duct.....................................F6-2
Desiccant Units.............................................. 3.35, 3.73 F
Desiccant Warning Tag..........................................F3-14
F/A-18 Cushion Points..........................................F5-11
Desiccant Wheel Dehumidifier Schematic..............F6-5
Filters, Air................................................................. 3.53
Desiccant Wheel Dehumidifier, Requirements........T6-2
Filters, Hydraulic...................................................... 3.51
Deterioration of Aircraft Materials..........1.15, 1.17, T1-3
Flexible Covers.......................................................... 5.9
Doors, Landing Gear............................................... 3.65
Flight Control Surfaces, Removed.......................... 4.20
Drain Holes.............................................................. 3.13
Floatation Gear...................................................... 3.102
Drive and Gearbox (External).................................. 3.22
Floats and Sponsons................................................. 3.7
Drive and Gearbox (Internal)................................... 3.23
Fragile or Delicate Components.............................. 4.21
Drive and Gearbox, Removed Components........... 4.17
Fuel Cells................................................................ 4.23
Drop Shrouds............................................................ 5.7
Fuel Connection Warning Tag.................................F3-7
Drums...................................................................... 3.10
Fuel System............................................................ 3.41
Ducts, Cabin...........................................................3.111
Fuel System, Engine.............................................F3-13
Dynamic Dehumidification......................................... 6.8
Fuel System, Exterior.............................................. 3.42
Fuel System, Interior......................................3.44, F3-8
Fuel System Components....................................... 4.22
Fuel System Preservation Oil.................................. 3.43

Index-3
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Subject Paragraph, Subject Paragraph,

Figure, or Figure, or
Table Number Table Number
F (Cont.) I (Cont.)

Fuel System Preservation Tag.................................F3-8 Instruments.............................................................. 3.52

Fuel Tanks, External....................................... 3.47, 4.24 Interior, Fuel System............................................... 3.44
Fuel Vent Extension Tube Installation.....................F3-5 Inverters.................................................................. 3.32

G J

Galley Facilities..................................................... 3.113 Junction Boxes........................................................3‑30

Galvanic Series.......................................................F1-4
Gas Turbine Engine................................................. 3.79 L
Generators.............................................................. 3.32
Land Shipment, Aircraft...................................7.8 , F7-6
Greases, Common Aircraft......................................T8-4
Land Shipment, Components.................................. 4.58
Grounding Point, Identification of............................F7-5
Landing and Arresting Gear.................................... 3.58
Grounding Procedures, Aircraft................................. 7.4
Landing and Arresting Gear Components............... 4.27
Gun Systems on Aircraft.......................................... 3.20
Launch Bars............................................................ 3.63
Gun Systems, Removed......................................... 4.13
Lavatory Facilities.................................................. 3.114
Gyros....................................................................... 3.54
Level I Inspections................................................... 2.14
-Everyday...........................................................T2-2
H
-7 Day................................................................T2-4
Handling Guidelines................................................ 4.45 -28 Day..............................................................T2-5
Headsets and Microphones..................................... 3.36 -Heavy Rain.......................................................T2-6
Humidity Indicator Card, Installation.................6.7, F6-3 -Storm................................................................T2-7
Humidity Indicator Plug, Installation.................6.7, F6-4 Level I Preservation................................... 1.21, 2.2, 2.8
Hydraulic Fluid (Particle Count Test), Navy Level II Inspections.................................................. 2.23
Standard for Particulate Contamination of..........T3-9 -Everyday...........................................................T2-2
Hydraulic Lines and Fittings.................................... 3.49 -7 Day................................................................T2-8
Hydraulic System.................................................... 3.48 -28 Day..............................................................T2-9
Hydraulic System Components............................... 4.25 -56 Day............................................................T2-10
Hydraulic System Contamination Tag......................F3-9 -Heavy Rain.......................................................T2-6
-Storm................................................................T2-7
I
Level II Preservation................................ 1.22, 2.3, 2.17
Inertia Reels.......................................................... 3.108 Level III Inspections...................................... 2.32, T2-11
Inspection Elements and Corrective Actions...........T2-3 Level III Preservation............................... 1.23, 2.4, 2.26
Inspection Guidelines.......................................8.6, T8-6 Level IV Preservation.............................. 1.24, 2.5, 2.35
-Equipment Used to Aid Inspection....................T8-7 Lights....................................................................... 3.31
-Material Defect Indications...............................T8-5 Lines and Fittings, Fuel........................................... 3.45
Instrument Panels................................................... 3.55 Lines and Fittings, Hydraulic................................... 3.49
Instrument System Components............................. 4.26 Liquid Oxygen Converters..................................... 3.103

Index-4
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Subject Paragraph, Subject Paragraph,

Figure, or Figure, or
Table Number Table Number
M P (Cont.)

Maintenance, Dehumidification Equipment............. 6.16 Pitot Tubes and Static Vents................................... 3.56
Markings and Placards.....................................5.2, F5-1 Pneumatics.............................................................. 3.75
Materials Pneumatic System Components............................. 4.29
-Cleaning...........................................................T8-3 Power Plants........................................................... 3.77
-Dynamic Dehumidification................................T6-3 Power Supplies....................................................... 3.37
-Packaging.......................................................T8-13 Pre-Engineered Building.........................................F5-3
-Preservation...................................................T8-12 Prevention of Damage............................................. 1.16
-Shrinkwrapping.................................................T5-3 Preservation Checklist............................ 1.8, F1-2, F1-3
-Strippable Coating............................................T5-1 Preservation Guidelines............................................ 2.1
Missile Launchers..................................3.18, 4.14, F4-2 -Level I.......................................................... 2.2, 2.8
Motors and Inverters............................................... 3.32 -Level II....................................................... 2.3, 2.17
Movable Surface Battens, Examples of..................F3-1 -Level III...................................................... 2.4, 2.26
-Level IV...................................................... 2.5, 2.35
O Preservation Level Designation..................... T1-4, T1-6
Preservation Materials....................................8.8, T8-12
Ocean Shipment, Aircraft.......................................... 7.9
Preservation Oil.................................... 3.43, F3-6, F3-8
Ocean Shipment, Components............................... 4.59
Preservation Oil, Contamination Limits for..............T3-7
Ocean Shipping Inspections..................................T2-12
Preservation Tag
Oil System, Engine and APU................................... 3.78
-Engine............................................................F3-12
Oil System Warning Tag........................................F3-15
-Fuel System......................................................F3-8
Oxygen Cylinders and Regulators......................... 3.104
Preservation Theory................................................ 1.14
Oxygen Rebreathers............................................. 3.105
Preservation Type Designation, AMARG.................T1-5
Oxygen System Hand Cleaning................................ 8.4
Preservation/Depreservation Record............. F1-1,T1-2

P Pressure Accumulators, Hydraulic.......................... 3.50

Prevention of Damage............................................. 1.16
Packaging................................................................ 4.39 Propellers
-Basic Packaging Methods................................ 4.40 -Constant Speed................................................ 3.92
-Marking and Closure........................................ 4.42 -Propellers and Propeller Components.............. 3.91
-Materials................................................4.38, T8-13 -Removed, Assembled....................................... 4.30
-Standards......................................................... 4.37 -Removed, Disassembled.................................. 4.31
-Unit Container................................................... 4.41 -Variable Pitch.................................................... 3.94
Parachutes and Harness....................................... 3.106 Protective Cover for Aircraft Tire...........................F3-11
Perishables and Pilferables................................... 3.107 Psychrometers.......................................................... 6.4
Photographic System Components......................... 4.28 Psychrometric Chart.........................................6.3, F6-1
Pitot Tube..............................................................F3-10 Pylons............................................................. 3.18, 4.14

Index-5
NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Subject Paragraph, Subject Paragraph,

Figure, or Figure, or
Table Number Table Number
R S (Cont.)

Radomes................................................................. 3.38 Shipment Guidelines (Cont.)

Records/Logs/Work Directives.................................. 1.7 -Maintenance..................................................... 2.48
Relief Tubes.......................................................... 3.115 -Ramp and Cargo Space...................................F7-8
Rescue Slings......................................................... 3.10 -Transport Aircraft Dimensions..........................T7-6
Reticulated Foam, Fuel Cell.................................... 3.46 -Vehicle Dimensional Limitations.......................F7-7
Rigid Shelter.............................................................. 5.3 Shock Struts............................................................ 3.66
Rotor Blades, Installed............................................ 3.96 Shoulder Harnesses.............................................. 3.108
Rotor Blades, Removed.......................................... 4.32 Shrinkwrap...................................................5.29, F5-21
Rotor Controls, Linkages, Dampers and -Installation........................................................ 5.31
Swashplates....................................................... 3.97 -Materials and Equipment..................................T5-3
Rotor Heads and Hubs, Installed............................ 3.98 Shroud, Aircraft Inside.............................................F5-5
Rotor Heads and Hubs, Removed.......................... 4.33 Shroud Draped Over a Metal Frame.......................F5-4
Skin Surfaces (Exterior).......................................... 3.15
S
Skis.......................................................................... 3.67
Safety and Survival................................................. 3.99 Slings, Main Aircraft Lifting......................................T7-5
Safety and Survival System Components............... 4.34 Spotting and Securing of Aircraft............................... 7.2
Seat Belts.............................................................. 3.108 Stabilization Units.................................................... 3.57
Seats (Except Ejection)........................................... 3.14 Standard Procedures.............................................. 1.18
Selecting a Preservation Level.......................1.26, T1-7 Static Dehumidification.............................................. 6.5
-Desert Storage................................................. 1.25 Stencil Format, Aircraft Marking..............................F5-1
-Economics...............................................1.27, F1-5 Stencilled Explosive Warnings................................F3-2
-Level I............................................................... 1.21 Storage and Maintenance, Components................. 4.61
-Level II.............................................................. 1.22 Storage Cost Comparison.......................................F1-5
-Level III............................................................. 1.23 Storage Sites, Aircraft................................................ 7.5
-Level IV............................................................. 1.24 Strippable Coating................................................... 5.15
Shipment, Aircraft...................................................... 7.7 -Aircraft............................................................F5-12
-Air.................................................. 7.10, T7-6, F7-8 -Application........................................................ 5.19
-Air Lift............................................................... 7.11 -Installing Ripcord Inserts................................F5-18
-Land...........................................................7.8, F7-6 -Materials and Equipment..................................T5-1
-Ocean................................................................. 7.9 -Selected Areas...............................................F5-13
Shipment, Components........................................... 4.57 Surface Preparation
-Air..................................................................... 4.60 -Closing Large Openings.................................F5-15
-Land.................................................................. 4.58 -Closing Small Openings.................................F5-14
-Ocean............................................................... 4.59 -Covering Sharp Edges...................................F5-16
Shipment Guidelines -Masking Using Coating Compound................F5-17
-Components..................................................... 4.56 -Tape and Barrier.............................................F5-19
-Depreservation................................................. 2.49 Swashplates............................................................ 3.97

Index-6
 NAVAIR 15-01-500
01 September 2018

Subject Paragraph, Subject Paragraph,

Figure, or Figure, or
Table Number Table Number
S (Cont.) U

Systems, Aircraft....................................................... 3.1 Utility Systems....................................................... 3.109

-Airframes............................................................ 3.3
-Armaments....................................................... 3.17 V
-Drive and Gearbox........................................... 3.22
Vapor Cycle Units.................................................... 3.39
-Electrical........................................................... 3.24
Variable Pitch Propellers, Installed.......................... 3.94
-Electronics........................................................ 3.33
Variable Pitch Propellers, Removed............... 4.30, 4.31
-Fuel System...................................................... 3.41
Viewfinders.............................................................. 3.74
-General Requirements....................................... 3.2
-Hydraulic........................................................... 3.48 W
-Instruments....................................................... 3.52
-Landing and Arresting Gear.............................. 3.58 Warning Tag
-Photographic.................................................... 3.70 -Desiccant........................................................F3-14
-Pneumatics....................................................... 3.75 -Dry Cell Battery................................................F3-3
-Power Plants.................................................... 3.77 -Fluid System Connection................................F3-16
-Propellers......................................................... 3.91 -Fuel Connections..............................................F3-7
-Rotor Head and Hub System............................ 3.95 -Oil System......................................................F3-15
-Safety and Survival........................................... 3.99 Warnings and Cautions for Hazardous Material...... 1.13
-Utility............................................................... 3.109 Water Tanks........................................................... 3.117
System Preservation for Each Level.......................T2-1 Waterless Spot Cleaning........................................... 8.3
Waveguides............................................................. 3.40
Wheel Chocks........................................................... 7.6
T
Wheels.................................................................... 3.69
Tape, Preservation.................................................. 5.27 Windshield Defrosters........................................... 3.118
Tape, Shingled.......................................................F5-20 Windshield Wiper Blades and Arms...................... 3.119
Tape and Barrier...........................................5.25, F5-19 Windows.................................................................. 3.16
Tension Fabric Shelter.............................................F5-2 Wire Rope Safe Working Loads..............................T7-3
Tiedown Anchors.....................................................F7-1
Tiedown Assembly......................................... F7-2, F7-3
Tiedown Chain Data................................................T7-2
Tiedown Information for Parking of Aircraft.............T7-1
Tiedown Procedures, Aircraft.................................... 7.3
Tires..............................................................3.68, F3-11
Toilet Facilities....................................................... 3.116
Transparencies (Canopies, Windows)..................... 3.16
Turrets..................................................................... 3.21

INDEX-7/(INDEX-8Index-7
Blank)
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK